Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Tron Bo 1075
Tron Bo 1075
002711MIU
WARNING
The Service Manual contains information
regarding service techniques, procedures,
processes and spare parts of office equipment
distributed by Ricoh Americas Corporation.
Users of this manual should be either service
trained or certified by successfully completing a
Ricoh Technical Training Program.
LEGEND
PRODUCT CODE COMPANY
GESTETNER LANIER RICOH SAVIN
B064 6002 LD060 Aficio 1060 2560
B065 7502 LD075 Aficio 1075 2575
B140 DSm660 LD160 Aficio 2060 4060
B141 DSm675 LD175 Aficio 2075 4075
B142 DSm660 SP LD160 SP Aficio 2060 SP 4060 SP
B143 DSm675 SP LD175 SP Aficio 2075 SP 4075 SP
B163 DSm651 LD151 Aficio 2051 4051
B228 DSm651 SP LD151 SP Aficio 2051 SP 4051 SP
B246 Dsm755 LD255 Aficio MP 5500 8055
B248 Dsm765 LD265 Aficio MP 6500 8065
B249 Dsm775 LD275 Aficio 7500 8075
B250 Dsm755 SP LD255 SP Aficio MP 5500SP 8055 SP
B252 Dsm765 SP LD265 SP Aficio MP 6500SP 8065 SP
B253 Dsm775 SP LD275 SP Aficio MP 7500SP 8075 SP
D052 MP 6000/SP LD260/SP Aficio MP 6000/SP 8060/SP
D053 MP 7000/SP LD270/SP Aficio MP 7000/SP 8070/SP
D054 MP 8000/SP LD280/SP Aficio MP 8000/SP 8080/SP
DOCUMENTATION HISTORY
REV. NO. DATE COMMENTS
* 07/2006 Original Printing
1 04/2008 Added D052 Series
SM
CÓPIA NÃO iiiCONTROLADA B064 Series/B140 Series
/B246 Series/D052 Series
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ACCESSORY CHECK......................................................................1-141
Installation Procedure .......................................................................1-141
USB SP Settings...............................................................................1-142
1.22.5 IEEE1394 (G561) FIREWIRE INTERFACE................................1-143
ACCESSORY CHECK......................................................................1-143
Installation Procedure .......................................................................1-144
UP Mode Settings for IEEE 1394......................................................1-145
SP Mode Settings for IEEE 1394 ......................................................1-146
1.22.6 IEEE802.11B WIRELESS LAN (G628).......................................1-147
ACCESSORY CHECK......................................................................1-147
Installation Procedure .......................................................................1-148
UP Mode Settings for Wireless LAN .................................................1-149
SP Mode Settings for 802.11b Wireless LAN ...................................1-151
1.22.7 FILE FORMAT CONVERTER (MLB) (B519) ..............................1-152
ACCESSORY CHECK......................................................................1-153
Installation Procedure .......................................................................1-153
Installing the Firmware......................................................................1-153
Installing the Hardware .....................................................................1-154
1.23 MFP OPTIONS: B140 SERIES ...........................................................1-155
1.23.1 MERGING APPLICATIONS ON ONE SD CARD .......................1-155
Overview...........................................................................................1-155
Merging Applications.........................................................................1-156
Undo Exec ........................................................................................1-157
Storing Copied SD Cards On Site.....................................................1-158
1.23.2 OVERVIEW ................................................................................1-159
1.23.3 PRINTER/SCANNER KIT (B659) ...............................................1-160
ACCESSORY CHECK......................................................................1-160
Installation.........................................................................................1-161
1.23.4 PS3 (B525-15)............................................................................1-164
ACCESSORY CHECK......................................................................1-164
Installation.........................................................................................1-164
1.23.5 USB 2.0 INTERFACE BOARD (B596-01) ..................................1-165
ACCESSORY CHECK......................................................................1-165
Installation.........................................................................................1-165
1.23.6 IEEE 1394 INTERFACE BOARD (B581-01) ..............................1-166
ACCESSORY CHECK......................................................................1-166
Installation.........................................................................................1-166
1.23.7 IEEE 802.11B INTERFACE BOARD (B582-01, -02) ..................1-167
ACCESSORY CHECK......................................................................1-167
Installation.........................................................................................1-167
1.23.8 BLUETOOTH INTERFACE UNIT (G377) ...................................1-169
ACCESSORY CHECK......................................................................1-169
Installation.........................................................................................1-169
1.23.9 FILE FORMAT CONVERTER (B609).........................................1-170
ACCESSORY CHECK......................................................................1-170
Installation.........................................................................................1-170
1.23.10 DATA OVERWRITE SECURITY UNIT (B735) .........................1-171
ACCESSORY CHECK......................................................................1-171
Before You Begin… ..........................................................................1-171
SM
CÓPIA NÃO vCONTROLADA B064 Series/B140 Series
/B246 Series/D052 Series
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Rev. 04/2008
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
2. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE.................................................... 2-1
2.1 PM TABLES..............................................................................................2-1
2.1.1 MAIN MACHINE ...............................................................................2-1
2.1.2 ADF ..................................................................................................2-5
2.1.3 OPTIONAL PERIPHERAL DEVICES ...............................................2-5
LCT (Large Capacity Tray) B473 ..........................................................2-5
Cover Interposer Tray B470 .................................................................2-5
3000-Sheet Finisher with 50-sheet stapler and Saddle-Stitching
B468/B469/B674 ..................................................................................2-6
3000-Sheet Finisher B478/B706 ..........................................................2-6
Z-Folding Unit Type 2105 (B660) .........................................................2-6
2000/3000-Sheet Booklet Finisher B700/B701 .....................................2-7
Punch B702 ..........................................................................................2-7
2.2 RELATED SP CODES ..............................................................................2-7
SM
CÓPIA NÃOvii
CONTROLADA B064 Series/B140 Series
/B246 Series/D052 Series
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Rev. 04/2008
SM
CÓPIA NÃO ixCONTROLADA B064 Series/B140 Series
/B246 Series/D052 Series
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Rev. 04/2008
TROUBLESHOOTING
4. TROUBLESHOOTING ................................................................. 4-1
4.1 OVERVIEW ...............................................................................................4-1
4.1.1 RECOVERY METHODS...................................................................4-2
4.1.2 IMPORTANT SP CODES .................................................................4-2
4.1.3 DOWNLOAD ERROR CODES .........................................................4-3
4.1.4 JAM DETECTION.............................................................................4-6
SENSOR LOCATIONS .........................................................................4-6
SERVICE TABLES
5. SERVICE TABLES....................................................................... 5-1
5.1 SERVICE PROGRAM MODE ...................................................................5-1
SM
CÓPIA NÃO xiCONTROLADA B064 Series/B140 Series
/B246 Series/D052 Series
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Rev. 04/2008
DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS
6. DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS ........................................................ 6-1
6.1 OVERVIEW ...............................................................................................6-1
6.1.1 PAPER PATH (WITH COVER INTERPOSER TRAY) ......................6-3
6.1.2 PAPER PATH (WITH 9-BIN MAILBOX) ...........................................6-4
6.1.3 DRIVE LAYOUT ...............................................................................6-5
6.2 BOARD STRUCTURE ..............................................................................6-6
6.2.1 BLOCK DIAGRAM............................................................................6-6
6.2.2 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS ......................................................6-7
BCU (Base Engine Control Unit)...........................................................6-7
Controller Board....................................................................................6-7
MB (Mother Board) ...............................................................................6-7
IPU (Image Processing Unit) ................................................................6-8
SBU (Sensor Board Unit)......................................................................6-9
PFC (Paper Feed Control) ....................................................................6-9
SM
CÓPIA NÃOxiii
CONTROLADA B064 Series/B140 Series
/B246 Series/D052 Series
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SM
CÓPIA NÃOxv
CONTROLADA B064 Series/B140 Series
/B246 Series/D052 Series
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Rev. 04/2008
SM
CÓPIA NÃOxvii
CONTROLADA B064 Series/B140 Series
/B246 Series/D052 Series
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Rev. 04/2008
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS............................................................................. 7-1
7.1 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS...................................................................7-1
7.1.1 COPIER............................................................................................7-1
7.1.2 ADF ..................................................................................................7-3
7.1.3 POWER CONSUMPTION ................................................................7-4
7.2 MACHINE CONFIGURATION ...................................................................7-7
7.3 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT ..........................................................................7-8
7.3.1 A3/DLT KIT (B475) ...........................................................................7-8
7.3.2 LCT (LARGE CAPACITY TRAY) (B473) ..........................................7-8
7.3.3 3000-SHEET FINISHER WITH SADDLE-STITCH AND
50-SHEET STAPLER (B468) .............................................................7-9
General .................................................................................................7-9
Upper Tray............................................................................................7-9
Lower Tray............................................................................................7-9
Proof Tray .............................................................................................7-9
Staple Specifications...........................................................................7-10
Saddle-Stitch Staple Specifications ....................................................7-10
7.3.4 3000-SHEET FINISHER WITH 50-SHEET STAPLER (B469)........7-11
General ...............................................................................................7-11
Lower Tray..........................................................................................7-11
Proof Tray ...........................................................................................7-11
Staple Specifications...........................................................................7-11
7.3.5 3000-SHEET FINISHER WITH SADDLE-STITCH
AND 50-SHEET STAPLER (B674) ...................................................7-12
General ...............................................................................................7-12
Upper Tray..........................................................................................7-12
Lower Tray..........................................................................................7-13
Proof Tray ...........................................................................................7-13
Staple Specifications...........................................................................7-14
Saddle-Stitch Staple Specifications ....................................................7-14
7.3.6 PUNCH UNIT (B377)......................................................................7-15
7.3.7 COVER INTERPOSER TRAY (B470) ............................................7-16
7.3.8 3000 SHEET FINISHER (B478/B706)............................................7-17
7.3.9 PUNCH UNIT (B531)......................................................................7-18
7.3.10 PUNCH UNIT (A812)....................................................................7-19
7.3.11 JOGGER UNIT (B513) .................................................................7-20
7.3.12 9-BIN MAILBOX (B471)................................................................7-20
7.3.13 LG/B4 KIT (B474) .........................................................................7-20
7.3.14 Z-FOLDING UNIT (B660) .............................................................7-20
7.3.15 3000-SHEET FINISHER (B701) ...................................................7-21
7.3.16 2000-SHEET FINISHER (B700) ...................................................7-23
7.3.17 PUNCH UNIT (B702)....................................................................7-25
7.3.18 9-BIN MAILBOX (B762)................................................................7-25
SM
CÓPIA NÃOxix
CONTROLADA B064 Series/B140 Series
/B246 Series/D052 Series
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
LASER SAFETY
The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) prohibits the repair of
laser-based optical units in the field. The optical housing unit can only be repaired
in a factory or at a location with the requisite equipment. The laser subsystem is
replaceable in the field by a qualified Customer Engineer. The laser chassis is not
repairable in the field. Customer engineers are therefore directed to return all
chassis and laser subsystems to the factory or service depot when replacement of
the optical subsystem is required.
WARNING
Use of controls, or adjustment, or performance of procedures other than
those specified in this manual may result in hazardous radiation exposure.
WARNING
WARNING: Turn off the main switch before attempting any of the
procedures in the Laser Unit section. Laser beams can
seriously damage your eyes.
CAUTION MARKING:
Rev. 03/2008
INSTALLATION
POSITION 1
TAB
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
POSITION 2
TAB
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
POSITION 3
TAB
B473 LARGE CAPACITY TRAY
TROUBLESHOOTING
POSITION 4
TAB
B468/B469/B674 3000-SHEET FINISHER
B377 PUNCH UNIT
B471 9-BIN MAILBOX
B478 3000-SHEET FINISHER/B513 JOGGER
UNIT/B531 PUNCH UNIT
B706 3000-SHEET FINISHER
B660 Z-FOLDING UNIT
B700/B701 2000/3000 SHEET FINISHER
G338/G339 SCANNER /PRINTER
UNIT
SERVICE TABLES
POSITION 5
TAB
DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS
POSITION 6
TAB
SPECIFICATIONS
POSITION 7
TAB
INSTALLATION
1. INSTALLATION
Installation
1.1 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
1.1.1 OPERATING ENVIRONMENT
Humidity
80%
54%
Operation range
15%
Temperature
10°C 27°C 32°C
(50°F) (80.6°F) (89.6°F)
B064I502.WMF
Installation
1.1.3 MINIMUM SPACE REQUIREMENTS
Place the copier near the power source, providing minimum clearance as shown
below. The same amount of clearance is necessary when optional peripheral
devices are installed.
50 mm (2") Back
1.1.4 DIMENSIONS
B064 Series
480 mm (18.9")
425 mm (16.7")
1,098 mm (43.2")
1,165 mm (45.9")
1,014 mm (39.9")
B064I003.WMF
750 mm (29.5")
620 mm (24.4")
458 mm (18")
B064I002.WMF
Installation
B140 Series
480 mm (18.9")
425 mm (16.7")
1,014 mm (39.9")
90 mm (3.5")
734 mm (28.9") 690 mm (27.2") 314 mm (12.4")
177 mm (6.9")
B064I140.WMF
750 mm (29.5")
620 mm (24.4")
458 mm (18")
B064I002.WMF
B246 Series
480 mm (18.9")
425 mm (16.7")
1103 mm (43.4")
1165 mm (45.9")
978 mm (38.5")
90 mm (3.5")
177 mm (6.9")
790 mm (31.1")
613 mm (24.1")
458 mm (18")
B064I002.WMF
Installation
The table below summarizes all the peripheral devices and controller options that
can be installed with the B064, B140, and B246 Series machines. O: YES, X: NO
Series
Bnnn Name Class*1 Comment
B064 B140 B246
B328 Copy Connector Kit X O X 1 Links two mainframes.
Type 2105
B377 Punch Unit Type O O X 2 Installed in B468, B469, B674
1045
B452 Key Counter O O O 1 Common option.
Bracket Type 1027
B468 Booklet Finisher O X X 1 Punching, sorting, shifting,
corner/booklet stapling.
B469 Booklet Finisher O O X 1 Punching, sorting, shifting,
SR850 corner stapling only.
B470 Cover Interposer O O X 2 Installed on B468, B469,
Tray B674, or B478, B706
B471 9-Bin Mailbox O O X 2 Installed on the B468, B469,
or B674.
B473 LCIT RT43 O O O 1 Paper bank for LT/A4 paper
B474 81/2"x 14" Paper O O O 1 Paper bank for LG paper
Size Tray Type
1075
B475 A3/11"x17" Tray O O O 2 Installed in Tray 1 (Tandem
Unit Type 1075 Tray)
B476 Copy Tray Type O X X 2 Small output tray for
1075 mainframe
B478 3000 Sheet Finisher O X X 1 Punching, sorting, shifting,
corner stapling only.
B498 Card Reader O O O 1 Connected directly to
Bracket mainframe.
B499 Tab Sheet Holder O O O 2 Installed in Tray 1 (Tandem
Type 3260 Tray)
B513 Output Jogger Unit X O O 2 Installed in B478 or B706
Type 1075
B515 IEEE 801.11b O X X 3 Board
B519 File Format O X X 3 Board
Converter
B525-08 Postscript 3 Type O X X 1 DIMM
1075
B525-15 Postscript 3 Type X O X 1 SD card
2075
B525-44 Postscript 3 Type X X O 3 SD card
7500
B525-01 USB 2.0 O O O 3 Board
B531-27 Punch Unit Type O O O 2 Installed in B478 or B706.
1075 EU 2/4
B531-17 Punch Unit Type O O O 2 Installed in B478 or B706.
1075 NA 3/2
B581 IEEE 1394 Interface X X O 3 Board
Board Type B
B585 Memory Unit Type X O X 3 Memory
D 2075 256MB
B594 Network Interface X O X 3 Board
Board Type 2105
B596-01 USB 2.0 Interface X O X 3 Board
Board Type B
B609-04 File Format X X O 3 Board
Converter Type C
Series
Bnnn Name Class*1 Comment
B064 B140 B246
B609-01 File Format X O X 3 Board
Converter Type B
B659 Printer/Scanner Kit X O X 3 SD card
Type 2075
B660 Z-folding Unit ZF X O O 1 Installed with B674, B700, or
4000 B701.
B674 Booklet Finisher X O X 1 Punching, sorting, shifting,
corner/booklet stapling.
B679 IEEE1284 Interface X X O 3 Board
Board Type A
B700 SR 4000 X X O 1 Punching, sorting, shifting,
corner/booklet stapling.
B701 SR970 X X O 1 Punching, sorting, shifting,
corner stapling only.
B702-27 Punch Unit Type X X O 2 Installed in B700 or B701
3260 EU 2/4
B702-17 Punch Unit Type X X O 2 Installed in B700 or B701
3260 NA 2/3
B702-28 Punch Unit Type X X O 2 Installed in B700 or B701
3260 SC
B703 Output Jogger Unit X X O 2 Installed on B700 or B701
Type 3260
B704 Cover Interposer X X O 2 Installed on the B700, B702,
Type 3260 B706.
B706 SR841 X O O 1 Punching, sorting, shifting,
corner stapling only.
B735 Data Overwrite X O O 3 SD card
Security Unit C
B736 Bluetooth Interface X O X 3 Board
Unit Type 3245
B756 Copy Tray Type X O O 1 Small output tray for
2075 mainframe
B762 Mail Box CS391 X X O 2 Installed on B700 or B701
B782 VM Card Type B X O X 3 SD card
B812 Punch Unit Type O O O 2 Installed in B478/B706.
850 SC
B818 Remote X X O 3 Board
Communication
Gate Type CM1
B825 USB Host Interface X X O 3 Board
Unit Type A
B826 Bluetooth Unit Type X X O 3 Board
3245
B828 Browser Unit Type X X O 3 SD card
B
B829 Copy Data Security X X O 3 IPU Board
Unit Type C
B841 Printer/Scanner Unit X X O 3 SD Card
Type 7500
⇒ D406 Printer/Scanner Unit
Type 8000
X X O 3 SD Card (D052/D053/D054)
Series
Bnnn Name Class*1 Comment
B064 B140 B246
Installation
⇒ B819 Fax Option Type
7500
X X O 3 Board
CAUTION
1. Make sure that the wall outlet is near the main machine and easily
accessible. Make sure the plug is firmly inserted in the outlet.
2. Avoid multi-wiring.
3. Be sure to ground the machine.
4. Never set anything on the power cord.
CAUTION
Never turn off the main power switch when the power LED is lit or flashing.
To avoid damaging the hard disk or memory, press the operation power
switch to switch the power off, wait for the power LED to go off, and then
switch the main power switch off.
The Main Power LED () lights or flashes at the following times:
• While the platen cover or ADF is open
• While the main machine is communicating with the network server
• While the machine is accessing the hard disk or memory when reading or
writing data.
There are two power switches on the machine:
• Main Power Switch.
Located on the front left corner of the machine and covered by a plastic cover.
This switch should always remain on unless the machine is being serviced.
• Operation Power Switch.
Located on the right side of the operation panel. This is the switch normally used
by the customer to power the machine on and off.
Installation
1.2 MAIN MACHINE (B064 SERIES/B140 SERIES/B246
SERIES/D052 SERIES)
1.2.1 ACCESSORY CHECK
Check the accessories and their quantities against this list:
Description Q’ty
1. Model Name Decal (-29 Only) ............................................... 1
2. Operation Instructions (-17, -19, -29, -69 Only) ..................... 2
3. NECR with Envelope (-17 Only) ............................................ 1
4. Decal – Paper Size ................................................................ 1
5. Decal: Caution Chart: Paper Set: Direction............................ 1
6. Stand Holder.......................................................................... 1
7. Operating Instructions Holder ................................................ 2
8. Decal – Original Table (Face Up) .......................................... 1
9. Decal – Cleaning - Multiple .................................................... 1
10. Cloth – DF Exposure Glass ................................................... 1
11. Cloth Holder........................................................................... 1
12. Decal – Toner Supply - Multiple ............................................ 1
13. Decal: Power Source: Off ...................................................... 1
14. Decal Exposure Glass: Multiple ............................................. 1
15. Decal – D1/E1 Multiple .......................................................... 1
CAUTION
To avoid serious injury, do not connect the power plug to the machine until
you are instructed to do so.
[C]
[A]
[D]
[B]
B064I404.WMF
B140I403.WMF
Installation
6. Raise the ADF and remove all the tape
and shipping retainers around the
[B]
exposure glass [A] and operation
panel.
7. Remove the shipping retaining sheet
[B] under the white pad.
[A]
B064I005.WMF
[C]
8. Open the front door, open the toner
bottle holder [C], then remove all tape
and shipping retainers.
B064I007.WMF
[D]
B064I008.WMF
[C]
[B]
[A] B140I009.WMF
[D]
13. Open the tandem tray (top paper tray)
and remove the metal retainer
bracket [D] ( x 1), wire, and red tag.
[A]
B064I405.WMF
Installation
Important!
• Before you begin, remove the toner bottle
if it is installed. [C]
• The toner bottle holder can be damaged if [D]
it is in the machine when you do the
procedure below.
1. Remove the shutter cover [A] ( x 1).
2. Remove the lock screw [B].
3. Remove any remaining shipping tape
[C].
4. Pull the toner bottle holder [D] and
swing it to the right.
[A] [B]
B064I300.WMF
[E]
B064I302.WMF
[H]
[F]
B064I303.WMF
[B]
10. Rotate the toner hopper [B] slightly
10° to 20° as you slide it up to
remove it.
B064I304.WMF
Installation
[A]
1
[B] B246I999.WMF
B246I999A.WMF
NOTE: If you cannot move the development unit plate behind the horizontal
pin, turn the front gear of the unit to the left and try again.
6. Make sure the pipeline shutter is rotated down to the open position.
7. Reattach all removed parts.
Installation
Initializing the Drum Settings (B140/B246/D052 Series)
You must do SP2963 (Installation Mode) to 1) Initialize the developer and do a
forced toner supply to the development unit, and 2) Initialize the auto process
control settings.
• You must open the front door before you switch the machine on. If you do this,
the machine does not do the short automatic process control procedure, which is
usually done after the machine power is turned on.
• SP2963 must be done before you do sample copying or test printing.
• If you do not press “Execute” in Step 6, the auto process control items (potential
sensor calibration, Vsg, Vref, etc.) will not initialize correctly.
1. Open the front door.
2. Connect the power cord.
3. Turn the main power switch on.
4. Go into the SP mode.
• Push Clear Modes.
• On the operation panel keypad, push 107.
• Hold down Clear/Stop for more than 3 seconds.
5. Close the front door.
6. Do SP2963.
• On the operation panel keypad, push 107.
• Press “Execute”.
• Input the Developer Lot No. with the key display, then press “Execute”.
Approximately four minutes is necessary to initialize toner supply and the auto
process control settings.
7. Press “Exit” to go out of the SP mode.
8. Attach the applicable decals (supplied with the machine) to the paper trays.
9. Check the copy quality and machine operation.
Important
• At installation, use SP2963 to enter the lot number, initialize the developer,
and to force toner supply to the toner hopper.
• After you replace developer in a machine that has been already installed, do
not use SP2963; use SP2801 (TD Sensor Initial Setting) instead to enter the
lot number and initialize the TD sensor. ( 3.7.1)
Tandem Tray
Before shipping the machine, the tandem tray is set for A4 or LT LEF and must be
adjusted if the customer wants to use the tandem tray for another paper size.
[A]
B064I564.WMF
[D]
3. Remove the right tandem inner cover
[C].
4. Re-position the side fences [D] ( x
2). The outer slot position is used
[C]
when loading A4 size paper.
5. Re-install the right tandem inner
cover [C].
B064I565.WMF
Installation
6. Remove the tray cover [A] ( x 2). [B]
7. Remove the motor cover [B] ( x 4).
[A]
B064I566.WMF
[C]
8. Re-position the side fences [C] ( x 8).
The outer slot position is used when
loading A4 size paper.
9. Re-install the motor cover and the tray
cover.
B064I523.WMF
[D]
10. Remove the rear bottom plate [D]
( x 1). [E]
11. Re-position the return position sensor
bracket [E] ( x 1). To use the paper
tray for A4 size, put the screw in the
left hole as shown. (For LT size, the
screw should be placed on the right.)
12. Re-install the rear bottom plate.
13. Change the paper size using SP5959-
001 (Paper Size – Tray 1). For details,
see SP5959 in section “5. Service
Tables”.
B064I024.WMF
Machine Level
1. Set a stand [A] at each corner of the
machine.
2. Place a level on the exposure glass
and use a wrench to turn each nut [B]
and level the machine to ±5 mm of the
horizontal.
[B]
3. Check the machine operation. With the
customer, determine the best place to
attach the cleaning reminder decal.
[A]
B064I010.WMF
Date/Time Setting
Use the User Tools menu to set the current date and time.
• On the operation panel, press the User Tools key.
• On the touch-panel, press “System Settings”.
• Press the “Timer Setting” tab.
• Press “Set Date” the enter the date.
• Press “Set Time” to enter the time.
SP Codes
SP5812-001~002 Service Telephone Execute this SP and enter the
Number Settings contact numbers of the custom
engineer. These are the
numbers displayed when a
service call is issued.
SP5841-001 Supply Name Setting – This name appears when the
Toner Name Setting: user presses the Inquiry on the
Black User Tools screen.
⇒ SP5853 Stamp Data Download Do SP 5853 to copy stamp
data to the hard disk, then turn
the power off/on.
SP7825 (B064 Series Only) Total Counter Reset Execute after installation and
after making all test copies to
reset the electronic counter
total.
Installation
1.3 A3/DLT FEEDER KIT (B475)
1.3.1 ACCESSORY CHECK
Check the accessories and their quantities against this list:
Description Q’ty
1. A3/DLT Tray ..................................................................... 1
2. Short connector ................................................................ 1
3. Page size decals............................................................... 1
3
2
B475I001.WMF
INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
CAUTION
Switch the machine off and unplug the machine before starting the
following procedure.
[A]
B475I707.WMF
[C]
B475I708.WMF
Installation
4. Remove the right tandem tray [A] ( x
2). Save these screws. [A]
B475I709.WMF
[C]
[B]
B475I201.WMF
[D]
6. Remove the stay [D] ( x 2) and re-
install it.
7. Attach the A3/DLT tray [E], using the
screws removed earlier.
8. Re-install the front cover.
9. Switch the machine on, enter the SP
mode and select the paper size for [E]
Tray 1 with SP5959-001 (Paper Size –
Tray 1) For details, see SP5959 in
section “5. Service Tables”.
10. Attach the appropriate decal for the
selected paper size. B475I202.WMF
Description Q’ty
1. Flat-head shoulder screw - M4 x 6.................................... 1
2. Upper docking pins (grooved)........................................... 2
3. Lower docking pin (not grooved)....................................... 1
4. Installation Instructions ..................................................... 1
5. Paper Set Decal................................................................ 1
Installation
1.4.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
Removing Tape
[B]
[A]
[C]
B473I001.WMF
B473I002.WMF
1. Remove the filament tape from the body [A] and top cover [B] of the LCT.
2. Remove the tape under the lid [C] of the LCT.
CAUTION
Switch the machine off and unplug the machine before starting the
following procedure.
[A]
[B]
[D]
B473I003.WMF
[A]
[B]
B473I004.WMF
Installation
[D]
[C]
Description Q’ty
⇒ 1. Cover ................................................................................ 1
2. B4/LG frame ..................................................................... 1
3. Bottom plate extension ..................................................... 1
4. Rear bracket ..................................................................... 1
5. Front bracket..................................................................... 1
6. Harness clamp.................................................................. 1
7. Tapping hex screws - M4 x 8 ............................................ 6
8. Tapping screws - M4 x 8................................................... 4
2
1
4
7 6 5 B474I001A.WMF
Installation
1.5.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
If the LCT is connected to the machine
[A]
1. Open the cover and remove the paper.
2. Lower the LCT tray. Cover the near end
sensor [A], then press the tray down
button [B] to lower the tray bottom plate.
[B]
B474I507.WMF
CAUTION
Switch the machine off and unplug the machine before starting the
following procedure.
3. Disconnect the LCT from the machine.
4. Remove the LCT upper cover [C].
[C]
B474I504.WMF
[D]
B474I502.WMF
[G]
The kit is set for B4. If you need to
change the paper size to LG, proceed to
step 13 and 14. Otherwise, proceed to
step 15.
[H] B474I553.WMF
Installation
13. Move the front side fence [A] to the LG [B]
position and fasten ( x 1).
14. Move the rear side fence [B] to the LG
position and fasten ( x 1).
[A]
B474I555.WMF
[C]
B474I508.WMF
Description Q’ty
⇒ 1. Tapping screws - M3 x 6 .................................................. 2
2. Tapping screws - M4 x 8................................................... 4
3. Tapping screws - M4 x 14................................................. 4
4. Ground (earth) plate ......................................................... 1
5. Rear joint bracket.............................................................. 1
6. Front joint bracket ............................................................. 1
7. Upper output tray .............................................................. 1
8. Installation Instructions ..................................................... 1
9. Lower output tray .............................................................. 1
10. Cushion (with double-sided tape) ..................................... 1
1 2 3 4 5
6
7
8
10
9 B468I001A.WMF
Installation
1.6.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
This section describes the common installation instructions for these finishers:
• B468 Booklet Finisher. Does punching, shifting, corner stapling, and booklet
(saddle-stitch) stapling. The booklet finisher can be installed and used with the
B064 Series only. This finisher cannot be used with a B140 Series/B246 Series
machine.
• B469 Finisher. Does punching, shifting, and corner stapling. Does not do
booklet (saddle-stitch) stapling. This finisher can be installed and used only with
the B064 Series or B140 Series. This finisher cannot be used with a B246 Series
machine.
• B674 Booklet Finisher. Does punching, shifting, stapling, and booklet (saddle-
stitch) stapling . The booklet finisher can be installed and used only with the
B140 Series. This finisher cannot be used with a B064 Series or B246 Series
machine.
Important! Differences in installation procedures are denoted “B468", “B469” or
“B674”.
Removing Tapes and Retainers
B469
B468I001.WMF
B469I001.WMF
[A]
B468I002.WMF
Installation
Installation
CAUTION
Switch the machine off and unplug the machine before starting the
following procedure.
[B]
[A]
[C]
B468I003.WMF
1. Install the front [A] and rear [B] joint brackets ( x 2 each, M4x 14).
2. Install the ground plate [C] ( x 2, M3 x 6).
⇒ [B] [D]
[C]
[A] B468I004.WMF
3. Remove the screw of the lock lever [A] and pull the lever out. Keep the screw.
4. Peel the cover tape from the sponge cushion [B], then install it in the upper slot.
NOTE: If you will also install the cover interposer tray, do not attach the
cushion here. Attach it to the cover interposer tray. The cover
interposer tray must be installed on the finisher before you attach the
finisher and tray to the main machine.
5. Align the brackets [C] with the slots in the finisher.
6. To avoid bending the entrance guide plates of the finisher, slowly push the
finisher against the side of the machine until the brackets enter the slots.
7. Fasten the lock lever [A] ( x 1) with the screw removed in Step 3. This locks
the finisher against the side of the mainframe.
8. Connect the plug [D] of the finisher power cord to the connector on the
machine.
CAUTION
Always move the finisher slowly to avoid bending the entrance guide
plates. Bent guide plates could interfere with paper transport from the
machine to the finisher.
Installation
[D]
B468/B674
[C]
[B]
[F]
[A] B469
B468I005.WMF
[E]
B469I005.WMF
5841* Supply Name Setting These names appear when the user presses the Inquiry
button on the initial User Tools screen.
005 Staple Std Enter the name of the staples in use for normal stapling
(not booklet stapling). This setting should be done for the
B468, B469, and B674.
006 Staple Bind Enter the name of the staples in use for booklet stapling
(saddle-stitching). This setting is required only for the
B468 and B674
SP6902 Fold Position Use this SP to fine adjust the fold and staple positions if they
Adjustment are not aligned correctly. See “5. Service Tables”.
SP6120 Staple Jogger Allows fine adjustment of the staple unit jogger fences for
Adjustment different paper sizes, if required. See “5. Service Tables”.
Installation
1.7 PUNCH UNIT (B377)
The Punch Unit B377 can be installed only in the 3000-Sheet Finishers
B468/B469/B674.
⇒ Description Q’ty
1. Punch unit ........................................................................ 1
2. Sensor arm....................................................................... 1
3. Step screw........................................................................ 1
4. Spring ............................................................................... 1
5. Tapping screw - M3x 10 ................................................... 2
6. Tapping screw - M3 x 8 .................................................... 1
7. Spacer (2 mm).................................................................. 1
8. Spacer (1 mm).................................................................. 1
9. Hopper ............................................................................. 1
1 2
3 4
5
9
8 7 6
B377I001A.WMF
CAUTION
Switch off the main machine and unplug its power cord.
[A]
B377I201.WMF
[C]
[B] B377I103.WMF
[D]
[F] B377I202.WMF
Installation
[A]
1. Remove the shipping bracket [A] ( x
2).
2. Position the 2 mm spacer [B] and
secure the punch unit ( x 2).
3. Secure the punch unit at the front with
the shoulder screw [C] ( x 1).
[C]
[B]
B377I203.WMF
B377I105.WMF
9
10
12
11 B470I006.WMF
Installation
This procedure shows you how to install the Cover Interposer Tray B470 on the:
• 3000-sheet Finisher (Booklet Finisher) B468/B674
• 3000-sheet Finisher B469
• 3000-sheet Finisher B478/B706.
Important! The Cover Interposer Tray B470 can be installed and used only on the
B064 Series or B140 Series machines. only
NOTE
• The B468/B469/B674 Finishers require installation of the front spacer only.
• The B478/B706 requires installation of corner plates.
Removing Tapes and Retainers
[A]
[E]
[C]
[D]
[B]
[F]
B470I001.WMF
B470I007.WMF
[A]
[E]
[F]
[D]
[B]
[C]
B470I003.WMF
CAUTION
Make sure that the finisher is disconnected from the main machine and that
the copier is turned off and disconnected from the power outlet before you
start the following procedure.
Installation
Attaching the Interposer Tray
[C] [B]
[D]
[A]
Booklet Finisher
B468/B469/B674 Only
B470I004.WMF
1. If you install the cover interposer tray on the B468/B469/B674 finisher, install
the spacer [A]. You will hear a click when it is installed correctly.
NOTE: If you install the cover interposer tray on the B478/B706, do not install
this spacer. This spacer is for the B468/B469/B674 installation only.
2. Lift the cover interposer tray, and align the keyholes [B] with the shoulder screws
[C]. Then move the cover interposer down onto the screws.
3. Attach the cover interposer with the screw [D] ( x 1, M3 x 6).
Important
• If you are installing the cover interposer tray on the B468/B469/B674, skip the
next section and go directly to “Attaching the Finisher to the Machine” on page 1-
50.
• If you are installing the cover interposer tray on the B478/B706, go to the next
section, install the corner plates on the B478/B706, then go to “Attaching the
Finisher to the Machine” on page 1-50.
[C]
[E]
[D]
[A] [B]
B470I009.WMF
1. Temporarily set the screws [A] (with approximately two turns) at the right end of
the finisher extension table [B] ( x 2, tapping M4 x 8)
NOTE: You cannot see the holes, because there is tape on them. Punch the
screws through the holes.
2. Align the notches [C] in the right rear corner plate [D] with the screws, and
attach the plate.
3. If there is a gap [E] between the plate and the tray extension attached to the
side of the finisher:
• Loosen the two screws below the table extension (not shown)
• Align the table extension with the corner of the finisher and the plate
• Tighten the tray extension screws.
4. With a long screw driver inserted through the notches in the right rear corner
plate [D], tighten the screws. This attaches the right rear corner plate to the
table extension [B].
Installation
[C]
[B]
B470I008.WMF
[A]
1. Temporarily set the screw [A] (M4 x 8) (with approximately two turns) to attach
the panel at the right front corner.
NOTE: You cannot see the hole, because there is tape on it. Punch the screw
through the hole.
2. Align the notch in the right front corner plate [B] with the screw and install it.
You hear a click when it is put into its correct position.
3. Put a long screwdriver into the plate cutout [C]. Then, tighten the screw to
attach the right front corner plate.
[B]
[D]
[C]
B470I005.WMF
1. Attach the sponge strip [A] (this is supplied with the finisher).
NOTE: If you will install the cover interposer tray with a finisher that was
installed on the machine before this time, remove the strip from the
finisher and attach it to the cover interposer tray.
2. Attach the guide plate [B] (removed from the finisher) to the cover interposer
( x 2).
NOTE: Make sure to use the two small tapping screws supplied with the
machine, and not the machine screws that you removed from the
finisher with the guide plate.
3. Release the lock lever [C] ( x 1).
4. Lower the transport guide plate [D].
Important: Perform the following carefully. Do not bend the entrance
guide plates. Bent guide plates could cause a blockage for paper
transport between the finisher and copier.
5. Slowly push the finisher against the side of the machine until the brackets [E]
go into the slots.
6. Attach the lock lever [C] ( x 1).
7. Lift the transport guide plate [D] to close it.
8. Connect the connector [E] into the copier.
9. Switch on the machine, and select the default paper size for the cover
Installation
interposer.
Important: Be sure to execute the correct SP code for the machine. Please
refer to the table below.
Description Q’ty
1. Trays ................................................................................. 9
2. Guide plate ....................................................................... 1
3. Installation Instructions ..................................................... 1
4. Tapping screws - M3 x 8................................................... 6
5. Decals (bin display) .......................................................... 1
1
2
4
5 B471I001A.WMF
Installation
1.9.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
Important! The 9-Bin Mailbox B471 can be installed and used only with a B064
Series or B140 Series machine. The B471 cannot be installed on a B246 machine.
Removing Tapes and Retainers
1. Remove the filament tape [A].
NOTE: Handle the mailbox carefully.
The corner leaf [B] can be
damaged easily.
[A]
[B]
Installation B471I001.WMF
CAUTION
Switch the machine off and unplug the machine before starting the
following procedure.
B471I002.WMF
[A]
3. Attach the guide plate [A] to the top
of the finisher ( x 2, M3 x 8).
B471I003.WMF
[B]
4. Attach the mailbox [B] to the top of
the finisher ( x 4, M3 x 8). [C]
5. Attach the 9 trays [C] to the mailbox. [D]
B471I004.WMF
Installation
1.10 3000 SHEET FINISHER (B478/B706)
1.10.1 ACCESSORY CHECK
Check the accessories and their quantities against this list:
Description Q’ty
1. Cushion ........................................................................... 1
2. Table Extension ............................................................... 1
3. Leveling Shoes ................................................................ 1
4. Rear Joint Bracket ........................................................... 1
5. Front Joint Bracket........................................................... 1
6. Entrance Guide Plate....................................................... 1
7. Grounding Plate............................................................... 1
8. Auxiliary Tray Holder ....................................................... 2
9. Auxiliary Tray - Proof ....................................................... 2
10. Auxiliary Tray - Shift......................................................... 2
11. Tapping Screws - M4 x 8 ................................................. 2
12. Tapping Screws - M3 x 6 ................................................. 4
13. Tapping Screws - M3 x 8 ................................................. 4
14. Phillips Screws w/washer - M4 x 14................................. 4
15. Shift Tray ......................................................................... 4
16. Installation Procedure ...................................................... 1
1 2 3
15
14
5
13
6
12
11 7
B706I201A.WMF
10 8
9
1.10.2 INSTALLATION
B478I002.WMF B478I003.WMF
[E]
[A]
[D]
[F]
[B] [C]
B478I014.WMF
B478I019.WMF
Important!
• The 3000-Sheet Finisher B478 can be installed and used only on a B064 Series
machine.
⇒ • The 3000-Sheet Finisher B706 can be installed and used only on a B140, B246
or D052 Series machine.
CAUTION
Unplug the machine power cord before starting the following procedure.
1. Unpack the finisher and remove all tapes and shipping retainers.
2. Open the front door and remove the shipping retainers. Remove brackets [A],
[B], and [C] ( x 2 each).
3. Install the front joint bracket [D] and rear joint bracket [E] ( x 2 each) (M4 x
14) on the left side of the copier.
4. Remove the connector cover [F].
Installation
[A]
B478I004.WMF
[C]
[B]
B478I005.WMF
0 ~ 2 mm
[D]
0 ~ 5 mm
B478I107.WMF
[C]
B478I534.WMF
[D] [B]
[A]
B478I006.WMF
Installation
1.11 PUNCH UNIT (B531/B812)
The Punch Unit B531/A812 can be installed only in the 3000-Sheet Finisher
B478/B706.
1.11.1 ACCESSORY CHECK
Check the accessories and their quantities against this list:
Description Q’ty
1. Punch unit......................................................................... 1
2. Harness Connector Cable - PCB ...................................... 1
3. Harness Connector Cable - HP Sensor 2 ......................... 1
4. Harness Connector Cable - HP Sensor 1, Hopper Full..... 1
5. Sensor Arm and Sensor.................................................... 1
6. Spacer (2 mm) .................................................................. 1
7. Spacer (1 mm) .................................................................. 2
8. Spring ............................................................................... 1
9. Step Screw (large) (M4 x 11) ............................................ 1
10. Tapping Screw (M4 x 10).................................................. 2
11. Step Screw (small) (M3 x 4).............................................. 1
12. Machine Screw, Washer (M4 x 6) ..................................... 1
13. Knob ................................................................................. 1
14. Punch Waste Hopper........................................................ 1
2
1 3
14
6
13
12 11 10 8
9 7
B531I001.WMF
1.11.2 INSTALLATION
[A]
[B]
[C]
B531I09.WMF
[D]
[F]
[E] B531I002.WMF
CAUTION
Switch the machine off and unplug the machine before starting the
following procedure.
[A]
Installation
[B]
[C]
B531I003.WMF
B531I004.WMF
[D]
[A]
B531I006.WMF
[C]
[B]
B531I005.WMF
10. At the front, secure the punch unit [A] with the large step screw ( x 1, M4 x
10).
11. At the rear, position the 2 mm spacer [B] and attach the punch unit [C] ( x 2,
M4 x 10).
NOTE: At the hole just above the lock lever, use one of the screws from the
paper guide removed above to fasten the remaining two spacers to the
frame. These extra spacers are used to adjust the horizontal position of
the punch holes.
12. At the front, fasten the punch unit knob [D] ( x 1).
Installation
[C]
[E]
[D]
B531I007.WMF
[B]
[A]
[F]
B531I008.WMF
13. Connect the PCB harness connector [A] to CN129 of the finisher PCB and to
CN600 of the punch unit PCB.
14. Connect the HP Sensor 2 harness connector [B] to CN130 of the finisher PCB
and to HP Sensor 2.
15. Connect the single end of the hopper full sensor connector cable [C] to the
hopper full sensor on the arm ( x 1, clamp x 1), then connect the other two
connectors to HP Sensor 1 [D] and CN620 [E] of the punch PCB.
NOTE: No special DIP switch settings are required for this punch unit. The
punch unit sends an identification signal to the machine, so it knows
what type of punch unit has been installed.
16. Slide the hopper [F] into the finisher.
17. Re-attach the inner cover and rear cover.
18. Close the front door and re-connect the finisher to the machine.
Description Q’ty
1. Jogger Unit B513 .............................................................. 1
2. Tapping Screws - M3 x 6 .................................................. 2
3. Installation Procedure ....................................................... 1
Installation
1.12.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
[B]
[A]
B513I001.WMF
[D]
B513I002.WMF
[E]
B513I003.WMF [C]
1. Turn the main machine switch off and disconnect the finisher from the main
frame.
2. Use the flat head of a screwdriver to remove the left upper cover [A] from the
finisher and discard it.
3. Remove the cover plate [B] from the jogger unit ( x 2). Save the screws.
4. With the jogger unit connector on the left side, hook the frame of the jogger unit
[C] into the holes on the left and right side of the finisher frame.
5. On the left side, fasten the connector [D] to the socket ( x 1).
6. On the left and right side, attach the jogger unit frame to the side of the finisher
with the screws [E] provided ( x 2).
7. Re-attach the jogger unit cover to its frame with the screws removed in step 2
( x 2).
1 2 3
4
9 8 7 6 5
10
11
12
15
14 13 B660I003.WMF
Installation
1.13.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
Important!
⇒ • The Z-Folding Unit B660-17, -26, -27 can be installed and used only on the B674
Finisher (B140 series).
• The Z-Folding Unit B660-57, -66, -67 can be installed and used only on the B700
or B701 Finisher (B246 series).
Before You Begin
• Do the installation procedure for the finisher but do not dock it to the machine.
The Z-folding unit must be installed between the finisher and the main machine.
• Do the installation for the cover interposer tray (if necessary).
• If the finisher is already installed, disconnect the finisher from the main machine.
(If the cover interposer tray is installed on the finisher, it is not necessary to
remove the cover interposer tray.)
• Be cautious when installing the Z-Fold Unit B660. The unit may not be fully
stable until attached to the finisher. Be Careful not to tilt the Z-Fold Unit as you
perform the following procedures.
Unpacking
[A]
[C]
[E] [D]
[G]
[B]
[F]
B660I001.WMF
[I]
[I] [H]
B660I002.WMF
CAUTION
Always switch the machine off and unplug the machine before doing any of
the following procedures.
Installation
Docking to the Finisher
[A]
[E]
[B]
[C]
[D]
[G]
[F] B660I004.WMF
[A]
5 mm
B660I005.WMF
[B]
B660I006.WMF
[C] [B]
CAUTION
With the support retracted,
the Z-folding unit tips easily!
B660I102.WMF
[B]
Installation
[C]
[F]
[E]
B660I013.WMF
[A] [D]
6. Attach the ground plate [A] ( x 2) to the finisher (or the cover interposer tray).
NOTE: This is the ground with the flat plate attached with 2 vertical screws.
7. Open the front door of the finisher.
8. Pull out the lock lever [B] of the finisher ( x 1).
-or-
If the cover interposer tray is installed, pull out the lock lever of the cover
interposer tray.
9. Dock the Z-folding unit to the finisher.
10. Fasten the screw [B] ( x 1).
11. Fasten screw [E] to front lock bracket [F].
NOTE:
• Screw [E] is not needed if the Z-folder will be installed with a B246 Series
machine and the SR4000 B700 or SR970 B701.
• However, both brackets are required. Do not remove bracket .
12. Fasten the rear lock bracket [D] ( x 1).
[H]
[A]
[D]
[I]
1. Fasten the two docking brackets [A] (provided with the Z-folding unit) to the
main machine ( x 2 each).
2. At the right bottom edge of the Z-folding unit, remove the screw and bracket,
push in the support [B], then reattach the screw and bracket.
3. Pull the top cover [C] toward you then raise it.
4. Raise the horizontal transport plate [D] to the left.
5. Pull out the Z-folding mechanism [E].
6. Pull out the Z-folding unit lock lever [F] ( x 1).
7. At the right bottom edge of the Z-folding unit, confirm that the breaker switch is
ON.
NOTE: This switch should display “—”. If you see “O”, set the switch to “—”.
The machine will not recognize the Z-folding unit if this switch is off.
8. Dock the Z-folding unit [G] to the main machine.
9. Push in the lock lever [F] and fasten it ( x 1).
10. Push in the Z-folding mechanism [E], lower the horizontal transport plate [D],
then close the front door [C].
11. Attach the I/F cable [H] of the Z-folding unit to the main machine.
12. Connect the power cord [I] to the Z-folding unit.
Installation
⇒
[A]
B660I009.WMF
2 3 4 5
6
10
9
10
8 7
B700I201.WMF
Installation
This section describes the common installation instructions for two peripheral
devices:
• B700 Booklet Finisher. Does punching, shifting, corner stapling, and booklet
(saddle-stitch) stapling.
• B701 Finisher. Does punching, shifting, and corner stapling but no booklet
(saddle-stitch) stapling unit.
Important!
⇒ • The 2000-Sheet Finisher B700 can be installed only on a B246/D052 Series
machine.
• The 2000-Sheet Finisher B701 can be installed only on a B246/D052 Series
machine.
NOTE: Differences in the installation procedures are noted as “B700” or “B701”.
B700 B701
B700I102.WMF B701I102.WMF
WARNING!
Always turn the machine off and unplug the machine before doing any of
the following procedures.
1. Unpack the machine and remove all the wrapping.
2. Remove all filament tape and shipping retainers from the finisher.
B700 B701
B700I202.WMF B701I202.WMF
B700
Installation
B701
[A]
[A]
B700I204.WMF B701I204.WMF
[A]
[B]
B700I106.WMF
7. If you are not installing the Cover Interposer B704, peel the strip from the
sponge cushion [A] and attach it to the finisher then go to the next step.
If you are installing the Cover Interposer B704:
• Do not attach the sponge cushion to the finisher. It must be attached to the
cover interposer.
• Do not attach the grounding plate [B] to the finisher. It must be attached to
the cover interposer.
• Install the interposer now. The cover interposer must be installed before you
dock the finisher to the copier.
9. Use a short screwdriver to attach the grounding plate [B] ( x 2, M3 x 6).
Installation
[A]
[B]
B700I105.WMF
[F]
[E]
[C]
[D]
[B]
[A] B700I107.WMF
12. Remove the screw [A] to release the lock lever [B] ( x 1).
13. To avoid bending and damaging the paper entrance guide plates [C], slowly
push the finisher against the side of the machine until the brackets [D] enter
their slots.
14. Attach and tighten the screw removed in Step 11.
15. Connect connector [E] to the main frame.
16. Attach the gasket seal [F] as shown.
Installation
B700
B701
[B] [B]
[A] [A]
B700
1. Attach the upper output tray [A] ( x 1, M3 x 8).
NOTE: Make sure the metal plate [B] overlaps the tray.
2. Attach the lower output tray [C].
3. Use the round-head rivet (provided accessory) to
fasten the auxiliary tray storage pocket to rear
cover of the finisher.
4. Place the auxiliary trays for the shift tray and proof
tray in the pocket.
B701 B246I901.WMF
[C]
B701I109.WMF
[B]
[A]
1. Set the leveling shoes [A] (x 3) under the feet [B].
2. Use a wrench to adjust the height of the screws [C] to level the machine.
Installation
Selecting the Staple Supply Name
Enter the SP mode and execute the following information.
5841* Supply Name Setting These names appear when the user prints the Inquiry
List Press the Counter key, then press ‘Print Inquiry List’.
Press the Inquiry button on the initial User Tools screen.
013* Staple Std Enter the name of the staples in use for normal stapling
(not booklet stapling). This setting should be done for
both the B700 and B701.
022 Staple Bind Enter the name of the staples in use for booklet stapling
(saddle-stitching). This setting is required only for the
B700.
Auxiliary Trays
The auxiliary trays are stored in the auxiliary tray storage pocket mounted on the
back cover of the finisher.
Make sure that the customer understands the following points about these auxiliary
trays:
• The trailing edges of excessively curled or Z-folded paper can activate the tray
full sensors before the tray is actually full.
• Once the "Exit Tray Full" message displays, the job cannot continue until some
sheets are removed from the tray, even if only partially full. The trays are
designed to prevent this problem.
• The auxiliary tray for the shift tray should be installed for Z-folding jobs.
• The auxiliary tray for the proof tray should be installed only when excessively
curled paper is triggering early "Exit Tray Full" alerts.
• Normally, both auxiliary trays should be placed in the pocket mounted on the
back of the finisher.
Proof Exit Auxiliary Tray
Follow the procedures below to install the auxiliary tray for the proof tray.
1. First, remove the paper form the paper feed tray, turn it upside down, and
continue printing. This may solve the problem.
2. If the "Exit Tray Full" alerts continue,
set the proof auxiliary tray [A] on the
proof tray on the top of the finisher.
[A]
3. Make sure that the arms of the
auxiliary tray fit tightly over the ridges
of the proof tray below.
B246I903.WMF
Installation
Shift Auxiliary Tray
1. Open and close the front door of the finisher.
This initializes the finisher and moves the shift tray to the standby position.
2. Open the front door again and leave it
open.
3. Set the shift auxiliary tray [A] on the
shift tray as shown.
4. Close the front door.
This initializes the finisher again and
moves the shift tray to the new standby
position with the auxiliary tray installed.
5. After the Z-folding job is finished, [A]
remove the tray and store it in the
auxiliary tray storage pocket on the B246I902.WMF
3
5
4 B702I101.WMF
WARNING!
Always turn the machine off and unplug the machine before doing any of
the following procedures.
Installation
[B]
[A]
[C] B702I102.WMF
[D]
Rear
[E]
[F]
Front
B702I103.WMF
1. If the finisher is connected to the copier, disconnect the power connector [A]
and separate the finisher from the copier.
2. Remove the rear cover [B] ( x 2) and open the front door.
NOTE: At the base of the back cover, be sure to disconnect the tabs that
fasten the cover to the frame.
3. Remove the guide plate [C] ( x 2).
4. Slide the punch unit [D] along its rails into the finisher. Make sure that pin
engages correctly at the front and rear.
5. Connect and fasten the punch unit [E] ( x 2, x 1).
NOTE: The connectors are coiled and tied above the PCB on the right.
{ | [C]
[A]
B702I104.WMF
3-pin connector
[B]
B702I105.WMF
6. Fasten the slide drive unit [A] to finisher and connect it to the punch unit
( x 2, x 1). Press in on the slide drive unit at { when you attach screw |.
7. Make sure that the punch unit moves freely and is not blocked by the screws.
8. Insert the side-to-side detection unit [B]. Make sure that the two pins are
engaged correctly at the front.
9. Confirm that the side-to-side detection slides smoothly on its rails. If it does not,
make sure that the rails are aligned with their grooves.
10. Fasten the side-to-side detection unit and connect it at the rear ( x 2, x 1,
x 1).
11. Pull the short connector out of the connector [C] then connector it ( x 1).
NOTE: This is the 3-pin connector.
Installation
[B]
[C]
B702I106.WMF
[A]
B702I107.WMF
12. At the front, use a pair of nippers to remove the knockout [A]
13. Insert the punch waste transport unit [B] into the finisher.
NOTE: Make sure that the punch waste transport unit slides smoothly on its
rails. If it does not, make sure that the rails are aligned with the grooves.
14. Remove the short connector from the connector [C].
NOTE: This is the 4-pin connector.
15. Connect connector and fasten the punch waste transport unit.
( x 1, x 1, x 1).
16. Set the hopper [D] in its holder.
1 2
3 4 5 6
7
8
9
11
10
17 12
13
16 14 B704I101.WMF
15
Installation
1.16.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
The Cover Interposer Tray B704 can be installed on the following finishers only:
• 2000-Sheet Booklet Finisher B700
• 3000-Sheet Finisher B701
• 3000-Sheet Finisher B706
[A]
[B]
B704I102.WMF
WARNING!
Make sure that the finisher is disconnected from the main machine and that
the copier is switched off and unplugged before starting the following
procedure.
[A]
[B]
[C]
B704I103.WMF
Installation
Important!
• The procedures in this section are for installation of the cover interposer with the
B706 only.
• If you are installing the cover interposer with the B700/B701, go to the next
section.
Modify the Attachments for the B706
Front Door Extension (Top) Rear Cover Extension (Bottom)
[D]
[A]
[E]
[G]
[C]
[B]
[F]
[H]
B704I108.WMF
[C]
[A]
[B]
B706I900.WMF
Installation
{ [A]
[E] |
}
[F]
[B]
[D]
[C] B704I110.WMF
[A]
{
|
[E] }
[F]
[B]
[D]
[C] B704I104.WMF
Installation
[B] [A]
[C]
B704I105.WMF
1. Pick up the cover interposer tray, align the keyholes [A] with the shoulder
screws [B], then slide the cover interposer down onto the screws.
2. Secure the cover interposer with the screw [C] ( x 1, M3 x 6).
3. If you are installing the cover interposer tray on the B700/B701, skip the next
section and go directly to “Docking the Finisher and Interposer to the Machine”
on page 1-100.
-or-
If you are installing the cover interposer tray on the B706, go to the next
section, install the corner plates on the B706, then go to “Docking the Finisher
and Interposer to the Machine” on page 1-100.
NG OK [C]
[D]
[A] [B]
B704I112.WMF
1. Temporarily attach the screws [A] (with about two turns) to the right end of the
finisher extension table [B] ( x 2, tapping M4 x 8).
NOTE: The holes are not visible because they are covered with tape. Just
punch the screws through the holes.
2. Align the cutouts [C] of the right rear corner plate [D] with the screws and attach
the plate.
3. With a long screw driver inserted through the cutouts in the right rear corner
plate [D], tighten the screws to fasten the right rear corner plate to the table
extension [B].
[C]
Installation
[B]
[A] B704I111.WMF
4. Temporarily attach the screw [A] (M4 x 8) with about two turns to fasten to the
panel at the right front corner.
NOTE: The hole is not visible because it is covered with tape. Just punch the
screw through the hole.
5. With the clamp [B] under the edge of the corner, align the cutout [C] in the right
front corner plate with the screw, then snap it into position.
6. With a long screwdriver inserted into the plate cutout [C], tighten the screw to
fasten the right front corner plate.
[C]
[A]
[B]
[D] B704I121.WMF
Installation
[A]
[F]
[D]
B704I106.WMF
4. Attach the sponge strip [A] that is supplied with the finisher.
5. Attach the guide plate (removed from the finisher) to the cover interposer.
• Attach the front end [B] of the plate ( x 1).
• Attach the rear end of the plate with the anti-static brush [C] ( x 1).
Important: Use the two small tapping screws that are supplied, not the
machine screws removed from the finisher guide plate.
6. Release the lock lever [D] ( x 1).
7. Attach the pad [E]. (This pad is provided with the finisher.)
8. Slowly push the finisher against the side of the machine until the brackets [F]
go into the slots.
WARNING!
Move the finisher carefully, or you will bend the
entrance guide plates.
• Note: (B064/B140) If the correct paper sizes are not detected, see “Cover
Interposer Tray B470 “ Service Manual , sections 2.1.3.
Installation
1.17 OUTPUT JOGGER UNIT (B703)
1.17.1 ACCESSORIES
Check the accessories and their quantities against the following list.
Description Q’ty
1. Jogger Unit ...................................................................... 1
2. Tapping Screws - M3 x 6 .................................................. 2
B703I101.WMF
[B]
[A]
B703I103.WMF
B703I102.WMF
Important! The Output Jogger Unit B703 can be installed only on the 2000/3000-
Sheet Finisher B700/B701.
WARNING!
Always switch the machine off and unplug the machine before doing any of
the following procedures.
Installation
[B]
[C]
[A] B703I104.WMF
5. While you hold the jogger unit with the connector on the left, put the hooks of
the frame of the jogger unit [A] into the holes in the left and right side of the
finisher frame.
6. Fasten connector [B] to the socket ( x 1).
7. Attach the jogger unit to the finisher ( x 2).
8. Reattach the jogger unit cover [C] to the jogger unit ( x 2).
9. Enter Service Mode (5.1.1) and change SP6118 to “1”
⇒ Description Q’ty
1. Trays................................................................................. 9
2. Guide plate ....................................................................... 1
3. Tapping screws - M3x8..................................................... 6
4. Decals (bin display) .......................................................... 1
1
2
4 B762I001A.WMF
Installation
1.18.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
[A]
[B]
B762I101.WMF
Important! The Mail Box B762 can be installed only in the 2000/3000-Sheet
Finisher B700/B701.
CAUTION
Switch the machine off and unplug the machine before starting the
following procedure.
[A]
[B]
B762I102.WMF
2. If the Cover Interposer Tray B704 is installed on the B700/B701, remove it.
NOTE: The cover interposer tray and mailbox cannot be installed on the
finisher at the same time.
3. Remove the top cover [A] of the finisher ( x 1).
4. Remove the bracket [B] ( x 1).
[A]
Installation
B762I103.WMF
[B]
[C]
[D]
B762I104.WMF
5. Attach the guide plate [A] to the top of the finisher ( x 2, M3x8).
6. Attach the mailbox [B] to the top of the finisher ( x 4, M3x8).
7. Attach the 9 trays [C] to the mailbox.
8. Give the decals [D] to the customer for notation and attaching at the correct
location.
1 2
3
11
4
5
7 B756I001.WMF
10 9 6
8
Installation
1.19.2 INSTALLATION
[A]
B756I101.WMF
Important! The Copy Tray B756 can be installed only on a B140 Series machine
or a B246 Series machine.
1. Remove the left upper cover [A] ( x 2).
[C]
[B] [D]
[E]
[F]
[A]
B756I003.WMF
2. Attach the paper height sensor [A] and harness clamp [B] to the sensor bracket
[C].
3. Attach the sensor bracket and actuator arm bracket [D] to the copier ( x 3).
4. Attach the sensor harness [E] ( x 1, x 4).
5. Attach the actuator [F] to the arms of the actuator arm bracket.
Installation
[A]
[C]
[D]
[B]
B756I002.WMF
Description Qty
1. Key Card Table................................................................... 1
2. Harness Clamp ................................................................... 1
3. Tapping Screws (M3 x 8) .................................................... 4
4. Tapping Screws (M4 x 14) .................................................. 2
5. Stud ................................................................................... 1
6. Decal .................................................................................. 1
7. Key Card Table Support ..................................................... 1
2 3 4
7 6
B498I001.WMF
Installation
1.20.2 KEY COUNTER BRACKET B452 ACCESSORIES
Check the accessories and their quantities against this list.
Description Qty
1. Plate nuts............................................................................ 2
2. Rear Bracket....................................................................... 1
3. Front Bracket ...................................................................... 1
4. Tapping Screws (M3 x 6) .................................................... 2
5. Tapping Screws (M4 x 8) .................................................... 3
6. Tapping Screws (M4 x 16) .................................................. 2
7. Harness ............................................................................. 1
8. Shoulder Screw ................................................................. 1
9. Key Counter Bracket Cover ................................................ 1
10. Key Counter Bracket......................................................... 1
1 2 3
4 5 6
8
9
10
B452I001.WMF
1.20.3 INSTALLATION
Assemble the Key Counter Bracket
[A]
[B]
[D]
[C]
B452I002.WMF
1. Hold the key counter plate nuts [A] on the inner surface of the key counter
bracket [B].
2. Attach the key counter holder [C] to the key counter bracket ( x2).
3. Attach the key counter bracket cover [D] ( x2).
Installation
Install the Key Card Bracket and Assembled Key Counter
[D] [B]
[C]
[E]
[F]
[A]
B498I002.WMF
B498I003.WMF
WARNING!
Always turn the machine off and disconnect the machine power cord
before you do this procedure.
[A]
[B]
[C]
B498I004.WMF
Installation
1.21 COPY CONNECTOR KITS
1.21.1 COPY CONNECTOR KIT (B525-10, -12) FOR B064 SERIES
Important Notes
1. The following are the specialized firmware versions for use with the Copy
Connector Kit or MLB option. When installing either of these options, it is
necessary to install the following firmware together as a set:
2. With the Copy Connector/MLB modifications, the machine firmware has been
divided up into 2 main groups:
1) The Copy Connector/MLB group (beginning with the versions listed above).
2) The usual firmware used up to the present, i.e. for machines without the
Copy Connector or MLB options.
Important: Firmware from these two groups cannot be used interchangeably.
Always update within the same group, otherwise the machine will not operate
correctly.
3. The Copy Connector Kit and MLB options cannot be installed in the same
machine. It is necessary to install one or the other.
4. As shown above, the GW controller firmware for the Copy Connector/MLB
group has been divided into GW System and GW Copy, as the increased size
has exceeded the card's storage capacity.
ACCESSORY CHECK
Check the accessories and their quantities against this list:
Description Q’ty
1. Copy Connector Board .......................................................... 2
2. MLB Interface Board .............................................................. 2
3. Interface Cable ...................................................................... 3
4. Interface Harness – Power Line............................................. 2
5. Hub ........................................................................................ 2
6. Key Top – Application ............................................................ 6
7. Key Top – Printer ................................................................... 2
8. Anti-static Cap ....................................................................... 2
9. Knob Screw ........................................................................... 4
10. Decal – Copy Connector........................................................ 4
11. Tapping Screw – M3 x 8 ....................................................... 4
1 2 6 7
5 3 8
4 10 11 9
B246MTC1CCK.WMF
Installation
Installation
CAUTION
Unplug the machine main power cord before starting the following
procedure.
Perform the following procedures for both the main and sub copiers.
Installing the Firmware: (B064 Series)
[A]
B110I201.WMF
[D]
[B]
[C]
[A]
B110I202.WMF
B110I201.WMF
1. Replace the interface board [A] with the MLB Interface Board [B].
NOTE: This step is not necessary from the following Serial Numbers:
2. Remove the 4P connector [C] for the HDD and connect it to CN319 on the MLB
Board.
3. Connect one end of the power interface harness [D] to the HDD connector, and
the other end to CN318 on the MLB Board.
Installation
[C]
[B]
[D]
B110I203.WMF
[A]
B110I102.WMF
4. Remove the connector cover [A] ( x 2).
5. Install the CCK interface board [B] as shown.
6. Connect the harness [C] to CN315 on the MLB Board.
7. Attach the decals [D] as shown.
[C]
[D]
B110I103_RTB.WMF
8. Lead the interface cable [AI] through the anti-static cap [BJ], and then connect
it to the interface board.
9. Attach the anti-static cap (2 knob screws [C]).
10. Replace the key top [D].
11. Repeat both the firmware and hardware procedures above for the other copier.
Installation
12. Perform Steps 12 and 13 below if the distance between the two machines is
more than 4.5m.
[B]
[A]
B110I205.WMF
7 5
6 B328I101.WMF
Description Q’ty
1. Interface Cable 1394.............................................................. 3
2. Repeater Hub 1394 ............................................................... 2
3. Connection PCB .................................................................... 2
4. Power Repeater Cable........................................................... 2
5. Keytops for B070/B071 (NA, EU 1 each)
“Other Function” .................................................................... 2
“Printer/Other Function” ......................................................... 2
6. Keytops for B140 series (NA, EU 1 each)
“Other Function”..................................................................... 2
“Printer/Other Function” ......................................................... 2
“Printer/Other Function” + Scanner........................................ 2
7. SDRAM DIMM 64 MB ........................................................... 2
8. Operating Instructions (NA) .................................................. 1
9. CD-ROM (Operating Instructions for EU) .............................. 1
Preparation
Installation
Before you begin the installation procedure:
• Check the distance between the machines to be connected.
• Check if the printer/scanner option is installed on the machines.
Measure the distance between the machines. Then check the number of cables
and repeater hubs that are necessary.
Three sets of key-tops (2 per set, 1 for NA, 1 for EU) are included for each
machine, but you must install only one key-top on each machine.
• Install the key labeled “Printer/Other Function + Scanner” (or its equivalent
symbol key-top for EU) on a machine with the printer/scanner option installed
• Install the key labeled “Other Function” (or its equivalent symbol key-top for EU)
on a machine without the printer/scanner option.
[C]
[B]
B659I103.WMF
[A]
B661I110.WMF
Installation
[A]
[D]
[B] [E]
B661I113.WMF
[C] [F]
B659I112.WMF
5. Connect one end [A] of the power supply harness to the mother board ( x 1).
6. Connect the other end [B] of the power supply harness to the connector board
( x 1).
7. Connect the 64 MB DIMM [C] to the mother board.
NOTE: This memory chip is a data transfer buffer.
8. Connect the connector board [D] to Slot A2.
9. Connect one end of the connector cable [E] to the copy connector board.
10. Connect the other end of the cable to the other machine.
-or-
If the distance between the machines is more than 4.5 m (14.8 ft.), connect the
cables to a connector hub [F].
[A]
B064I402.WMF
Installation
1.21.3 COPY CONNECTOR (B842) FOR B246/D052 SERIES
Accessories
Description Q’ty
1. Tandem/FCU Mount ..............................................................2
2. Copy Connector Board B842 .................................................2
3. Power Repeater Cable...........................................................2
4. Coupling Interface Cable 1394 .............................................3
5. Screws ...................................................................................3
6. Repeater Hub 1394 ...............................................................2
7. Keytops..................................................................................2
1 2
4
B842I101.WMF
5
7
6
Preparation
Before you begin the installation procedure:
• Measure the distance between the machines to be connected.
• Confirm that the printer/scanner option is installed on the machines.
Determine the number of cables and repeater hubs that are necessary based on
the distance measured between the machine.
• Install the key labeled “Printer/Other Function + Scanner” (or its equivalent
symbol key-top for EU) on a machine with the printer/scanner option installed
• Install the key labeled “Other Function” (or its equivalent symbol key-top for EU)
on a machine without the printer/scanner option.
Installation
Installation (B246 Series)
[B]
[C]
[A] B842I102.WMF
[D]
[B]
[A]
[C] B842I104.WMF
[D]
[E]
B842I105.WMF
Installation
[A] B842I107.WMF
[B]
B842I106.WMF
Description Q’ty
1. Scanner/Printer DIMM (G338) or Printer DIMM (G339)......... 1
2. Centronics Interface .............................................................. 1
3. NIB ........................................................................................ 1
4. Screws - M3 x 8..................................................................... 2
5. Ferrite Core ........................................................................... 1
6. Key Top Assembly ................................................................ 1
7. Keytop Plate Sheet................................................................ 1
8. Shading Plate ........................................................................ 1
9. CD-ROM................................................................................ 2
1 2 3
4
6 7
8
5
B246MTC1PS.WMF
Installation
1.22.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
Inserting DIMMs
Read this section carefully before installation so you know how to insert the DIMMs
correctly.
CAUTION
Follow the procedure below to connect the DIMMs to the controller board.
Incorrect insertion can damage the controller board or cause a bad
connection between the DIMM and controller contacts. If the upper contact
is pressed in and bent, the resulting poor connection could cause the
entire system to not operate.
[A] [B]
[C]
G338I901.WMF
1. Hold the ROM DIMM with the edge connector [A] pointing toward the slot and
the notch [B] on the DIMM in the upper right corner.
2. Insert the edge connector [C] into the slot at a 30-degree angle from the
surface of the board.
NOTE: If the angle is too low, the upper contact could bend.
3. Move the outside edge of the ROM DIMM up and down slightly until it works
into the connector, then gently press it down level with the controller board.
Installation Procedure
[D] [A]
[C]
[F]
[E]
[B]
G338I201.WMF
CAUTION
Switch the machine off and unplug the machine before starting the
following procedure.
CAUTION
Make sure that the DIMMs are inserted correctly. ( 0)
4. Insert the SDRAM DIMM (expansion memory 128 MB or 256 MB) [A] into
PC133 on the controller.
5. Insert the ROM DIMM [B] (printer/scanner) board into Slot 1.
6. Remove the Centronics connector cover [C] and insert the Centronics
connector [D] into CN310 and fasten with the provided screws ( x 2).
Rating voltage of interface connectors: Max. DC 5V
7. Remove the slot covers [E] ( x 2).
8. Install the NIB [F] into CN311 ( x 1).
Rating voltage of interface connectors: Max. DC 5V
Installation
[A]
G338I402.WMF
[A]
B064I204.WMF
CAUTION
Make sure that the DIMM is inserted correctly.( 1.22.2)
Installation
1.22.4 USB 2.0 (B525-01)
ACCESSORY CHECK
Check the accessories and their quantities against this list:
Description Q’ty
1. USB 2.0 PCB......................................................................... 1
Installation Procedure
[A]
[B]
B064I202.WMF
CAUTION
Switch the machine off and unplug the machine before starting the
following procedure.
USB SP Settings
The following SP commands are available. However, only one setting may require
adjustment and this setting should be performed only if the customer is
experiencing USB data transmission errors.
NOTE: Do not change the settings marked “DFU”. These settings are for design
and factory use only.
To enter the SP mode:
SP3XXX Process
Line
SP4XXX Scanner
SP5XXX Mode Line 21
SP6XXX Periphs Page Initial 0
SP7XXX Data Log
Group Prev Page Next Page
SP8XXX Data Log2
B064I999.WMF
5. Enter .
SP No. Name Function
5844-001 Transfer Rate Adjusts the USB transfer rate. Do not change the setting
unless there is a data transfer error using the USB high
speed mode.
HS/FS: High speed/Full speed auto adjust
(480Mbps/12Mbps)
FS: Full speed (12Mbps fixed)
5844-002 Vendor ID Displays the vendor ID. DFU
5844-003 Product ID Displays the product ID. DFU
5844-004 Dev. Release Num Displays the development release version number. DFU
Installation
1.22.5 IEEE1394 (G561) FIREWIRE INTERFACE
ACCESSORY CHECK
Check the accessories and their quantities against this list:
Description Q’ty
1. IEEE-1394 Cable 2M 4PI ...................................................... 1
2. IEEE-1394 Cable 2M 6PI ...................................................... 1
3. PCB GW1394........................................................................ 1
Installation Procedure
[A]
[B] [C]
B064I205.WMF
CAUTION
Switch the machine off and unplug the machine before starting the
following procedure.
Installation
UP Mode Settings for IEEE 1394
Enter the UP mode and follow the procedure below to perform the initial interface
settings for IEEE 1394. These settings take effect every time the machine is
powered on.
1. Press User Tools/Counter.
2. On the touch panel, press System Settings.
3. Press Interface Settings.
B064I998.WMF
SP3XXX Process
Line
SP4XXX Scanner
SP5XXX Mode Line 21
SP6XXX Periphs Page Initial 0
SP7XXX Data Log
Group Prev Page Next Page
SP8XXX Data Log2
B064I999.WMF
5. Enter .
SP No. Name Function
5839-004 Device Name Sets the names for all the physical devices connected to
the IEEE 1394 firewire network.
5839-007 Cycle Master Enables or disables cycle master function of the IEEE 1394
standard bus.
5839-008 BCR Mode Sets the BCR (Broadcast Channel Register) setting for the
Auto Node operation for the standard IEEE1394 bus for
when IRM is not in use. Three settings are available: 00,
01, 11.
5839-009 IRM 1394a Check Determines whether an IRM check for IEEE 1394 is
conducted for the Auto Node when IRM is not used.
5839-010 Unique ID Enables the “Node_Unique_Id” setting for enumeration on
the standard IEEE 1394 bus.
5839-011 Logout Determines how successive initiator login requests are
handled during login for SBP-2.
5839-012 Login Enables or disables exclusive login for SBP-2.
5839-013 Login MAX Sets the limit for the number of logins for SBP-2. Range: 1
~ 62.
Installation
1.22.6 IEEE802.11B WIRELESS LAN (G628)
ACCESSORY CHECK
Check the accessories and their quantities against this list:
Description Q’ty
1. Wireless LAN PCB (GW-WLAN) ........................................... 1
2. Antenna (GW-WLAN) (options) ............................................. 2
3. Card (GW-WLAN) ................................................................. 1
4. Wireless LAN Instructions ..................................................... 1
Installation Procedure
40 ~ 60 mm
[E]
[A] [C]
[B]
B064I206.WMF [D] B064I207.WMF
CAUTION
Switch the machine off and unplug the machine before starting the
following procedure.
Installation
UP Mode Settings for Wireless LAN
Enter the UP mode and follow the procedure below to perform the initial interface
settings for IEEE 802.11. These settings take effect every time the machine is
powered on.
NOTE: The wireless LAN cannot be used if Ethernet is being used.
B064I997.WMF
Installation
SP Mode Settings for 802.11b Wireless LAN
The following SP commands can be set for 802.11b
SP3XXX Process
Line
SP4XXX Scanner
SP5XXX Mode Line 21
SP6XXX Periphs Page Initial 0
SP7XXX Data Log
Group Prev Page Next Page
SP8XXX Data Log2
B064I999.WMF
3. The MLB option cannot operate with any of these items installed. You must
remove these before you start the procedure below:
- Wireless LAN board
- IEEE1394 I/F board
- USB2.0 I/F board
- Copy Connector Kit components
4. As shown above, the GW controller firmware for the Copy Connector/MLB
group is divided into GW System and GW Copy. This is because the firmware
is too large to go on one card.
Installation
ACCESSORY CHECK
Check the accessories and their quantities against this list:
Description Q’ty
1. File Format Converter Board ................................................. 1
2. MLB bracket........................................................................... 1
3. MLB panel.............................................................................. 1
4. Screw M3 x 6 ......................................................................... 2
Installation Procedure
CAUTION
Unplug the main machine power code before you start this procedure.
G148R158.WMF
[A]
[D]
[C]
[B]
B110I104.WMF
Installation
1.23.1 MERGING APPLICATIONS ON ONE SD CARD
Important:
• These instructions and procedures apply to both the B140 Series B246 Series
and D052 Series.
Overview
The machine has three SD card slots:
• For the B246/D052 Series, slot 1 (C1) is used for the system card (Never
remove the system SD card from Slot 1). (B140 Series machines do not
employ a system card.)
• Slot 2 (C2) is used for application programs
• Slot 3 (C3) is used for servicing (firmware updates)
NOTE: Only one SD card slot (C2) is available for SD card applications with
the B140 and B246/D052 machines. If the customer wants to use more
than one application, the applications must be copied onto the same
SD card.
Important
• The data necessary for authentication is transferred with the application program
to the target SD card.
• Do not use an SD card if it was used with a computer before this time. Correct
operation is not guaranteed if this type of SD card is used.
• The SD card is the only evidence that the customer is licensed to use the
application program. Also, the service technician may occasionally need to check
the SD card and its data to solve problems. For these reasons SD cards must be
stored with the machine. ( Pg. 1-158)
• A licensing agreement prohibits copying of the PostScript SD card. However, you
can copy any application from another SD card to the PS3 SD card.
• Once an SD card has been used to combine applications on that card, that SD
card cannot be used for a different function.
• Never remove the System SD Card from Slot 1.
• Before uploading to an SD card, always make sure that the write-protect switch
is OFF. (It is very easy to accidentally turn on the write-protect switch when
inserting or removing an SD card.)
Merging Applications
Do this procedure to put more than one application on one SD card.
1. Turn off the copier.
2. Remove the SD card slot cover ( x2).
3. Insert the Source SD card into the source SD card slot on the left side of the
controller box. This card contains the application that you want to copy.
Series Source SD Card Slot
B140 Series C3
B246 Series C3
NOTE: The PS SD card cannot be the source card (it cannot be copied).
4. Check the target SD card and confirm that its write-protect switch is OFF.
5. Insert the Target SD card into the target SD card slot.
Series Target SD Card Slot
⇒ B140 Series C1
B246 Series C2
Installation
Important!
• After an SD card has been copied, it can no longer be used. However, it must be
stored in the machine to serve as proof of purchase by the customer.
• The original card can also be used to perform an undo procedure (SP 5873 002).
• Before you store an SD card, label it carefully so it can be identified easily if you
need to do the undo procedure (see below).
Undo Exec
Do this procedure if you moved an option from the original SD card to another card
by mistake and you need to restore the original SD card.
1. Turn the main switch OFF.
2. Put the SD cards into the SD card slots as follows:
B140 Series C1
B246/D052 Series C2
Installation
1.23.2 OVERVIEW
To make it easy to install MFP options, there are 6 slots (A1, A2, B1 to B4) for
boards and 3 slots (C1 to C3) for SD cards on the controller box. Each board or SD
card must be put in its assigned slot. The correct slots for each option are shown
on the decal attached to the controller box cover (shown in the diagram).
MFP Option Slot Assignment
A1
C1
B1 B2 A2 Tandem
C2 1394/802.11b/
B1 USB2.0/Bluetooth
B2 File Format Converter
C3 B3 B4
B3 Paralle(1284)
B4 Ethernet
C1 Printer/Scanner
A1 A2 C2 Option PDL
C3 Service
B659I101.WMF
Description Q’ty
1. 256 MB Memory DIMM ......................................................... 1
2. NIB Board ............................................................................ 1
3. Centronics Board (IEEE 1284)............................................... 1
4. Printer/Scanner SD Card ....................................................... 1
5. Keytop.................................................................................... 1
6. Ferrite Core............................................................................ 1
7. CD-ROM ................................................................................ 2
NOTE: The optional 256 MB Memory Kit B585 is necessary for this installation.
This memory kit is not supplied with the Printer/Scanner Kit B580.
1 3
2 4
5 6
B246MTC2PS.WMF
Installation
Installation
[C]
[B]
[D]
B659I103.WMF
[A]
B659I104.WMF
CAUTION
Before you start this procedure, turn the machine off and disconnect the
power plug from the power source.
[E]
[F] [I]
[D]
[C] [B]
[H]
[A] B659I102.WMF
[G]
[B]
Installation
[A]
B064I402.WMF
14. Attach the decal near the machine name on the copier.
15. Obey the procedures in the operating instructions to make the user settings.
16. Replace the old key top assembly [A] with the new one [B].
17. Make sure that these SP commands are set correctly.
• SP5811 – Machine No. Setting
• SP5907 – Plug & Play
Description Q’ty
1. PostScript3 Emulation SD Card............................................. 1
Installation
⇒ B140 Series
• The PS3 SD card can be used only with the P/S kit SD card in the machine.
• Insert the printer/scanner kit SD card in Slot C2 and the PS3 SD card in Slot C1.
Installation
1. Turn the machine off.
[B]
2. Remove the slot cover [A] ( x 2).
3. Install the PS3 SD Card [B] in Slot C2.
• If you push in the SD Card, this releases
it for removal.
• Make sure the SD Card is installed and [A]
locked in position.
• If it is not fully in the slot, push it in
carefully until it locks in position.
4. Turn the machine on.
B659I111.WMF
Installation
ACCESSORY CHECK
Check the accessories and their quantities against this list:
Description Q’ty
1. USB 2.0 Interface Board ........................................................ 1
Installation
You can only install one of these cards, because only one PCI slot (B1) is available
for these options:
• USB 2.0
• IEEE 802.11b (Wireless LAN)
• IEEE 1394 (FireWire)
• Bluetooth Interface Unit G377
If a different card is installed in B1, you must remove it before you install USB 2.0
Interface Board.
[A]
B659I108.WMF
Installation
You can only install one of these cards, because only one PCI slot (B1) is available
for these options:
• USB 2.0
• IEEE 802.11b (Wireless LAN)
• IEEE 1394 (FireWire)
• Bluetooth Interface Unit G377
If a different card is installed in B1, you must remove it before you install IEEE
1394 Interface Board.
[A]
B659I108.WMF
Installation
ACCESSORY CHECK
Check the accessories and their quantities against this list:
Description Q’ty
1. IEEE 802.11b Interface Board............................................... 1
2. WLAN PIC Card .................................................................... 1
3. Antennas .............................................................................. 2
4. Velcro pads .......................................................................... 2
5. Antenna Cap ......................................................................... 1
Installation
You can only install one of these cards, because only one PCI slot (B1) is available
for these options:
• USB 2.0
• IEEE 802.11b (Wireless LAN)
• IEEE 1394 (FireWire)
• Bluetooth Interface Unit G377
If a different card is installed in B1, you must remove it before you install IEEE
802.11b Interface Board.
[B]
[A] B659I108.WMF
40 to 60 mm
[B]
[A]
B659I105.WMF
[C] [D]
6. Remove the tape from the back of the Velcro patches [A]. Then, attach the
patches to the right rear corner of the main frame. Attach the antennas [B] to
the patches.
7. Put the connectors through the antenna cap [C].
8. Connect each antenna to a terminal [D] and attach the antenna cap.
NOTE: 1) You should attach the antennas as specified above for optimal
results. However if you place one or both antennas in a different
location, make sure that the antennas are separated by a minimum
of 40~60 mm (1.5~2.5").
2) Install the antennas in an area that is free of interference from
electrical equipment that causes a strong electromagnetic field.
3) Always remove the antennas from the corners of the machine and
disconnect them before you move the machine.
4) If reception is not good, move the machine and antennas nearer to
the access point.
9. Turn the machine on and print a configuration page to make sure that the
machine can see the installed IEEE 802.11b interface board:
User Tools> Printer Features> List Test Print> Configuration Page
Installation
1.23.8 BLUETOOTH INTERFACE UNIT (G377)
ACCESSORY CHECK
Check the accessories and their quantities against this list:
Description Q’ty
1. Bluetooth Board..................................................................... 1
2. Bluetooth Card ...................................................................... 1
3. Antenna Cap ......................................................................... 2
4. Velcro pads .......................................................................... 2
Installation
You can only install one of these cards, because only one PCI slot (B1) is available
for these options:
• USB 2.0
• IEEE 802.11b (Wireless LAN)
• IEEE 1394 (FireWire)
• Bluetooth Interface Unit G377
If a different card is installed in B1, you must remove it before you install the
Bluetooth interface unit.
[A]
[B]
[C]
[D]
B659I108.WMF
Description Q’ty
1. File Format Converter (MLB: Media Link Board) ................... 1
Installation
[A]
B659I109.WMF
Installation
1.23.10 DATA OVERWRITE SECURITY UNIT (B735)
ACCESSORY CHECK
Check the accessories and their quantities against this list:
Description Q’ty
1. SD Card................................................................................. 1
Before You Begin…
1. Confirm that the Data Overwrite Security unit SD card is the correct type for the
machine. The correct type for this machine is type "C".
Important: If the NVRAM is replaced then the data overwrite security
feature must be replaced with the new data overwrite security option.
2. Make sure that the following settings are not at the factory default settings:
• Supervisor login password
• Administrator login name
• Administrator login password
Important: These settings must be set up by the customer before the Data
Overwrite Security unit can be installed.
3. Confirm that "Admin. Authentication" is on:
[User Tools]> "System Settings"> "Administrator Tools"> "Administrator
Authentication Management"> "Admin. Authentication"> "On"
If this setting is "Off" inform the customer that this setting must be "On" before
you can do the installation procedure.
4. Confirm that "Administrator Tools" is selected and enabled:
[User Tools]> "System Settings"> "Administrator Tools"> "Administrator
Authentication Management"> "Available Settings
NOTE: "Available Settings" is not displayed until Step 2 is completed.
If this setting is not selected,inform the customer that this setting must be
selected before you can do the installation procedure.
[A]
B692I901.WMF
[B]
B692I903.WMF
CAUTION
Before you start the installation, you must check the box seals to make
sure that they were not removed after the items were sealed in the box at
the factory.
Installation
Installation Procedure
CAUTION
The machine should always be turned off and its power cord disconnected
before you do any of these procedures.
[A]
[B]
B659I111.WMF
[A]
[B]
12. Make sure the ROM number and firmware version [A] in the diagnostic report
are the as the ROM and version number of [B].
Installation
13. Turn "Auto Erase Memory Setting" on:
[User Tools]> System Settings> Administrator Tools> Auto Erase Memory
Setting> ON
14. Exit User Tools.
[A]
[B] [C]
09/09/2003 14:13
Origi. Total Copies
0 1 0
B692I904.WMF
B692I905.WMF
15. Check the display and make sure that the overwrite erase icon [A] is displayed.
NOTE: If it is not displayed, repeat the procedure from Step p7 again.
16. Make a Sample Copy.
17. Check the overwrite erase icon.
• The bottom of the icon becomes thicker [B].
• “Next Copy” is shown for a short time under the icon.
• The icon goes back to its usual shape [C].
18. Remove the Document Server and Scanner key-tops, and replace them with
the blank key-tops that are supplied with the kit.
B246I999.BMP
Below is a list of the controller options that can be installed on a B246 Series
machine.
Slot No. Name Section
--- B829-03 Copy Data Security Unit Type C (IPU Option) 1.24.13
A2 B609-04 File Format Converter Type C 1.24.8
B1 B825 USB Host Interface Unit Type A 1.24.11
B2*1 826 Bluetooth Interface Unit 1.24.7
B2 B581-01 IEEE 1394 Interface Board 1.24.5
B2 B582-01, 02 IEEE 802.11b 1.24.6
B2 B679 IEEE1284 B679 1.24.15
B2 B818 Remote Communication Gate Type CM1 1.24.10
B3 G381 Gigabit Ethernet G381 1.24.16
C1 System System Slot (Holds the system software. Never ---
remove this SD card!)
C2*2 B735 Data Overwrite Security Unit Type C 1.24.9
C3 B861 Java VM Card 1.24.14
⇒ C2
C2
B659/D406
B525-15
Printer/Scanner Kit
PS3
1.24.3
1.24.4
C3 B828 Browser Unit Type B 1.24.12
C3 Service SD card for machine firmware update by the
customer engineer. Also for Browser Unit B828
*1 Only one of these boards can be inserted at a time.
*2 This is the only SD card slot available for applications. If more than one application is to be used,
the applications must be merged onto one SD card. ( 1.23.1)
Installation
1.24.2 COMMON PROCEDURES
Inserting SD Cards
Insert SD cards with the notched corner down.
The insertion point for the SD cards are offset slightly to the left. Make sure the SD
card is inserted correctly before you push it into the slot.
Pushing in the SD Card also releases it for removal. Make sure the SD Card is
inserted and locked in place. If it is partially out of the slot, push it in gently until it
locks in place.
Storing Copied SD Cards
Copied SD cards cannot be used. However, they nonetheless must be stored at
the site to server as proof of purchase by the customer.
00MTY.bmp00MTY.BMP
Description Q’ty
1. Printer/Scanner SD Card ........................................................... 1
2. 256 MB Memory DIMM ............................................................. 1
3. Keytop Printer ............................................................................ 1
4. Keytop Scanner ......................................................................... 1
5. CD-ROM .................................................................................... 2
2 3
1
4
B246MTC3PS.WMF
Installation
Installation
[A]
[B]
B841I101.WMF
CAUTION
Before you start this procedure, turn the machine off and disconnect the
power plug from the power source.
B841I102.WMF
7. Wind the cable [C] one full turn around the ferrite core
[D], then close the core to lock it.
[D]
8. Connect the adapter to the network board in Slot B3.
NOTE: The USB/Ethernet Board is pre-installed in Slot
B3.
[C]
TEMPI901.BMP
Installation
⇒
B841I103.WMF
[B]
B525I101.WMF
Installation
1.24.5 IEEE1394 INTERFACE BOARD (B581)
Accessories
Description Q’ty
1. IEEE 1394 Board ..................................................................1
2. 4-Pin Cable...........................................................................1
3. 5-Pin Cable...........................................................................1
Installation
One PCI slot (B2) is available for use with one of these options:
• Centronics 1284
• IEEE 1394 (FireWire)
• IEEE 801.11b (Wireless LAN)
• Bluetooth Interface Unit B826
• @Remote Network Interface B818
Important
If another card is installed in B2, you must [A]
remove it before installing this card.
1. Switch the machine off.
2. Remove the cover [A] of Slot B2 ( x 2).
3. Insert the IEEE 1394 board [B] into Slot B2
and fasten it with the screws.
[B]
B581I101.WMF
4. Switch the machine on and print a configuration page to confirm that the
machine recognizes the installed board:
User Tools> Printer Features> List/Test Print> Configuration Page
configuration page to confirm that the machine recognizes the installed board:
User Tools> Printer Features> List/Test Print> Configuration Page
Installation
1.24.7 BLUETOOTH INTERFACE UNIT TYPE C B826
Accessories
Check the quantity and condition of the accessories.
[D].
6. Insert the interface board (with card and adapter inserted) into Slot B2.
7. Attach the card cover [E] (used to prevent static electricity).
8. Confirm that Bluetooth is installed correctly:
User Tools> Printer Features> List/Test Print> Configuration Page
Description Q’ty
File Format Converter (MLB: Media Link Board) ......................... 1
Installation
1. Turn the machine off. [A]
2. Remove the cover of Slot A2 [A]
( x 2).
3. Install the file format converter board [B] in
Slot A2 and attach it with the screws.
[B]
B609I101.WMF
⇒ 1.24.9
Installation
DATA OVERWRITE SECURITY UNIT TYPE C B735
Before You Begin The Procedure
1. Make sure that the following settings are not at their factory default values:
z Supervisor login password
z Administrator login name
z Administrator login password
If any of these settings is at a factory default value, tell the customer these settings
must be changed before you do the installation procedure.
IMPORTANT NOTE
If the Customer forgets the Supervisor login password after changing it
from the default setting, a service call is required and the NVRAM must be
replaced to reset the Supervisor login and password.
If this setting is OFF, tell the customer this setting must be ON before you do the
installation procedure.
If this setting is disabled (not selected), tell the customer this setting must be
enabled (selected) before you do the installation procedure.
Accessory Check
The B246 series uses a Type C Data Overwrite Security Unit. Check the
accessories and their quantities against this list:
Description Q’ty
1. SD Card ................................................................................ 1
⇒
Seal Check and Removal
[A] B735I901.WMF
4. If the results of Step 1 are OK, remove the two pieces of tape from the box.
Note: After you remove the tapes, you will see “VOID” written on the box under
the tape [B]. This is normal.
5. The procedures outline in this bulletin needs to be followed if the DOSS option
is replaced due to a failure.
CAUTION
Before you begin any procedure, always turn OFF the machine main power
switch and unplug the power cord.
Installation
Installation Procedure
CAUTION
The machine should always be turned off and its power cord disconnected
before you do any of these procedures.
1. If the machine is on, turn OFF the main power switch.
2. Disconnect the network cable if the NIB is installed.
[A]
[B]
B735I101.WMF
⇒ 12. Make sure the ROM number and firmware version on the diagnostic report are
the same as those in the chart below:
z [A]: “ROM Number/Firmware Version” – “HDD Format Option”
z [B]: “Loading Program” – “GW1a_zoffy” (Data Overwrite Security Unit Type C)
“Loading Program” – “GW2a_zoffy” (Data Overwrite Security Unit Type D)
Diagnostic Report: “ROM No. / Firmware “Loading Program” [B]
Version” [A]
Data Overwrite Security HDD Format Option: GW1a_zoffy:
Unit Type C B7355050 / 0.04 B7355050 / 0.04
Data Overwrite Security HDD Format Option: GW2a_zoffy:
Unit Type D
B7355060 / 0.03 B7355060 / 0.03
Important: The ROM number and firmware version number change when the
firmware is upgraded.
• If the ROM numbers are not the same, or the version numbers are not the same,
this means the unit was not installed correctly.
If this happens:
¾ Make sure the MFP model and unit type match (Type C or D).
The B246 series uses a Data Overwrite Security Unit Type C.
¾ If they do not match:
1) Do the installation procedure again, from Step 1.
2) Replace the “Data Overwrite Security Unit” (SD card) with the correct
type. Redo installation procedure.
3) Replace the NV-RAM. Redo installation procedure.
13. Turn “Auto Erase Memory Setting” ON:
User Tools >> System Settings >> Administrator Tools >> Auto Erase Memory
Setting >> ON
¾ If the customer has enabled Administrator Authentication Management -
Machine Management they will have to log in to change this User Tool
setting.
14. Exit User Tools.
Installation
15. Power the machine OFF/ON.
[A] [B] [C]
09/09/2003 14:13
Origi. Total Copies
0 1 0
16. Make sure the overwrite erase icon [A] is displayed on the operation panel.
If it is not displayed, do Step 7 again.
17. Make a sample copy.
18. Make sure the overwrite icon changes as follows:
• The bottom of the icon (white part) becomes thicker [B].
• “Next Copy” is displayed for a short time under the icon.
• The icon returns to its usual shape [C].
[B] [C]
B818I101.WMF
5. Enter the SP mode and note the settings of the following SP codes:
Installation
6. Follow the flow chart below to do the SP settings for @Remote Network
Interface B818.
Start
SP5816 201
Confirm device installation status
SP5816 208
SP5816 202 Display error
Input request number 1: Under Installation code
Process failed
2: Registration finish completely
SP5816 203 3: Already Registered
Confirm device data 4: Not NRS Compatible Device
1: Request No. Error
End: Cannot Install
SP5816 204
Show result of device confirmation 9: Under processing
Failed
Other error
3,4,5,6: Communication error
0: Succcess
SP5816 205
Input device location
SP5816 206
Start device registration
Other error
3,4,5,6: Communication error
0: Succcess
Finish
B246I905.WMF
Here is a list of error codes that may appear during Cumin installation.
Error Code Cause
Illegal Modem Parameter Error
-11001 Chat parameter error
-11002 Chat execution error
-11003 Unexpected error
Procedure or Setting Errors
-12002 @Remote Network Interface B818 device attempted to register
itself at Remote Center without reference to @Remote Network
Interface B818 registration at Remote Center
-12003 Registration attempted without certification.
-12004 Installation attempted by inputting machine number with illegal
certification or illegal ID2 illegal (05A).
-12005 Notification or registration done when transmission with the
Remote Center is disabled or with @Remote Network Interface
B818 set in illegal status.
-12006 Reference execution with Box registration completed.
Installation
1.24.11 USB HOST INTERFACE UNIT TYPE A (B825)
Accessory Check
Check the accessories and their quantities against this list:
Description Q’ty
USB Host Interface Type A.......................................................... 1
Installation
1. Remove the cover [A] of board Slot B1 (
x2). [A]
[B]
B825I101.WMF
Installation
1.24.13 COPY DATA SECURITY UNIT TYPE C (B829)
Accessories
Description Q’ty
PCB IPU Option ...............................................................................1
Installation
If the present IPU board does not contain this application, it must be replaced with
an IPU board that does.
B246 Series: IPU
1. Disconnect ADF cable
2. Remove:
• Rear upper cover ( x2) ( 3.3.5) [A]
• Rear lower cover ( x2) ( 3.3.5)
3. Remove:
Screws [A] ( x4) and swing open the
controller box [B]
Left connector shield [B] ( x2).
Right connector [C] shield ( x4). [C]
B829I101.WMF
[D] [E]
B829I102.WMF
Installation
Accessories
Description Q’ty
1. VM Card B861 SD Card.............................................................1
2. Decal.......................................................................................... 1
CAUTION: Unplug the main machine power cord before you do the following
procedure.
IMPORTANT: Do not remove the SD card from slot 3 after installing the platform.
Installation
1. With the power OFF and the machine [A]
unplugged, remove the slot cover [A]
from SD card slot 3 ( x 1).
2. Insert the VM-Card Type C [B] label
face to the rear of the machine. Then
push it slowly into slot 3 until you hear
a click.
3. Replace the sixth key-slot cover with
the “Other function” key (part number
B2381576).
[B]
4. Plug in and turn ON the main power
switch. The installation of the Java VM
B828I101.WMF
platform will start automatically.
IMPORTANT: DO NOT turn the main power OFF. Also, do not open any of the
covers or do any machine operations. This will damage the SD card. A
damaged SD card cannot be repaired.
5. Wait five minutes, and then press
the “Other function” key. You will
hear two beeps.
If the screen does not change,
this means the installation is
not finished yet. Wait a few
more minutes and then press
the “Other function” key again.
When the installation is
finished, the following will be
displayed:
6. Set the heap size and stack size for the application. (In User Tools/Extended
Features setting, see the Administrator Tools tab.)
7. Install the application using the installation procedure provided with the
application.
[B]
B679I101.WMF
Installation
1.24.16 GIGABIT ETHERNET G381
Accessories
Description Q’ty
8. Gigabit Ethernet B381............................................................1
9. Ferrite Core (not used for B234/B235/B236) .........................1
Installation
1. Switch the machine off.
2. If the Ethernet & USB 2.0 card
[A] is installed in B3, remove it [A]
( x 2).
3. Insert the Gigabit Ethernet
Board [B] into Slot B3 and
fasten it with the screws.
[B]
G381I101.WMF
4. Print a configuration page to confirm that the machine recognizes the board.
User Tools > Printer Features > List/Test Print > Configuration Page
1
2
3
4
5 8
15 6
14
7
13
9
12
11
B819R101A.WMF
10
Installation
Installation Procedure
FCU Installation
CAUTION
Before installing this fax unit:
1) Print out all data in the printer buffer.
2) Turn off the main power switch and disconnect the power cord and
the network cable.
[A]
[B]
[C]
B819R102.WMF
[A]
B819R103.WMF
Installation
[A]
[C]
[B]
B819R104A.WMF
[A]
B819R105.WMF
Installation
[C]
[A]
[B]
B819R106.WMF
9. Remove the jumper [A] on the MBU and set it to the ON position.
Important: If the jumper remains at the OFF position this will cause SC672
(Controller Startup Error) to appear.
10. Attach the FCU [B] to the interface board ( x4).
11. Press on the "RICOH" logo at [C] to confirm that the MBU is securely mounted
on the FCU.
[A] [B]
B819R107.WMF
12. Attach the speaker [A] to the side of the controller box ( x2).
13. Connect the speaker harness [B] to CN605 on the FCU ( x1, x2).
Installation
[D]
[A]
[B]
[E]
[C]
B819R108A.WMF
14. Reattach the option board cover [A] removed in Step 5 ( x2).
15. Reattach the option faceplate [B] removed in Step 6 ( x3).
16. Attach the fax connector bracket [C] ( x1).
NOTE: Make sure that the protective sleeves [D] and [E] are attached properly.
[A]
[C]
[B] B819R109.WMF
17. Connect the small end of the FCU power harness [A] to CN323 .
18. Set the large end of the harness [B] into the vertical cutout [C].
Installation
[A]
[B]
B819R110.WMF
[C]
19. Remove the screws of the controller box [A] then open it ( x4).
20. Connect one end of the FCU power relay harness [B] to CN121 on the PSU
( x1).
21. Connect the other end of the FCU power relay harness [C] to the harness
connector set in the vertical cutout at (the connector set in Step 18) ( x1,
x1).
[A]
[B]
B819R111A.WMF
22. Remove the blank keytop [A] (5th from the top) and replace it with one of the
keytops provided [B] (either the "Facsimile" keytop or the fax symbol keytop).
Installation
B819R112A.WMF
[A]
B819R113.WMF
1. Loop one end of the telephone cable [A] once, then enclose it with the ferrite
core [B] as shown.
NOTE: Attach the ferrite core at least 9 cm (3.5 in.) from the connector.
[A] TEL
LINE
B819R114.WMF
2. Insert the end of the telephone cable [A] with the ferrite core into the "LINE" RJ-
11 connector.
3. Reattach all covers and the ADF cable.
4. Connect the machine power cord to the power supply, then switch the main
power switch.
5. Go into the SP mode and confirm that the fax SP codes are enabled.
Installation
Push [Reset], enter "107", then hold down "Clear/Reset" for at least 3 sec.
At the initial screen, confirm that "Fax SP" is displayed. This indicates that the
machine recognizes the fax unit.
6. Confirm that the date and time setting are correct.
Push [User Tools] then touch "System Settings"> "Timer Settings"> "Set Date"
and "Set Time".
IMPORTANT: To enable Fax Option Type 7500, the following firmware must be
installed:
System firmware (v2.04 or later)
Fax firmware (v3.00 or later) and
LCDC firmware (v1.19 or later).
1
1
3
4
9
8
5
7 6
B820R101A.WMF
Installation
Installation Procedure
G3 Board Installation
CAUTION
Before installing this optional unit,
1) Print out all data in the printer buffer.
2) Turn off the main switch and disconnect the power cord and the
network cable.
[A]
[B]
[C]
B820R102.WMF
[A]
B820R103.WMF
[A]
1 1
B820R106.WMF
Installation
[C]
B820R105.WMF
[A] [B]
6. Connect the FFC [A] (Flat Film Connector) to the CCU drive board [B].
Important: Connect the FFC with the green, insulated side visible and the bare
connector strip down so it touches the connector strip of the board.
7. Attach the CCU drive board [B] to the machine
Set the hook of the bracket into the slot in the frame.
Fasten the CCU drive board with the screws ( x2).
8. Connect the other end of the FFC [C] to the FCU.
Important: Connect the FFC with the green, insulated visble and the bare
connector strip down so it touches the connector strip of the board.
B820R106.WMF
B820R107.WMF
Installation
B820R108.WMF B820R109.WMF
B820R110.WMF B820R111.WMF
13. Connect the CCUIF harness to the CCU drive board and CCU I/F .
NOTE: The illustration on the left shows the single G3 board installation and
the illustration on the right shows the dual G3 board installation.
14. Reinstall all covers and reconnect the ADF cable.
15. Attach the FCC decal to the rear cover of the machine.
[A]
1. Loop one end of the telephone cable [A] once, then enclose it with the ferrite
core [B] as shown.
NOTE:
Attach the ferrite core at least 9 cm (3.5 in.) from the connector.
Attach a ferrite core to the 2nd G3 line if two G3 boards are installed.
2. Connect the telephone cable to "LINE 2" jack.
-or-
If dual G3 boards are installed connect the cables to "LINE 2" and "LINE 3"
jacks.
3. Connect the machine power cord to the power supply, then switch on the main
power switch.
4. Enter the Service Mode.
Push [Reset], enter "107", then hold down "Clear/Reset" for at least 3 sec.
Touch "Fax SP"
Installation
5. Do these communication switch settings:
SP1104-23 (Switch 16) Set Bit 1 "1".
Set Bit 3 "1" if two G3 boards are
installed.
6. Exit the Service Mode and cycle the machine off/on with the main power switch.
7. Do SP5990-001 to print the system parameter list, then confirm that "G3" is
listed as an option.
8. Enter the Service Mode and set the items required for PSTN communication.
If one G3 line is installed, use SP3103 (PSTN-1 Port Settings) to do the PSTN
settings.
If two G3 lines are installed, use SP3103 (PSTN-1 Port Settings) and SP3104
(PSTN-2 Port Settings) to do the PSTN settings for the first and second G3 line.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
2. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
2.1 PM TABLES
The intervals noted here (K=1,000) as PM intervals indicate the number of prints or
copies, unless stated otherwise. These numbers are based on the PM counter.
Maintenance
Preventive
Symbol key: C: Clean, R: Replace, L: Lubricate, I: Inspect,
EM: Emergency Maintenance
WARNING
Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the machine before
performing any procedure in this section. Laser beams can seriously
damage the eyes.
DEVELOPMENT UNIT
EM 300K 450K 600K Expected K Note
Developer R R ( 3.7.1) PM cycle is 350K.
Development Roller Clean with blower brush and dry
C C
Shaft cloth every time the developer is
Development Roller C C replaced.
Development Filter R I R Blower brush.
Development Sleeve Dry cloth.
C C C
Surface
Drive Gears C C C Blower brush.
Entrance Seal C C C Blower brush, dry cloth.
Side Seals C C C Blower brush, dry cloth.
Toner Bottle Holder C C C Dry cloth.
Paddle Roller Shaft C C C Blower brush, dry cloth.
Used Toner Separation
I R
Unit
PAPER FEED
EM 300K 450K 600K 1000K Expected K Note
Registration Rollers C C Alcohol
Relay Rollers C C Alcohol
Paper Dust Mylar C C C Dry cloth
Registration Sensor C C Blower brush
Relay Sensor C C Blower brush
By-pass Paper End Dry cloth, blower brush
C C
Sensor
Grip Rollers C C Dry cloth, blower brush
Paper Feed Guide Dry cloth
C C
Plate
Vertical Transport Alcohol
C C C
Rollers
Paper Feed Sensors C C C Blower brush
Paper End Sensors C C C Blower brush
Maintenance
Preventive
By-pass Pick-up Rollers R R 450K table.
By-pass Separation
R R 450K
Rollers
NOTES
• Always replace pick-up, feed and separation rollers as a set.
• If the copier is a B064 Series machine, check the counter value for each paper tray station with
SP7204 (Copy Counter – Paper Trays). If the value has reached 300K, replace the rollers.
• The quality of the paper can have an effect on the service life of the rollers. Paper with a rough
surface, for example, can increase abrasion on the rollers and decrease their service life. After
replacing the rollers, reset the counter with SP7816 (Copy Counter Reset).
• If the feeding from the by-pass tray causes frequent jams, and the by-pass tray is not used
regularly, check the by-pass tray rollers. If pick-up, feed, and separation rollers for the by-pass
tray are of lighter color than those of more frequently used trays, replace them.
⇒ Transfer Belt
EM 300K 450K 600K Expected K Note
C R C 750 Use dry cloth to clean
transfer belt. Always replace
Transfer Roller Cleaning transfer belt and transfer
Blade roller cleaning blade together.
NOTE: The expected service
R 750 life of the transfer belt is
750K. However, replacement
is recommended where more
paper dust is present due to
low quality paper.
Transfer Entrance Guide Dry cloth
C C
Plate
Transfer Drive Roller C C Dry cloth
Transfer Drum Roller C C Dry cloth
Transfer Bias Roller C C Dry cloth
Transfer Exit Guide Plate C C Dry cloth
Discharge Plate R R
DUPLEX
EM 300K 450K 600K Expected K Note
Entrance Sensor C C C Blower brush
Inverter Exit Rollers C C Alcohol
Transport Rollers C C Dry cloth
Reverse Trigger Rollers C C Dry cloth
Inverter Entrance Roller C C Dry cloth
Entrance Anti-Static Blower brush
C C
Brush
Reverse Junction Gate C C C Dry cloth
ADF
The PM interval is for the number of originals that have been fed.
EM 80K 160K 240K Expected K Note
Pick-up Roller C R R R Water or alcohol, belt cleaner
Separation Roller C R R R to clean paper feed belt.
Paper Feed Belt C R R R Replace these items together.
CIS Glass C C C Dry cloth
Maintenance
White Guide Plate C C C Dry cloth
Preventive
Sensors C C C C Blower brush.
Platen Cover Sheet C C C C Water or alcohol
Drive Gears L L L Grease G501.
Transport Rollers C C C Water or alcohol
Entrance Roller C C C
White Platen Roller C C C
Pre-Scanning Roller C C C
Scanning Roller C C C
Exit Roller C C C
NOTE: Replace pick-up, feed and separation rollers as a set. If the copier is a
machine of the B064 Series, check the counter value for each paper tray
station with SP7204 (Copy Counter – Paper Trays). If the value has
reached 300K, replace the rollers. After replacing the rollers, reset the
counter with SP7816 (Copy Counter Reset).
Note: The circuit breaker on the Z-Folding Unit B660 should be tested every
2,400K. However, since this interval exceeds the expected life of the machine, it is
unlikely you will ever have to test this circuit breaker.
Maintenance
Preventive
Anti-Static Brush C Dry cloth
Sensors C Blower brush
Corner Stapler R Print an SMC report with
SP5990. Replace the unit if
the staple count is 500K.
Booklet Stapler R Print an SMC report with
SP5990. Replace the unit if
the staple count is 200K.
Punch B702
PUNCH 300K 2400K 3000K 4000K EM
Punch Waste Hopper I I I I I Remove and empty
Punch Unit Replace after 1000k
punches.
7803* PM Counter Display Displays the PM count since the last PM.
7804* PM Counter Reset Resets the PM count.
Ensure that you reset the PM counter via SP7804 at the completion of each
PM
3.1.1 DRUM
An organic photoconductor (OPC) drum is more sensitive to light and ammonia gas
than a selenium drum. Follow the cautions below when handling an OPC drum.
Replacement
Adjustment
1. Never expose the drum to direct sunlight.
2. Never expose the drum to direct light of more than 1,000 Lux for more than a
minute.
3. Never touch the drum surface with bare hands. If the drum surface is touched
with bare hands or becomes dirty, wipe it with a dry cloth or clean it with wet
cotton. Wipe with a dry cloth after cleaning with wet cotton.
4. Never use alcohol to clean the drum; Alcohol dissolves the drum surface.
5. Store the drum in a cool, dry place away from heat.
6. Take care not to scratch the drum, as the drum layer is thin and is easily
damaged.
7. Never expose the drum to corrosive gases such as ammonia gas.
8. Always keep the drum in the protective sheet when the drum unit, or the drum
itself is out of the copier. Doing so avoids exposing it to bright light or direct
sunlight, and will protect it from light fatigue.
9. Dispose of used drums in accordance with local regulations.
10. When installing a new drum, execute SP2962 (Adjustment of Drum Conditions).
1. Before pulling out the drum unit, place a sheet of paper under the drum unit to
catch any spilt toner.
2. Make sure that the drum unit is set in position and the drum stay is secured
with a screw before the main switch is turned on. If the drum unit is loose, poor
contact of the drum connectors may cause electrical noise, resulting in
unexpected malfunctions (RAM data change or corruption would be the worst
case scenario).
3. To prevent drum scratches, remove the development unit before removing the
drum unit.
1. When installing the exposure glass, make sure that the white paint is at the rear
left corner.
2. Clean the exposure glass with alcohol or glass cleaner to reduce the amount of
static electricity on the glass surface.
3. Use a cotton pad with water or a blower brush to clean the mirrors and lens.
4. Do not bend or crease the exposure lamp flat cable.
5. Do not disassemble the lens unit. Doing so will throw the lens and the copy
image out of focus.
6. Do not turn any of the CCD positioning screws. Doing so will throw the CCD out
of position.
1. Do not loosen the screws that secure the LD drive board to the laser diode
casing. Doing so will throw the LD unit out of adjustment.
2. Do not adjust the variable resistors on the LD unit. They are adjusted in the
factory and cannot be accurately reset in the field.
3. The polygon mirror and F-theta lenses are very sensitive to dust. Do not open
the optical housing unit.
4. Do not touch the glass surface of the polygon mirror motor unit with bare
hands.
5. After replacing the LD unit, perform the laser beam pitch adjustment. Failure to
do so will result in an SC code being generated.
1. Clean the corona wires with a dry cloth. Do not use sandpaper or solvent.
2. Clean the charge corona casing with water first to remove NOx based
compounds. Then clean it with alcohol if any toner still remains on the casing.
3. Clean the end block with a blower brush first to remove toner and paper dust.
Then clean with alcohol if any toner still remains.
4. Do not touch the corona wires with bare hands. Oil stains from fingers may
cause uneven image density on copies.
5. Make sure that the wires are correctly positioned between the cleaner pads
and that there is no foreign material (iron filings, etc.) on the casing.
Replacement
Adjustment
6. When installing new corona wires, do not bend or scratch the wire surface.
Doing so may cause uneven charge. Also be sure that the corona wires are
correctly positioned in the end blocks.
7. Clean the grid plate with a blower brush only (not with a dry cloth).
8. Do not touch the charge grid plate with bare hands. Also, do not bend the
charge grid plate or make any dent in it. Doing so may cause uneven charge.
3.1.7 DEVELOPMENT
3.1.8 CLEANING
1. When servicing the cleaning section, be careful not to damage the edge of the
cleaning blade.
2. Do not touch the cleaning blade with bare hands.
3. Before disassembling the cleaning section, place a sheet of paper under it to
catch any toner falling from it.
1. After installing the fusing thermistor, make sure that it is in contact with the hot
roller and that it is movable.
2. Be careful not to damage the edges of the hot roller strippers or their tension
springs.
3. Do not touch the fusing lamp and rollers with bare hands.
4. Make sure that the fusing lamp is positioned correctly and that it does not touch
the inner surface of the hot roller.
1. Do not touch the surface of the pick-up, feed, and separation rollers.
2. To avoid paper misfeeds, the side fences and end fence of the paper tray must
be positioned correctly to align with the actual paper size.
Replacement
Adjustment
3.2.2 LUBRICANTS
Part No. Description
A2579300 Grease Barrierta – JFE 5 5/2
52039502 Silicon Grease G-501
54429101 Setting Powder
[A]
[B]
B246R901.WMF
[A]
[B]
B246R902.WMF
While supporting the front door [A] with one hand, press down on the hinge bracket
[B] then raise the door slightly to remove it.
[C]
[B]
[A]
Replacement
Adjustment
[E] [D]
B246R903.WMF
[A]
[B]
B246R904.WMF
[A]
[B]
Replacement
Adjustment
[C]
B246R905.WMF
3.4 SCANNER
3.4.1 ADF AND TOP COVERS
ADF
[D] [A]
[B]
[C]
B246R906.WMF
[E] [E]
B246R907.WMF
Top Covers
[A]
[B]
[C]
[D]
Replacement
Adjustment
B246R908.WMF
ADF ( 3.4.1)
[A]: Top inside cover ( x 2)
[B]: Top left cover ( x 1)
[C]: Top right cover ( x 1)
[D]: Operation panel ( x 1) ( 3.3.1)
[A]
[B]
[D]
[C]
B246R909.WMF
[A]
[B]
Replacement
Adjustment
B246R910.WMF
[A]
[C]
[D]
[B]
B246R911.WMF
B246R912.WMF
[D]
[B]
Replacement
Adjustment
[A]
[C]
B246R913.WMF
[A]
[B]
[C]
B246R914.WMF
[A]
Replacement
Adjustment
B246R915.WMF
[C]
[A] [B]
B246R916.WMF
[E]
[D]
B246R917.WMF
[F]
B246R918.WMF
[B]
[A]
Replacement
Adjustment
B246R919.WMF
[B]
[C]
[A]
B246R920.WMF
[D]
[E]
[F]
B246R921.WMF
[A]
[B]
Replacement
Adjustment
[C]
B246R922.WMF
[C]
[A]
B246R923.WMF
[E]
Replacement
Adjustment
[C]
[D]
[A]
B246R924.WMF
[B]
B246R925.WMF
1. While paying attention to the direction of the wire (the leading bead), thread the
wire [A] through the pulley, wrap the wire on the pulley, then apply tape to hold
it in place.
• Wind the wire on the bead side [B] clockwise 6 times, and the ring side 2
times as shown ().
2. Set the pulley with the taped wire on the scanner drive shaft.
3. Position the 1st scanner with the positioning pins, part number A0069104 ([A]
on the next page).
4. Wind the end of the wire with the bead [C] as shown ().
5. Wind the ring-end of the wire around the pulley [D], install the tension bracket
[E] , then tighten the screw slightly to temporarily lock the wire to the bracket
().
[A]
[B]
B246R926.WMF
[C]
[B]
[A]
Replacement
Adjustment
B246R928.WMF
[D]
B246R927.WMF
WARNING
Turn off the main power switch and unplug the machine before performing
any procedure in this section. Laser beams can cause serious damage to
eyes.
WARNING
• This laser unit uses four laser beams produced by a Class III LDA with a
wavelength of 788 nm and intensity of 10 mW (13.2 mW for the B246
Series). Direct exposure to the eyes could cause permanent blindness.
• Before performing any replacement or adjustment of the laser unit, press
the main power switch to power the machine off. Then unplug the
machine from the power source. Allow the machine to cool for a few
minutes. The polygon motor continues to rotate for about one to three
minutes.
• Never power on the machine with any of these components removed: 1)
LD unit, 2) polygon motor cover, 3) synchronization detector.
B246R929.WMF
B246R930.WMF
Replacement
Adjustment
B246R931.WMF
CAUTION
• Any accidental static discharge could damage the LDB (Laser Diode
Board). Touch a metal surface to discharge any static electricity from
your hands.
• The polygon motor rotates at extremely high speed and continues to
rotate after switching the machine off. To avoid damaging the motor,
never remove the polygon motor within three minutes of switching off the
main power and disconnecting the power plug.
[D]
[D]: LDB connectors ( x 6)
[E]: LD unit ( x 2) [F]
[F]: Polygon motor ( x 3, x 2)
• Follow this procedure in reverse
order to install the new LD unit or
polygon motor.
[E]
B246R932.WMF
CAUTION
Before fastening the polygon motor in place ( x 3, x 2), make sure that
the glass panel of the laser port is facing to the right (toward the mirrors in
the optical path).
SP Adjustments
1. Execute SP2962 (Automatic Adjustment of Drum Conditions) after replacing
the LD unit, but only if SP3901 – Auto Process Control – is on.
2. Read the label [A] attached to the LD unit [B]. Execute SP2115 (Main Scan
Beam Pitch Adjustment) and enter the numbers printed on the label.
[A]
[B]
B246R933.WMF
[A]
[B]
Replacement
Adjustment
B246R934.WMF
WARNING
If you have just disassembled the LD unit, to avoid serious damage to the
eyes from accidental exposure to laser beams you must confirm that the
machine has been re-assembled completely before operation.
[B]
[A]
B246R935.WMF
6. While watching the scale [A], use a flathead screwdriver [B] to move the laser
exposure unit left or right to adjust the position of the unit.
[A]
1 mm
Replacement
Adjustment
[B] B246R936.WMF
[E]
[C]
[B]
B246R938.WMF
[A]
[D]
[F]
B246R937.WMF
[G]
[H]
B246R939.WMF
Re-installation
When re-inserting the development unit,
engage the plate on the front of the
development unit with the silver pin [A] inside
the machine, then slide it to the left toward
the drum.
If the unit is installed correctly, you should see
the pin above the plate, and the plate should
be flat against the front of the development
unit.
If the development unit will not move past the
pin, the couplings are not aligned correctly at
Replacement
B246R940.WMF
Adjustment
the back of the machine. Turn the gear on the [A]
front of the developer unit until the couplings
engage at the rear of the machine.
Before closing the front door, make sure that
the pipe line shutter is rotated down to the
open position.
[A]
B246R941.WMF
[A]
[C]
[E]
[G]
Replacement
Adjustment
[F]
[B]
B246R942.WMF
[D]
B246R943.WMF
[A]
B246R944.WMF
[B]
[A]
Replacement
Adjustment
B246R945.WMF
B246R946.WMF
[F]
B246R947.WMF
[E] [D]
B246R948.WMF
1. Apply the setting powder by tapping the powder bag [A] across the surface of
the drum [B].
2. Cover the entire length of the drum over a 45-90 degree portion [C] (about 1/4
of the total drum surface). Apply enough powder so the area turns white.
NOTE: If setting powder is not available, use waste toner instead of drum
setting powder. Be aware, however, that this could cause dirty
background on the first few copies.
3. Install the new drum in the OPC unit so that the powdered surface [D] faces the
cleaning blade [E].
4. Rotate the drum once clockwise [F] until it stops again at the same position.
Important: Never rotate the drum counter-clockwise.
[C]
Replacement
Adjustment
B246R949.WMF
Reinstallation
• The shoulder screw [C] must be attached again at its initial location.
[A]
B246R950.WMF
[A]
B246R951.WMF
Replacement
B246R952.WMF
Adjustment
OPC drum ( 3.6.5)
[A]: Cleaning filter
[A]
B246R953.WMF
[C]
[A]
[B]
B246R954.WMF
[A]
[B]
Replacement
Adjustment
B246R955.WMF
3.6.13 ID SENSOR
[A]
B246R956.WMF
[A]
B246R957.WMF
[B]
[D]
[C]
B246R958.WMF
[A]
[C]
Replacement
Adjustment
[B]
[E]
[D] B246R959.WMF
[A]
B246R960.WMF
[B]
[C]
B246R961.WMF
[B]
[A]
B246R962.WMF
B246R963.WMF
Replacement
Adjustment
B246R964.WMF
[A]
Replacement
Adjustment
[B]
[C]
[D]
B246R967.WMF
[C]
[A]
[B]
B246R968.WMF
[D]
B246R969.WMF
3.7.4 TD SENSOR
[B]
[A]
Replacement
Adjustment
B246R970.WMF
[B]
[A]
[C] B246R971.WMF
[G]
[A]
[C]
[B]
B246R972.WMF
[F]
[E]
[D] B246R973.WMF
[C]
[B]
[A]
Replacement
Adjustment
B246R975.WMF
[E]
[D]
B246R974.WMF
[A]: Flywheel ( x 3)
[B]: Waste toner pump tube ( x 1, x 1)
[C]: Drive rod
• Lift the toner pump tube to disengage the drive rod, pull out the rod, and
push the rubber tube aside.
[D]: Development motor bracket ( x 3, x 1)
[E]: Development motor ( x 4)
[B]
[C]
[A]
B246R976.WMF
NOTE: Before you begin, spread a mat or some clean paper on the floor where
you intend to set the transfer belt unit.
1. Remove the OPC drum unit ( 3.6.5).
2. Disconnect the transfer belt unit [A] ( x 1).
3. Remove the transfer belt unit stay [B] ( x 1).
4. While supporting the transfer belt unit with your hand, turn the release lever [C]
counter-clockwise to release it, then pull the transfer belt unit out of the
machine.
NOTE: The transfer belt unit can be
removed without removing
the OPC drum unit.
[D]
However, the transfer belt
unit must be removed
carefully to avoid scratching
the surface of the transfer
belt on the OPC drum unit
[D] above. Avoid touching
the belt with bare hands.
B246R977.WMF
[C]
[D]
[B]
Replacement
Adjustment
[F]
[A]
B246R978.WMF
[E]
B246R979.WMF
[A]
B246R980.WMF
[B]
[D]
[A]
Replacement
Adjustment
[C]
B246R981.WMF
[C] [B]
[D]
[A]
[E]
B246R982.WMF
[F] [E]
[A]
Replacement
Adjustment
[B]
[B]
[A]
B246R9984.WMF
[C] [C]
[B] [B]
Replacement
Adjustment
B246R985.WMF
[A] B246R9986.WMF
[A]
[B]
[A]
B246R987.WMF
Replacement
Adjustment
[A]
[B]
B246R988.WMF
[A]
[B]
B246R989.WMF
[D]
[B]
[C]
Replacement
Adjustment
B246R990.WMF
B064 Series
[A]: End thermistor ( x 1, x 1)
[B]: Bracket ( x 2)
[C]: Center thermistor ( x 1)
[D]: Two thermostats ( x 3)
B140 Series
B140 Series
B246R991.WMF
B246/D052 Series
The thermistor-thermostats are replaced as one unit. This disassembly procedure
is not required.
Reinstallation
• To prevent damage to a thermostat, never touch its detection surface.
• Place the end of the thermostat harness that has the round lead [B] in between
the two bracket ribs [C].
• Tighten the screw for the round lead [B] as tight as possible without damaging
the screw or screw hole.
Important
• If the harness is not positioned between the between the bracket ribs (as shown
under “Incorrect" below), this could cause a machine fault (SC542 or SC545).
Correct Incorrect
(A)
(B)
(C)
Replacement
Adjustment
[B]
[A]
B246R992.WMF
B246R993.WMF
[D]
[F]
[C]
[E]
B246R994.WMF
Open the front door and pull out the fusing unit on its support rails.
[A]: Web unit ( x 2, x 2)
• The web unit can be removed without removing the fusing unit from the
machine.
[B]: Upper cover ( x 1)
• Rotate the cover down slightly to remove.
[C]: Web shafts ( x 2)
[D]: Remove the web cleaning rollers from the shaft driver pins.
[E]: Web bushing (spring x 1)
[F]: Cleaning roller
NOTE: 1) After replacing the web with a new one, you must execute SP1902-001
(Fusing Web Used Area Display/Setting) to reset the web consumption
count to zero. This SP code must be executed to reset SC550.
2) Be sure to print an SMC report before executing Memory All Clear
(SP5801). After executing SP5801, be sure to re-enter the value
recorded for SP1902-001 in the SMC report.
[B]
[C]
[D]
[A]
B246R995.WMF
[E]
[F]
[G]
B246R996.WMF
[A]
[C]
[B]
Replacement
Adjustment
B246R997.WMF
[D]
[E]
B246R999.WMF
[D]
[B]
[E]
[C]
B246R1000.WMF
B140/B246/D052 Series
[B]
Replacement
Adjustment
[A]
B246R1001.WMF
[B] [D]
Front
[C]
[A] [E]
B246R1003.WMF
[F]
[G]
B246R1004.WMF
[F] [G]
[B]
Replacement
Adjustment
[A]
[E]
[F]
[D] [C]
B246R1005.WMF
⇒ NOTE: The D054 model (of the D052 Series) does not incorporate three fusing
lamps. The fusing lamp used to provide side heat has been removed.
[B]
[D]
B246R1006.WMF
[C]
[A]: Plate ( x 1)
[B]: White connector ( x 1)
[C]: Red connectors ( x 2)
[D]: Front fusing lamp holder ( x 1)
[E]: Fusing lamps (x 3)
NOTE: Be careful when you move the fusing lamps. Do not break them. Do not
touch them with bare hands.
⇒ NOTE: The D054 model only incorporates two fusing lamps.
Front
Rear
W
B
G
[B] W
[A]
Replacement
Adjustment
R [C]
R
B246R1007.WMF
[A]
B246R1008.WMF
[C]
[F]
[E]
[D]
[B]
B246R1009.WMF
[B]
[A] [C]
Replacement
Adjustment
B246R1010.WMF
B246R1011.WMF
[A]
[C] [D]
[B]
B246R1013.WMF
B246R1012.WMF
[A] [E]
[D]
[D]
Replacement
Adjustment
[C]
[F] [B]
B246R1014.WMF
Spring Adjustment
Two holes [F] are provided on each pressure arm for the springs.
Normally the springs should be attached to the lower holes. Attaching the springs
to the upper holes exerts less pressure on the hot roller. Attach the springs to the
upper holes only for especially thin paper.
[A]
[B]
[C]
B246R1016.WMF
[D]
B246R1015.WMF
B140/B246/D052 Series
[B]
[A]
Replacement
Adjustment
B246R1017.WMF
[D]
[C]
B246R1019.WMF
[A]
[B]
B246R1030.WMF
1. After the machine is powered on with the main switch, make an A4/LT LEF
copy, then stop the machine while the paper is still in the fusing unit by
switching it off.
NOTE: This is easier with an OHP sheet. Use an OHP sheet if you have one
available.(OHP= Over Head Projector or transparency
2. Open the front door, then turn the fusing knob to feed out the copy.
3. Measure the width of the band on the part of the image where it is particularly
black. The band, called the nip band [A], should be 9.0±0.7 mm at the center.
NOTE: When the fusing is incorrect (wrinkles, offset, curl), measure the nip
band width. The nip band width can be adjusted by changing the
position of the springs [B] on either end of the pressure roller. The
fusing temperature can also be adjusted with SP1105 (Fusing
Temperature Adjustment) for Normal, OHP, and Thick Paper.
[B]
[A]
Replacement
Adjustment
[E]
[C]
[D] B246R1031.WMF
[A]
[C]
B246R1032.WMF
[B]
B246R1034.WMF
Fusing/exit motor ( x 2)
• The fusing/exit motor (not shown) is inside the bracket.
[A] [B]
[C]
[D]
Replacement
Adjustment
B246R1035.WMF
Open the front door and pull out the exit/inverter unit.
[A]: Fusing exit sensor bracket ( x 2)
[B]: Fusing exit sensor ( x 1)
[C]: Exit unit entrance sensor bracket ( x 2)
[D]: Exit unit entrance sensor ( x 1)
[B]
[A]
[C]
B246R1036.WMF
1. Open the front door and pull out the duplex unit.
2. Remove the slide rail roller on the left [A] and on the right [B] ( x 1).
3. Lift out the duplex unit [C].
NOTE: To re-install the duplex unit, insert the duplex unit partially, only until it
enters the black guide rail, then re-attach each slide rail roller. After
that, push the duplex unit into the machine completely. This method
prevents interference from the guide plate during installation.
[B]
[C]
Replacement
Adjustment
[A]
B246R1037.WMF
[A]
B246R1038.WMF
[C]
[B] B246R1039.WMF
[A]
Replacement
Adjustment
B246R1040.WMF
[C]
[B]
B246R1041.WMF
[B]
[C]
[A] [A]
B246R1042.WMF
[B]
[A]
Replacement
Adjustment
B246R1043.WMF
[A]: Bracket ( x 2)
[B]: Duplex entrance sensor ( x 1)
[B]
[A]
[C]
B246R1045.WMF
[B]
[A]
Replacement
Adjustment
[C]
B246R1046.WMF
[D]
[E]
[F] [G]
B246R1047.WMF
[A]: Cross-stay ( x 4)
[B]: Reverse trigger roller shaft
[C]: Jogger fences ( x 1 each)
[D]: Left half of table ( x 2)
• The front screw is a shoulder screw. Insert the screws in the correct holes
when re-attaching.
• To avoid breaking the tabs under the left edge of the table, pull the table to
the right to disengage the tabs and then remove.
[E]: Inverter exit sensor ( x 1, harness x 1, x 1)
[F]: Transport sensor 1 (harness x 1, x 1)
[G]: Transport sensor 2 (harness x 1, x 1)
[B]
[A]
B246R1049.WMF
[C]
Replacement
Adjustment
[A]
[B]
B246R1050.WMF
[D]
B246R1051.WMF
[A]
[B]
[D]
B246R1052.WMF
[C]
[E]
B246R1053.WMF
[A]
[B]
Replacement
Adjustment
B246R1054.WMF
[A]
[D]
[C]
[B]
B246R1055.WMF
[B]
[A]
Replacement
Adjustment
[C]
B246R1056.WMF
[D]
[E]
B246R1057.WMF
[A]
[D]
B246R1058.WMF
[G]
[F]
[E]
[B]
[C] B246R1059.WMF
[E]
[D]
Replacement
[B]
Adjustment
[A]
[C]
B246R1060.WMF
[B]
[D]
B246R1062.WMF [A]
[C]
B246R1061.WMF
[B]
[A]
[C]
[D]
Replacement
Adjustment
B246R1063.WMF
[C]
[E]
B246R1065.WMF
B246R1064.WMF
[A]
[B]
B246R1066.WMF
[A]
[C] [B]
Replacement
Adjustment
[D]
B246R1067.WMF
[B]
[A]
[D]
B246R1069.WMF [C]
[E]
B246R1068.WMF
Replacement
Adjustment
[B]
[A]
B246R1070.WMF
B246R1078.WMF
[A]
[B]
B246R1079.WMF
Replacement
Adjustment
[A] [B]
[C]
B246R1080.WMF
[B]
[A]
[C]
[E]
B246R1091.WMF
[D]
B246R1090.WMF
[A]
Replacement
Adjustment
[D]
[B]
[C]
B246R1092.WMF
B246R1093.WMF
[A]
[C]
Replacement
Adjustment
[B]
B246R1094.WMF
B246R1095.WMF
[A]
[C]
[D]
[B]
[E]
[F]
B246R1096.WMF
[B]
[C]
Replacement
Adjustment
[A]
B246R1097.WMF
[D]
B246R1098.WMF
[A]
B246R1099.WMF
B246R1023.WMF
Replacement
Adjustment
|
[B]
{
[A]
B246R109A.WMF
[A]
B246R1022.WMF
Important:
Remove the NVRAM from the old
controller board and install it on the
new board.
[C]
[B]
B246R1021.WMF
[A]
[C]
Replacement
Adjustment
[D]
B246R1020.WMF
[E]
[B]
B246R1024.WMF
B246R103A.WMF
Replacement
Adjustment
[B]
[A]
B246R1025.WMF
[B]
B246R1026.WMF
B246R1027.WMF
[A]
[C]
Rear covers ( 3.3.5)
[A]: Controller box cover ( x 12)
[B]: BCU cover plate ( x 6)
[C]: Controller box door ( x 5)
B246R1028.WMF
[B]
[D]
[A]
Replacement
Adjustment
[C] B246R1100.WMF
[B]
[C]
[A]
[E]
B246R1101.WMF
[D]
Replacement
[C] Right connector shield ( x4)
Adjustment
[C]
B246R1102.WMF
[D] [E]
B246R91103.WMF
{
|
}
~
B246R105A.WMF B246R106A.WMF
[A]
[B]
[D]
Replacement
Adjustment
B246R107A.WMF
[C]
B246R108A.WMF
[C]
[D]
[A]
[B]
B246R861.WMF
Replacement
Adjustment
[B]
[C]
B246R862.WMF
B246R703.WMF
[A]
B246R101A.WMF
[A]
3.12.6 HDD
Replacing the NVRAM or the HDD erases documents stored in the document
server. Before replacing either of these items, consult with the customer to
determine the best time to perform the replacement.
B064 Series HDD
[A]
Replacement
Adjustment
[B]
[C]
B246R863.WMF
[A]
B140R701.WMF
[B]
Replacement
Adjustment
strongly recommended.
• Down load the stamp data with SP5853.
[A] B246R102A.WMF
3.12.7 NVRAM
This machine has an electronic counting device that uses software to monitor the
number of copies. In addition to the electronic counter of the NVRAM on the
controller board, the machine is also equipped with a mechanical counter.
NVRAM: B064 Series, B140 Series
[A]
[A] B140R705.WMF
B140R864.WMF
7. Install the new NVRAM. Make sure that the NVRAM is installed the correct way
around.
8. Connect the power cord and switch the machine on.
9. Enter the SP mode and execute SP5801 (Memory All Clear).
10. Execute SP5825 (NVRAM Download) to download the data uploaded from the
old NVRAM.
11. Switch the machine off then on.
12. Execute SP5990 to print another SMC report. Confirm that all the SP settings
have been initialized.
Replacement
Adjustment
13. Execute SP3001-002 (ID Sensor Initialization) to initialize the ID sensor.
14. Execute SP5907 (Plug & Play) and enter the brand and model name of the
machine for Windows Plug & Play capability.
15. For details about SP initial settings, see “Section 5 Service Tables”.
B246R110A.WMF
Replacement
Adjustment
machine for Windows Plug & Play capability.
⇒8. Also set SP1902 001 (Amount of Fusing Unit Web used so far) to the most
recent setting (See the SMC List).
9. For details about SP initial settings, see “Section 5 Service Tables”.
3.12.8 DIMMS
Read this section carefully before installation so you know how to insert the DIMMs
correctly.
CAUTION
Follow the procedure below to connect the DIMMs to the controller board.
Incorrect insertion can damage the controller board or cause a bad
connection between the DIMM and controller contacts. If the upper contact
is pressed in and bent, the resulting poor connection could cause the
entire system to not operate.
[A] [B]
[C]
B140R865.WMF
1. Hold the ROM DIMM with the edge connector [A] pointing toward the slot and
the notch [B] on the DIMM in the upper right corner.
2. Insert the edge connector [C] into the slot at a 30-degree angle from the
surface of the board.
NOTE: If the angle is too low, the upper contact could bend.
3. Move the outside edge of the ROM DIMM up and down slightly until it works
into the connector, then gently press it down level with the controller board.
3.13 ADF
3.13.1 ADF COVERS
[C]
[A]
Replacement
Adjustment
[B]
B140R866.WMF
[C]
[B]
[A]
B140R867.WMF
[C]
[A]
[B]
Replacement
Adjustment
[D]
[E]
B140R868.WMF
[F]
B140R869.WMF
[A]
[D]
[C]
[B]
B140R870.WMF
[A]
Replacement
Adjustment
[B]
[C]
B140R872.WMF
B140R871.WMF
[A]
B140R873.WMF
[A]
[B]
Replacement
Adjustment
[E]
[C]
B140R874.WMF
[F]
[D]
B140R875.WMF
[A] [C]
[D]
[E]
[B]
B140R876.WMF
[B]
Replacement
Adjustment
[C]
[A]
B140R877.WMF
[B]
[A]
[C]
[G]
B140R879.WMF
[H]
B140R878.WMF
[A]
Replacement
Adjustment
[B]
B140R880.WMF
[A]
[B] B140R881.WMF
[A]
[B]
[D] [C]
B140R882.WMF
[A]
[B]
Replacement
Adjustment
B140R883.WMF
[A]
[B]
[E] [D]
B140R885.WMF
[F]
[C]
[G]
B140R884.WMF
WARNING
Turn off the main power switch and unplug the machine before performing
this procedure.
[A]
[B]
Replacement
Adjustment
B140R886.WMF
3.14.1 PRINTING
1. Make sure paper is installed correctly in each paper tray before you start these
adjustments.
2. Use the Trimming Area Pattern (SP2-902-3) No. 18 to print the test pattern for
the following procedures.
3. After completing these printing adjustments, be sure to set SP 2-902-3 to 0
again.
B140R887.WMF
Blank Margin
NOTE: If the leading edge/side-to-side registration cannot be adjusted within
specifications, adjust the leading/left side edge blank margin.
1. Check the trailing edge and right edge blank margins, and adjust them with the
following SP modes:
SP2101 Print Erase Margin
SP mode Specification D
Leading Edge SP2101-001
2.5±2 mm
Trailing Edge SP2101-002
C
Left edge SP2101-003
2±1.5 mm
Right edge SP2101-004
Replacement
Adjustment
A: Trailing edge blank margin
B: Right edge blank margin
C: Leading edge blank margin A
D: Left edge blank margin
B
B140R888.WMF
3.14.2 SCANNING
Before doing the following scanner adjustments, perform or check the printing
registration/side-to-side adjustment and the blank margin adjustment.
NOTE: Use an S-5-S test chart to perform the following adjustments.
Magnification
Use an S-5-S test chart to perform the following adjustment.
Replacement
Adjustment
SW 101 Operation Mode
1 2 3 4
OFF OFF OFF OFF I/F Operation
ON OFF OFF OFF Free run (Simplex: each sheet stopped for registration)
OFF ON OFF OFF Free run (Simplex: continuous scanning)
ON ON OFF OFF Free run (Duplex: no registration) SP6009 (ADF Free Run)
ON OFF ON OFF
OFF ON ON OFF
Not used.
ON ON ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF ON
ON OFF OFF ON Free run (Entrance mode*1, simplex, no registration)
OFF ON OFF ON Free run (Entrance mode, simplex, continuous scanning)
OFF ON ON ON Motor test (feed, transport, exit motors)
*1
: The entrance mode disregards paper size. Skew correction is performed at the scanning roller.
[A]
B140R891.WMF
If the skew with A4 SEF paper is more than 0.5/200 mm in the main scan direction, you
can adjust the position of the ADF hinge [A] or adjust the appropriate SP codes below.
NOTE: Normally, the interval sensor detects the leading edge of small originals
(B6, A5, HLT), or originals for duplex copying, and delays the start of
the scanning roller for the prescribed number of pulses to buckle the
paper and correct skew. This feature can be switched on for all paper
sizes with SP6020 (ADF Contact Mode In/Out). However, switching this
feature on for all sizes reduces scanning speed slightly.
1. Press , press , and then press 5 times to open the Self-
Diagnostics menu.
Replacement
Adjustment
B140R892.WMF
2. On the touch screen press “Touch Screen Adjust” (or press ).
B140R893.WMF
3. Use a pointed (not sharp!) tool to press the upper left mark .
4. Press the lower right mark after it appears.
5. Touch a few spots on the touch screen to confirm that the marker (+) appears
exactly where the screen is touched.
If the + mark does not appear where the screen is touched, press Cancel and
repeat from Step 2.
6. When you are finished, press [#] OK on the screen (or press ).
7. Touch [#] Exit on the screen to close the Self-Diagnostic menu and save the
calibration settings.
TROUBLESHOOTING
4. TROUBLESHOOTING
4.1 OVERVIEW
This section contains the troubleshooting procedures for the B064 Series, B140
Series, and B246 Series machines.
A full list of SC codes is given for each series. When you do troubleshooting on a
machine, refer to the correct table:
• B064 Series SC Code Table: Section 4.2
• B140/B246/D052 Series SC Code Table: Section 4.3
Important:
The general information in this “Overview” section applies to the B064 Series,
B140 Series, and B246 Series machines.
• “Other Problems (B064/B140/B246/D052 Series)” also applies to all the
machines of these three Series.
shooting
Trouble-
NOTE: For more information about these and other SP codes, see “4. Service
Tables”.
shooting
Trouble-
device. • Set DIP SW 1 to ON
and retry
• Replace RAM DIMM
• Replace controller
board
06 Download Error E06 Controller ROM update error 6 • Turn the machine
Power off/on power off/on.
CPU clock error. • Set controller DIPSW-
1 to ON to force the
machine to write to
ROM.
• If you cannot force
the machine to write,
replace the controller
board.
19 Download Error E19 Controller ROM update error 7 • Software defective
Power off/on Schedule data is unclear.
20 Down Error E20 System error 1 (+SC991) • Cycle the machine
Power Off/On The physical address cannot be off/on and re-try
mapped. Software/hardware is • Replace controller
defective board
21 Download Error E21 System error 2 (+SC991) • Cycle the machine
Power Off/On There is not sufficient memory to off/on and re-try.
download. • Replace RAM
• Replace the controller
board
shooting
Trouble-
check due to its abnormal length.
53 (no display) Download result failure 6 • Do the download
The previous download in progress procedure again.
was cancelled.
OPC
Duplex entrance
sensor
Registration sensor
Reverse trigger roller
Duplex inverter
exit sensor
Relay sensor
Tray 1
Transport sensor 2
Paper feed sensor 2
Tray 2
Transport sensor 3
Paper feed sensor 3
Tray 3
B246T901.WMF
Relay sensor
(7) (8)
Registration sensor
Registration motor
(9)
Fusing unit paper exit
sensor
shooting
(10) (12)
Trouble-
Exit unit entrance sensor
(11)
Paper exit sensor
B246T902.WMF
(1): Paper feed motor ON → Paper feed sensor does not switch ON at the correct time.
(2): Paper feed motor ON → Vertical transport sensor does not switch ON at the correct
time.
(3): Vertical transport sensor ON → Paper feed sensor does not switch OFF at the correct
time.
(4): Vertical transport sensor ON → Vertical transport sensor does not switch OFF at the
correct time.
(5): Lower relay motor ON → Relay sensor does not switch ON at the correct time.
(6): Vertical transport sensor OFF → Relay sensor does not switch OFF at the correct time.
(7): Relay sensor ON → Registration sensor does not switch ON at the correct time.
(8): Relay sensor OFF → Registration sensor does not switch OFF at the correct time.
(9): Registration motor ON → Fusing unit paper exit sensor does not switch ON at the
correct time.
(10): Fusing unit paper exit sensor ON → Exit unit entrance sensor does not switch ON at the
correct time.
(11): Exit unit entrance sensor ON → Paper exit sensor does not switch ON at the correct
time.
(12): Registration motor OFF → Paper exit sensor does not switch OFF at the correct time.
Registration sensor
B246T903.WMF
(1): From the registration sensor to the fusing unit exit, jam detection is the same as face-up
feed out.
(2): Exit unit entrance sensor ON → Duplex entrance sensor does not switch OFF at the
correct time.
(3): Registration sensor OFF → Duplex entrance sensor does not switch OFF at the correct
time.
(4): Duplex entrance sensor ON → Inverter exit sensor does not switch OFF at the correct
time.
(5): Inverter exit sensor ON → Paper exit sensor does not switch ON at the correct time.
(6): Duplex entrance sensor OFF → Paper exit sensor does not switch OFF at the correct
time. (Paper remains at the duplex unit exit.)
Duplex Transport
Relay sensor
B246T904.WMF
(1): Duplex entrance sensor ON → Inverter exit sensor does not switch ON at the correct
time.
(2): Inverter exit sensor ON → Duplex transport sensor 1 does not switch on at the correct
time.
(3): Duplex transport sensor 1 ON → Duplex transport sensor 2 does not switch on at the
correct time.
(4): Duplex entrance sensor ON → Duplex transport sensor 2 does not switch OFF at the
shooting
Trouble-
correct time.
(5): Duplex transport sensor 2 ON → Duplex transport sensor 3 does not switch ON at the
correct time.
(6): Duplex transport sensor 2 OFF → Duplex transport sensor 3 does not switch OFF at the
correct time.
(7): Duplex transport sensor 3 ON → Relay sensor does not switch on at the correct time.
NOTE: 1) If the problem concerns electrical circuit boards, first disconnect then reconnect
the connectors before replacing the PCBs.
2) If the problem concerns a motor lock, first check the mechanical load before
replacing motors or sensors.
shooting
Trouble-
3) When a Level A or B SC occurs while in an SP mode, the display does not
indicate the SC number. If this occurs, check the SC number after leaving the
SP mode.
shooting
Trouble-
disconnected.
• IPU defective
• BCU defective
144 D SBU transmission error
After the SBU switches on, the • SBU defective.
BCU detects one of the following • VIB defective
conditions on the SBU: • Harness (40-pin shielded) between the
• 1 s after power on, the SYDI SBU, VIB is disconnected.
signal does not go high, even • Harness (shielded cable) between the
after 1 retry. VIB, BCU is disconnected.
• 1 s after power on, the SYDI • IPU defective
signal goes high, but the SBU ID
could not be read after 3
attempts.
When SC310~SC317 are logged, the machine halts without displaying the SC number. These SC
codes log an abnormal condition at the potential sensor only when SP3901 (Auto Process Control)
is set to on.
shooting
Trouble-
SC No. Symptom Possible Cause
310 C Potential sensor calibration error 1
During drum potential sensor • Potential sensor defective
calibration, the drum potential • Potential sensor harness disconnected
sensor output voltage does not • Potential sensor connector defective or
meet specification when test disconnected
voltages (–100V, –800V) are • BCU defective
applied to the drum. • OPC connector defective
• Development power pack defective
311 C Potential sensor calibration error 2
During drum potential sensor • Potential sensor defective
calibration, the drum potential • Potential sensor harness disconnected
sensor output voltage does not • Potential sensor connector defective or
meet specification when test disconnected
voltages (–100V, –800V) are • BCU defective
applied to the drum. • OPC connector defective
• Development power pack defective
shooting
Trouble-
338 D Polygonal mirror motor error 1
During exposure, while the polygon • Harness between the polygon motor and
motor is rotating, the XSCRDY I/F disconnected or defective.
signal goes high. • Polygon motor or polygon motor driver
defective
• IPU board defective
340 D TD sensor output error
TD sensor output voltage (Vt), • TD sensor defective
measured during each copy cycle, • TD sensor harness disconnected
is detected 10 times at one of the • TD sensor connector disconnected or
following levels: defective
Vt = 0.5 volts or lower • BCU defective
Vt = 4.0 volts or higher • Toner bottle motor defective
Note: When the TD sensor is defective, the
toner supply is controlled using pixel
count and the ID sensor.
shooting
Trouble-
355 C ID sensor pattern voltage error
Drum potential sensor output is out • Drum potential sensor defective
of the target range (-100 - -400V) • Drum potential sensor harness
when reading the drum voltage for disconnected
the ID sensor pattern. • Drum potential sensor connector
defective
• IOB defective
• Defect during ID sensor pattern writing
• Charge power pack defective
• Charge corona wire dirty
shooting
Trouble-
504 B Tray 4 lift malfunction
Japan only.
507 B LCT feed motor malfunction
One of the following conditions is • Feed motor defective
detected: • Feed motor connector disconnected
• The LD signal from the feed • Obstacle interfering with operation of
motor is detected abnormal for motor
50 ms after the motor switches
on.
• At power on, the motor is
detected loose or disconnected.
510 B LCT tray malfunction
One of the following conditions is • Tray lift motor defective or connector
detected: disconnected
• When the bottom plate is lifted, • Lift sensor defective or disconnected
the upper limit sensor does not • Pick-up solenoid defective or
come on for 18 s. disconnected
• When the bottom plate is • Paper end sensor defective
lowered, the lower limit sensor
does not come on for 18 s.
• After lift begins, the upper limit
sensor does not switch on before
the pick-up solenoid switches on.
• The paper end sensor switches
on during lift and the upper limit
sensor does not switch on for 2.5
s, and a message prompts user
to reset paper.
shooting
Trouble-
output does not change for 3 • Motor drive defective
seconds while the toner collection • Toner collection motor sensor connector
motor is on. defective
• Motor overload
599 D 1-bin Exit Motor Error (should only occur in Japanese models)
The transport lock sensor output • Motor overload
does not change within 300 ms • Motor drive defective
after the motor switches on.
shooting
Trouble-
• Engine does not respond within • BCU installation incorrect
30 s after power on. • BCU defective
• Engine down detected suddenly • Sudden communication reset occurred
during power on and warmup. between the BCU and the controller.
672 D Controller startup error
• After power on the line between • Controller stalled
the controller and the operation • Controller installed incorrectly
panel does not open for normal • Controller board defective
operation. • Operation panel harness disconnected or
• After normal startup, defective
communication with the
controller ceases.
690 D GAVD Block 12 bus error
The register for this block is set for • IPU defective
an error.
691 D GAVD FCI Block I2 bus error
The register for this block is set for • IPU defective
an error.
692 D CDIC GAVD Block I2 bus error
The register for this block is set for • IPU defective
an error.
SC700: Peripherals
SC No. Symptom Possible Cause
700 D ADF original pick-up error 1
Pick-up roller HP sensor signal • Pick-up roller HP sensor defective
does not change after the pick-up • Pick-up motor defective
motor has turned on. • Timing belt slipping, out of position
• ADF main board defective
701 D ADF bottom plate motor error
• Bottom plate position sensor • Bottom plate position sensor defective
does not detect the plate after • Bottom plate HP sensor defective
the bottom plate lift motor • Bottom plate motor defective
switches on to lift the plate. • ADF main board defective
• Bottom plate HP sensor does not
detect the plate after the bottom
plate motor reverses to lower the
plate.
720 D Finisher transport motor error
The encoder pulse of the transport • Finisher transport motor defective
motor does not change state • Transport motor harness disconnected,
(high/low) within 600 ms and does or defective
not change after 2 retries. • Finisher main board defective
722 B Finisher jogger motor error
• The finisher jogger HP sensor • Jogger HP sensor defective
remains de-activated for more • Jogger mechanism overload
1,000 pulses when returning to • Jogger motor defective (not rotating)
home position. • Finisher main board defective
• The finisher jogger HP sensor • Harness disconnected or defective
remains activated for more than
1,000 pulses when moving away
from home position.
724 B Finisher staple hammer motor error
Stapling does not finish within 450 • Staple jam
ms after the staple hammer motor • Stapler operation overload
switches on and the stapler jams. • Staple hammer motor defective
Stapler is released from the reverse • Motor connector disconnected, or
lock status. If the stapler does not defective
operate within 450 ms, even in the
reverse lock position, then the SC
is logged.
725 B Finisher stack feed-out motor error
The stack feed-out belt HP sensor • Stack feed-out HP sensor defective
does not activate within the • Harness disconnected or defective
prescribed number of pulses after • Stack feed-out motor defective
the stack feed-out motor turns on • Finisher main board defective
and does not activate after 2 • Motor overload
retries.
726 B Finisher upper tray lift motor error
The paper height sensor does not • Upper tray paper height sensor defective
activate within the prescribed time • Sensor harness disconnected, defective
after the upper tray lift motor turns • Tray lift motor defective
on, or the sensor remains on after • Finisher main board defective
the motor reverses to lower the • Tray lift motor overload
tray.
shooting
Trouble-
After the lift motor switches on to lift • Paper height sensor 1 or 2 defective
the tray, paper height sensor 2 • Sensor harness disconnected, defective
does not detect the top of the paper • Tray lift motor defective
stack, or after the motor reverses to • Finisher main board defective
lower the stack the top of the stack • Tray lift motor overload
remains detected (the status of
paper height sensor 1 does not
change). After 2 counts, the SC is
logged as a jam.
735 B Finisher pre-stack motor error
• The pre-stack motor starts but • Jogger HP sensor defective
does not return to the home • Sensor harnesses disconnected,
position within 400 pulses. After defective
2 counts, the SC is logged as a • Pre-stack motor defective
jam. • Finisher main board defective
• Motor does not return to the • Pre-stack motor overload
home position within 280 pulses
immediately before or after pre-
stacking. After 2 counts, the SC
is logged as a jam.
736 B Finisher paper exit guide plate motor error
The paper exit guide plate motor • Guide plate HP sensor defective
starts but the paper exit guide plate • Sensor harness disconnected, defective
HP sensor does not activate within • Paper exit guide plate motor defective
750 ms. After 2 counts, the SC is • Finisher main board defective
logged as a jam. • Guide plate motor overload.
shooting
Trouble-
to be out of range.
822 C Self-diagnostic error: HDD
Check performed when HDD is • HDD defective
installed: • HDD harness disconnected, defective
• HDD device busy for over 31 s. • Controller board defective
• After a diagnostic command is
set for the HDD, but the device
remains busy for over 6 s.
• A diagnostic command is issued
to the HDD device but the result
is an error.
823 C Self-diagnostic error: NIB
• The SUM of the MAC address • NIB board defective
written in the SEEP ROM for the • Controller board defective
MAC address is calculated and
compared with the stored SUM
and judged NG.
• There is a format error in the
MAC address stored in the SEEP
ROM for the MAC address.
• A loopback error occurs on the
PHY chip of the NIB.
824 C Self-diagnostic error: NVRAM
NVRAM device does not exist, or • NVRAM defective
NVRAM device is damaged. • Controller board defective
825 C Self-diagnostic error: NVRAM (option)
Optional NVRAM is installed, but a • Incorrect NVRAM installed.
write/verify error occurred.
shooting
Trouble-
863 D HDD data read failure
The data written to the HDD cannot • HDD defective
be read normally, due to bad • Note: If the bad sectors are generated at
sectors generated during operation. the image partition, the bad sector
information is written to NVRAM, and the
next time the HDD is accessed, these
bad sectors will not be accessed for
read/write operation.
864 D HDD data CRC error
During HDD operation, the HDD • Data transfer did not execute normally
cannot respond to an CRC error while data was being written to the HDD.
query.
865 D HDD access error
HDD responded to an error during • HDD defective.
operation for a condition other than
⇒ 876 D
those for SC863, 864.
Log Data Error
The log data has been corrupted at power on, while the machine was operating, or
when the machine was powered off during a print or copy cycle. The machine
should never be switched off while it is printing or copying.
876- Log data file was corrupted at Format the HDD with SP5832-004.
1 power on or while the machine was
operating.
⇒ SC No.
876-
Symptom
The log was set for encryption
Possible Cause
Install or replace and set the encryption
2 without the encryption module module.
installed: Enable the log encryption setting.
At power on
While the machine was operating
When the log encryption setting
was changed.
876- At power on the log encryption key Format the disk with SP5832-004.
3 was disabled, causing an NVRAM
malfunction.
876- At power on the machine attempted Format the disk with SP5832-004.
4 log data encryption with the log
encryption setting disabled
(NVRAM malfunction).
-or-
At power on log encryption was
attempted with the log encryption
setting disabled (NVRAM
malfunction).
876- Error occurred at power on. Replace NVRAM with original NVRAM.
5 Only the NVRAM was replaced with Replace HDD with original HDD.
an NVRAM from another machine. If the error persists, format the HDD with
-or- SP5832-004.
Only the HDD was replaced with an
HDD unit from another machine.
876- Cause unknown. The error Contact Ricoh design section.
99 occurred at power on or while the
machine was operating.
SC900: Miscellaneous
SC No. Symptom Possible Cause
900 D Electrical total counter error
The total counter contains • NVRAM defective
something that is not a number.
901 D Mechanical total counter error
The mechanical counter is not • Mechanical total counter defective
connected. • Mechanical total counter connector not
connected
951 C F-GATE signal error
When the IPU has already received • Software defective
the F-GATE signal (laser writing • BCU defective
start trigger signal), the IPU
receives another F-GATE signal.
953 D Scanner image setting error
The settings required for image • Software defective
processing using the scanner are
not sent from the IPU.
954 D Printer image setting error
The settings required for image • Software defective
processing using the printer
controller are not sent from the IPU.
shooting
Trouble-
program cannot continue.
991 C Software capable of looping cannot continue
The software performs an • Software defective, re-boot*1
unexpected function and the
program cannot continue. However,
unlike SC990, recovery processing
allows the program to continue.
*1
: In order to get more details about SC990 and SC991:
1) Execute SP7403 or print an SMC Report (SP5990) to read the history of the 10 most recent
logged errors.
2) If you press the zero key on the operation panel with the SP selection menu displayed, you
will see detailed information about the recently logged SC990 or SC991, including the
software file name, line number, and so on. 1) is the recommended method, because
another SC could write over the information for the previous SC.
shooting
Trouble-
820 0014 Allocation 4 error
820 0015 Allocation 5 error
820 00FF Non-initialization allocation error • CPU defective
• Local bus defective
• Controller board defective
820 0601 Read address exception error • CPU device error
820 0602 Write address exception error • Controller board defective
820 0605 System call exception error
820 0606 Break point exception error
820 0607 Illegal command exception error
820 060A Allocation 0 mask exception error • CPU device error
820 060B Allocation 1 mask exception error • ASIC device error
820 060C Allocation 2 mask exception error • Controller board defective
820 060D Allocation 3 mask exception error
820 060E Allocation 4 mask exception error
820 0610 CPU timer 2 allocation set error • CPU device error
• Controller board defective
820 0612 ASIC allocation error • ASIC device error
• Controller board defective
• Peripheral device defective
820 06FF CPU master clock error • CPU device error
• Error in CPU initialization data (ASIC
error)
• Controller board defective
shooting
Trouble-
main switch is turned on).
Replace the hard disk (the user
codes and counters are recovered
when the main switch is turned on).
920 D Printer error
The printer program cannot be • Defective hardware
continued. • Data corruption
• Defective software
925 D Net file error
The management file for net files is • Defective hardware
corrupted; net files are not normally • Data corruption
read. • Defective software
Netfiles: Jobs to be printed from the
document server using a PC and the
DeskTopBinder software
992 C Other system SCs
The controller received an unknown • Contact your product specialist.
SC code from the engine.
993 D Network error
The ASIC program of GW controller • Defective ASIC
cannot be continued. • Defective GW controller
shooting
Trouble-
shooting
Trouble-
initialization or copying. • Scanner motor defective
• Harness between BCU, SDRB, scanner
motor disconnected
• Scanner HP sensor defective
• Harness between scanner HP sensor
and BCU disconnected
• Scanner wire, timing belt, pulley, carriage
installed incorrectly.
122 D Scanner home position error 3
The scanner home position sensor • BCU, SDRB (Scanner Driver Board)
does not detect the on condition defective
during original scanning. • Scanner motor defective
• Harness between BCU, SDRB, scanner
motor disconnected
• Scanner HP sensor defective
• Harness between scanner HP sensor
and BCU disconnected
• Scanner wire, timing belt, pulley, carriage
installed incorrectly
shooting
Trouble-
SC200: Exposure
202 Polygon mirror motor error 1: Timeout at ON B246/D052
The polygon mirror motor unit did • The polygon mirror motor PCB connector
not enter "Ready" status within 20 is loose, broken, or defective
sec. after the motor was turned on, • Polygon mirror motor PCB defective
or within 20 sec. after the speed of • Polygon mirror motor defective
rotation was changed. • IPU defective
203 Polygon mirror motor error 2: Timeout at OFF B246/D052
The polygon mirror motor did not • The polygon mirror motor PCB connector
leave "Ready" within 3 sec. after is loose, broken, or defective
the motor was switched off. (The • Polygon mirror motor PCB defective
XSCRDY signal did not go HIGH • Polygon mirror motor defective
(inactive) within 3 sec.) • IPU defective
204 Polygon mirror motor error 3: XSCRDY signal error B246/D052
The polygon mirror motor "Ready" • Electrical oise interference on the line
signal went inactive (HIGH) while with the motor signals
the motor was operating at normal • Polygon mirror motor PCB connector
speed, even though the motor was loose, broken, defective
neither switched off nor was there a • Polygon mirror motor PCB defective
request for a change in speed. • Polygon mirror motor defective
205 Polygon mirror motor error 4: Unstable timeout B246/D052
The "Ready" signal (XSCRDY) was • Electrical noise on the line with the motor
detected as unstable for more than signals
20 sec. while the polygon mirror • Polygon mirror motor PCB connector
motor was operating at normal loose, broken, defective
speed. • Polygon mirror motor PCB defective
• IPU defective
220 Laser synchronization detection error B246/D052
The 1st laser synchronization detection • Laser synchronization board
unit could not detect the line connector loose, broken, defective
synchronization signal (DETP0) within • Laser synchronization detection
500 ms while the polygon mirror motor board is not installed correctly (out
was operating at normal speed. of alignment)
NOTE: The unit polls for the signal • Laser synchronization board
every 50 ms. This SC is issued after the defective
10th attempt fails to detect the signal. • IPU defective
shooting
Trouble-
Charge coronal motor is • Charge corona wire cleaner motor
disconnected. (The current at the connector is defective, connected.
charge corona motor is detected
less than 83 mA.)
NOTE: When SC310~SC317 are logged, the machine halts without displaying the SC
number. These SC codes log an abnormal condition at the potential sensor only
when SP3901 (Auto Process Control) is set to on.
SC No. Symptom Possible Cause
310 D Potential sensor calibration error 1
During drum potential sensor • Potential sensor defective
calibration, the drum potential sensor • Potential sensor harness
output voltage does not meet disconnected
specification when test voltages (– • Potential sensor connector defective
100V, –800V) are applied to the drum. or disconnected
• IOB defective
• OPC connector defective
• Development power pack defective
shooting
Trouble-
336 D Polygon mirror motor error 2 B140 Only
The ready signal does not go high • Harness between I/F and polygon
within 20 s after the polygonal mirror motor disconnected or defective
motor turns off. • Polygon motor or polygon motor driver
defective
• IPU board defective
337 D Polygonal mirror motor error 3 B140 Only
The XSCRDY signal goes high while • Noise on the line where the polygon
the polygon mirror motor turns on, ready signal (XSCRDY) is transmitted.
even though there was no request to • Harness between the polygon motor
either turn off the motor or change the and I/F disconnected or defective.
motor speed. • Polygon motor or polygon motor driver
defective
338 D Polygonal mirror motor error 4 B140 Only
While the polygon motor is rotating, • Noise on the linef where the polygon
the XSCRDY signal goes high during ready signal (XSCRDY) is transmitted.
exposure. • Harness between the polygon motor
and I/F disconnected or defective.
• Polygon motor or polygon motor driver
defective
• IPU board defective
shooting
Trouble-
PWM input (0) is applied to the ID • ID sensor dirty
sensor.
354 C ID sensor error 5
Vsg falls out of the adjustment target • ID sensor defective
(4.0 ± 0.2V) during Vsg checking. • ID sensor harness disconnected
• ID sensor connector defective
• IOB defective
• ID sensor pattern not written correctly
• Incorrect image density
• Charge power pack defective
• ID sensor dirty
355 C ID sensor error 6
The Vp value, which measures the • Potential sensor defective
reflectivity of the ID sensor pattern, • Potential sensor harness defective
was not in the range of –70V to –400V. • Potential sensor disconnected
• IOB defective
• OPC unit connector defective
• Charge corona power pack defective
• Charge corona wire dirty, broken
shooting
Trouble-
tray is set. asking the operator to reset the tray.
• This SC will not display until the operator
has pulled the tray out and pushed it in 3
times.
• If the operator cycles the machine off/on
before the 3rd opening and closing of the
tray, the 3-count is reset.
503 B Tray 3 lift malfunction
• The lift sensor is not activated • Tray lift motor defective or disconnected
within 10 seconds after the tray • Paper or other obstacle trapped between
lift motor starts lifting the bottom tray and motor
plate. • Pick-up solenoid disconnected or
• When the tray lowers, the tray lift blocked by an obstacle
sensor does not go off within 1.5 • Too much paper loaded in tray
sec. NOTE (B246/D052)
• Tray overload detected when the • At first, the machine displays a message
tray is set. asking the operator to reset the tray.
• This SC will not display until the operator
has pulled the tray out and pushed it in 3
times.
• If the operator cycles the machine off/on
before the 3rd opening and closing of the
tray, the 3-count is reset.
shooting
When the jogger fence moves from • Paper or other obstacle has jammed
Trouble-
the home position, the jogger fence mechanism
HP sensor does not turn off even if • Sensor connector disconnected or
the jogger motor has moved the defective
jogger fence 153.5 mm. • Sensor defective
531 D Fusing exit motor error
The PLL lock signal was low for 2 • Motor lock caused by physical overload
seconds during motor operation. • Motor drive PCB defective
541 A Fusing thermistor open
The fusing temperature detected by • Thermistor open
the center thermistor was below • Thermistor connector defective
0°C for 7 sec. • Thermistor damaged, or out of position
• Fusing temperature –15% less than the
standard input voltage
542 A Fusing temperature warm-up error
One of the following occurred: • Fusing lamp disconnected
• After power on, or after closing • Thermistor warped, out of position
the front door, the hot roller does • Thermostat not operating
not reach the 100°C control
temperature within 25 s.
• 5 sec. after temperature rise
started, temperature remained
below 21°C after 5 samplings.
• Fusing unit did not attain reload
temperature within 48 sec. of the
start of fusing temperature
control.
shooting
Trouble-
The toner collection motor sensor • Motor lock due to obstruction
output does not change for 3 • Motor driver board defective
seconds while the toner collection • Motor connection loose, defective
motor is on. • Toner collection motor sensor
disconnected, sensor defective
• Rotational transmission shaft (φ6 x 30)
missing
599 D 1-bin Exit Motor Error (Japan Only)
The transport lock sensor output • Motor overload
does not change within 300 ms • Motor driver defective
after the motor switches on.
shooting
Trouble-
12 The modem board could not enable Replace the modem board.
the NIB.
SC700: Peripherals
SC No. Symptom Possible Cause
700 D ADF original pick-up error 1
Pick-up roller HP sensor signal • Pick-up roller HP sensor defective
does not change after the pick-up • Pick-up motor defective
motor has turned on. • Timing belt slipping, out of position
• ADF main board defective
701 D ADF bottom plate motor error
• Bottom plate position sensor • Bottom plate position sensor defective
does not detect the plate after • Bottom plate HP sensor defective
the bottom plate lift motor • Bottom plate motor defective
switches on to lift the plate. • ADF main board defective
• Bottom plate HP sensor does not
detect the plate after the bottom
plate motor reverses to lower the
plate.
720 D Finisher transport motor error
The encoder pulse of the finisher • Finisher transport motor defective
transport motor does not change • Transport motor harness disconnected,
state (high/low) within 600 ms and or defective
does not change after 2 retries. • Finisher main board defective
721 B Finisher jogger motor error
• The finisher jogger HP sensor • Jogger HP sensor defective
remains de-activated for more • Jogger mechanism overload
1,000 pulses when returning to • Jogger motor defective (not rotating)
home position. • Finisher main board defective
• The finisher jogger HP sensor • Harness disconnected or defective
remains activated for more than
1,000 pulses when moving away
from home position.
723 Feed-Out Belt Motor (B478) B246/D052
The pawl of the feed-out belt did • Stack feed-out belt HP sensor loose,
not return to the home position broken, defective
during the prescribed time after 2 • Feed-out belt motor defective
attempts to detect. • Finisher control board defective
724 B Finisher staple hammer motor error (B478)
The staple hammer motor did not • Staple hammer HP sensor loose, broken,
return to the home position within defective
the prescribed time (340 ms). • Electrical overload on the stapler drive
PCB elect
• Staple hammer motor defective
• Finisher main board defective
shooting
Trouble-
The sides fences do not retract • Shift jogger motor disconnected,
within the prescribed time after the defective
shift jogger motor switches on. The • Shift jogger motor overloaded due to
1st detection failure issues a jam obstruction
error, and the 2nd failure issues this • Shift jogger HP sensor disconnected,
SC code. defective
B140/B246 Duplicated Number (See last bullet on page 4.3.3 for explanation)
727 B Finisher stapler rotation motor error B140
The stapler motor switches on but • Stapler rotation motor defective
the motor does not return to the • Poor stapler rotation motor connection
home position within the prescribed • Stapler rotation sensor defective
number of pulses. After 2 counts, the • Finisher main board defective
SC is logged as a jam. • Rotation motor overload
727 B Rear shift jogger motor (B703) B246
The side fences do not retract within • Motor harness disconnected, loose,
the prescribed time after the shift defective
jogger motor switches on. The 1st • Motor defective
detection failure issues a jam error, • Motor overload
and the 2nd failure issues this SC • HP defective
code.
shooting
Trouble-
739 B Finisher folder plate motor error
The folder plate motor turns on but • Plate HP sensor defective
the plate does not return to the • Harness disconnected, defective
home position within the prescribed • Folder plate motor defective
time for 2 counts. • Finisher main board defective
• Folder plate motor overload
shooting
Trouble-
B140/B246 Duplicated Number (See last bullet on page 4.3.3 for explanation)
753 B Z-Folding unit error 3 B140
The HP sensor of the upper • Upper stopper motor defective
stopper motor does not go off after • Upper stopper motor disconnected,
the stopper moved 128.7 mm. connector defective
• Upper stopper motor HP sensor
disconnected, defective
• Z-Fold main control board defective
753 B Return roller motor error B246/D052
Occurs during the operation of the • Motor harness disconnected, loose,
lower tray pressure motor. defective
• Motor overloaded
• Home position sensor harness
disconnected, loose, defective
• Home position defective
shooting
Trouble-
position sensor does not detect the • Bottom plate HP sensor
plate at the specified time (3 s). disconnected, defective
• After the motor starts to lower the
bottom plate, the bottom plate HP
sensor does not detect the bottom
plate.
780 B Z-Fold feed motor error B246/D052
The feed motor does not attain the • Feed motor disconnected, defective
prescribed speed within the specified • Feed motor overloaded due to
time. obstruction
• Feed motor lock
781 B Z-Fold lower stopper motor B246/D052
The lower stopper motor does not attain • Lower stopper motor disconnected,
the prescribed speed within the specified defective
time. • Lower stopper motor overloaded
due to obstruction
• Lower stopper HP sensor
disconnected, defective
782 B Z-Fold upper stopper motor B246/D052
The upper stopper was not detected at • Upper stopper motor disconnected,
the home position after the motor defective
remained on long enough to move it • Upper stopper motor overloaded
128.7 mm. due to obstruction
• Upper stopper HP sensor
disconnected, defective
784 Z-fold timing unit fold timing sensor adjustment error B246/D052
The A/D (Digital/Analog) input • Fold timing sensor connector loose,
value did not change even after the broken, defective
D/A (Digital/Analog) output value • Fold timing sensor defective
changed. • Fold timing sensor, mylar covered with
paper dust
• Mylar disconnected.
785 Z-fold leading edge sensor adjustment error B246/D052
The A/D input value did not change • Leading edge sensor connector loose,
even after the D/A output value broken, defective
changed. • Leading edge sensor defective
• Leading edge sensor, mylar covered with
paper dust
• Mylar disconnected.
786 Z-fold EEPROM error B246/D052
The write operation to the Z-folding • EEPROM defective
EEPROM failed after 2 attempts
790 B Finisher staple trimming hopper full B246/D052
The staple waste hopper is full of • If the hopper is full, empty the hopper
cut staples. • If the hopper is not full, the hopper full
sensor is disconnected, defective
shooting
Trouble-
been falsified or altered
• Before discarding the SD card, try to update the data on the card. If the error
occurs again, the card may be defective.
• Be sure to use an SD card that contains the correct electronic signature.
NOTE: For more details about this SC code error, execute SP5990 to print an SMC
report so you can read the error code. The error code is not displayed on the
operation panel.
NOTE: For more details about this SC code error, execute SP5990 to print an SMC
report so you can read the error code. The error code is not displayed on the
operation panel.
shooting
results in an error.
Trouble-
NOTE: For more details about this SC 833, SC834 error, execute SP5990 to print an
SMC report so you can read the error code. The error code is not displayed on
the operation panel. The additional error codes (0F30, 0F31, etc. are listed in the
SMC report.
SC No. Symptom Possible Cause
833 D Self-diagnostic error 8: Engine I/F ASIC
0F30 ASIC (Mandolin) for system • ASCI (Mandolin) for system control is
0F31 control could not be detected. defective
After the PCI configuration, the • Interface between North Bridge and
device ID for the ASIC could not AGPI is defective
be checked. • Replace the mother board
0F41 The read/write check done for • Memory device defective
resident RAM on the mother • Replace the mother board
board could not be done correctly.
50B1 Could not initialize or read the bus • Bus connection defective, loose
connection. • SSCG defective
• Replace the mother board
50B2 Value of the SSCG register is • Bus connection loose, defective
incorrect. • SSCG defective
• Replace the mother board
834 D Self-diagnostic error 9: Optional Memory RAM DIMM
5101 The write/verify check for the • Controller defective
optional RAM chip on the engine • Mother board defective
mother board gave an error.
850 B Net I/F error
shooting
Trouble-
contains electronic confirmation
license data. If the program does
not contain this license data, or if
the result of the check shows that
the license data in the program on
the SD card is incorrect, then the
checked program cannot execute
and this SC code is displayed.
867 D SD card error 2: SD card removed
The SD card in the boot slot when • Insert the SD card, then turn the machine
the machine was turned on was off and on.
removed while the machine was
on.
868 D SD card error 3: SC card access
An error occurred while an SD • SD card not inserted correctly
card was used. • SD card defective
• Controller board defective
NOTE: If you want to try to reformat the SC
card, use SD Formatter Ver 1.1.
⇒ 876-
4
D At power on the machine attempted log data
encryption with the log encryption setting disabled
• Format the disk with
SP5832-004.
(NVRAM malfunction).
-or-
At power on log encryption was attempted with
the log encryption setting disabled (NVRAM
malfunction).
876- Error occurred at power on. • Replace NVRAM with
5 Only the NVRAM was replaced with an NVRAM original NVRAM.
from another machine. • Replace HDD with
-or- original HDD.
Only the HDD was replaced with an HDD unit • If the error persists,
from another machine. format the HDD with
SP5832-004.
876- Cause unknown. The error occurred at power on • Format the HDD with
99 or while the machine was operating. SP5832-004.
880 D File Format Converter (MLB) error
A request to get access to the MLB was not • MLB defective, replace
answered within the specified time. the MLB
SC900: Miscellaneous
SC No. Symptom Possible Cause
900 D Electrical total counter error B140
The total counter contains • NVRAM incorrect type
something that is not a number. • NVRAM defective
shooting
Trouble-
• NVRAM data scrambled
• Unexpected error from external source
901 D Mechanical total counter error
The mechanical counter is not • Mechanical total counter defective
connected. • Mechanical total counter connector not
connected
910 D External Controller Error 1
911 D External Controller Error 2
912 D External Controller Error 3 B140/B246
913 D External Controller Error 4
914 D External Controller Error 5
The external controller alerted the • Please refer to the instructions for the
machine about an error. external controller.
919 B External Controller Error 6 B140/B246
While EAC (External Application Converter), the • Power outage at the EFI
conversion module, was operating normally, the controller
receipt of a power line interrupt signal from the • EFI controller was rebooted
FLUTE serial driver was detected, or BREAK • Connection to EFI controller
signal from the other station was detected. loose
920 B Printer error 1 B140
An internal application error was • Software defective; turn the machine
detected and operation cannot off/on, or change the controller firmware
continue. • Insufficient memory
921 B Printer error 2 B140
When the application started, the • Font not on the SC card
necessary font was not on the SD card.
Before initializing the Netfile partition with SP5823 011, do the following:
6. Enter the User Tools mode and execute “Delivery Settings” to print all received
fax documents scheduled for delivery and delete them.
7. In the User Tools mode, execute Document Management> Batch Delete
Transfer Documents.
8. Execute SP5832 011 then cycle the machine off and on.
Recovery Procedure 3
If “Procedure 2” does not solve the problem, execute SP5832 001 (HDD
Formatting – All), then cycle the machine off and on.
Executing SP5832 001 erases all document and address book data stored on the
hard disks. Be sure to consult with the customer before executing this SP code.
Recovery Procedure 4
If “Recovery Procedures 1 to 3” fail to correct the problem, replace the HDD.
shooting
processing using the printer
Trouble-
controller are not sent from the IPU.
955 D Memory setting error
The settings that are required for • Software defective
image processing using the
memory are not sent from the IPU.
964 D Printer ready error
The print ready signal is not • Software defective
generated for more than 17
seconds after the IPU received the
print start signal.
984 D Print image data transfer error
After a data transfer begins from the • Controller (SIMAC) board defective
controller to the engine via the PCI • BICU defective
bus, the transfer does not end • BICU Ù controller disconnected
within 15 s.
985 D Scanned image data transmission error
After a data transfer begins from the • Controller (SIMAC) board defective
engine to the controller via the PCI • BICU defective
bus, the transfer does not end • BICU Ùcontroller disconnected
within 3 s.
986 D Software error 1
The write parameter received by • Controller (SIMAC) board defective
the write module at the beginning of • BICU defective
the setting table is NULL. • BICU Ùcontroller disconnected
shooting
Trouble-
19 Exit unit entrance sensor 69 Exit unit entrance sensor
20 Duplex transport sensor 1
21 Duplex transport sensor 2 71 Duplex transport sensor 2
22 Duplex transport sensor 3 72 Duplex transport sensor 3
23 Duplex inverter sensor 73 Duplex inverter sensor
24 1-Bin tray (Japan Only) 74 1-Bin tray (Japan Only)
34 Bypass paper end sensor
shooting
Trouble-
165 Vertical Transport Sensor 5 (CN2019) ---
shooting
820 0012 Allocation 2 error
Trouble-
820 0013 Allocation 3 error
820 0014 Allocation 4 error
820 0015 Allocation 5 error
820 00FF Non-initialization allocation error • CPU defective
• Local bus defective
• Controller board defective
820 0601 Read address exception error • CPU device error
820 0602 Write address exception error • Controller board defective
820 0605 System call exception error
820 0606 Break point exception error
820 0607 Illegal command exception error
820 060A Allocation 0 mask exception error • CPU device error
820 060B Allocation 1 mask exception error • ASIC device error
820 060C Allocation 2 mask exception error • Controller board defective
820 060D Allocation 3 mask exception error
820 060E Allocation 4 mask exception error
820 0610 CPU timer 2 allocation set error • CPU device error
• Controller board defective
820 0612 ASIC allocation error • ASIC device error
• Controller board defective
• Peripheral device defective
820 06FF CPU master clock error • CPU device error
• Error in CPU initialization data (ASIC
error)
• Controller board defective
shooting
Replace the hard disk (the user
Trouble-
codes and counters are recovered
when the main switch is turned on).
920 D Printer error
The printer program cannot be • Defective hardware
continued. • Data corruption
• Defective software
925 D Net file error
The management file for net files is • Defective hardware
corrupted; net files are not normally • Data corruption
read. • Defective software
Netfiles: Jobs to be printed from the
document server using a PC and the
DeskTopBinder software
992 C Other system SCs
The controller received an unknown • Contact your product specialist.
SC code from the engine.
993 D Network error
The ASIC program of GW controller • Defective ASIC
cannot be continued. • Defective GW controller
Rating
Fuse Symptom at Power On
115 V 210~230V
FU1 2A/125V 6.3A/250V Anti-condensation heater does not operate.
FU101 12A/125V 6.3A/250V No response.
FU103 6.3A/125V 6.3A/250V SC510 is displayed.
FU104 6.3A/125V 6.3A/250V Nothing displayed on LCD.
FU105 6.3A/125V 6.3A/250V “Door Open” is displayed.
FU106 6.3A/125V 6.3A/250V ADF does not operate.
FU107 6.3A/125V 6.3A/250V SC121 is displayed.
FU108 6.3A/125V 6.3A/250V Finisher does not work.
FU109 6.3A/125V 6.3A/250V “Door Open” is displayed.
FU110 6.3A/125V 6.3A/250V SC510 is displayed.
FU111 6.3A/125V 6.3A/250V Nothing is displayed on LCD.
[B]
shooting
Trouble-
[A]
B246T905.WMF
1. Remove the paper feed unit. For details, see 3. Replace and Adjustment,
“3.11.8 Paper Feed Unit.”
2. Loosen screw [A].
3. Push the motor [B] toward the tray side, then tighten the screw [A].
4. Loosen screws [C] and [D], let the spring move the unit to the correct position,
then tighten the screws.
Symptom 3: Other
1. If none of the two symptoms 1 or 2 applies, do this procedure.
2. Use SP7504 to check the jam counts and find which SPs have high counts.
3. From the table and illustration below, find which gears must be replaced.
Example: For tray 1, if SP7504-012 is high, replace gear A, or if SP7504-008 is
high, replace gear B.
Tray SP7504 12 SP7504 8 SP7504 9 SP7504 10 SP7504 11
Tray 1 Gear [A] Gear [B]
Tray 2 Gear [A] Gear [B]
Tray 3 Gear [A] Gear [B]
Tray 4 Gear [A] Gear [B]
[A]
[B]
B246T906.WMF
6. When you replace Gear [A] or Gear [B], be sure to put the metal face on the
outer side, and the arrow must be in view.
7. If a replacement gear is not available, do this as a temporary procedure:
1) Remove the paper feed unit.
2) Remove the gear.
3) Clean the gear shaft and inside the gear.
4) Attach the gear.
5) Install the paper feed unit.
SERVICE TABLES
5. SERVICE TABLES
5.1 SERVICE PROGRAM MODE
5.1.1 SERVICE PROGRAM MODE OPERATION
The service program (SP) mode is used to check electrical data, change modes,
and adjust values.
CAUTION
Never turn off the main power switch when the power LED is lit or flashing.
To avoid damaging the hard disk or memory, press the operation power
switch to switch the power off, wait for the power LED to go off, and then
switch the main power switch off.
Service
Tables
• This unlocks the machine and lets you get access to all the SP codes.
• The CE can do servicing on the machine and turn the machine off and on.
It is not necessary to ask the Administrator to log in again each time the
machine is turned on.
2. If you must use the printer bit switches, go into the SP mode and set SP 5169
to “1”.
3. After machine servicing is completed:
• Change SP 5169 from “1” to “0”.
• Turn the machine off and on. Tell the administrator that you completed
servicing the machine.
• The Administrator will then set the “Service Mode Lock” to ON.
Service
Tables
SP number that you want to open, then press that number to expand the list.
4. Use the center touch-panel buttons to scroll to the number and title of the item
that you want to set, and press . The small entry box on the right is activated
and displays the default or the current setting below.
5. To enter a setting
• Press to enter a minus sign. Then use the keypad to enter the appropriate
number. The number you enter will write over the previous setting.
• Press to enter the setting. (If you enter a number that is out of range, the
key press is ignored.)
• When you are prompted to complete the selection, press Yes.
6. If you need to perform a test print, press “Copy Window” to open the copy
window and select the settings for the test print. Press “Start ” twice, then
press “SP Mode” (highlighted) in the copy window to return to the SP mode
display.
7. When you are finished, press “Exit” twice to return to the copy window.
SP3XXX
Line
SP4XXX
(6) (7) (8) (9)
SP5XXX Line 21
SP6XXX
Page Initial 0 (10)
SP7XXX
Group
Prev Page Next Page
SP8XXX
B246S901.WMF
Service
Tables
5.2 RESETS
5.2.1 MEMORY ALL CLEAR: SP5801
Before shipping, the SP mode data settings are printed in an SMC Report and
attached to the exposure glass of the machine for your reference. Store this
report in a safe place (next to the toner collection bottle, for example). It is a
list of all the SP initial settings. Refer to this list if you need to initialize one or more
SPs. The initial SP settings are also written in the SP mode tables at the end of this
section.
As a rule, you should always print an SMC Report before initializing or adjusting
the SP settings. The SMC Report provides a concise list of all the SP commands
and their current settings. The report can be used for reference if the service
manual is not available.
Executing Memory All Clear resets all the settings stored in the NVRAM to their
default settings except the following:
SP7003-001 (B064)
Electrical total counter value
SP8381 (B140)
SP5811-001: Machine serial number
SP5907: Plug & Play Brand Name and Production Name Setting
B064 Series
No. What It Initializes Comments
1 All modules Initializes items 2 ~ 15 below.
2 Engine Initializes all registration settings for the engine and copy process
settings.
3 SCS (System Control Initializes default system settings, SCS settings, operation display
Service) coordinates, and ROM update information.
/SRM
4 IMH Initializes the image file system.
5 MCS (Memory Control Initializes the automatic delete time setting for stored documents.
Service)
6 Copier application Initializes all copier application settings.
7 Fax application Not used.
8 Printer application Initializes the printer defaults, programs registered, the printer SP bit
switches, and the printer CSS counter.
9 Scanner application Initializes the defaults for the scanner and all the scanner SP modes.
10 Network application Deletes the Netfile (NFA) management files and thumbnails, and
initializes the Job login ID.
Netfiles: Jobs to be printed from the document server using a PC and
the DeskTopBinder software
11 NCS (Network Control Initializes the system defaults and interface settings (IP addresses
Service) also), the SmartNetMonitor for Admin settings, WebStatusMonitor
settings, and the TELNET settings.
14 DCS Initializes the DCS (Delivery & Receive Control Service) settings.
15 UCS Initializes the UCS (User Directory Control Service) settings.
Service
Tables
B140 Series
No. What It Initializes Comments
1 All Clear Initializes items 2 ~ 15 below.
2 Engine Clear Initializes all registration settings for the engine and copy
process settings.
3 SCS Initializes default system settings, SCS (System Control
Service) settings, operation display coordinates, and ROM
update information.
4 IMH Memory Clear Initializes the image file system.
(IMH: Image Memory Handler)
5 MCS Initializes the automatic delete time setting for stored
documents.
(MCS: Memory Control Service)
6 Copier application Initializes all copier application settings.
7 Fax application Not used.
8 Printer application Initializes the printer defaults, programs registered, the printer
SP bit switches, and the printer CSS counter.
9 Scanner application Initializes the defaults for the scanner and all the scanner SP
modes.
10 Web Service/ Deletes the Netfile (NFA) management files and thumbnails,
Network application and initializes the Job login ID.
Netfiles: Jobs to be printed from the document server using a
PC and the DeskTopBinder software
11 NCS Initializes the system defaults and interface settings (IP
addresses also), the SmartNetMonitor for Admin settings,
WebStatusMonitor settings, and the TELNET settings.
(NCS: Network Control Service)
14 Clear DCS Setting Initializes the DCS (Delivery Control Service) settings.
15 Clear UCS Setting Initializes the UCS (User Information Control Service) settings.
16 MIRS Setting Initializes the MIRS (Machine Information Report Service)
settings.
17 CCS Initializes the CCS (Certification and Charge-control Service)
settings.
B246/D052 Series
5801 Memory Clear (B246/D052)
Resets NVRAM data to the default settings. Before executing any of these SP
codes, print an SMC Report.
001 All Clear Initializes items 2 ~ 15 below.
002 Engine Clear Initializes all registration settings for the engine and copy
process settings.
003 SCS Initializes default system settings, SCS (System Control
Service) settings, operation display coordinates, and
ROM update information.
004 IMH Memory Clear Initializes the image file system.
(IMH: Image Memory Handler)
005 MCS Initializes the automatic delete time setting for stored
documents.
(MCS: Memory Control Service)
006 Copier application Initializes all copier application settings.
007 Fax application Initializes the fax reset time, job login ID, all TX/RX
settings, local storage file numbers, and off-hook
timer.
008 Printer application Initializes the printer defaults, programs registered, the
printer SP bit switches, and the printer CSS counter.
009 Scanner application Initializes the defaults for the scanner and all the
scanner SP modes.
010 Web Service/Network Deletes the Netfile (NFA) management files and
application thumbnails, and initializes the Job login ID.
Netfiles: Jobs to be printed from the document server
using a PC and the DeskTopBinder software
011 NCS Initializes the system defaults and interface settings (IP
addresses also), the SmartNetMonitor for Admin
Service
Tables
settings, WebStatusMonitor settings, and the TELNET
settings.
(NCS: Network Control Service)
012 R-FAX Initializes the job login ID, SmartNetMonitor for
Admin, job history, and local storage file numbers.
014 Clear DCS Setting Initializes the DCS (Delivery Control Service) settings.
015 Clear UCS Setting Initializes the UCS (User Information Control Service)
settings.
016 MIRS Setting Initializes the MIRS (Machine Information Report
Service) settings.
017 CCS Initializes the CCS (Certification and Charge-control
Service) settings.
018 SRM Clear Initializes the SRM (System Resource Manager)
settings.
019 LCS Clear Initializes the LCS (Log Count Service) settings.
Service
Tables
Service
test print (paper size, etc.)
Tables
6. Press “Start ” to start the test print.
7. Press “SP” Mode (highlighted) to return to the SP mode display.
NOTE: Patterns 6, 8, 9, and 11 are the best choices for testing and confirming
the operation of the IPU.
3. When you are prompted to confirm your selection, press “Yes” to select the test
pattern for printing.
4. Press “Copy Window” to open the copy window, then select the settings for the
test print (paper size, etc.)
5. Press “Start ” twice (ignore the “Place Original” messages) to start the test
Service
Tables
print.
6. Press “SP Mode” (highlighted) to return to the SP mode display.
7. Switch the machine off and on.
[B] [C]
B246S902.WMF
5. Stop until the version update screen is displayed. If the SD card contains more
than one software application, the screen will be almost the same as the one
below. The screen below shows that the SC card contains two applications:
“Engine” and “Printer”.
Service
Tables
ROM: XXXXXXX NEW: XXXXXXX
Engine(1) ROM: X.XX NEW: X.XX
Exit(0)
B246S903.WMF
6. To select the item for upgrade, press the selection on the touch panel, or push
the corresponding key on the 10-key pad (1 to 5) of the operation panel. The
number in parentheses tells you which key to push. When you make a
selection, the [Verify(./*)] and [Update(#)] buttons come on the screen.
B246S904.WMF
• If you push [Exit] (or the [0] key), you go back to the usual operation screen.
• Push the [Start] key on the operation panel to select and download all the
options shown on the screen.
• Push the [Clear] key on the operation panel if you want to cancel your
selections and make new ones.
• “ROM”: This is the number and other version information of the ROM
firmware installed in the machine at this time.
• “NEW”: This is the number and other version information of the firmware on
the SD card.
7. With the selected items shown in reverse color, push the [Update] button or the
[#] key on the operation panel to start the update.
After you push [Update]:
P rinter
****_
B246S905.WMF
The middle bar shows the name of the module that the machine updates at this
time. (The example above shows that the machine updates the “Printer” module
at this time.)
The bottom bar is a progress bar. The ‘_’ marks in the progress bar are
replaced by ‘*’ marks. This progress bar cannot be displayed during the
firmware update for the operation panel. But, the LED of the [Start] key on the
operation panel changes from red to green to show that the update of the
operation panel firmware continues.
P rinter
B246S906.WMF
After the firmware update, you will see “Update Done” in the first bar. The name
of the module in the bottom bar is the name of the last module that was updated
(only the name of the last module is shown, if several modules were been
updated).
8. Turn the power off and on. Then, select the items that you updated, and then
push the [Verify] button. This is to check that the modules were updated
correctly.
If you see “Verify Error” in the first bar on the screen, then you must do the
procedure again for the module shown in the bottom bar.
P rinter
Service
Tables
B246S907.WMF
B246S908.WMF
If an error occurs during a download, an error message will be shown in the first
line. The error code consists of the letter “E” and a number (“E20”, for example).
Service
Tables
2. Select SP5853 then press “Execute”.
3. Obey the instructions on the screen to complete the procedure.
SD Card Boot (Forced Boot)
Use this procedure to boot up the machine if the boot area of the controller board
becomes corrupt In most cases, this procedure needs to be performed only once.
After that, the machine should be able to boot without the Boot SD Card If the
Machine still will not boot normally, even after performing this procedure,
investigate other potential failures (failed controller board, etc.).
1. Turn the main power off.
2. Insert the boot SD card into the C1 slot.
3. Set controller board DIP SW4 #5OFF, #6ON and #7 OFF.
4. Turn the main power ON
NOTE: After the machine boots up, it will install the firmware stored on the
boot SD Card.
5. Turn the main power OFF
Service
Tables
machine.
• If the SD card with the NVRAM data is damaged, or if the connection between
the controller and BCU is defective, the NVRAM data download will not complete
correctly.
• If the second attempt download does not complete correctly, do the download
procedure again.
• If this does not complete correctly, input the NVRAM data manually from the
SMC print that you made before you uploaded the NVRAM data.
1. Turn the copier main power switch off.
2. Put the SD card with the NVRAM data into service slot C3.
3. Turn the copier main power switch on.
4. Do SP5825-001 (NVRAM Data Download) and push the “Execute” key.
NOTE:
• This procedure also downloads the C/O, P/O Count data to the NVRAM:
• The serial number of the file on the SD card must match the serial number of
the machine. If the serial numbers do not match, the download will not
complete correctly.
GW Controller/BCU Update
1. Switch the main power switch off.
2. Disconnect the ADF plug, remove the rear upper cover ( x 2), then remove
the IC card slot cover ( x 1).
3. With it’s a side facing up, insert the IC card into the slot.
4. Switch the machine on.
5. Wait for the update screen to open.
Exit (0)
B246S909.WMF
NOTE: 1) In the ROM number displays, the first line is the software number and
the second line is the version number.
2) The left column displays the current software and version numbers of
the software in the machine, and the column on the right displays the
same information for the data on the IC card.
6. Press the appropriate item on the touch-panel.
• For the GW controller, press System (1) and Copy (2) on the touch-panel,
or you can press or on the operation panel.
Service
Tables
• For the BCU, press Engine (3) on the touch-panel, or you can press on
the operation panel.
• To update all, press two buttons simultaneously.
B246S910.WMF
7. To start the installation, press Update (#) on the touch panel, or press on
the operation panel.
8. The installation screen opens. As the installation progresses, the dashes on the
display are replaced by asterisks (****----)
9. When “Power Off/On” is displayed, switch the machine off and remove the IC
card.
Forced Update
If the download does not complete normally and you cannot restart the installation
procedure, execute a forced installation.
1. Switch off the machine.
2. Remove the controller cover and set DIP SW1 to ON.
3. Make sure that the IC card is inserted correctly and switch the machine on.
4. Repeat from Step 5 of the previous section.
NOTE: If the IC card of a different machine is used by mistake to start the
installation, the operation panel will return a message: “Download
Error” or “No Matching Data”. Then the machine will log SC999.
Stamp Data Update
After the hard disk has been initialized, the preset stamp data must be downloaded
to the hard disk.
1. Switch the main power switch off.
2. Disconnect the ADF plug, remove the rear upper cover ( x 2), then remove
the IC card slot cover ( x 1).
3. With the A side facing up, insert the printer IC card into the slot.
4. Switch the machine on.
5. Wait for the update screen to open.
In the lower right corner of the Download Watermark screen, press OK on the
touch panel.
Service
Tables
Scanner Update
1. Switch the main power switch off.
2. Disconnect the ADF plug, remove the rear upper cover ( x 2), then remove
the IC card slot cover ( x 1).
3. With it’s a side facing up, insert the scanner IC card into the slot.
4. Switch the machine on.
5. Wait for the update screen to open.
Press “Opt DIMM Scn (1)” then press Update (#).
When “Power Off/On” is displayed, the download is completed.
6. Switch the machine off, remove the IC card, then switch the machine on.
NIB Update
1. Switch the main power switch off.
2. Disconnect the ADF plug, remove the rear upper cover ( x 2), then remove
the IC card slot cover ( x 1).
3. With it’s a side facing up, insert the NIB data IC card into the slot.
4. Switch the machine on.
5. Wait for the update screen to open.
Press “Network Support (1)” then press Update (#).
When “Power Off/On” is displayed, the download is completed.
6. Switch the machine off, remove the IC card, then switch the machine on.
NetFile Firmware Update
Netfile firmware controls jobs to be printed from the document server using a PC
and the DeskTopBinder software.
1. Switch the main power switch off.
2. Disconnect the ADF plug, remove the rear upper cover ( x 2), then remove
the IC card slot cover ( x 1).
3. With it’s a side facing up, insert the NetFile IC card into the slot.
4. Switch the machine on.
5. Wait for the update screen to open.
Press “Network DocBox (1)” then press Update (#).
When “Power Off/On” is displayed, the installation is completed.
6. Switch the machine off, remove the IC card, then switch the machine on.
NVRAM Update
This procedure describes updating the NVRAM firmware ( 3.12.7).
NOTE: Before updating NVRAM, the contents of NVRAM should be uploaded to a
PC memory card and then downloaded after updating the NVRAM
firmware ( 3.12.7).
1. Switch the main power switch off.
2. Disconnect the ADF plug, remove the rear upper cover ( x 2), then remove
the IC card slot cover ( x 1).
3. With it’s a side facing up, insert the NVRAM IC card into the slot.
4. Open the front door.
NOTE: The success of the download cannot be guaranteed if the front door is
closed during the download execution.
5. Switch the machine on.
6. After the download is completed, a message on the operation panel will prompt
you to switch the machine off and on.
7. Switch the machine off, remove the IC card, then switch the machine on.
The NVRAM download execution updates everything except the following SP
functions:
SP7003 *** Total Count
SP7006 *** C/O, P/O
SP7007 *** Other Device Counters
Firmware Update Notes
Service
Tables
• GW Controller Ver. 3.51 (or later), Scanner 2.08 Ver. 2.08 (or later) support
SMTP authentication.
• When installing Ver. 4.01 or later, make sure that you install the GW Controller
firmware and other firmware as a set if the Copy Connector Kit or MLB option are
not installed.
• If the Copy Connector Kit or MLB is installed, make sure that you have the
correct firmware for installation. You will need the set of firmware that supports
the Copy Connector Kit and MLB options.
• When updating BCU firmware Ver. 4.x or later, use GW controller firmware Ver.
3x or later.
• When updating GW controller firmware Ver. 3x or later, use BCU firmware Ver.
4.x or later.
Service
001* Tray LCT
Tables
002 Duplex Tray
003* By-pass Tray
Service
Tables
B064: [150~230/1 degree C]
B140: [180~205/1 degree C]
004 OHP (End Thermistor) Fusing temperature during printing:
(B140) B140: [180~205/1 degree C]
005 Thick Paper (Center Fusing temperature during printing:
Thermistor) B064: [180~205/1 degree C]
B140: [180~205/1 degree C]
006 Thick Paper (End Fusing temperature during printing:
Thermistors) (B140) B140: [180~205/1 degree C]
007 Normal Paper (Center Fusing temperature during printing:
Thermistor) (B140) B140/B246: [150~230/1 degree C]
008 Normal Paper (End Fusing temperature during printing:
Thermistor) (B140) B140/B246: [180~205/1 degree C]
009 Small Size – Normal Paper Fusing temperature at center of hot roller when
(Center) printing on normal paper:
B246: [180~205/1 degree C]
010 Small Size – Thick Paper Fusing temperature at center of hot roller when
(Center) printing on thick paper:
B246: [180~205/1 degree C]
Service
Tables
Enable when too much paper dust is causing copies to blacken.
002 Job End Condition (Continuous PPC Time)
At the end of a job, the web motor is driven if the job lasted longer than the value of
this SP mode. Only valid if SP1903-001 is set to ‘On’.
[1~99/1s]
003 Job End Frequency
If the web motor is driven at the end of a job, this SP determines how many times
the web motor operation is executed.
[1~5/1]
SP2xxx Drum
2001* Charge Corona Bias Adjustment
001 Applied Voltage for Image Processing
Adjusts the voltage applied to the grid plate during copying when auto process
control is off.
[–600~–1300/ 10 V]
After replacing the charge corona wire or the drum, reset to the factory default
setting.
002 ID Sensor Pattern: Adjustment of Applied Voltage
Adjusts the voltage applied to the grid plate when the ID sensor pattern is created.
[–600~–1300/10 V]
003 Setting for Total Bias Current
Adjusts the total current applied to the charge corona wire. DFU
[–900~–1500/10 μA]
004 Setting for Total Bias Current of Grid
Adjusts the voltage applied to the grid plate during copying when auto process
control is on.
[–600~–1300/10 μA]
This voltage changes every time auto process control starts up (every time the
machine is switched on).
005 Total Bias Grid Current: OHP Total
Adjusts the voltage applied to the grid plate when OHP mode is selected.
[–600~–1300/10 V]
Use this if there is a copy quality problem when making OHP’s.
006 Total Bias Current: Photo Mode Total
Adjusts the voltage applied to the grid plate when Photo mode is selected. DFU
[–1400~ –2800/10 μA]
Service
Tables
2101* Printing Erase Margin
These settings adjust the erase margin for the leading, trailing, left, and right
edges.
001 Leading Edge [0.0~9.0/0.1 mm], Specification: 3±2 mm
002 Trailing Edge [0.0~9.0/0.1 mm], Specification: 3±2 mm
003 Left Edge [0.0~9.0/0.1 mm], Specification: 2±1.5 mm
004 Right Edge
Service
[-900 to –100/10 V]
Tables
Adjust as a temporary measure to compensate for an aging drum until the old
drum can be replaced.
002 ID Sensor Pattern
Adjusts the development bias used to create the ID sensor pattern. DFU
[[-900 to –100/10 V]
This SP and SP2201-004 must be changed together by the same amount.
003 OHP
Adjusts the development bias for copying with OHP sheets.
[-900 to –100/10 V]
004 ID Sensor Pattern Dev. Potential
Adjusts the development potential to create the ID sensor pattern. DFU
[-380 to -140/10 V]
This SP and SP2201-002 must be changed together by the same amount.
005 Vb Scale Voltage Setting
Sets the Vb target development bias voltage (Vb). DFU
[-900 to -100/10 V]
2223* Vt Display
Displays the current TD sensor output voltage.
[0~5.0 V]
Service
2311* Tray 1 Trans. Curr. Adj. DFU
Tables
Adjusts the current applied to the transfer belt during copying and paper feed from
Tray 1.
001 Image Leading Edge: Front [10~200/1 μA]
002 Image Trailing Edge: Front
003 Image Leading Edge: Back
004 Image Trailing Edge: Back
005 Image Leading Edge: Thick Paper [10~200/1 μA]
006 Image Trailing Edge: Thick Paper
Service
Tables
002 OFF Timing (1st Adjusts the length of the space from the leading edge where
Copy Side) PTL quenching is applied to the front side at normal speed.
For example, if you select +3, then quenching will be done 3
mm from the leading edge on the front side.
[-5~10/0.1]
003 ON/OFF Setting Turns the PTL lamp on/off during transfer to the front side of
(2nd Copy Side) the paper at normal speed.
[0~1/1]
0: Off
1: On
004 OFF Timing (2nd Adjusts the length of the space from the leading edge where
Copy Side) PTL quenching is applied to the back side at normal speed.
For example, if you select +3, then quenching will be done 3
mm from the leading edge on the back side.
[-5~10/0.1]
Service
15 ms.
Tables
002 Rotation Interval
Determines the frequency of drum reverse rotation for blade cleaning.
[0~6/1 min.]
Service
Tables
011 Lc3r Adjusts the transfer current ON timing for the trailing edge
length when copying with thick paper from Tray 1.
[0~+20/1 mm]
012 Lc3 Adjusts the transfer current OFF timing for copying with thick
paper from Tray 1.
[–30~+30/1 mm]
003 Lc1r Adjusts the area where transfer current is applied for the
trailing edge during front side copying.
[0~+20/1 mm]
004 Lc1 Adjusts the transfer current OFF timing for front side copying.
[–30~+30/1 mm]
005 La2 Adjusts on transfer current ON timing for back side copying.
[–30~+30/1 mm]
006 La2f DFU Adjusts the area where transfer current is applied for the
leading edge during rear side copying.
[0~+20/1 mm]
007 Lc2r Adjusts the area where the transfer current is applied for the
trailing edge during back side copying.
[0~+20/1 mm]
008 Lc2 Adjusts the transfer current OFF timing for back side copying.
[–30~+30/1 mm]
009 La3 Adjusts the transfer current ON timing for copying thick paper
from Tray 2.
[–30~+30/1 mm]
010 La3f Adjusts the transfer current OFF timing for the leading edge
length when copying thick paper from Tray 2.
[0~20/1 mm]
011 Lc3r Adjusts the transfer current ON timing for the trailing edge
length when copying with thick paper from Tray 2.
[0~20/1 mm]
012 Lc3 Adjusts the transfer current OFF timing for copying with thick
paper from Tray 2.
[–30~+30/1 mm]
Service
length when copying thick paper from Tray 3.
Tables
[0~20/1 mm]
011 Lc3r Adjusts the transfer current ON timing for the trailing edge
length when copying with thick paper from Tray 3.
[0~20/1 mm]
012 Lc3 Adjusts the transfer current OFF timing for copying with
thick paper from Tray 3.
[–30~+30/1 mm]
Service
Tables
when copying with OHP.
[0~20/1 mm]
015 Lc4r Adjusts the transfer current OFF timing for the trailing edge
when copying with OHP.
[0~20/1 mm]
016 Lc4 Adjusts the transfer current OFF timing for copying with
OHP.
[0~20/1 mm]
Service
Tables
[1~24/1 hour]
SP3xxx Processing
3001* ID Sensor Initial Setting
001 ID Sensor PWM Setting
Recovers the machine when an SC is logged because the ID Sensor Initial Setting
is not done after doing an NVRAM Clear or replacing the NVRAM. Reset this SP to
the factory setting in this case.
[0~255/1]
002 ID Sensor Initialization
Performs the ID sensor initial setting. The ID sensor output for the bare drum
(VSG) is adjusted to 4.0 ± 0.2V.
Press “Execute”.
This SP mode should be performed after:
(1) Replacing or cleaning the ID sensor, (2) Replacing the NVRAM, (3) Clearing
NVRAM, (4) Replacing the BICU board.
Service
Tables
change:
1) SC350-01 logged: Vsp/Vsg/Vsdp = 0.00/0.00/0.00
2) SC350-02 logged: Vsp/Vsg/Vsdp = 5.00/5.00/5.00
3) SC350-03 logged: Vsp/Vsg/Vsdp = 0.01/0.01/0.01
Service
Tables
Warmup Time: 240 sec. (Full Process Control is done; same as B064)
• Potential sensor calibrated
• Drum starts to turn when fusing unit gets to the warmup temperature (not
done during Short Process Control)
• Potential sensor readings are used to adjust development bias, grid voltage,
laser diode.
• ID sensor calibrated (not done during Short Process Control)
• TD sensor calibrated (not done during Short Process Control)
SP4xxx Scanner
4008* Scanner Sub Scan Magnification
Fine adjusts the magnification in the sub scan direction for scanning by changing
the speed of the scanner motor.
[–0.9~+0.9/0.1 %]
Setting a lower value reduces the speed of the motor and lengthens the image in
the sub scan direction (direction of paper feed).
Setting a higher value increases the speed of the motor speed and shortens the
image in the sub scan direction.
Service
Tables
1: Abnormal
Bit 0: Sensor OFF at start of high-speed return operation.
Bit 1: Remains ON after return.
Bit 2: Remains ON during return.
Bit 3: Does not switch OFF during forward motion
Bit 4: Switches ON at return
Bit 5: Scanner HP detection is out of position.
Service
Tables
[0~7/0/1]
002 Start
Starts the density adjustment for the CCD using the standard white board. Place
5 sheets of A3 plain paper on the exposure glass, then press Execute. A
message is displayed to indicate the success or failure of the adjustment. DFU
Service
Tables
1: Executed
002 Start
Starts the standard white density adjustment for the CIS. Place 5 sheets of A3 on
the exposure glass, then press Execute. A message is displayed to indicate the
success or failure of the adjustment. DFU
Service
Tables
Service
Tables
0: Off, 1: On
085 Line Width Correction: Photo Mode (Sub Scan) [0~1/1]
0: Off, 1: On
086 Line Width Correction: Text/Photo Mode Select [0~8/1]
087 Line Width Correction: Text/Photo Mode (Main Scan) [0~1/1]
0: Off, 1: On
088 Line Width Correction: Text/Photo Mode (Sub Scan) [0~1/1]
0: Off, 1: On
089 Line Width Correction: Pale Mode Select [0~8/1]
090 Line Width Correction: Pale Mode (Main Scan) [0~1/1]
0: Off, 1: On
091 Line Width Correction: Pale Mode (Sub Scan) [0~1/1]
0: Off, 1: On
092 Line Width Correction: Generation Mode Select [0~8/1]
093 Line Width Correction: Generation Mode (Main Scan) [0~1/1]
0: Off, 1: On
094 Line Width Correction: Generation Mode (Sub Scan) [0~1/1]
0: Off, 1: On
SP5xxx Mode
Service
Tables
5047 Reverse Display
001 Reverse Paper Determines whether the tray loaded with paper printed on
Display one side is displayed on the operation panel.
[0~1/0/1]
0: Not displayed
1: Displayed
002 Punched Paper Determines whether the tray loaded with punched paper is
displayed on the operation panel.
[0~1/1/1]
0: Disable
1: Enable
Service
5120* Mode Clear Opt. Counter Removal
Tables
Do not change. Japan Only
[0~2/1]
0: Yes. Normal reset
1: Standby. Resets before job start/after completion
2: No. Normally no reset
Service
Tables
2: 8qr x 13
003 For USA [0~1/1]
0: 8hf x 14
1: 8hf x 13
004 For USA [0~1/1]
0: 11 x 8hf
1: 10hf x 7qr
005 For USA [0~1/1]
0: 8hf x 11
1: 8 x 10
006 For Europe and China [0~1/1]
0: 8K
1: 11 x 17
007 For Europe and China [0~1/1]
0: 16K (267 x 195)
1: 8hf x 11
008 For Europe and China [0~1/1]
0: 16K (195 x 267)
1: 11 x 8hf
Service
Tables
[–10~+10/1 mm]
0 is center, minus is down, + is up.
Service
Tables
[0~255 / 50 / 100 copies per step]
Service
Tables
[0~1/1]
0: Automatic Call
1: Audible Warning at Machine
022 Jam Operation: Determines what happens when continuous paper
Continuous Count jams occur.
[0~1/1]
0: Automatic Call
1: Audible Warning at Machine
023 Door Operation: Time Determines what happens when the front door remains
Length open.
[0~1/1]
0: Automatic Call
1: Audible Warning at Machine
Service
settings (IP addresses also), the
Tables
SmartNetMonitor for Admin settings,
WebStatusMonitor settings, and the
TELNET settings.
(NCS: Network Control Service)
014 Clear DCS Setting Initializes the DCS (Delivery Control
Service) settings.
015 Clear UCS Setting Initializes the UCS (User Information
Control Service) settings.
016 MIRS Setting Initializes the MIRS (Machine Information
Report Service) settings. (B140)
017 CCS Initializes the CCS (Certification and
Charge-control Service) settings. (B140)
Service
Tables
This SP code is used to enter the machine serial number at the factory before
shipping (11 digits numbers 0-9 and letters A-Z). DFU
003 ID Code Display
Not used
Service
Tables
• This name is customer information and is not printed in the SMC report.
066 HTTP Proxy Certification Password
This SP sets the HTTP proxy certification password.
Note:
• The length of the password is limited to 31 characters. Any character
beyond the 31st character is ignored.
• This name is customer information and is not printed in the SMC report.
Service
Tables
Displays the end time of the period for which the current NRS certification is
enabled.
200 Manual Polling
No information is available at this time.
150 Selection Country
Select from the list the name of the country where Cumin-M is installed in the
machine. After selecting the country, you must also set the following SP codes
for Cumin-M:
• SP5816-153
• SP5816-154
• SP5816-161
0: Japan 6: Italy
1: USA 7: Netherlands
2: Canada 8: Belgium
3: UK 9: Luxembourg
4: Germany 10: Spain
5: France
Service
Tables
[0~24/1/1]
The actual amount of time is this setting x 2 sec. For example, if you set "2" the
line will remain open for 4 sec.
163 Access Point
This is the number of the dial-up access point for Cumin-M. If no setting is done
for this SP code, then a preset value (determined by the country selected) is
used.
Default: 0
Allowed: Up to 16 alphanumeric characters
164 Line Connecting
This SP sets the connection conditions for the customer. This setting dedicates
the line to Cumin-M only, or sets the line for sharing between Cumin-M and a
fax unit.
[0~1/0/1]
0: Line shared by Cumin-M/Fax
1: Line dedicated to Cumin-M only
Note:
• If this setting is changed, the copier must be cycled off and on.
• SP5816 187 determines whether the off-hook button can be used to interrupt
a Cumin-M transmission in progress to open the line for fax transaction.
Service
Tables
-12004 Attempted setting with illegal entries for
certification and ID2.
Error Caused by -2385 Attempted dial up overseas without the
Response from GW URL correct international prefix for the
telephone number.
-2387 Not supported at the Service Center
-2389 Database out of service
-2390 Program out of service
-2391 Two registrations for same device
-2392 Parameter error
-2393 Basil not managed
-2394 Device not managed
-2395 Box ID for Basil is illegal
-2396 Device ID for Basil is illegal
-2397 Incorrect ID2 format
-2398 Incorrect request number format
209 Remote Setting Clear
Releases a machine from its Cumin setup.
250 CommLog Print
Prints the communication log.
Service
Tables
1: Enabled
084 Print Settings List Prints a list of the NCS parameter settings.
090 TELNET (0:OFF 1:ON) Disables or enables Telnet operation. If this SP is
disabled, the Telnet port is closed.
[0~1/1]
0: Disable
1: Enable
091 Web (0:OFF 1:ON) Disables or enables the Web operation.
[0~1/1]
0: Disable
1: Enable
Service
Tables
configured in 8 blocks of 16 bits each.
157 Operation IPv6 This SP is the operation IPv6 manually set address
Manual Setting referenced on the Ethernet or wireless LAN (802.11b)
Address in the format:
"Operation Set Address" + "Prefix Length"
The IPv6 address consists of a total 128 bits
configured in 8 blocks of 16 bits each.
158 IPv6 Gateway This SP is the IPv6 gateway address referenced on the
Address Ethernet or wireless LAN (802.11b). The IPv6 address
consists of a total 128 bits configured in 8 blocks of 16
bits each.
159 Operation IPv6 This SP is the IPv6 operation gateway address
Gateway Address referenced on the Ethernet or wireless LAN (802.11b).
The IPv6 address consists of a total 128 bits
configured in 8 blocks of 16 bits each.
162 IPv6 Access Control This SP enables the display for access control of the
Display IPv6 addresses.
Service
Tables
085 Format for Printer B&W [0~3/1]
0: JFIF/JPEG, 1: TIFF/MMR,
2: TIFF/MH, 3: TIFF/MR
086 Format for Printer B&W HQ [0~3/1]
0: JFIF/JPEG, 1: TIFF/MMR,
2: TIFF/MH, 3: TIFF/MR
091 Default for JPEG [5~95/1]
Sets the JPEG format default for documents sent to the document management
server with the MLB, with JPEG selected as the format. Enabled only when
optional File Format Converter (MLB: Media Link Board) is installed.
092 High Quality for JPEG Sets the quality level of JPEG images for
high quality sent to the Document Server
with the MLB (Media Link Board).
[5~95/1]
093 Low Quality for JPEG Sets the quality level of JPEG images for
low quality sent to the Document Server
with the MLB (Media Link Board).
[5~95/1]
094 Default Format for Backup Files Sets the format of the backup files.
(B140) [0~2/1]
0: TIFF
1: JPEG
2: For printing
This feature can be selected only if
SP5836-3 is set to “1”.
095 Default Resolution for Backup Files Sets the resolution conversion ratio for
the backup files.
[0~3/1]
0: 1x
1: ½x
2: 1/3 x
3: ¼x
097 Default Compression for Backup Files Sets the rate of compression for the
backup files.
[0~2/1]
0: Standard
1: Low
2: High
098 Back Projection Removal Removes the ghost images that are
(B140) copied from the back sides of two-
sided originals.
[0~1/1]
0: Disable
1: Enable
Service
Tables
094 Default Format for Backup Files
Sets the format for backup files created when the print backup function is used.
[0~4/0/1]
0: TIFF
1: JPEG
2: J2K
3: PDF Single
4: PDF Multi
095 Default Resolution for Backup Files
Sets the resolution for backup files (JPEG, TIFF) when the print backup function is
used. This SP can be used only after JPEG or TIFF is selected for SP583f6 094.
[0~6/2/1]
0: 1/1
1: 1/2
3: 1/4
6: 2/3 (Unavailable for some models)
011 Logout
Handles the login request of the login initiator for SBP-2. (1-bit)
Bit0: Off
Bit1: On
OFM: Disable (refuse login). Initiator retry during login. Login refusal on arrival of
login request (standard operation)
ON: Enable (force logout). Initiator retry during login. Login refusal on arrival of
login request, and the initiator forces the login.
012 Login
Enables or disables the exclusive login feature (SBP-2 related).
Bit0: Off
Bit1: On
OFM: Disables. The exclusive login (LOGIN ORB exclusive it) is ignored.
ON: Enables. Exclusive login is in effect.
013 Login MAX
Sets the maximum number of logins from the initiator (6-bits)
[0~63/1]
0: Reserved
63: Reserved
Service
Tables
Sets the minimum range of the bandwidth for operation of the wireless LAN. This
bandwidth setting varies for different countries.
[1~14/1]
011 WEP Key Select
Determines how the initiator (SBP-2) handles subsequent login requests.
[0~1/1]
0: If the initiator receives another login request while logging in, the request is
refused.
1: If the initiator receives another login request while logging in, the request is
refused and the initiator logs out.
Note: Displayed only when the wireless LAN card is installed.
5842* 001 Net File Analysis Mode Setting Bit SW 0011 1111
5844* USB
001 Transfer Rate
Sets the speed for USB data transmission.
[Full Speed]
[Auto Change]
002 Vendor ID
Sets the vendor ID:
Initial Setting: 0x05A Ricoh Company
[0x0000~0xFFFF/1] DFU
003 Product ID
Sets the product ID.
[0x0000~0xFFFF/1] DFU
004 Device Release No.
Sets the device release number of the BCD (binary coded decimal) display.
[0000~9999/1] DFU
Enter as a decimal number. NCS converts the number to hexadecimal number
recognized as the BCD.
Service
Tables
[0~1/1]
0: No connection to Scan Router delivery server
1: Connected to Scan Router server for delivery of scanned documents.
Service
Tables
%02X.%02X.%02X.%02X.%02X.%02X.%02X.%02X
002 Machine ID Clear (Delivery Server)
Clears the unique ID of the device used as the name in the file transfer directory.
Execute this SP if the connection of the device to the delivery server is unstable.
After clearing the ID, the ID will be established again automatically by cycling the
machine off and on.
003 Maximum Entries
Changes the maximum number of entries that UCS can handle.
[2000~50000/1]
If a value smaller than the present value is set, the UCS managed data is
cleared, and the data (excluding user code information) is displayed.
006 Delivery Server Retry Timer
Sets the interval for retry attempts when the delivery server fails to acquire the
delivery server address book.
[0~255/1 s]
0: No retries
007 Delivery Server Retry Times
Sets the number of retry attempts when the delivery server fails to acquire the
delivery server address book.
[0~255/1]
Lets you set the maximum number of account entries and information about the
users of the delivery server controlled by UCS.
[20000~50000/1]
010 LDAP Search Timeout
Sets the length of the time-out for the search of the LDAP server.
[1~255/1]
040 Addr Book Migration (SD -> HDD)
This SP moves the address book data from an SD card to the HDD. You must
cycle the machine off and on after executing this SP.
1. Turn the machine off.
2. Install the HDD.
3. Insert the SD card with the address book data in SD card Slot ???.
4. Turn the machine on.
5. Do SP5846 040.
6. Turn the machine off.
7. Remove the SD card from SD card Slot ???.
8. Turn the machine on.
Notes:
• Executing this SP overwrites any address book data already on the HDD with
the data from the SD card.
• We recommend that you back up all directory information to an SD card with
SP5846 051 before you execute this SP.
• After the address book data is copied to HDD, all the address book data is
deleted from the source SD card. If the operation fails, the data is not erased
from the SD card.
041 Fill Addr Acl Info.
This SP must be executed immediately after installation of an HDD unit in a basic
machine that previously had no HDD. The first time the machine is powered on
with the new HDD installed, the system automatically takes the address book
from the NVRAM and writes it onto the new HDD. However, the new address
book on the HDD can be accessed only by the system administrator at this stage.
Executing this SP by the service technician immediately after power on grants full
address book access to all users.
Procedure
1. Turn the machine off.
2. Install the new HDD.
3. Turn the machine on.
4. The address book and its initial data are created on the HDD automatically.
However, at this point the address book can be accessed by only the system
administrator or key operator.
5. Enter the SP mode and do SP5846 041. After this SP executes successfully,
any user can access the address book.
Service
Tables
051 Backup All Addr Book
Uploads all directory information to the SD card.
052 Restore All Addr Book
Downloads all directory information from the SD card.
053 Clear Backup Info.
Deletes the address book uploaded from the SD card in the slot. Deletes only the
files uploaded for that machine. This feature does not work if the card is write-
protected.
Note: After you do this SP, go out of the SP mode, turn the power off. Do not
remove the SD card until the Power LED stops flashing.
060 Search Option
This SP uses bit switches to set up the fuzzy search options for the UCS local
address book.
Bit Meaning
0 Checks both upper/lower case characters
1 Japan Only
2
3
4 --- Not Used ---
5 --- Not Used ---
6 --- Not Used ---
7 --- Not Used ---
Service
Tables
3: 1/4x
005 Rate for Printer B&W [0~6/1] 4: 1/6x
006 Rate for Printer B&W HQ [0~6/1] 5: 1/8x
6: 2/3x1
1
: “6: 2/3x” applies to
003, 005, 006 only.
021 Network Quality Default for JPEG
Sets the default value for the quality of JPEG images sent as NetFile pages.
This function is available only with the MLB (Media Link Board) option installed.
[5~95/1]
Service
Tables
Simple Mail Transfer Protocol. The protocol for communication between Internet
main MTAs (Message Transfer Agents).
001 Server Sets the server name.
Name
002 Port Number Sets the port number
Service
Tables
004 Jam (0:OFF 1:ON) Stores jam errors.
[0~1/1]
0: OFF
1: ON
Service
Tables
enable the setting.
[0~1/1]
0: OFF
1: ON
Note: This SP is intended for use during installation of the Data Overwrite
Security Unit B735 (a new option). For more, see section “1. Installation”.
Service
Tables
5915* Mechanical Counter Detection
Displays whether the mechanical counter is installed in the machine.
[0~2/1]
0: Not detected.
1: Detected
2: Unknown
Service
Tables
new setting.[0~1/1]
0: ON
1: OFF
SP6xxx Peripherals
6006* ADF Registration Adjustment
001 ADF Horizontal Registration (Front)
Adjusts the side-to-side registration for the front in ADF mode.
[–3~+3/0.1 mm]
002 ADF Horizontal Registration (Back)
Adjusts the side-to-side registration for the back in ADF mode.
[–3~+3/0.1 mm]
003 ADF Vertical Registration (Front)
Adjusts the vertical registration for the front in ADF mode.
[–30 ~+30/1 mm]
-30 = -5.1 mm
+30 = +5.1 mm
004 ADF Vertical Registration (Back)
Adjusts the vertical registration for the back in ADF mode.
[–30 ~+30/1 mm]
-30 = -5.1 mm
+30 = +5.1 mm
005 ADF Buckle Adjustment 1
Adjusts the roller timing at the skew correction sensor/entrance roller. A higher
setting causes more buckling.
[–12.0~+12/0.25 mm]
-12 = -3.0 mm
+12 = +3.0 mm
006 ADF Buckle Adjustment 2
Adjusts the roller timing at the interval sensor/scanning roller. A higher setting
causes more buckling.
Service
Tables
[–8.0~+8/0.25 mm]
-8 = -2 mm
+8 = +2 mm
007 ADF Trailing Edge Erase Margin (Front)
These settings adjust the erase margin for the trailing edges for the front.
[–20~+20/0.5 mm]
-20 = -10 mm
+20 = +10 mm
008 ADF Trailing Edge Erase Margin (Back)
These settings adjust the erase margin for the trailing edges for the back.
[–20~+20/0.5 mm]
-20 = -10 mm
+20 = +10 mm
6009 DF Free Run Performs an ADF free run in duplex original mode.
Paper Feed
B132S921.WMF
Service
3-Hole:NA
Tables
003 4-Hole:EU
004 4-Hole:SCAN
005 2-Hole:NA
Paper Feed
B132S922.WMF
Service
Tables
The settings are done for each paper size.
[-2 to +2 / 0 / 0.5 mm]
B132S924.WMF
6117 Finisher Input Check Displays the signals received from sensors and switches
of the finisher. ( 5.6.5)
001 INPUT1
002 INPUT2
003 INPUT3
004 INPUT4
005 INPUT5
006 INPUT6
6118 Finisher Output Check Turn on the electrical components of the finisher
individually for test purposes. ( 5.6.6)
Service
Tables
6119* Punch Function Enabled (Thick Paper)
Allows punching heavier paper, including tab sheets.
[0~1/1]
0: Punching thick paper prohibited
1: Punching thick paper allowed
6121 Finisher Input Check: Displays the signals received from sensors and switches
Finisher 1 of the finisher. ( 5.6.7)
6122 Finisher Input Check: Displays the signals received from sensors and switches
Finisher 2 of the finisher. ( 5.6.9)
6124 Finisher Output Check: Turn on the electrical components of the finisher
Finisher 1 individually for test purposes. ( 5.6.8
6125 Finisher Output Check: Turn on the electrical components of the finisher
Finisher 2 individually for test purposes. ( 5.6.10
B132S924.WMF
Service
Tables
005 1st Fold: LG SEF
006 1st Fold: LT SEF
L1
007 1st Fold: Other
008 2nd Fold: A3 SEF
009 2nd Fold: B4 SEF
010 2nd Fold: A4 SEF
011 2nd Fold: DLT SEF
012 2nd Fold: LG SEF
A
013 2nd Fold: LT SEF
014 2nd Fold: Other B234S904.WMF
[D]
[A]
L1
[B] A
[C]
B246S911.WMF
Service
Tables
skew. The amount of folding skew for single and multiple sheets is different. This
SP adjusts for single sheets. SP6902 adjusts for multiple sheets.
Note: Always set SP6902 first and then set SP6903. If the order is reversed, the
value of SP6902 is added to SP6903. This causes the folding position to shift for
single-sheets and causes the booklet to skew.
001 A3 [-7.5~+7.5/0.5 mm]
002 B4 A higher value brings the fold closer to the trailing edge; a lower
003 A4T (SEF) value moves it away from the trailing edge.
004 B5T (SEF)
005 DLT
006 LG
007 LTT (SEF)
008 Others
002 Copy Displays the total number of fed originals in copy mode.
003 Fax Not used.
004 Document Box Displays the total number of fed originals in document server
mode.
005 Scanner Displays the total number of fed originals in scanner mode.
006 Others Displays the total number of fed originals in other modes.
Service
Tables
008 Thick
009 OHP
010 Used
011 Index (Tab Sheets)
012 Tracing
255 Others
Service
Tables
025 Cover/Chapter Sheet
026 Chapter Page
7403* SC History
Displays information about the 10 most recent service calls (Code, Total, Date, and
Details).
Service
Tables
23 73 Exit Duplex Duplex Inverter SN
24 74 1-Bin Tray 1-Bin Tray SN Japan Only
34 Bypass: Non-Feed By-pass Paper End SN
Service
Tables
during shift roller motor rotation, or the status of the guide plate position sensor
does not change at the precise time during guide plate motor rotation. Returns
SC732, SC736
112 Finisher 112. Stapler Movement or Stapler Rotation Motor
When the status of the stapler HP sensor does not change at the precise time
during stapler movement motor rotation, or the status of the stapler rotation
sensor does not change at the precise time during stapler rotation motor.
Returns SC730, SC727
113 Finisher 113. Stapler Unit
Not logged. Returns SC724.
115 Finisher 115. Feed Out Belt Motor
When the status of the feed out belt HP sensor does not change at the precise
time during feed out belt motor rotation. Returns SC725.
116 Finisher 116. Punch Hole Motor
When the status of the punch HP sensor does not change at the precise time
during punch hole motor rotation. Returns SC729
Service
Tables
Finisher : When the booklet stapler fails to send any signals during stapling.
128 Finisher 128. Fold Unit
When the status of the paper position does not change at the precise time during
paper folding.
129 Finisher 129. Shift Tray
When the status of the upper tray limit sensor does not change at the precise
time while lifting the upper exit tray, the status of the upper tray full sensor does
not change at the precise time while lowering the upper exit tray, or the status
of the lower tray encoder sensor does not change at the precise time while
moving the lower tray. Returns SC733, SC726
130 Finisher 130. Jogger Fences
When the status of the jogger fence HP sensor does not change at the precise
time during jogger fence motor rotation. Returns SC722
131 Finisher 131. Shift Roller or Guide Plate Motor
When the status of the shift roller HP sensor does not change at the precise
time during shift roller motor rotation, or the status of the guide plate position
sensor does not change at the precise time during guide plate motor rotation.
Returns SC732, SC736
132 Finisher 132. Stapler Movement or Stapler Rotation Motor
When the status of the stapler HP sensor does not change at the precise time
during stapler movement motor rotation, or the status of the stapler rotation
sensor does not change at the precise time during stapler rotation motor.
Returns SC730, SC727
133 Finisher 133. Stapler Unit
Service
Tables
7504 Z-Folding Unit (B660)
169 Z-Fold 169. Paper Feed Sensor: Paper Late
170 Z-Fold 170. Paper Feed Sensor: Paper Remains
171 Z-Fold 171. Fold Timing Sensor: Paper Late
172 Z-Fold 172. Fold Timing Sensor: Paper Remains
173 Z-Fold 173. Leading Edge Exit Sensor: Paper Late
174 Z-Fold 174. Leading Edge Exit Sensor: Paper Remains
175 Z-Fold 175. Upper Stopper Path Sensor: Paper Late
176 Z-Fold 176. Upper Stopper Path Sensor: Paper Remains
177 Z-Fold 177. Lower Exit Sensor: Paper Late
178 Z-Fold 178. Lower Exit Sensor: Paper Remains
181 Z-Fold 181. Upper Exit Sensor: Paper Late
182 Z-Fold 182. Upper Exit Sensor: Paper Remains
183 Z-Fold 183. Paper Fold Motor Lock
184 Z-Fold 184. Lower Stopper Motor Lock
185 Z-Fold 185. Upper Stopper Motor Lock
Note: “Paper Late” means the copy did not arrive (check-in) at the sensor site
within the prescribed time. “Paper Remains” means the copy did not leave (check-
out ) from the sensor site within the prescribed time.
Service
Tables
001 Latest Sample Display:
002 Latest 1 CODE: 007
003 Latest 2 SIZE: 05h
004 Latest 3 TOTAL: 0000334
005 Latest 4 DATE: Mon Mar 15 11:44:50 2000
006 Latest 5
007 Latest 6
008 Latest 7
009 Latest 8
010 Latest 9
7801* ROM No./Firmware Version Displays the ROM version numbers of the main
machine and connected peripheral devices.
7803* PM Counter Display Displays the PM count since the last PM.
7804* PM Counter Reset Resets the PM count.
7807* SC/Jam Counter Reset Press Start to reset the SC and jam counters.
7808* Counters Reset (B064) Pressing the # key will reset all counters, except
for the following:
• Optional card/key counters
• Total electronic counts
• Copy count
• Print count
• Duplex count
• Staple count
• A3/DLT count
• P/O count
• C/O count
7810* Key Operator Code Clear Press # to clear the key operator code if the
(B064) customer key operator forgets the password and
the machine cannot be used.
Service
Tables
7832 Self-Diagnostic Report Details
Press # to display a list of error codes. Nothing is displayed if no errors have
occurred.
7911 Firmware Version (B064) Displays the version numbers of all firmware in the
system.
7990 Status of Issued SC (B064) Displays the following information about the most
recently issued SC: 1) Source file name, 2) SC
number, 3) Result
Service
Tables
case. Sometimes, they count jobs/pages stored
on the document server; this can be in
document server mode (from the document
server window), or from another mode, such as
from a printer driver or by pressing the Store
File button in the Copy mode window.
Sometimes, they include occasions when the
user uses a file that is already on the document
server. Each counter will be discussed case by
case.
O: Other applications Refers to network applications such as Web
(external network Image Monitor. Utilities developed with the SDK
applications, for (Software Development Kit) will also be counted
example) with this group in the future.
The Group 8xxx SP codes are limited to 17 characters, forced by the necessity of
displaying them on the small LCDs of other machines that use these SP codes.
Read over the list of abbreviations below and refer to it again if you see the name
of an SP that you do not understand.
Key for Abbreviations
ABBREVIATION WHAT IT MEANS
/ “By”, e.g. “T:Jobs/Apl” = Total Jobs “by” Application
> More (2> “2 or more”, 4> “4 or more”
AddBook Address Book
Apl Application
B/W Black & White
Bk Black
C Cyan
ColCr Color Create
ColMode Color Mode
Comb Combine
Comp Compression
Deliv Delivery
DesApl Designated Application. The application (Copy, Fax, Scan,
Print) used to store the job on the document server, for
example.
Dev Counter Development Count, no. of pages developed.
Dup, Duplex Duplex, printing on both sides
Emul Emulation
FC Full Color
FIN Post-print processing, i.e. finishing (punching, stapling, etc.)
Full Bleed No Margins
GenCopy Generation Copy Mode
GPC Get Print Counter. For jobs 10 pages or less, this counter
does not count up. For jobs larger than 10 pages, this
counter counts up by the number that is in excess of 10
(e.g., for an 11-page job, the counter counts up 11-10 =1)
IFax Internet Fax
ImgEdt Image Edit performed on the original with the copier GUI,
e.g. border removal, adding stamps, page numbers, etc.
K Black (YMCK)
LS Local Storage. Refers to the document server.
LSize Large (paper) Size
Mag Magnification
MC One color (monochrome)
NRS New Remote Service, which allows a service center to
monitor machines remotely. “NRS” is used overseas, “CSS”
is used in Japan.
Org Original for scanning
OrgJam Original Jam
Palm 2 Print Job Manager/Desk Top Editor: A pair of utilities that
allows print jobs to be distributed evenly among the printers
on the network, and allows files to moved around,
combined, and converted to different formats.
NOTE: All of the Group 8xxx SPs are reset with SP5801-001 Memory All Clear, or
the Counter Reset SP7808.
Service
Tables
8001 T:Total Jobs These SPs count the number of times each
8002 C:Total Jobs application is used to do a job.
8004 P:Total Jobs [0~9999999/1]
8005 S:Total Jobs Note: The L: counter is the total number of
8006 L:Total Jobs times the other applications are used to send a
job to the document server, plus the number of
times a file already on the document server is
used.
• These SPs reveal the number of times an application is used, not the number of
pages processed.
• When an application is opened for image input or output, this counts as one job.
• Interrupted jobs (paper jams, etc.) are counted, even though they do not finish.
• Only jobs executed by the customer are counted. Jobs executed by the customer
engineer using the SP modes are not counted.
• When using secure printing (when a password is required to start the print job),
the job is counted at the time when either “Delete Data” or “Specify Output” is
specified.
• When a copy job on the document server is printed, SP8022 also increments,
and when a print job stored on the document server is printed, SP8024 also
increments.
• When an original is both copied and stored on the document server, the C: and
L: counters both increment.
• When a print job is stored on the document server, only the L: counter
increments.
• When the user presses the Document Server button to store the job on the
document server, only the L: counter increments.
• When the user enters document server mode and prints data stored on the
document server, only the L: counter increments.
• When an image received from Palm 2 is received and stored, the L: counter
increments.
• When the customer prints a report (user code list, for example), the O: counter
increments
• When a scan job is sent to the document server, the S: counter increments.
When you enter document server mode and then scan an original, the L: counter
increments.
• When a print job is sent to the document server, the P: counter increments.
• When a network application sends data to the document server, the O: counter
increments.
• When an image from Palm 2 is stored on the document server, the O: counter
increments.
8021 T:Pjob/LS These SPs reveal how files printed from the
8022 C:Pjob/LS document server were stored on the document
8024 P:Pjob/LS server originally.
8025 S:Pjob/LS [0~9999999/1]
8026 L:Pjob/LS The L: counter counts the number of jobs
stored from within the document server mode
8027 O:Pjob/LS
screen at the operation panel.
• When a copy job stored on the document server is printed with another
Service
Tables
application, the C: counter increments.
• When an application like DeskTopBinder merges a copy job that was stored on
the document server with a print job that was stored on the document server, the
C: and P: counters both increment.
• When a job already on the document server is printed with another application,
the L: counter increments.
• When a scanner job stored on the document server is printed with another
application, the S: counter increments. If the original was scanned from within
document server mode, then the L: counter increments.
• When images stored on the document server by a network application (including
Palm 2), are printed with another application, the O: counter increments.
• When a copy job stored on the document server is printed with a network
application (Web Image Monitor, for example), the C: counter increments.
• When documents already stored on the document server are printed, the count
for the application that started the print job is incremented.
• When the print job is started from a network application (Desk Top Binder, Web
Image Monitor, etc.) the L: counter increments.
8041 T:TX Jobs/LS These SPs count the applications that stored
8042 C:TX Jobs/LS files on the document server that were later
8044 P:TX Jobs/LS accessed for transmission over the telephone
8045 S:TX Jobs/LS line or over a network (attached to an e-mail).
8046 L:TX Jobs/LS [0~9999999/1]
Note: Jobs merged for sending are counted
8047 O:TX Jobs/LS
separately.
The L: counter counts the number of jobs
scanned from within the document server mode
screen at the operation panel.
• When a stored copy job is sent from the document server, the C: counter
increments.
• When images stored on the document server by a network application or Palm2
are sent as an e-mail, the O: counter increments.
• If the send is started from Desk Top Binder or Web Image Monitor, for example,
then the O: counter increments.
001 Sort Number of jobs started in Sort mode. When a stored copy job is
set for Sort and then stored on the document server, the L:
counter increments. (See SP8066)
Service
Tables
002 Stack Number of jobs started out of Sort mode.
003 Staple Number of jobs started in Staple mode.
004 Booklet Number of jobs started in Booklet mode. If the machine is in
staple mode, the Staple counter also increments.
005 Z-Fold Number of jobs started In any mode other than the Booklet mode
and set for folding (Z-fold).
006 Punch Number of jobs started in Punch mode. When Punch is set for a
print job, the P: counter increments. (See SP8064)
007 Other Reserved. Not used.
• For example: When a copy job stored on the document server is printed in
document server mode, the appropriate L: counter (SP8076-0xx) increments.
• Interrupted jobs (paper jam, etc.) are counted, even though they do not finish.
• If a job is paused and re-started, it counts as one job.
• If the finisher runs out of staples during a print and staple job, then the job is
counted at the time the error occurs.
• For copy jobs (SP8072) and scan jobs (SP8075), the total is calculated by
multiplying the number of sets of copies by the number of pages scanned. (One
duplex page counts as 2.)
• The first test print and subsequent test prints to adjust settings are added to the
number of pages of the copy job (SP8072).
• When printing the first page of a job from within the document server screen, the
page is counted.
Service
Tables
These SPs count the number of jobs scanned in scanner mode and sent to a
Scan Router server.
8191 T:Total Scan PGS These SPs count the pages scanned by each
8192 C:Total Scan PGS application that uses the scanner to scan images.
8195 S:Total Scan PGS [0~9999999/1]
8196 L:Total Scan PGS
• SP8191 to 8196 count the number of scanned sides of pages, not the number of
physical pages.
• These counters do not count reading user stamp data, or reading color charts to
adjust color.
• Previews done with a scanner driver are not counted.
• A count is done only after all images of a job have been scanned.
• Scans made in SP mode are not counted.
Examples
• If 3 B5 pages and 1 A3 page are scanned with the scanner application but not
stored, the S: count is 4.
• If both sides of 3 A4 sheets are copied and stored to the document server using
the Store File button in the Copy mode window, the C: count is 6 and the L:
count is 6.
• If both sides of 3 A4 sheets are copied but not stored, the C: count is 6.
• If you enter document server mode then scan 6 pages, the L: count is 6.
8211 T:Scan PGS/LS These SPs count the number of pages scanned into
8212 C:Scan PGS/LS the document server .
8215 S:Scan PGS/LS [0~9999999/1]
8216 L:Scan PGS/LS The L: counter counts the number of pages stored
from within the document server mode screen at the
operation panel, and with the Store File button from
within the Copy mode screen
Service
Tables
• When 1 sheet is fed for duplex scanning the Front count is 1 and the Back count
is 1.
• If a jam occurs during the job, recovery processing is not counted to avoid double
counting. Also, the pages are not counted if the jam occurs before the first sheet
is output.
• If the scan mode is changed during the job, for example, if the user switches
from ADF to Platen mode, the count is done for the last selected mode.
• If the user selects “Mixed Sizes” for copying in the platen mode, the Mixed Size
count is enabled.
• In the SADF mode if the user copies 1 page in platen mode and then copies 2
pages with SADF, the Platen count is 1 and the SADF count is 3.
• If the scan mode is changed during the job, for example, if the user switches
from ADF to Platen mode, the count is done for the last selected mode.
Service
Tables
8251 T:Scan PGS/ImgEdt These SPs show how many times Image Edit
8252 C:Scan PGS/ImgEdt features have been selected at the operation panel
8254 P:Scan PGS/ImgEdt for each application. Some examples of these editing
8256 L:Scan PGS/ImgEdt features are:
8257 O:Scan PGS/ImgEdt • Erase> Border
• Erase> Center
• Image Repeat
• Centering
• Positive/Negative
[0~9999999/1]
Note: The count totals the number of times the edit
features have been used. A detailed breakdown of
exactly which features have been used is not given.
The L: counter counts the number of pages stored from within the document server mode
screen at the operation panel, and with the Store File button from within the Copy mode screen.
8281 T:Scan PGS/TWAIN These SPs count the number of pages scanned
8285 S:Scan PGS/TWAIN using a TWAIN driver. These counters reveal how
the TWAIN driver is used for delivery functions.
[0~9999999/1]
Note: At the present time, these counters perform
identical counts.
8291 T:Scan PGS/Stamp These SPs count the number of pages stamped with
8295 S:Scan PGS/Stamp the stamp in the ADF unit.
8296 L:Scan PGS/Stamp [0~9999999/1]
The L: counter counts the number of pages stored
from within the document server mode screen at the
operation panel, and with the Store File button from
within the Copy mode screen
Service
254 Other (Standard) Yes
Tables
255 Other (Custom) Yes
8381 T:Total PrtPGS These SPs count the number of pages printed by
8382 C:Total PrtPGS the customer. The counter for the application used
8384 P:Total PrtPGS for storing the pages increments.
8385 S:Total PrtPGS [0~9999999/1]
8386 L:Total PrtPGS The L: counter counts the number of pages stored
from within the document server mode screen at
8387 O:Total PrtPGS
the operation panel. Pages stored with the Store
File button from within the Copy mode screen go
to the C: counter.
• When the A3/DLT double count function is switched on with SP5104, 1 A3/DLT
page is counted as 2.
• When several documents are merged for a print job, the number of pages stored
are counted for the application that stored them.
• These counters are used primarily to calculate charges on use of the machine,
so the following pages are not counted as printed pages:
• Blank pages in a duplex printing job.
• Blank pages inserted as document covers, chapter title sheets, and slip
sheets.
• Reports printed to confirm counts.
• All reports done in the service mode (service summaries, engine
maintenance reports, etc.)
• Test prints for machine image adjustment.
• Error notification reports.
• Partially printed pages as the result of a copier jam.
Service
Tables
8391 LSize PrtPGS [0~9999999/1]
These SPs count pages printed on paper sizes A3/DLT and larger.
Note: In addition to being displayed in the SMC Report, these counters are also
displayed in the User Tools display on the copy machine.
• Print jobs done with Web Image Monitor and Desk Top Binder are added to the
L: count.
• These counts (SP8421 to SP8427) are especially useful for customers who need
to improve their compliance with ISO standards for the reduction of paper
consumption.
• Pages that are only partially printed with the n-Up functions are counted as 1
page.
Here is a summary of how the counters work for Booklet and Magazine modes:
Booklet Magazine
Original Original
Count Count
Pages Pages
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
3 2 3 2
4 2 4 2
5 3 5 4
6 4 6 4
7 4 7 4
8 4 8 4
Service
Tables
These SPs count the total number of pages output with the three features below
with Other applications.
001 Cover/Slip Sheet Total number of covers or slip sheets inserted. The
count for a cover printed on both sides counts 2.
002 Series/Book The number of pages printed in series (one side) or
printed as a book with booklet right/left pagination.
003 User Stamp The number of pages printed where stamps were
applied, including page numbering and date
stamping.
Service
Tables
8466 L:PrtPGS/Ppr Type [0~9999999/1]
These SPs count by paper type the number pages printed from within the
document server mode window at the operation panel.
001 Normal
002 Recycled
003 Special
004 Thick
005 Normal (Back)
006 Thick (Back)
007 OHP
008 Other
• Counts are done for magnification adjusted for pages, not only on the operation
panel but performed remotely with an external network application capable of
performing magnification adjustment as well.
• Magnification adjustments done with printer drivers with PC applications such as
Excel are also counted.
• Magnification adjustments done for adjustments after they have been stored on
the document server are not counted.
• Magnification adjustments performed automatically during Auto Reduce/Enlarge
copying are counted.
• The magnification rates of blank cover sheets, slip sheets, etc. are automatically
assigned a rate of 100%.
8481 T:PrtPGS/TonSave
8484 P:PrtPGS/TonSave
These SPs count the number of pages printed with the Toner Save feature
switched on.
[0~9999999/1]
Note: These SPs return the same results as this SP is limited to the Print
application.
• SP8511 and SP8514 return the same results as they are both limited to the Print
application.
• Print jobs output to the document server are not counted.
Service
Tables
NOTE: 1) If stapling is selected for finishing and the stack is too large for stapling,
the unstapled pages are still counted.
2) The counts for staple finishing are based on output to the staple tray, so
jam recoveries are counted.
• For example, if you make 15 prints of a 3 page original, for a total of 45 sheets,
then the P counter would be 15 (5 copies counted from 11 to 15 x 3 pages). No
count is returned for 1~10 prints of an original.
• Either the GPC counter or the Lease GPC counter will be used, depending on
the contract set up for the machine.
• Note: In addition to being displayed in the SMC Report, these counters are also
displayed in the User Tools display on the copy machine.
Service
Tables
8581 T:Counter [0~9999999/1]
These SPs count the total output broken down by color output, regardless of the
application used. In addition to being displayed in the SMC Report, these
counters are also displayed in the User Tools display on the copy machine.
Note: This SP is expanded for color MFP and color LP machines. For this
machine, the count is done for black only.
NOTE: 1) The count for B/W and Color pages is done after the document is stored
on the HDD. If the job is cancelled before it is stored, the pages are not
counted.
2) If Scan-to-Email is used to send a 10-page document to 5 addresses,
the count is 10 (the pages are sent to the same SMTP server together).
3) If Scan-to-PC is used to send a 10-page document to 5 folders, the
count is 50 (the document is sent to each destination of the SMB/FTP
server).
4) Due to restrictions on some devices, if Scan-to-Email is used to send a
10-page document to a large number of destinations, the count may be
divided and counted separately. For example, if a 10-page document is
sent to 200 addresses, the count is 10 for the first 100 destinations and
the count is also 10 for the second 100 destinations, for a total of 20.).
NOTE: 1) The B/W and Color counts are done after the document is stored on the
HDD of the Scan Router server.
2) If the job is canceled before storage on the Scan Router server finishes,
the counts are not done.
3) The count is executed even if regardless of confirmation of the arrival at
the Scan Router server.
8691 T:TX PGS/LS These SPs count the number of pages sent from the
8692 C:TX PGS/LS document server. The counter for the application that was
8694 P:TX PGS/LS used to store the pages is incremented.
8695 S:TX PGS/LS [0~9999999/1]
8696 L:TX PGS/LS The L: counter counts the number of pages stored from
within the document server mode screen at the operation
panel. Pages stored with the Store File button from within
the Copy mode screen go to the C: counter.
NOTE: 1) Print jobs done with Web Image Monitor and Desk Top Binder are
added to the count.
2) If several documents are merged for sending, the number of pages
stored are counted for the application that stored them.
Service
Tables
8701 TX PGS/Port
These SPs count the number of pages sent by the physical port used to
send them. For example, if a 3-page original is sent to 4 destinations via
ISDN G4, the count for ISDN (G3, G4) is 12.
001 PSTN-1
002 PSTN-2
003 PSTN-3
004 ISDN (G3,G4)
005 Network
8741 RX PGS/Port
These SPs count the number of pages received by the physical port used
to receive them.
001 PSTN-1
002 PSTN-2
003 PSTN-3
004 ISDN (G3,G4)
005 Network
Service
Tables
SP Number/Name Function/[Setting]
1001 001 Model Name Displays the model name.
002 Scanner Firmware Displays the scanner firmware version.
Version
003 Scanner Firmware Displays the firmware’s part number.
Number
004 Detail Model Name Displays the detail model name.
1002 Error Log Display Displays the error log data.
1003* FTP Port Number Changes the FTP port number.
After changing this value, do the following:
4. Run the Registry Editor
5. Access
/HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE/SOFTWARE/
Ricoh/NetworkScanner
6. Change the value of ‘PortNo’ to this SP
mode’s value
[0~65535/1]
1004* Compression Type Selects the compression type for binary
picture processing.
[1~3/1]
1: MH
2: MR
3: MMR
1005* Erase Margin Creates an erase margin for all edges of the
scanned image.
Service
Tables
If the machine has scanned the edge of the
original, create a margin.
[0~5/1 mm]
1006* Auto Reset Timer Adjusts the auto reset timer for the scanner
function.
If this is “0”, the auto reset function is
disabled.
[0,10~99/1 s]
1009* Remote Scan Disable Enables/Disables the TWAIN scanner driver.
[0~1/1]
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
(B140)
Service
Tables
Service
Tables
Service
Tables
Service
Tables
Service
Tables
3. Check the status of each item against the corresponding bit numbers listed in
the table below.
1. Paper Feed 1
Bit Description Reading
0 1
7 Rear Side Fence Close Sensor Activated Deactivated
6 Rear Side Fence Open Sensor Activated Deactivated
5 Front Side Fence Close Sensor Activated Deactivated
4 Front Side Fence Open Sensor Activated Deactivated
Service
Tables
3 Near End Sensor
2. Paper Feed 2
Reading
Bit Description
0 0
7 2nd Paper Size Switch See Paper Size Tables Below
6 2nd Paper Size Switch
5 2nd Paper Size Switch
4 2nd Paper Size Switch
3 2nd Paper Size Switch
2 Not used
1 Not used
0 Not used
3. Paper Feed 3
Reading
Bit Description
0 0
7 3rd Paper Size Switch See Paper Size Tables Below.
6 3rd Paper Size Switch
5 3rd Paper Size Switch
4 3rd Paper Size Switch
3 3rd Paper Size Switch
2 Not used
1 Not used
0 Not used
4. Paper Feed 4
Bit Description Reading
0 1
7 1st Paper Height Less than 30% 30% or more
6 Japan only
5 2nd Paper Height Less than 30% 30% or more
4 3rd Paper Height Less than 30% 30% or more
3 1st Paper Near End Near End Not Near End
2 Japan only
1 2nd Paper Near End Near End Not Near End
0 3rd Paper Near End Near End Not Near End
5. Paper Feed 5
Bit Item 0 1
7
6
5 Japan Only
4
3
2 Right Tray Paper Sensor Present Not Present
1 Tray Type 3 trays 4 trays
0 Not used
6. Paper Feed 6
Bit Description Reading
0 1
Service
7 Left Tandem Tray Set Set Not set
Tables
6 Japan only
5 Japan only
4 Rear Fence HP Sensor Deactivated Activated
3 Japan only
2 Rear Fence Return Sensor Deactivated Activated
1 Left Tray Paper Sensor Paper present Paper not present
0 Right Tandem Tray Set Set Not set
7. Paper Feed 7
Bit Item 0 1
7 1st Paper Feed Sensor Present Not present
6 Japan Only --- ---
5 2nd Paper Feed Sensor Present Not present
4 3rd Paper Feed Sensor Present Not present
3 1st Vertical Transport Sensor Present Not present
2 Japan Only --- ---
1 2nd Vertical Transport Sensor Present Not present
0 3rd Vertical Transport Sensor Present Not present
8. Paper Feed 8
Bit Item 0 1
7 1st Tray Lift Sensor Off On
6 Japan Only Off On
5 2nd Tray Lift Sensor Off On
4 3rd Tray Lift Sensor Off On
3 1st Paper End Sensor Paper No Paper
2 Japan Only Paper No Paper
1 2nd Paper End Sensor Paper No Paper
0 3rd Paper End Sensor Paper No Paper
9. Paper Feed 9
Bit Description Reading
0 1
7 Not used
6 Not used
5 Toner Overflow SW Switch not Switch pressed
pressed
4 Toner Collection Bottle Set SW Switch pressed Switch not
pressed
3 Not used
2 Not used
1 Not used
0 Not used
13. Exit
Bit Description Reading
0 1
7 Toner Collection Motor Sensor Deactivated Activated
6 Toner End Sensor Toner end Not toner end
5 Toner Collection Coil Sensor Deactivated Activated
4 Not used
3 Exit Unit Set Set Not set
2 Paper Exit Sensor Paper present Paper not present
1 Exit Unit Entrance Sensor Paper present Paper not present
0 Web End Sensor Not web end Web end
14. Duplex
Bit Description Reading
0 1
7 Not used
6 Duplex Unit Set Set Not set
5 Duplex Transport 3 Sensor Paper present Paper not present
4 Duplex Transport 2 Sensor Paper present Paper not present
3 Duplex Transport 1 Sensor Paper present Paper not present
2 Duplex Jogger HP Sensor Deactivated Activated
1 Duplex Inverter Sensor Paper not present Paper present
0 Duplex Entrance Sensor Paper not present Paper present
Service
Tables
0 1
7 Key Card Set Set Not set
6 Development Motor Lock Not locked Locked
5 Fusing/Exit Motor Lock Locked Not locked
4 Drum Motor Lock Not locked Locked
3 CPM 60 CPM 75 CPM
2 Not used
1 Not used
0 Not used
No. Description
1 Feed Motor 1
2 Feed Motor 2
3 Feed Motor 3
4 Feed Motor 4
5 By-pass Feed Clutch
6 LCT Paper Feed Motor
9 Pick-up SOL 1
10 Pick-up SOL 2
11 Pick-up SOL 3
12 Pick-up SOL 4
13 By-pass Pick-up SOL
14 LCT Pick-up SOL
17 Reverse Release SOL 1
18 Reverse Release SOL 2
Service
Tables
19 Reverse Release SOL 3
20 Reverse Release SOL 4
22 Tandem Connection Release SOL
23 Left Tandem Lock SOL
24 Tandem Transport Motor
27 Relay Motor
28 Main Motor
31 Fusing Exit Motor
39 Registration Motor
40 Guide Plate Release SOL
41 Exit Junction SOL
43 Inverter Duplex Motor
44 Duplex Transport Motor
No. Description
45 Duplex Entrance Junction Gate SOL
46 Inverter Jogger SOL
47 Duplex Transport CL (B064 only)
52 Development Roller Clutch
53 Development Motor
54 Used Toner Motor
55 Web Motor
56 Toner Bottle Motor
57 Trigger/Separation CL
62 Quenching Lamp
63 Charge Corona
64 Grid Wire
67 Development Bias
69 Transfer Bias
70 ID Sensor LD
72 Xenon Lamp
75 Duplex Unit Fan
76 Main Ventilation Fan
77 Main Suction Fan
78 Main Vacuum Fan
79 OPC Fan
80 FIN Junction SOL
81 FIN Junction SOL (Stapler)
82 FIN End Roller SOL
84 Total Counter
85 FIN Main Motor 1
86 FIN Main Motor 2
87 FIN Exit Motor
88 Booklet Stapler Motors
89 FIN Punch Motor
90 LD DC Lamp DFU
92 FIN Tray Lift Motor
93 FIN Jogger Motor
94 FIN Staple Transport Motor
95 FIN Exhaust Motor
96 FIN Shift Motor
97 FIN Staple Slant Motor
98 Status Lamp (Green)
99 Status Lamp (Red)
100 PTL
Group 1
No. Description
0 Original Length Sensor 3 (LG)
1 Original Length Sensor 2 (A4)
2 Original Length Sensor 3 (B5)
3 Original Set Sensor
4 Original Width Sensor 1
5 Original Width Sensor 2
6 Original Width Sensor 3
7 Original Width Sensor 4
Group 2
No. Description
Service
Tables
0 Skew Correction Sensor
1 Interval Sensor
2 Registration Sensor
3 Exit Sensor
4 DF Position Sensor
5 APS Start Sensor
6 Feed Cover Sensor
7 Pick-up Roller HP Sensor
Group 3
No. Description
0 Bottom Plate HP Sensor
1 Bottom Plate Position Sensor
2 Not Used
3 Not Used
4 Not Used
5 Not Used
6 Not Used
7 Not Used
No. Description 0 1
1 Feed Motor: Forward OFF ON
2 Feed Motor: Reverse OFF ON
3 Transport Motor: Forward OFF ON
4 Exit Motor: Forward OFF ON
5 Pick-up Motor: Reverse OFF ON
6 Bottom Plate Motor: Forward OFF ON
7 Bottom Plate Motor: Reverse OFF ON
Service
Tables
1 Punch HP1 Sensor Home position Not home position
0 Punch Unit Connection Connected Not connected
7 Stapler Ready Ready Not ready
6 Stapler Return Sensor Not detected Detected
5 Exit Guide Open Sensor Home position Not home position
4 Stack Plate –Center HP Sensor Not home position Home position
4
3 Pre-stack Tray Paper Sensor Paper not detected Paper detected
2 Staple Waste Hopper Sensor Not full Full
1 Stapler Rotation HP Sensor Not home position Home position
0 Upper Tray Limit Sensor Not full Full
7 Punch HP 2 Sensor Home position Not home position
6 Not Used
Shift Lower Limit - Large Paper
5 Not detected Detected
Sensor
4 Shift Mode HP Sensor Not detected Detected
3 Stacking Roller HP Sensor Home position Not home position
5
2 Positioning Roller HP Sensor Not home position Home position
1 Stack Plate – Rear HP Sensor Not home position Home position
Stack Plate – Front HP Sensor Home position
0 Not home position
Service
Tables
24 Shift Jogger Motor (Optional Jogger Unit)
25 Shift Jogger Lift Motor (Optional Jogger Unit)
Service
Tables
Service
Tables
3. On the control panel keypad, press “1” then press . This switches the Save
Debug Log feature on.
NOTE: The default setting is “0” (OFF). This feature must be switched on in
order for the debug information to be saved.
4. Next, select the target destination where the debug information will be saved.
Under “5857 Save Debug Log”, touch “2 Target”, enter “2” with the operation
panel key to select the hard disk as the target destination, then press .
COPY : SP-5-857-002
Save Debug Log
Target (2:HDD 3:SD Card)
_2_
Initial 2
Service
Tables
Debug Save When
Engine SC Error
__OFF__ __ON__
NOTE: For details about SC code numbers, please refer to the SC tables in
Section “4. Troubleshooting”.
6. Next, select the one or more memory modules for reading and recording debug
information. Touch “5859”.
Under “5859” press the appropriate key item for the module that you want to
record.
Enter the appropriate 4-digit number, then press .
NOTE: Refer to the two tables below for the 4-digit numbers to enter for each
key.
The example below shows “Key 1” with “2222” entered.
COPY : SP-5-859-001
Debug Save Key No.
Key 1
___2222
The following keys can be set with the corresponding numbers. (The initials in
parentheses indicate the names of the modules.)
Key to Acronyms
Acronym Meaning Acronym Meaning
ECS Engine Control Service NFA Net File Application
GPS GW Print Service PDL Printer Design Language
GSP-PM GW Print Service – Print Module PTS Print Server
IMH Image Memory Handler SCS System Control Service
MCS Memory Control Service SRM System Resource
Management
NCS Network Control Service WebDB Web Document Box
(Document Server)
Please keep the following important points in mind when you are doing this setting:
• Note that the number entries for Keys 1 to 5 are the same for the Copy, Printer,
Scanner, and Web memory modules.
• The initial settings are all zero.
• These settings remain in effect until you change them. Be sure to check all the
settings, especially the settings for Keys 6 to 10. To switch off a key setting,
enter a zero for that key.
• You can select any number of keys from 1 to 10 (or all) by entering the
corresponding 4-digit numbers from the table.
• You cannot mix settings for the groups (COPY, PRINTER, etc.) for 006~010. For
example, if you want to create a PRINTER debug log you must select the
settings from the 9 available selections for the “PRINTER” column only.
• One area of the disk is reserved to store the debug log. The size of this area is
limited to 4 MB.
Service
Tables
2. On the control panel, enter “01” then hold down for at least 3 sec. until
the machine beeps then release. This saves the debug log to the hard disk for
later retrieval with an SD card by the service representatives.
Service
Tables
log data from the HDD and then execute this SP (SP5857-016).
Service
Tables
Paper Type: LCT
Slip Sheet Tray
Cover Sheet Tray
Slip Sheet Tray 1
Slip Sheet Tray 2
Timer Setting
Auto Off Timer
Energy Saver Timer
Panel Off Timer
System Reset Timer
Copier/Document Server Auto Reset Timer
Scanner Auto Reset Timer
Set Date
Set Time
Weekly Timer Code
Weekly Timer: Monday
Weekly Timer: Tuesday
Weekly Timer: Wednesday
Weekly Timer: Thursday
Weekly Timer: Friday
Weekly Timer: Saturday
Weekly Timer: Sunday
Interface Settings
Network
IP Address
Subnet Mask
Gateway Address
Network Boot
Effective Protocol
NW Frame Type
Ethernet Speed
Parallel Interface
Parallel Timing
Parallel Communication Speed
Selection Signal Status
Input Prime
Bidirectional Communication
File Transfer
Delivery Option
Scanner Recall Interval Time
Number of Scanner Recalls
Key Operator Tools
User Code Management
Key Counter Management
Key Operator Code
Display/Print Counter
Display/Clear/Print Counter per User Code
Address Book Management
Address Book: Program/Change/Delete Group
Address Book: Change Order
Address Book: Edit Title
Address Book: Select Title
Auto Delete File
Delete All Files
Display Password with Stored File
Key Operator’s E-Mail Address
AOF (Always On)
Service
Tables
Designation Sheet Tray 2
Printer Bypass Paper Size
Timer Settings
Auto Off Timer
Energy Saver Timer
Panel Off Timer
System Reset Timer
Copier/Document Server Auto Reset Timer
Scanner Auto Reset Timer
Set Date
Set Time
Weekly Timer Code
Auto Logout Timer
Weekly Timer: Monday
Weekly Timer: Tuesday
Weekly Timer: Wednesday
Weekly Timer: Thursday
Weekly Timer: Friday
Weekly Timer: Saturday
Weekly Timer: Sunday
Interface Settings
Network
IP Address
Gateway Address
DNS Configuration
DDNS Configuration
Domain Name
WINS Configuration
Effective Protocol
NW Frame Type
SMB Computer Name
SMB Work Group
Ethernet Speed
Ping Command
Permit SNMP V3 Communication
Permit SSL/TLS Communication
Host Name
Machine Name
Parallel Interface
Parallel Timing
Parallel Communication Speed
Selection Signal Status
Input Prime
Bidirectional Communication
Signal Control
File Transfer
Delivery Option
SMTP Server
SMTP Authentication
POP Before SMTP
POP3 Setting
Administrator's E-mail Address
E-mail Communication Report
Default User Name/Password (Send)
Program/Change/Delete E-mail Message
Program/Change/Delete Subject
Scanner Recall Interval Time
Number of Scanner Recalls
Auto Specify Sender Name
Administrator Tools
User Authentication Management
Administrator Authentication Management
Program/Change Administrator
Extended Security
Extend Change Unit Management
Enhanced Extend Change Unit Management
Display Print Counter
Display/Clear/Print Counter Per User
Address Book Management
Address Book: Program/Change/Delete/Delete Group
Address Book: Edit Title
Address Book: Change Order
Print Address Book: Destination List
Address Book: Select Title
Auto Delete File
Delete All Files
Program/Change/Delete LDAP Server
Use LDAP Server
AOF (Always ON)
Firmware Version
Auto Erase Memory Setting
Erase All Memory
Service
Tables
Edit
Front Margin: Left/Right
Back Margin: Left/Right
Front Margin: Top/Bottom
Back Margin: Top/Bottom
1-Sided 2-Sided Auto Margin: T to T
1-Sided 2-Sided Auto Margin: T to B
Erase Border Width
Erase Original Shadow in Combine
Erase Center Width
Image Repeat Separation Line
Double Copies Separation Line
Separation Line in Combine
Copy Back Cover
Front Cover Copy in Combine
Copy on Designating Page in Combine
Orientation: Booklet, Magazine
Copy Order in Combine
Service
Tables
Stamp
Background Numbering
Size
Density
Preset Stamp
Stamp Priority
Stamp Language
Stamp Position: COPY
Stamp Position: URGENT
Stamp Position: PRIORITY
Stamp Position: For Your Info.
Stamp Position: PRELIMINARY
Stamp Position: For Internal Use Only
Stamp Position: CONFIDENTIAL
Stamp Position: DRAFT
Stamp Format: COPY
Stamp Format: URGENT
Stamp Format: PRIORITY
Stamp Format: For Your Info.
Stamp Format: PRELIMINARY
Stamp Format: For Internal Use Only
Stamp Format: CONFIDENTIAL
Stamp Format: DRAFT
User Stamp
Program/Delete Stamp
Stamp Position: 1
Stamp Position: 2
Stamp Position: 3
Stamp Position: 4
Stamp Format: 1
Stamp Format: 2
Stamp Format: 3
Stamp Format: 4
Date Stamp
Format
Font
Stamp Position
Stamp Setting
Size
Superimpose
Page Numbering
Stamp Format
Font
Size
Duplex Back Page Stamping Position
Page Numbering in Combine
Stamp on Designating Slip Sheet
Stamp Position P1, P2
Stamp Position: 1/5, 2/5 …
Stamp Position: -1-, -2- …
Stamp Position: P.1, P.2 …
Stamp Position: 1, 2, …
Stamp Position: 1-1, 1-2 …
Superimpose
Input/Output
Switch to Batch
SADF Auto Reset
Rotate Sort: Auto Paper Continue
Auto Sort
Memory Full Auto Scan Restart
Select Stapling Position (Top Left)
Select Stapling Position (Bottom Left)
Select Stapling Position (Top Right)
Select Stapling Position (Bottom Right)
Select Stack Position
Select Punch Type
Service
Tables
Letterhead Setting
Eject Copy Face Up/Down in Glass Mode
Eject Copy Face Up/Down in Bypass Mode
5.8.4 INQUIRY
B064 Series INQUIRY
Machine Repair
Telephone No.
Machine Serial No.
Sales Representative
Telephone Number
Consumables
Toner
Staple
5.8.5 COUNTER
Total Counter
Print Counter List
Service
Tables
3 Not Used OFF
4 Not Used OFF
5 Boot Selection OFF Flash ROM Boot: 5, 6, 7/ OFF, OFF, OFF
6 Boot Selection OFF SD Card 1 Boot: 5, 6, 7/ OFF, ON, OFF
7 Boot Selection OFF SD Card 2 Boot: 5, 6, 7/ ON, ON, OFF
SD Card 3 Boot: 5, 6, 7/ OFF, OFF, ON
8 Not Used OFF
Controller Board DIP SW 5
No. Function Default Comments
1 DFU OFF
2 Not Used OFF
DFU: Design, Factory Use only. Do not change these settings.
Controller Board DIP SW 6
No. Function Default Comments
1 Not Used OFF
2 Not Used OFF
3 Not Used OFF
4 Not Used OFF
DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS
6. DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS
6.1 OVERVIEW
34 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9
33
10
32
31 11
30 12
29 13
28 14
15
27
16
26
17
25
18
24
Descriptions
19
Detailed
23 20
22
21
B246D850.WMFF
3
1 2
5
8
B246D851.WMFF
Descriptions
3. Original Path Detailed
4. By-pass Tray
5. LCT Feed
6. Vertical Transport Path
7. Finisher Exit Tray 2
8. Finisher Exit Tray 1
4 5
6
7 1
8
B246D852.WMFF
11
10
5 9
B246D801.WMFF
Controller MLB
Syncho. Detection
PSU
LDB Heaters
6.2 BOARD STRUCTURE
Front Door SW
Exposure Lamp
6-6
ADF
APS Sensors
FIN
HVPS BCU CNB
LCT
Motor Sensors
B246D853.WMFFF
SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BOARD STRUCTURE
Controller Board
The controller board controls all devices for memory DIMMs, HDD, copying,
printing, scanning, etc. In order to add an option (printer, scanner, FireWire,
wireless LAN, etc.), install the appropriate ROM DIMM on the controller board.
NOTE: 1) The Controller is on the front side of the swing out circuit board unit, with
the IPU on the back side.
2) All Controller DIP SWs should be OFF during normal operation.
Descriptions
MB (Mother Board) Detailed
Interfaces the Controller, BICU, and optional devices such as key counters.
Descriptions
Detailed
B246D854.WMFF
2 3
10 4
8
5
Descriptions
7 6
Detailed
B246D856.WMFF
1. EXPOSURE
A xenon lamp exposes the original. Light reflected from the original passes to
the CCD, where it is converted into an analog data signal. This data is
converted to a digital signal, processed, and stored in the memory. At the time
of printing, the data is retrieved and sent to the laser diode. For multi-copy runs,
the original is scanned once and stored on the hard disk.
2. DRUM CHARGE
In the dark, the charge corona unit gives a negative charge to the OPC drum.
The grid plate ensures that corona charge is applied uniformly. The charge
remains on the surface of the drum because the OPC layer has a high
electrical resistance in the dark.
3. LASER EXPOSURE
The processed image data from the scanned original is retrieved from the hard
disk and transferred to the drum by four laser beams, which form an
electrostatic latent image on the drum surface. The amount of charge
remaining as a latent image on the drum depends on the laser beam pulse
duration, which is controlled by the BICU.
4. DRUM POTENTIAL SENSOR
The drum potential sensor detects the change in drum potential, caused by
variable conditions around the drum (heat, humidity, drum service) and adjusts
the following voltages:
• Grid bias voltage (Vg or Vgrid)
• Laser diode power
• Development bias voltage (Vb)
5. DEVELOPMENT
The magnetic developer brush on the development roller contacts the latent
image on the drum surface. Toner particles are electrostatically attracted to the
areas of the drum surface where the laser reduced the negative charge on the
drum.
PRE-TRANSFER LAMP (B246/B140 Series Only)
After the latent image is developed but before the image is transferred to the
copy paper, the photoconductor surface is illuminated by a lamp. This
illumination functions in much the same way as the exposure process. The light
neutralizes some of the charge on the photoconductor, and thus reduces the
attraction of the toner to the photoconductor. This prevents the toner particles
from being re-attracted to the photoconductor during the paper separation
process. It also makes image transfer and paper separation easier
6. IMAGE TRANSFER
Paper is fed to the area between the drum surface and the transfer belt at the
proper time to align the copy paper and the developed image on the drum. The
transfer roller applies a high positive charge to the reverse side of the paper
through the transfer belt. This positive charge pulls the toner particles from the
drum to the paper while the paper is electrostatically attracted to the transfer
belt.
7. PAPER SEPARATION
Paper separates from the drum as a result of the attraction between the paper
and the transfer belt. The pick-off pawls also help separate the paper from the
drum.
8. ID SENSOR
The laser writes a sensor pattern on the drum surface. The ID sensor
measures the reflectivity of the pattern and outputs this data (Vsp) to the CPU.
The Vsp output signal is one of the factors used for toner supply control.
9. CLEANING
The cleaning brush removes toner remaining on the drum after image transfer
and the cleaning blade scrapes off all remaining toner.
10. QUENCHING
The light from the quenching lamp electrically neutralizes the charge on the
drum surface. After cleaning and quenching, the drum surface is ready for the
next cycle.
Descriptions
Detailed
6.4 ADF
6.4.1 OVERVIEW
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11
23
22
21
20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12
B246D855.WMFF
Some sensors are not shown, but the callouts indicate their approximate locations.
Original Separation and Feed. The standard FRR system for paper separation
and feed. ( Handling Paper> Handling Originals> Document Feed> FRR with
Feed Belt
Original Size Detection. A combination of three original length sensors on the
original tray and an array of four original width sensors in the paper feed path is
used. ( Handling Paper> Handling Originals> Original Size Detection>
Dynamic Original Size Detection)
Duplex Scanning. The front side of the original is scanned as it passes over the
ADF exposure glass below, and the back is scanned by a CIS mounted above the
paper path. There is no inverter mechanism for duplex scanning in the ADF.
[D]
[F]
Pick-up roller lift motor: Drives the pick-up roller lift mechanism through gear [A].
Feed motor: Drives the following:
Descriptions
Detailed
• Pick-up roller and feed belt drive gear [B]
• Entrance roller [C] and 1st transport roller [D]
Bottom plate motor: Drives the bottom plate lift mechanism through gear [E].
Transport motor: Drives the following:
• Pre-scanning roller [F]
• Scanning roller [G]
• 2nd transport roller [H]
• White platen roller [ I ]
• 3rd transport roller [J]
Exit motor: Drives the exit roller [K].
[B]
[A]
[C]
[E]
[D]
B246D858.WMFF
When there are no originals: The pick-up roller [D] remains up (this is the home
position).
When an original is placed on the tray: The original set sensor switches on, and
this switches motor [A] on. The cam [B] releases lever [C]. The lever rises and the
pick-up roller [D] drops onto the stack of paper. Then the pick-up roller feeds the
paper to the feed belt and separation roller.
[A]
[C] [B]
B246D859.WMFF
When an original is placed on the original tray: The original set sensor switches
on, the pick-up roller drops, and sensor [around location A] (on the pick-up roller
assembly) switches off. Then, motor [B] lifts lever [C], raising the bottom plate.
When the bottom plate reaches the correct feed position: Sensor [A] switches
off and motor [B] stops.
Descriptions
Detailed
During the job, when the top of the stack becomes too low: When the pick-up
roller drops low enough to switch sensor [A] on again, motor [B] switches on again
to raise the stack to the correct feed position.
B246D860.WMFF
[I]
[M]
[F]
The pick-up roller [A] feeds the original to the feed belt [B] and separation roller [C].
Skew is corrected at the skew correction sensor [D] and entrance roller [E].
( 6.4.7)
When the skew correction sensor detects the leading edge of the original, the pre-
scanning roller [F] switches on. Skew is also corrected at the pre-scanning roller.
( 6.4.7)
Shading correction, which attempts to compensate for slight distortions caused by
the differences in brightness of the light elements due to wear, temperature
Descriptions
variation, or distortion by the lenses, is done for the first sheet: Detailed
• The original is fed for a few clock pulses after the registration sensor [G] detects
the leading edge of the original.
• The original is then delayed slightly at the ADF exposure glass while the CPU
uses the white plate to determine the white peak level for the job.
• The pre-scanning roller [F], scanning roller [H] and transport rollers [I] feed the
original over the ADF exposure glass [J] and under the CIS [K], until it reaches
the exit roller [M].
• If the reverse side of the original is to be scanned, the CPU uses the surface of
the white platen roller [L] to determine the white peak level for the job.
[A]
[B]
[C]
[D]
[E]
[F] B246D862.WMFF
NOTE: Skew is always corrected with method { for every job, regardless of the
paper size and mode.
NOTE: Use SP6020 (ADF Contact Mode In/Out) to enable skew correction method
for all jobs to ensure accurate original feeding. However, switching this
feature on slows original feed slightly.
Descriptions
Detailed
B246D863.WMFF
Descriptions
Detailed
1: Actuated
0: Not actuated
Y: Yes. Size detected.
N: No. Size not detected.
S: Selectable. Size not detected with default but default can be changed with SP6016
(Original Size Determination Priority) or SP5126 (F Original Size Selection). Refer to the
description in the next section.
*1
: For A5 SEF, B6 SEF, and B6 LEF, all sensors are off. The machine determines the paper
size by measuring the distance between the leading and trailing edges using the skew
correction sensor and clock pulses.
SP 5126
This SP controls the alternative paper sizes that are detected for LG SEF (USA) or
8 ½ x 13" (Europe/Asia).
[A] [B]
B246D864.WMF
[C]
B246D868.WMFF
The ADF scans both sides of an original without inverting the original:
• Front side: Scanned at the ADF exposure glass [A] by a xenon exposure
lamp and CCD below the original
• Back side: Scanned by a CIS [B] above the paper path
The CIS can scan a line 306 mm (12") wide at 600 dpi. To increase the scanning
speed, the sensors are divided into 13 parallel blocks.
Descriptions
NOTE: Both sides are scanned at 600 dpi. The 600 dpi output is boosted to 1200 Detailed
dpi by image processing at the IPU.
The CIS reads the surface of the white roller [C] and uses this reading (white point
=0) as a reference point for density correction.
Digital Processes> Image Processing> Black and White CCD Systems, Black
and White CIS Systems
[E] [A]
[B]
Four sensors, the skew correction sensor [A], interval sensor [B], registration
sensor [C], and exit sensor [D] detect jams in the paper path. The conditions that
trigger a jam detection are listed below.
NOTE: If a problem occurs in the ADF, either SC700 or SC701 will be issued. For
details, please refer to Section 4 of this manual.
6.5 SCANNING
6.5.1 OVERVIEW
4 3 2 1
6 7 8 9 10 B246D810.WMFF
A xenon lamp (23W) illuminates the original. Light is reflected from the original to
the CCD: 1st Mirror → 2nd Mirror → 3rd Mirror → Scanner Lens → CCD
Descriptions
Detailed
The lens block (which consists of the scanner lens, CCD, and SBU) adjusts for
refraction, MTF, and focusing. The lens block is replaced as a unit and requires no
adjustment in the field.
The resolution of the CCD is 600 dpi.
[D]
[C]
[A]
[B]
B246D811.WMFF
The scanner motor [A] (a dc stepper motor) drives the first scanner [B] and second
scanner [C] through drive wires and pulleys.
The scanner HP sensor [D] detects when the scanner is at home position. The
machine measures distance from home position by counting scanner motor pulses.
[C]
[D]
[B]
[A]
B246D812.WMFF
Original length sensor [A] and Original width sensor [B] (reflective sensors) detect
the width and length of the original on the exposure glass.
The ADF functions as the platen. The DF position sensor [C] (attached to the ADF)
detects whether the ADF is open or closed.
The APS start sensor [D] triggers auto paper size detection.
Descriptions
229.5 mm, 84 mm
Length Detailed
Width
Width Sensor 2
138.5 mm, 233 mm
A5-S
A5-L A4-S
Width Sensor 3
141.2 mm, 271.6 mm
B5-L B4-S
A4-L A3-S
B246D813.WMFF
The table below lists the sensor output for each paper size.
If an original is on the exposure glass, you can check the sensor output by using
SP4301 (APS Sensor Output Display).
Detection Timing
When the power is on, the APS sensors are always active, but the CPU checks
their signals only after the platen is lowered.
Book Mode
In the Book mode (when the ADF is open), the CPU checks the APS sensors and
determines the original size after Start is pressed.
ADF Mode
The CPU checks the APS sensors after the platen is lowered.
By-pass Mode
The APS sensors are ignored when copy paper is fed from the by-pass tray, but
the by-pass tray can handle a variety of sizes and orientations. To accomplish this:
• The machine always assumes short-edge feed for paper on the by-pass tray.
• Width is measured by a sensor inside the by-pass tray.
• The bypass tray cannot measure length, so the registration sensor determines
the length of the paper using clock pulses.
The copy time for the first sheet is slower, because the entire exposure glass area
(or width for the CIS) is scanned. However, when the size of the first sheet has
been detected, scanning is at normal speed for the remaining sheets. (
Handling Paper> Paper Feed> Paper Size Detection> By-pass Size Detection)
Descriptions
Detailed
0.5 mm
10 mm
15 mm
Exposure Glass
B246D814.WMFF
CIS ADS
The CIS reads the surface of the white platen roller and uses this reading (white
point =0) as a reference point for density correction. When an original is scanned,
the CIS starts 20 mm from the edge away from the operation panel and reads 65
mm in towards the center of the white platen roller and then performs image
density correction line by line.
CIS
Key
Data flow
SBU
SBU/CIS Signal flow
PCI BUS
Polygon Motor
LDB
HDD
OPC
B246D815.WMFF
Descriptions
Detailed
SBU/CIS: Photoelectric conversion (600 dpi, 2-channel CCD odd/even
allocation), Amplification, A/D Conversion (analog to digital), Light
intensity detection (scanning)
BCU: Engine control, Scanner control, SBU settings, LDB settings
IPU: Shading correction, Image Processing, Main/Sub scan
magnification, Video patch switching, Compression/ decompression,
GAVD
Controller: System control, software application control, image storage control,
compression/decompression
LDB: 4-beam laser exposure, digital-to-grayscale conversion,
synchronization detection
Descriptions
Generation Soft Used to achieve an image smoother than Normal. Detailed
Copy Normal Used to achieved best reproduction of “copies of copies”
by smoothing the image.
Sharp Used to emphasize lines and text stronger than Normal for
better image quality.
Custom Setting Stores SP command settings.
If the value is increased, the outlines of lines become sharper but this could cause
moiré to appear in dot patterns. If the value is decreased, image patterns become
smoother, the occurrence of moiré decreases, but the corners of characters and
intersections of lines at acute angles may not be as sharp.
Used for printed materials (magazines, etc.) with photographs to sharp patterns in
copies.
If the photos have dithered tones, the image becomes sharper if the value is
increased, but blurring could occur in the sub scan direction. If the value is
decreased, blurring in the sub scan direction is less obvious but outlines become
fuzzy.
See the remarks for ‘Custom Setting: Text Mode Image Quality’ above.
If the value is increased, low density areas become sharper, but the background
could become dirtier. If the value is decreased, the background disappears but the
Descriptions
Detailed
density of low density areas becomes low.
See the remarks for ‘Custom Setting: Pale Mode Image Quality’ above.
If the value is made smaller, the line width correction becomes thinner, and if the
value is made larger, the line width correction becomes thicker. To switch this
feature off, select “4”.
If the above settings do not make the lines thin enough, use SP4904 020 (Image
Quality Exposure: Thin Line - Text Mode). Normally, SP4904 020 is set to 0 (OFF).
As the setting is increased (1~3), the line width correction effect becomes stronger,
and lines become thinner. All settings of SP4903 080 will be affected by the same
amount.
See the remarks for ‘Custom Setting: Text Mode Line Width Correction’ above.
If the above settings do not make the lines thin enough, use SP4904 021 (Image
Quality Exposure: Thin Line – Photo Mode). Normally, SP4904 021 is set to 0
(OFF). As the setting is increased (1~3) the line width correction effect becomes
stronger, and lines become thinner. All settings of SP4903 083 will be affected by
the same amount.
See the remarks for ‘Custom Setting: Text Mode Line Width Correction’ above.
If the above settings do not make the lines thin enough, use SP4904-022 (Image
Quality Exposure: Thin Line – Text/Photo Mode). Normally, SP4904-022 is set to 0
(OFF). As the setting is increased (1~3) the line width correction effect becomes
stronger, and lines become thinner. All settings of SP4903-086 will be affected by
the same amount.
See the remarks for ‘Custom Setting: Text Mode Line Width Correction’ above.
If the above settings do not make the lines thin enough, use SP4904 023 (Image
Quality Exposure: Thin Line – Pale Mode). Normally, SP4904 023 is set to 0 (OFF).
As the setting is increased (1~3) the line width correction effect becomes stronger,
and lines become thinner. All settings of SP4903 089 will be affected by the same
amount.
See the remarks for ‘Custom Setting: Text Mode Line Width Correction’ above.
If the above settings do not make the lines thin enough, use SP4904-024 (Image
Quality Exposure: Thin Line – Generation Mode). Normally, SP4904-024 is set to 0
(OFF). As the setting is increased (1~3) the line width correction effect becomes
stronger, and lines become thinner. All settings of SP4903-092 will be affected by
the same amount.
Descriptions
Detailed
0: The adjustment will be applied only for duplex mode front side copies.
1: The adjustment will be applied for simplex mode, and for front side copies in
duplex mode.
Independent dot erase removes isolated black pixels. As this setting is increased,
the greater the number of eliminated isolated pixels. Setting to zero switches this
function off.
Background Erase
Item Range Default SP No.
Text SP4903-070
Photo SP4903-071
Text/Photo 0~255 0 (Off) SP4903-072
Pale SP4903-073
Generation Copy SP4903-074
Background erase attempts to eliminate the heavy background texture from copies
of newspaper print or documents printed on coarse paper. Pixels of density below
the selected threshold level are eliminated. Setting this feature to zero switches it
off. Increasing this setting increases the effect of background erase.
Descriptions
Detailed
Sharp
Soft
55.5 ~ 75%
Sharper
SP4903-006
Softer
55.5 ~ 75%
Sharper
Normal
SP4903-010
Softer
Text/Photo Mode
Setting 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 SP No.
25% ~55% SP4903-013
Photo Priority
Text Priority
55.5 ~ 75%
Normal
SP4903-014
75.5 ~ 160% SP4903-015
160.5 ~ 400% SP4903-016
Pale Mode
Setting 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 SP No.
25% ~55% SP4903-017
55.5 ~ 75%
Normal
SP4903-018
Sharp
Soft
Generation Copy
Setting 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 SP No.
25% ~55% SP4903-021
55.5 ~ 75%
Normal
SP4903-022
Sharp
Soft
Descriptions
Detailed
Increase value of OK
SP4903 017~020
END
B246D816.WMFF
Increase value of
SP4903 017~020
NG (Background Out)
B246D817.WMFF
Descriptions
*3 Detailed
Equal Quality Restored After
Adjusting with SP4901 019?
END
B246D818.WMFF
Equalizing Image Quality of Front Sides for Duplex and Simplex Modes
Normally, the front side adjustment (SP4901-010~014) is only applied for duplex
jobs. So, you may see a slight difference in the quality of images scanned in
simplex mode and for the front sides of duplex mode jobs.
If you change SP4901-019 to 1, the front side image quality adjustment (SP4901
010~014) will be applied to both duplex and simplex jobs. This mode is enabled for
the Custom Setting only.
SP4901-019
0: Enabled for Duplex Only (default setting)
1: Enabled for Simplex and Duplex Scanning
Specifications
LD Unit Semi-conductor laser encased in an aluminum die-cast bracket.
Wavelength: 788 nm
Output: 10 mW/channel (13.3 mW/channel for B246 Series)
4-beam exposure
APC (Auto Power Control) provided
Gradation control with PWM
Line Scanning Light weight, aluminum die-cast housing
Main line scanning by polygon mirror
Fθ lens controls the beam position and focus in the main scan direction.
Beam focus correction by WTL.
Polygon Motor 42,756 rpm
Descriptions
NOTE: 1) A new ceramic shaft increases the durability of the polygon motor. Detailed
3) This machine uses APC (Auto Power Control), so no adjustments are
required when the LD unit is replaced.
4
5
6
7
8
3
9
10
B246D901.WMF
1. LD Unit 6. WTL
2. Cylindrical Lens 7. 2nd Mirror
3. 1st Mirror 8. Toner Shield Glass
4. Polygonal Mirror Motor 9. Laser Synchronizing Detector
5. Fθ Lens 10. OPC Drum
The optical path is a standard arrangement, starting at the LD unit and ending with
the creation of the latent image on the OPC drum. ( Digital Processes>
Printing> Laser Printing> Image Processing> Optical Components)
B246D902.WMF
modulation) in 5 steps.
Descriptions
Detailed
[E]
[C] [A]
[B]
[D]
B246D904.WMF
The cooling fan [A] at the back of the machine blows air through the duct [B] and
sends it above and below the laser exposure unit. The fan switches on and off with
the polygon motor.
The air [C] above passes through a dust filter before it reaches the optical path.
The air passing below [D] flows over the top of the fusing unit and is expelled by
the fusing cooling fan.
The polygonal mirror motor [E] normally remains on. It shuts down when the
machine is powered off or enters the auto off mode or night mode.
IPU +LD5V
+5V
REG
LDD
+3.3V 8.2
560
MGAVD AA
RE 15
DATA1– LVDS 560
DATA1
RECEIVER
DATA1+ IC ALD
10
+5V
PSU LDA
LDB
B246D905.WMF
To ensure the safety of customers and customer engineers, two switches inside
the cover prevent the laser beams from switching on accidentally.
When the front cover is open, the 5V line connecting each LD driver on the LD
control board is disconnected.
Descriptions
Detailed
Front Door
Inter- lock SW
IPU LD5V
+5V
+3.3V
LDD
8.2
MGAVD LVDS 560
AARE
RECEIVER DATA1
DATA1-
IC
15
560
DATA1+ 10
ALD
5.1
+5V +3.3V
PSU LDA
LDB
B246D999.WMF
To ensure the safety of customers and customer engineers, two switches inside
the cover prevent the laser beams from switching on accidentally.
When the front cover is open, the line connecting each LD driver on the LD control
board is disconnected.
1 2 3
12
11
10
9
4
8
Descriptions
standard Scorotron grid wire charging and cleaning system.
Detailed
The drum motor drives the drum and the drum cleaning unit. A counter blade
system, with both cleaning blade and brush, clean the drum.
Two sensors mounted near the drum, an ID sensor and potential sensor, are used
for process control.
Toner is collected at the cleaning area and transported back to the development
unit via the toner collection coil and toner recycling pipe.
B140 Series
The PTL removes the charge on the drum. This makes better paper separation.
Also, with the PTL, pawl marks do not occur on the leading edges of copies. The
PTL only operates when the machine prints on plain or translucent paper. ( 6.8.4)
[A]
[B] B246D908.WMF
[B]
B246D909.WMF
[A]
[B]
[C]
B246D910.WMF
The charge power pack [A] provides an even negative charge to the two charge
corona wires in the charge corona unit [B].
Descriptions
( Photocopying Process> Charge> Corona Charge> Scorotron Method) Detailed
B140 Series
The PTL [C] makes better paper separation from the drum, and stops pick-off pawl
marks on the leading edges of copies. The PTL removes the charge at the leading
edge when copying on plain paper or translucent paper.
( Photocopying Processes - Image Transfer And Paper Separation - Pre-
Transfer Potential Reduction)
NOTE: The PTL lamp does not operate when copying with OHP, index sheets, or
thick paper.
With SP2602 (PTL Setting), you can adjust the distance from the leading edge
where the PTL turns on to remove charge. There is an adjustment for the front side
and one for the back side. For more, see section “5. Service Tables”.
[C]
[A]
[B]
B246D911.WMF
Air flowing around the charge corona unit deposits toner particles on the wires.
These particles interfere with charging and cause pale bands on copies.
The wire cleaner [A] normally remains at the home position at the front end.
To clean the wires, the charge corona wire cleaner motor [B] switches on and
drives the cleaner [A] to the rear, then back to the home position.
The wire cleaner rotates slightly on the forward pass to bring the cleaning pads [C]
into contact with the wires. Cleaning is done only on the forward pass. The pads do
not contact the wires on their return to home position.
The motor [B] switches on after the machine is switched on, but only after 5,000 or
more copies have been made since the last wire cleaning.
[D]
[C]
[A]
[B]
B246D912.WMF
Pick-off pawls ride along the surface of the drum to peel off paper that has not
separated from the drum.
Weak spring pressure [A] keeps the pick-off pawls [B] against the surface of the
drum.
During copying, a shaft [C] turns a cam [D]. The cam moves the pick-off pawls from
side to side to prevent drum wear at any fixed location.
Descriptions
Detailed
[C] [A]
[B]
[E]
[D]
[F]
B246D914.WMF
B246D913.WMF
[F]
[A]
[E]
[D] [B]
[C]
B246D915.WMF
Cooling prevents uneven buildup of negative ions which can lead to uneven charge
on the drum surface.
The drum cooling fan [A] draws cool air into the machine and sends it over the
charge corona unit [B] and down through the vents in the ends of the drum [C].
The PCU cooling fan [D] cools the drum and charge corona unit from the other end.
The dust filter [E] above the charge corona unit absorbs ozone in the air coming
from around the drum.
The exhaust fan [F] vents the hot filtered air from inside the machine.
Descriptions
Detailed
Fan Operation Timing
Drum cooling fan Turns on and off at the same time the polygon motor
PCU cooling fan Stays on when the fusing lamp temperature is being controlled (at all
times except in auto off or night mode).
Exhaust fan Switches on after the main power switch is turned on, and remains on.
However, to reduce noise and conserve energy, this fan turns slower
when the drum motor is off.
[H]
[C]
[B] [A]
B246D917.WMF
[B]
[E]
B246D916.WMF
[H] [D]
The toner collection coil inside the toner recycling pipe [A] carries toner collected
from the drum cleaning unit into the toner separation unit [B] (above the toner
hopper).
Re-usable toner is separated here from waste toner. Sieve [C] sifts the toner, and
brush [D] inside the sieve moves the toner forward.
• Reusable toner [E] falls through the sieve into the toner hopper. A fine brush
outside the sieve prevents toner from plugging the mesh of the sieve.
• Waste toner [F] does not fall through the sieve. It is pushed through opening
[G] to the waste toner transport coil [H]. The coil moves the toner towards the
back of the machine, where it is deposited in the waste toner bottle.
The toner separation unit and waste toner transport coil [H] are connected to the
same drive shaft (driven by the development motor).
[E]
[H]
[B]
[F] [G]
[C]
[A]
[D]
B246D919.WMF B246D920.WMF
Mechanism
The toner collection motor [A] drives the coils [B, C, and D].
• Coil [B] brings waste toner from the toner hopper (which originally came from
the drum cleaning unit)
• Coil [C] brings waste toner from the transfer unit.
• Coil [D] transports waste toner from both sources to the toner collection
bottle.
The toner collection bottle can hold 5000 cc of waste toner, equivalent to about
1,000K copies.
Motor [A] switches on and off at the same time as the drum motor.
Descriptions
Detailed
Error Detection
The toner collection motor sensor [E] monitors the gear driven by motor [A]. If the
sensor output does not change for 3 seconds while motor [A] is on, then SC590
(Toner Collection Motor Error) is logged.
If the toner collection coil sensor [F] (not shown) does not change within 3 seconds
after the drum motor turns on, the transport coil is clogged and cannot rotate, then
SC495 (Toner Recycling Unit Error) is logged.
When the toner overflow switch (not shown) detects that the toner collection bottle
[G] is full, operation halts after an additional 100 copies and the machine prompts
the user to replace the toner collection bottle.
The toner collection bottle set switch [H] detects when a new toner collection bottle
is installed. If installing a new bottle does not reset the machine, SC496 (Toner
Collection Bottle Error) is logged.
Applied Bias
0V
-100V
-800V
Sampling Sampling
B246D921.WMF
2. If the readings are within the normal range, then these readings are used to
calibrate the potential sensor.
If the variations in the readings exceed the specified range, then an SC is
logged (Sensor Calibration Error, SC310 to SC317) and automatic process
control halts. The charge grid voltage Vg, development bias, and LD power are
set as follows.
Descriptions
• Development bias is set to the value stored in SP2201-001 Detailed
• Grid voltage is set to the value stored in SP2001-001
• Laser power is set to a fixed value
LD Power
Finally, the machine determines the laser diode power that will be used during
copying. This is done as follows.
1. The laser power is changed to the value needed to write a halftone pattern to
the drum.
2. The potential sensor reads the potential, Vh, from this pattern.
Vh: Standard halftone drum potential
3. Vh should be –300 ± 20 V. If it is within this range, the current value of the laser
power will be used for copying.
• If it is not, the laser power changes by 3 units, and the process starts again
from step 1.
• The laser power cannot be changed by more than ± 60 units.
4. If Vh cannot be adjusted to this standard within 25 attempts, LD power is set to
the most recent value and SC314 (Potential Sensor Calibration Error 4) is
logged.
Descriptions
Detailed
1
2
4
5 B246D922.WMF
Descriptions
3. Developer Agitator 7. Separator Detailed
4. TD Sensor
Toner Supply
1
5
6 B246D923.WMF
The toner supply roller carries toner from front to back in the hopper and into the
development unit.
The toner supply motor rotates the toner bottle to supply toner. The cap of the
bottle seals itself immediately when the toner bottle is removed from its holder.
A toner recycling system separates waste toner from toner that can be re-used.
Reusable toner is carried to the development unit, and waste toner is sent to the
waste toner bottle.
[C] [D]
[B]
[E]
[A]
B246D924.WMF
Descriptions
( Photocopying Process> Development> Dual-component Development) Detailed
[E]
[C]
[B]
[A]
[F]
[D]
B246D925.WMF
[B] [C]
[A] [D]
B246D926.WMF
Development power pack [A] applies –550V through terminal [B] to the shaft [C] of
the development roller [D]
Bias is also applied to the lower casing to prevent toner from being attracted back
from the drum.
Descriptions
Detailed
[B]
[A]
[C]
B246D927.WMF
The ID sensor and TD sensor control toner density. The output of these two
sensors determines when to switch the toner supply clutch [A] on. The clutch
transfers drive from the development motor to the toner supply mechanism.
When the toner supply clutch turns on, the agitator [B] mixes the toner in the
hopper and sends it to the toner supply roller [C].
Toner is caught in the grooves in the toner supply roller. Then, as the grooves turn
past the opening, the toner falls into the development unit.
[B]
[E]
[C]
[D]
[A]
B246D928.WMF
[F]
B246D929.WMF
The development motor [A] (a dc motor) drives the following units through three
Descriptions
drive shafts: toner separation unit [B], toner supply unit [C], and development unit Detailed
[D].
The knob [E] attached to the paddle roller can be rotated in one direction only. Use
this knob just after adding new developer, to apply an even coating of developer to
the development roller sleeve.
Two cooling fans [F] above the bypass tray draw in air to cool the development
unit. Both fans switch on when the drum motor switches on, then both switch off
110 seconds after the drum motor switches off.
[A]
B246D930.WMF
The toner end sensor [A], a piezoelectric sensor (a sensor sensitive to pressure) is
attached to the toner hopper.
[C]
[D]
[B]
[A]
B246D931.WMF
When the toner bottle holder is opened, a self-sealing shutter prevents toner spill.
The top of the shutter [A] has a semi-circular opening [B]. Normally, toner from the
toner bottle [C] flows through this opening into the hopper below.
However, pulling out the shutter cover [D] closes the cover automatically to prevent
toner spill from the hopper.
[C]
[A]
[B]
B246D932.WMF
[D]
B246D933.WMF
The toner supply motor [A] (a dc motor) and gears [B] rotate the toner bottle [C].
Descriptions
The toner cooling fan [D] (below the operation panel) ventilates the area around the Detailed
bottle. This fan always switches off and on with the polygonal mirror motor.
Factor Description
GAIN With GAIN = 0, “Clutch On Time” is 0 ms
Image Pixel Count The density for every dot in the output data for the page is
calculated. Example: 255 for A3 all black, for comparison.
Target Density 0.7 mg/cm2
Toner Supply Rate 850 mg/s This default setting can be adjusted with SP2209 –
Toner Supply Rate
Clutch Startup Time 16 ms The actual time required for the toner to arrive at the
hopper after the clutch switches on.
But if GAIN is 0, the ‘+16 ms’ part of the equation is not used, and the time interval
that the clutch is turned on becomes zero.
At the end of the job, if Vref has not been updated for 10 copies or more, the
following occurs:
1. Vref is updated, as follows (also done just after the machine is switched on):
• The charge corona and laser diode write the ID sensor pattern on the drum.
• The ID sensor reads the reflectivity of the ID sensor pattern and outputs this
reading as Vsp.
• The ID sensor also reads the reflectivity of the bare surface of the drum and
outputs this reading as Vsg.
NOTE: 1) The 10 copy interval can be extended with SP2210-001 (ID Sensor
Pattern Interval).
2) SP2507-002 (ID Sensor Interval – Page Setting) is available for
customers who are concerned about changes in toner density during
long copy jobs and may want to specify an interval to force creating
and reading the ID sensor pattern. However, enabling this SP will
pause copying for 2 or 3 seconds every time the ID sensor pattern is
created and read.
2. The CPU uses the Vsp/Vsg readings to calculate a new value for Vref (TD
sensor reference voltage).
3. Finally, Vt and Vref are compared. If Vt is higher than Vref, the CPU switches
on the toner supply clutch to supply more toner to the development unit.
Descriptions
Detailed
TD Sensor Initialization
The TD sensor must be initialized with SP2801 (TD Sensor Initial Setting) at the
following times:
• The first time the development unit is filled with developer
• Every time the developer is replaced.
The sensor control voltage is adjusted until the output is 3.0±0.1V. Then, after
setting the control voltage, Vt is sampled 100 times, these samplings are averaged,
then the average is used to set the standard value for Vt.
NOTE: 1) After developer is replaced, you must execute SP2801.
2) After the TD sensor is replaced, you must execute SP2801.
3) After a partially used development unit from another machine is
installed, you must use SP2220 (Vref Manual Setting) to enter the Vref
value for that unit, and use SP2906-001 (TD Sensor Control Voltage
Setting) to enter the TD sensor control voltage.
4) These initial values are stored in NVRAM. Before replacing the NVRAM,
print an SMC report so you can re-enter these settings manually after
the NVRAM is replaced.
Determining Vref
At certain intervals (see ‘Sensor Control Mode, step 4), the ID sensor reads the
bare drum and the ID sensor pattern on the drum.
Vref is calculated from Vsp and Vsg as explained in the Process Control section of
the manual.
ID sensor pattern creation parameters depend on whether automatic process
control is switched on or off with SP3901-001 (Auto Process Control).
If automatic process control is switched on:
• Charge corona grid voltage: Set automatically for the existing conditions around
the drum.
• LD power: The value Vh is used to adjust the laser power. The laser diode writes
the Vh halftone pattern on the drum. The reading from this pattern is Vh.
• Development bias: The potential sensor checks the bias voltage when the ID
sensor pattern is created (target voltage: -230V) and boosts the voltage by –280,
the voltage set for SP2201-004 (ID Sensor Pattern Development Potential), to
bring the bias to the target voltage of –510.
If automatic process control is switched off:
• Charge corona grid voltage: Set to –800V, the default setting for SP2001-002 (ID
Sensor Pattern: Adj. to Applied Voltage).
• LD power: 185 μW (target drum potential –130V)
• Development bias: -360V, default for SP2201 002 (ID Sensor Pattern: Adj. to
Applied Voltage).
Descriptions
sensor only, until the machine is repaired. Detailed
Abnormal output detected when updating Vref: SC350, 351, or 352 is issued,
and Vref is not updated (the machine uses the current value).
8 9
7 1
2
6
3
5
4
B246D936.WMF
Descriptions
Detailed
A transfer belt system transfers the image from the OPC drum to paper.
A solenoid lifts the belt against the OPC drum at the correct time.
The transfer belt system is driven by the drum motor, through a shaft and a gear.
A cleaning blade and a cleaning roller clean the surface of the transfer belt.
Easy access to the transfer belt from behind the front door allows quick removal of
paper jams.
A heater near the transfer belt unit ensures that the area around the belt is always
dry.
[A]
[D]
[B]
[C]
B246D937.WMF
The transfer belt lift solenoid [A] lifts the belt into contact with the drum using the
link [B], which is connected to the front [C] and rear [D] belt lift levers.
Springs attached to the front of the solenoid reduce the load on the solenoid as it
lifts the drum.
This mechanism raises the transfer belt unit against the OPC drum only when
needed, and keeps it separated at all other times because:
• The transfer belt is between the drum unit and the ID sensor, so it would rub off
the ID sensor pattern if it remained in contact with the drum.
• Allowing toner to transfer to the belt when making sensor patterns would
increase the load on the transfer roller cleaning blade.
• The transfer belt would cause the drum to wear, if it were allowed to remain in
contact with the drum.
Timing
[B] [C]
[A]
B246D938.WMF
[E] 8 mm
[D]
B246D939.WMF
At the end of the job, the solenoid switches off, and the transfer belt unit lowers
away from the drum.
[C]
[E] [B]
[F]
[A]
[G]
[D]
B246D940.WMF
The transfer power pack [A], inside the transfer belt unit, applies the following
charges:
• Transfer Roller: Max. +7.0 kV through terminal [B] to the transfer roller [C].
• Cleaning Roller: About +1.0 kV max. through terminal [D] to the cleaning
roller [E].
Drive rollers [F, G] are grounded so that the cleaning unit can clean the belt easily.
NOTE: 1) For postcards, use the by-pass tray and set the side fences for A6 width.
2) The charge for cleaning is applied even during the interval between
sheets of copy paper.
3) At the following times, the transfer roller output changes to 2.6 kV, and
the cleaning roller output is fixed at 1.0 kV:
• When the job ends
• Whenever the drum motor is turning, except during copying and during
process control
Descriptions
Detailed
[B] I3
[D] [C]
I2 It
[D]
I1
[F]
[E]
[A]
B246D941.WMF
[B]
[C]
[A]
B246D945.WMF
The drum motor [A] drives the transfer belt [B] through belts and gears.
The transfer belt by its electrostatic charge attracts the paper [B], so a transport fan
is not required.
At the turn in the transfer belt, the transfer belt drive roller [C] discharges the belt to
reduce paper attraction, and the paper separates from the belt as a result of its
own stiffness.
The tapered parts [D] at both ends of the roller [E] help keep the transfer belt [F] in
the center, so that it does not run off the rollers.
[F]
Descriptions
Detailed
[D]
[E]
B246D946.WMF
[C]
[B]
[A]
B246D942.WMF
[D]
[E]
B246D943.WMF
Toner collects on the transfer belt in the following cases. This toner causes
streaking on the reverse sides of copies.
• As a result of a paper jam
• If the by-pass feed tray side fences are set in the wrong position
The cleaning roller [A] has a positive charge, so it can collect negatively charged
toner and paper dust from the transfer belt [B]. The cleaning roller always contacts
the transfer belt.
The cleaning blade [C] scrapes toner off the cleaning roller and drops it onto the
agitator plate [D]. The plate [D] moves the toner into the collection coil [E]. The coil
takes the toner to the toner collection bottle.
[A]
B246D944.WMF
The anti-condensation heater [A] is directly below the transfer belt drive roller.
This anti-condensation heater turns on automatically at the following times:
• When the main power switch is turned off
• When the machine enters auto off mode
Descriptions
Detailed
7 8
6
2
9
10
1
11
12
3
13
4 14
15
16
5
B246D906.WMFF
NOTE: Items (12)~(16) comprise the standard FRR feed system, which is used for
Trays 1, 2, and 3. This machine uses motor on/off time (not clutches) to
control paper feed.
Tray Capacities
The machine has three built-in paper trays:
• Tandem LCT (Tray 1). 1550 + 1550 sheets
• Universal Tray (Tray 2) 550 sheets
• Universal Tray (Tray 3) 550 sheets
The machine also has a by-pass feed tray which can hold 100 sheets (T-6200).
6.11.2 DRIVE
[A] [G]
[F]
[E]
[C]
[B]
[D]
[H]
B246D947.WMFF
An independent paper feed motor [A] drives the rollers in each tray. It also drives
grip rollers [B], which pull the paper out of the tray. The mechanism is identical for
each tray.
A vertical transport sensor [C] at each feed station detects paper jams.
The paper feed motors on the trays drive the vertical transport rollers, which are
opposite each feed station (not shown here).
The lower relay motor [D] drives the lower relay roller [E], halfway between trays 1
and 2. The relay motor is added here due to the length of the paper path.
The upper relay roller [F] feeds each sheet to the registration roller. The by-pass
feed motor (not shown here) drives the upper relay roller [F].
The relay sensor [G], at the top of the vertical transport path, triggers the start of
image exposure on the OPC drum, and detects jams in the paper path.
The transport guide plate [H] swings against the side of the machine and locks in
place.
[A]
[E]
[B]
[C]
[D]
B246D948.WMFF
Tray lift motor [A] Î Coupling [B] Î Pin [C] Î Shaft [D] Î Lift arm [E] (under the
bottom plate).
The universal trays (Tray 2, Tray 3) are not provided with near end sensors. The
pulse count of the tray lift motor is used to signal near end.
Descriptions
Detailed
Lift Sensor
[A]
[C]
[E]
[D]
[B]
B246D949.WMF
[I]
[F]
[G]
[H]
B246D950.WMFF
When the tray lift motor turns on, the pick-up solenoid [A] turns on, and pick-up
roller [B] lowers.
When the top sheet of paper reaches the proper paper feed level, actuator [C] on
the pick-up roller support [D] activates the tray lift sensor [E], and the lift motor
stops.
After several paper feeds, the paper level gradually lowers and the lift sensor is de-
activated. Then the lift motor turns on again until the lift sensor is activated again.
When the tray is drawn out of the feed unit: gear [F] disengages pin [G] on shaft
[H], then the tray bottom plate [I] drops by its own weight.
[B]
[A]
[D]
[C]
B246D951.WMFF
While waiting for the first sheet to feed and between sheets, the feed roller [A] must
not rotate. However, the grip roller [B] must turn, so that any paper coming up the
vertical transport path continues to feed. To do this, the paper feed motor [C]
rotates in reverse. The separation roller [D] is free to rotate in the direction shown
by the arrow, because the separation roller solenoid is off.
When the feed motor reverses:
Descriptions
Detailed
Feed roller [A] Æ No rotation
Separation roller [D] Æ Free to rotate
Grip roller [B] Æ Rotates
[I] [C]
[G]
[H]
[A]
[D]
[E]
[F]
[B]
B246D952.WMFF
If a paper feed station is not selected, its separation roller solenoid [A] stays off and
the separation roller [B] can turn freely in the opposite direction to feed paper.
When the paper feed station is selected and the start key is pressed, the following
mechanisms activate:
• Separation roller solenoid [A] → separation roller [B] contacts feed roller [E]
• Pick-up solenoid [C] → pick-up roller [F] lowers to contact the paper
• Paper feed motor [D] → turns feed roller [E] → turns pick-up roller [F] via
gear [G]
When the paper feed sensor [H] detects the leading edge of the paper:
• Pick-up solenoid [C] switches off, and pick-up roller [F] lifts.
• The feed roller [E] then feeds the sheet to the registration roller.
Note the three one-way clutches [I]: One for the grip roller, one for the feed roller,
and one for the separation roller.
When the feed motor rotates forward:
[B]
[A] [D]
[C]
B246D953.WMF
B246D954.WMFF
Normally, the separation roller [A] and feed roller [B] are not in contact. However,
when the feed station is selected, the separation roller solenoid [C] pushes the
separation roller against the feed roller.
This mechanism has these advantages:
• When the paper feed motor turns on, the separation roller rotates. If the
separation roller is away from the feed roller, it reduces the load on the paper
feed motor and drive mechanism, and it also reduces wear to the rubber surface
of the separation roller caused by friction between the separation roller and the
Descriptions
feed roller. Detailed
• After a job, paper sometimes remains between the feed and separation rollers. If
the paper tray is pulled out of the machine, this paper might be torn if the two
rollers do not separate.
• The user can easily pull out jammed paper between the feed and separation
rollers if the separation roller is away from the feed roller.
Normally, the feed and separation roller separate when the separation roller
solenoid switches off.
However, if the rollers stick together after paper passes between them, the
separation roller could rotate the feed roller in reverse before the motor and
solenoid switch off. To prevent this, if the feed roller starts to reverse, a small brake
arm [D] on the feed roller shaft rotates down, strikes a stopper, and drives the feed
roller forward slightly to separate it from the reverse roller below.
The rollers are composed of rubber and may stick occasionally. This mechanism
prevents excessive wear on the rollers.
[A]
[B]
B246D955.WMFF
The machine detects paper near end by counting the number of pulses the motor
makes when lifting the bottom plate.
The paper end sensor [A] receives light reflected from the paper below [B] until the
last sheet has been fed. Then, paper end is detected.
Descriptions
SP5129: The machine can detect 8" x 13" (default), 8½" x 13", or 8¼" x 13". Detailed
If the switch is set to the asterisk (*), a range of paper sizes (illustrated below) can
be selected, but the size must be entered with a UP mode.
Direction of Feed
B246D957.WMFF
[A]
[B]
B246D958.WMFF
Two heaters, one below the tandem tray [A] and one below the bottom tray [B],
prevent condensation around the feed rollers and keep paper dry.
This anti-condensation heater turns on automatically at the following times:
• When the main power switch is turned off
• When the machine enters auto off mode
[B]
[A]
B246D959.WMFF
1,550 sheets of paper can be set in each of the left [A] and right trays [B]. Paper is
fed from the right tray. When the paper in the right tray runs out, the paper in the
left tray automatically transfers to the right tray. After the paper transfers to the right
tray, paper feeding resumes.
Normally, both the right and the left trays are joined together. However, during
Descriptions
copying, if there is no paper in the left tray, the left tray can be pulled out to load
Detailed
paper. During that time, the right tray stays in the machine and paper feed
continues.
[A]
[B]
[C]
B246D960.WMF
B246D961.WMFF
[A]
[D]
B246D962.WMFF
[F]
[F]
[B]
[C]
[G]
[D]
[I]
[A]
[E]
[H] B246D963.WMFF
When the machine detects that the tray is in the machine, the right tray paper
sensor [A] (under the tray) checks whether there is paper in the right tandem tray.
NOTE: If sensor [A] was not present and the tray was empty, the bottom plate
would have to lift until the 1st tray lift paper end sensor (at the top of the
tray) detected that there was no paper, and this would waste several
seconds.
Descriptions
Detailed
If paper is detected, the lift mechanism starts:
• 1st tray Lift motor [B] → Coupling gear [C] → Pin [D] on the lift shaft [E] →
Wires [F] → Slots at the ends of the tray support rods [G, H] → Tray bottom
plate [I].
The tray goes up until both of the following occur:
• The paper pushes up the pick-up roller and the lift sensor is activated
• The paper end sensor at the top of the tray is deactivated.
[C]
[E]
[A]
[G]
[J] [H]
[D]
[B] [I]
[F]
B246D964.WMFF
Paper remaining: The amount of paper remaining in the tray is detected by which
combination of the three paper height sensors [A] are actuated by the actuator on
the left rail as the bottom plate rises.
• With the actuator below paper height sensor 1 (the bottom sensor), no sensor is
actuated and the display indicates the tray is full.
• When the actuator passes paper height sensor, the display indicates 50% of the
paper supply remaining.
• When the actuator passes paper height sensor 2 (the middle sensor), the display
indicates 30% of the paper supply remaining.
• When the actuator passes paper height sensor 3 (the top sensor), the display
does not change. This prevents the signal from returning to the off state, which
would indicate 100% of the paper remaining (the same state as when the sensor
is below paper sensor 1.
Paper near-end: Detected when the actuator [B] on the right rail activates the
paper near end sensor [C]. When the actuator passes this sensor, the display
indicates 10% of the paper supply remaining.
Paper end: After the last sheet feeds, the right tray paper sensor [D] below the
bottom of the tray actuates and signals paper end.
When paper runs out in the right tray, the stack must be moved across from the left
tray. To do that, the tray must first be lowered. The 1st tray lift motor [E] reverses
until actuator [B] activates the right tray down sensor [F].
When removing the tray manually, if paper is still present, the tray lowers under its
own weight as follows:
• Coupling [G] separates from pin [H] Î Tray bottom plate [I] moves down.
• Damper [J] lets the tray bottom plate drop slowly.
Fence Drive
[D]
[A]
[C]
[A]
[C]
[D] [B]
[B] B246D965.WMFF
The side fences [A] of the right tray open only when paper in the left tray goes to
the right tray.
The side fence solenoids [B] turn on to open the side fences, until the side fence
open sensors [C] activate.
After the stack has been moved into the right tray: The side fence solenoids turn off
Descriptions
Detailed
to close the side fences, until the side fence close sensors [D] activate. Then, the
LCD prompts the user to set some paper in the left side of the tandem tray.
[E]
[C]
[D]
[A]
[B]
B246D966.WMF
[G]
[F]
B246D967.WMFF
When the left tray paper sensor [A] detects paper but the right tray paper sensor
does not, the following happens.
• Rear fence motor [B] (a DC motor, in the left tray) turns counter-clockwise →
Rear fence [C] pushes the paper stack into the right tray.
• When rear fence return sensor [D] detects the actuator on the rear fence,
motor [B] turns clockwise until rear fence HP sensor [E] detects the actuator.
While the rear fence is moving, the left tray lock solenoid [F] turns on and the lock
lever [G] locks the left tray.
[A]
[B]
B246D968.WMF
B246D969.WMFF
When the feed tray is set in the paper feed unit, the side-to-side positioning plate
[A] presses the feed tray against the stopper [B]. By moving the positioning plate,
the tray position can be changed to adjust the side-to-side registration.
Descriptions
Detailed
[B]
[A]
B246D970.WMFF
When the tray is placed in the paper feed unit, the lock lever [A] drops behind the
lock plate [B] on the support bracket to lock the tray in the proper position.
[A]
[C]
[B]
B246D971.WMF
[E] [D]
[F]
B246D972.WMFF
Descriptions
The by-pass tray [A] opens from the right side of the machine. Detailed
By-pass feed motor [B] → By-pass feed clutch [C] → Pick-up roller [D] (pick-up
solenoid – see the next page) → Feed roller [E] and separation roller [F]
The by-pass tray uses a standard FRR feed system.
( Handling Paper> Paper Feed Methods> Forward and Reverse Roller (FRR)
or By-pass Feed Tray)
NOTE: The direction of feed in the by-pass tray is opposite from that of the other
paper trays, so their parts (with the exception of the separation roller) are
not interchangeable.
[A]
[B]
B246D973.WMFF
When the paper runs out, the paper end feeler [A] drops through the cutout in the
by-pass paper end sensor [B].
[A]
[B]
B246D974.WMFF
The positions of the side fences [A], connected to the by-pass paper size sensor
[B] determine the paper width.
Paper length is determined with pulse counts read from the registration sensor.
( Handling Paper> Paper Feed> Paper Size Detection> By-pass Size
Detection)
NOTE: Use SP1007 (By-pass Feed Paper Size Display) to confirm the size of the
paper detected in the by-pass tray if paper is skewing during feeding.
The user can specify non-standard paper sizes for feeding from the by-pass tray.
The size must be within the range shown in the illustration.
Descriptions
Detailed
100 ~ 300 mm (3.9" x 11.8")
B246D975.WMFF
NOTE: SP1904-001~002 (By-pass Paper Size Selection): Use this to calibrate the
minimum and maximum size positions of the by-pass tray side fences.
Refer to Replacement and Adjustment> Paper Feed> By-pass Paper Size
Detector.
SP1905 (Thick Paper – Bypass Tray): Use this to adjust the by-pass feed
clutch operation if thick paper often jams at the registration roller. See “5.
Service Tables” for details.
[H]
[D]
[F]
[C]
[G]
B246D976.WMFF
The registration rollers [A] and registration sensor [B] handle paper fed from four
directions:
• Tandem tray and universal trays below [C]
• Duplex unit [D]
• By-pass tray [E]
• Optional LCT [F]
The grip rollers [G] feed paper from the trays into the vertical transport path to the
registration rollers.
The upper relay roller [H] feeds all paper exiting the vertical transport path. It also
feeds paper from the duplex unit and LCT.
The by-pass tray feeds paper directly to the registration rollers.
[B]
[A]
[C]
[D]
[E]
B246D977.WMFF
When the registration sensor [A] detects the leading edge of the paper, the
registration motor [B] stops the paper at the registration rollers [C, D] for a short
while to correct the skew in the paper.
Mylar [E] touches the upper surface of roller [C]. This mylar removes dust from the
paper while it passes the registration rollers.
NOTE: Use SP1003 (Registration Buckle Adjustment) to adjust the registration
motor timing for each paper feed station or the duplex tray. For details see
“5. Service Tables”.
Descriptions
Detailed
[C]
[B]
[D]
[F]
[E]
[G]
[A]
B246D978.WMFF
If a paper misfeed occurs between the vertical transport rollers and the registration
rollers, the next sheet is already on its way up from the paper tray, and must be
stopped, or there will be a pile-up of jammed paper.
Guide plate solenoid [B] turns on → Lever [C] raises → Lock lever [D] (on the guide
plate) releases from pin [E] (on the rear side frame) → Guide plate [A] falls open →
Paper coming along the feed path is diverted into the duplex tray.
Actuator [F] on the guide plate activates the guide plate position sensor [G] when
the guide plate opens.
The user must remove jammed paper in the feed path, the sheet in the duplex tray,
and manually close the guide plate.
To prevent the guide plate from being left open, if the guide plate position sensor is
activated, copying is disabled and a caution is displayed on the LCD panel.
14 15 16 1 2 3
13 4
12
11
7
10 9 8
B246D979.WMFF
Descriptions
*1 Non-contact thermistor (B064 Series only)
Detailed
*2 Non-contact thermostats (B064 Series x2, B140 Series x3).
*3 Contact thermistors (B064 Series x1 end, B0140 Series x 2, end and center)
*4 B064 Series x2, B140 Series x3
*5 The D054 model only utilizes two fusing lamps.
B140 Series
Many changes were made to make sure that the fusing unit can get to the target
operation temperature in 30 seconds or less.
There are three fusing lamps:
• 650 W Fusing Lamp: Applies heat to the center of the hot roller.
• 550 W Fusing Lamp: Applies heat to the ends of the hot roller.
• 280 W Fusing Lamp: Also applies heat to the ends of the hot roller, but only
during the warmup (after the machine is turned on, or when it recovers from the
energy save mode).
NOTE: Only the 650 W and 550 W fusing lamps turn on and off to keep the hot
roller temperature steady at 185°C.
These changes were made to the hot roller and the pressure roller:
• To make the roller surface become hot more quickly, the thickness and diameter
of the hot roller were decreased.
• The pressure roller surface was changed to a bubble-type material. This gives
the correct nip width between the hot roller and the pressure roller.
The center and end thermistors touch the hot roller. They monitor the temperature
of the hot roller and give feedback for fusing-temperature control.
The thermistor at the center of the hot roller makes temperature detection better.
But its service life is shorter because it always touches the hot roller. For more, see
section “2. Preventive Maintenance”.
The three thermostats also monitor the temperature of the hot roller, to prevent
overheating. These thermostats do not touch the hot roller.
Both Series
The web cleaning unit (web roller, cleaning roller, and take up roller) applies a light
coat of silicone oil to the hot roller to prevent toner and paper dust from sticking to
the hot roller.
The fusing exit sensor detects concertina jams at the fusing unit exit. This sensor is
required because the user may not see this type of jam in the machine when
removing a jam at the exit.
The fusing unit and exit unit can be separated, making it easier to service.
[A]
[B]
B246D980.WMFF
The hot roller [A] and pressure roller [B] fuse the toner to the paper.
Two fusing lamps [C] (550 W) are inside the hot roller.
Two thermostats [D] are positioned above the hot roller near the center.
One thermistor [E] is also positioned above the hot roller near the center.
Another thermistor [F] is in contact with the end of the hot roller.
Thermistors
Center (non-contact) thermistor Temperature control
End (contact) thermistor Overheating protection
Thermostats*1
Descriptions
Center (non-contact) thermostats Overheating protection Detailed
*1
If the thermostats trigger an alert, the thermostat requires replacement.
A fusing exit sensor, located between the hot roller and paper exit roller, detects
paper jams inside the fusing unit.
[C]
[A]
[B]
B246D981.WMFF
The hot roller [A] and pressure roller [B] fuse the toner to the paper.
The hot roller, made of soft silicone rubber, has a thin layer of Teflon on the
surface.
There are three fusing lamps [C] in the hot roller.
There are three thermostats [D] above the hot roller, near the center.
One thermistor [E] touches the hot roller near the center.
Another thermistor [F] touches the end of the hot roller.
Thermistors
Center (contact) thermistor Temperature control
End (contact) thermistor Temperature control
Thermostats*1
Center (non-contact) thermostats Overheating protection
*1
If the thermostats trigger an alert, the thermostats must be replaced.
[D]
[C]
[B]
[E]
[F] [A]
B246D982.WMFF
Heavy springs [A], attached to pressure arms [B] below both ends of the pressure
roller [C], keep the roller pressed against the hot roller [D] above.
Release the springs [E] in order to release the pressure from the rollers for
maintenance.
Two holes [F] are provided on each pressure arm for the springs.
NOTE: Normally, the springs should be attached to the lower holes. Attaching the
springs to the upper holes exerts less pressure on the hot roller. Attach the
Descriptions
springs to the upper holes only for especially thin paper. Detailed
B140/B246/D052 Series 9
7
1
5
10
11 4
3 B246D983.WMFF 2
This mechanism makes sure that the hot roller and pressure roller touch only when
the machine makes copies. This prevents distortion of the pressure roller.
While the machine is turned on:
• The fusing pressure release motor [1] comes on and turns the cams [2] until the
cam position actuator [3] is at the home position. This turns the cams down and
pushes the pressure arms [4] below the ends of the pressure roller [5].
• This expands the heavy springs [6] and pulls the pressure roller away from the
hot roller [7].
When a job starts:
• The pressure release motor turns on.
• The vertical worm gear [8] turns the sequence of gears [9], and this turns the
cam shaft [10].
• The cam shaft turns the actuator into the gap in the fusing pressure release HP
sensor [11].
• The actuator goes out of the gap in the fusing pressure release HP sensor when
the cam is in the ‘up’ position. This turns the motor off. This lets the heavy
springs pull the pressure roller against the hot roller.
When the job ends and the machine goes back to the ready condition:
• The pressure release motor comes on again and turns the cams to the ‘down’
position. This pulls the pressure roller away from the hot roller.
• When the cams are in the 'down' position again, and the actuator goes out of the
gap, the sensor turns the motor off.
At paper jam or SC error:
• The pressure roller is again pulled away from the hot roller.
[A]
[B]
[C]
B246D984.WMFF
Descriptions
Detailed
[B]
[C] [A]
[D]
[E] B246D985.WMFF
Web Drive
The web motor drives the web supply roller [A] and web take-up roller [B]. The web
motor switches on for 0.8 to 2.8 s at 15 s intervals during copying.
Web Near-end
The machine monitors how much of the roll has been fed since it was installed. The
setting of SP1902-004 (Fusing Web Motor Control) determines the amount of web
remaining on the web roll when the near end alert is issued. (The default setting is
after 80% of the web has been used, which is about 266K A4 LEF.)
Web End
A light-tension spring holds the feeler [C] against the top of the feed roll. When the
roll runs out, the actuator on the end of the feeler [D] enters the web end sensor
[E].
When all of the web has been used (after about another 30k copies), the actuator
rotates, its feeler actuates the web end sensor, and SC550 (Fusing Unit Web End)
is logged. After replacing the web with a new one, reset SP1902-001 to 0 to
release SC550.
[A]
B246D986.WMFF
Descriptions
removing both screws and moving them to the inner holes. This lengthens the Detailed
paper path slightly to prevent the paper from wrinkling in the unit.
NOTE: 2) Before shipping, the screws are set in the outer holes.
3) If the customer is experiencing problems with paper sizes larger than
A4, then use the inner holes.
[A] [B]
[E]
[F] [C]
[D]
B246D987.WMFF
Fusing/exit motor [A] → timing belt [B] → gear coupling [C] → fusing unit
Inserting the fusing unit engages the coupling [C].
The pressure roller [D] is driven by friction between the pressure roller and the hot
roller [E].
The fusing unit exit rollers [F] are driven through some gears.
[B]
[A]
B246D988.WMFF
There is a temperature and humidity sensor [A] below the toner collection bottle
Descriptions
[B]. Detailed
If this sensor detects that the ambient temperature is less than 15°C (59°F) and the
center thermistor detects that the hot roller temperature is less than 153°C, CPM
down automatically decreases speed to 80% (60 to 48 cpm). The speed goes back
to 100% when the fusing temperature gets to 156°C (153°C+3°C).
At normal room temperature, if the center thermistor detects that the hot roller
temperature is less than 148°C, CPM down automatically decreases speed to 80%
(60 to 48 cpm). The speed goes back to 100% when the fusing temperature gets to
151°C (148°C +3°C).
Before Rotation
70 s
100oC
Main SW ON
100oC
Descriptions
Detailed
B246D989.WMFF
Here is a list of SC codes issued if a fusing unit error occurs. For details, see
“Troubleshooting”.
NOTE: To release the machine after one of these SC codes is issued, just enter
the SP mode.
6.12.9 EXIT
[C] [A]
[B]
[D]
B246D990.WMF
[D]
B246D991.WMFF
Fusing/exit motor [A] → timing belt [B] → exit roller [C] via gears and timing belts.
The de-curler rollers [D] remove curl from the paper before it exits. This improves
feed through the duplex unit and finishers.
[D]
[C]
[B]
[A] [E]
B246D992.WMFF
The exit junction gate [A] is controlled by the exit junction gate solenoid [B].
• If the solenoid is on: The gate opens, and paper [C] goes straight through [D]
to the output tray (for face-up delivery) or the finisher.
• If the solenoid is off: The gate remains closed and forces the paper down [E]
to the duplex unit.
Descriptions
Detailed
1 2
3
4
5 6
14
13
12 11 10 9 8 7
B246D993.WMFF
Normally the page is fed out directly face-up to the output tray. If the user selected
face-down output, the exit junction gate sends the page to the inverter. The inverter
inverts the page for face-down output.
If the user selected duplex mode, after the inverter inverts the page, the duplex
junction gate directs the page into the duplex unit, then the duplex unit feeds the
page back to the machine for printing the second side.
NOTE: When the duplex unit is removed, the trailing edge guide plate (6) drops to
the horizontal position to make it easier to remove.
[A]
[B]
[C]
[K]
[F]
[D]
[H]
[E]
[I] [G]
B246D994.WMF
Descriptions
B246D995.WMFF
Detailed
Fusing/exit motor [A] → Timing belt [B] → Inverter entrance roller [C]
Duplex inverter motor [D] → Timing belt → Transport rollers 1, 2 [E] and reverse
trigger rollers [F]
Duplex Inverter motor [D] → Inverter exit roller [K]
Duplex transport motor [G] → Timing belt → transport rollers 3, 4 [H]
Duplex transport clutch (B064)/ gear (B140, B246) [I]:
• Stops transport rollers 1, 2 [E] when there are two sheets in the duplex paper
path (when interleaving is used) → Allows the sheet in front to be fed out of
the duplex unit by motor [G] and rollers [H].
• Controlled by the duplex inverter sensor [J]
[C]
[A]
[D]
[B]
B246D996.WMF
[E]
B246D997.WMFF
Inverter Feed-out
[A]
[B]
B246D998.WMF
[C]
[D]
[E] [F]
B246D870.WMFF
Descriptions
[Y]: Reverse trigger roller Detailed
[Z]: Reverse roller
[AA]: Paper
[BB]: Inverter exit roller
[CC]: Duplex inverter sensor
After jogging, each page is fed back as follows:
• Solenoid [A] pushes down roller [B].
• Roller [B] contacts roller [C], catching the paper between the two rollers.
• Roller [C] always turns counter-clockwise, and feeds the paper [D]
backwards to roller [E].
When the leading edge of the paper, now caught by roller [E], passes sensor [F],
solenoid [A] switches off and roller [B] returns to its home position.
[A]
[B]
[G]
After inversion:
• If duplex mode is not selected, the duplex junction gate solenoid [A] does not
switch on to open the duplex junction gate [B]. The paper goes to the output
tray or finisher face down.
• If duplex mode is selected, after the paper leaves the inverter, the solenoid
[A] switches on and opens the junction gate [B]. The paper goes down to the
duplex tray.
For details of how the transport rollers [C, D], duplex transport clutch [E (not shown
here)], and duplex inverter sensor [F] control duplex feed, see 6.13.2.
Duplex transport sensors 1, 2, 3 [G] detect jams in the paper path.
The following diagrams show where the 7 sheets are located at every step during a
14-page duplex print job with A4/LT LEF paper (three pages can be in the feed
path at once).
B246D873.WMFF
Descriptions
Detailed
B246D874.WMFF
B246D875.WMFF
B246D876.WMFF
Operation
Night Mode
System 5V Off
Panel off +5VE On
Timer
B246D880.WMFF
When the machine is not used, the energy saver function reduces power
consumption by lowering the fusing temperature.
This machine has four types of energy saver mode as follows.
Descriptions
1) Energy saver mode (called ‘panel off mode’ in the operation manual) Detailed
2) Low power mode (called ‘energy saver mode’ in the operation manual)
3) Auto off mode (copier configuration only)
4) Night mode (copier/printer/scanner configuration only)
These modes are controlled by the following User Tools:
• Panel off timer
• Energy saver timer
• Auto off timer
• Auto off disabling
The way that the machine operates depends on the combination of installed
equipment (copier only, or whether a printer/scanner is installed).
Descriptions
Detailed
Approx.
Operation Energy System
Fusing Temp. Recovery Note
Switch Saver LED +5V
Time
Room Temp. 300 s Only +5VE is
Off Off Off
(Fusing lamp off) supplied to the BICU.
Descriptions
The system +5V supply is also turned off. However, +5VE (+5V for energy saver Detailed
mode) is still activated. When the machine detects a signal from the PC, the
machine goes back to night stand-by mode and the system +5V and +24V supplies
are activated. Then the machine receives the incoming message and prints it.
Energy
Operation System
Mode Saver Fusing Temp. Note
Switch +5V
LED
Night stand- Room Temp.
Off Off On
by mode (Fusing lamp off)
Room Temp. Only +5VE is supplied to
Night mode Off Off Off
(Fusing lamp off) the printer controller.
CPM
Each version of the D052 series is five copies/minute faster than its (B246 series)
predecessor. This was achieved not by increasing the printing speed, but by
reducing the paper interval (accomplished with a firmware modification).
The following table shows the paper intervals for when continuously printing A4/LT-
LEF sheets on each model, along with their printing speeds:
NOTE: The differences between the mainframe gears on the D052/D053 and D054
are indicated by changing the color of the gears:
- B246 series, D052/D053: Black
- D054: White
⇒
Elimination of the fusing lamp for side heating
The lamp for side heating was eliminated on the D054. This is because the warm-
up time on this model (60 sec.) is 30 seconds slower than on the B246 series (30
sec.), and as a result, there is no need to provide additional heat to the roller tips. It
has been confirmed that eliminating this lamp does not affect image quality. This
change will make it easier to replace/install fusing rollers in the field.
Firmware modifications
It is possible to use the same firmware on both B246 series and D052 series
models, except for the Engine firmware. (The B246 series and D052 series both
use their own unique Engine firmware.)
SPECIFICATIONS
⇒ 7. SPECIFICATIONS
7.1 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
7.1.1 COPIER
Configuration Console
Original Sheet/Book/Objects
Original Size Max. A3/11" x 17"
Min. B5 SEF/5.5" x 8.5" (using ADF)
Original Alignment Rear left corner
Copy Paper Size Paper tray, Duplex A3/11" x 17" – A5 SEF/5.5" x 8.5"
By-pass tray A3/11" x 17" – A6 SEF/5.5" x 8.5"
Non-standard sizes Width: 100 – 305 mm (4" x 12")
Length: 148 - 600 mm (5.5" x 23.4")
Copy Paper Weight Paper Tray 52.3 ~ 127.9 g/m2 (14 ~ 34 lb.)
Duplex 64 ~ 127.9 g/m2 (17 ~ 34 lb.)
By-pass: Standard 52.3 ~ 157 g/m2 (14 ~ 43 lb.)
Thick Paper mode 52.3 ~ 216 g/m2 (14 ~ 58 lb.)
Reproduction Ratios 6 reduction ratios, Metric (%) 400, 200, 141, 122, 115,
5 enlargement ratios 93, 82, 75, 71, 65, 50
Inch (%) 400, 200, 155, 129, 121,
93, 85, 78, 73, 65, 50
Zoom 25 ~ 400% in 1% steps
Copying Speed B163/B228 51 cpm (A4/11" x 8.5" LEF)
B246/250 55 cpm (A4/11" x 8.5" LEF)
B064/B140/B142/D052 60 cpm (A4/11" x 8.5" LEF)
B248/B251 65 cpm (A4/11" x 8.5" LEF)
D053 70 cpm (A4/11" x 8.5" LEF)
B065/B141/B143/B249/B252 75 cpm (A4/11" x 8.5" LEF)
D054 80 cpm (A4/11" x 8.5" LEF)
First Copy Time B064/B065 3.5 s
B141/B143 (1st Tray, A4/11" x 8.5" LEF Face-up mode)
B248/B249
B251/B252
D053/D054
B140/B142 4.2 s
B163/B228 (1st Tray, A4/11" x 8.5" LEF Face-up mode)
B246/B250
D052
B064/B065 5.3 s
Specifications
⇒
Warm-up Time B064/B065 Less than 300 s from Off mode
(under 20°C room temp.) Less than 25 s from low power
mode
B140/B141/B163/B142/B143 Less than 30 s
/B228B246/B248/B249/B250/
B252/B253/D052/D053
D054 Less than 60 s
Continuous Copy 1 ~ 999 (Operation panel entry)
Paper Capacity Tray 1 (tandem tray) 3100 sheets
Tray 2 550 sheets
Tray 3 550 sheets
By-pass Tray 100 sheets (80 g/m2, 20 lb.)
7.1.2 ADF
Original Size A3/11" x 17" – B6/5.5" x 8.5"
Original Weight 1-sided original 40 ~ 128 g/m2 (11 ~ 34 lb.)
2-sided original 52 ~ 128 g/m2 (14 ~ 34 lb.)
Table Capacity 100 sheets (80 g/m2, 20 lb.) or less than 12 mm (0.4") original
stack height
Original Standard Position Rear left corner
Separation Feed belt and separation roller
Original Transport Roller transport
Original Feed Order From top original
Reproduction Range 100%
Power Source DC 24 V from the main machine
Power Consumption Less than 110 W
Rated Voltage of Output Max. DC 24 V
Connector
Permissible voltage ±10%
fluctuation
Dimensions (W x D x H) 680 x 560 x 180 mm (26.8" x 22.0" x 7.1")
Weight 18 kg (39.6 lb.)
Specifications
Specifications
⇒ B246/B250
D052
B248/B252
D053
B249/B253
D054
(55/60 CPM) (65/70 CPM) (75/80 CPM)
Mainframe Only
Standby Less than 21/32 dB (A) Less than 21/32 dB (A) Less than 21/32 dB (A)
Copying Less than 53 dB (A) Less than 57 dB (A) Less than 57 dB (A)
Complete System
Standby Less than 21/32 dB (A) Less than 21/32 dB (A) Less than 21/32 dB (A)
Copying Less than 63 dB (A) Less than 63 dB (A) Less than 63 dB (A)
NOTE: The above measurements were made in accordance with ISO 7779. Full
system measurements include the Finisher, LCT, and Mailbox. In the
above stand-by condition, the polygon mirror motor is not rotating.
11 13
9 10 14
3
1
4
2
8 7 6 5
B246V500.WMF
Item Machine code Number
Mainframe B246
B248
B140
B065 B249
B141 1
B064 D052
B163
D053
D054
A3/DLT Kit B475 ○ ○ ○
Inside mainframe
Tab Sheet Kit B499 ○ ○ ○
LCT (Large Capacity Tray) B473 ○ ○ ○ 2
LG/B4 Kit B474 ○ ○ ○ Inside LCT
Copy Tray B476 ○ ○ 3
Z-Folding Unit B660 ○ ○ 4
Cover Interposer Tray B470 ○ ○ 5
Finisher with 100-sheet stapler B478 ○ 6
B706 ○ ○ 6
Finisher with 50-sheet Stapler B469 ○ ○ 7
Finisher with saddle-stitching
B468 ○ 8
and 50-sheet Stapler
Finisher with 50-sheet Stapler for Z-folding B674 ○ 8
9-Bin Mailbox B471 ○ ○ 9
Punch Unit for 50-staple Finisher B377 ○ ○ Inside Finisher No. 7 or 8
Punch Unit for 100-staple Finisher (NA 3/2,
B531 ○ ○ ○ Inside Finisher No. 6
EU 2/4)
Punch Unit for 100-staple Finisher (SC) B812 ○ ○ ○ Inside Finisher No. 6
Specifications
Upper Tray
Tray Capacity Unstapled 500 sheets (A4, A5 LEF, B5, 81/2" x 11")
(80 g/m2) 250 sheets (A3, B4, 12" x 18", 11" x 17")
100 sheets (A5 SEF, A6 SEF, B6 SEF, 51/2" x 81/2")
Stapled Max docs. Total sheets Size
50 docs. 500 sheets A4 LEF, 81/2" x 11" LEF
25 docs. 250 sheets A3, A4 SEF, B4, B5, 12" x 18",
11" x 17", 81/2" x 11"
Paper Size A3 ~ A5, A6 SEF, B6 SEF, 12" x 18", 11" x 17" ~ 51/2" x 81/2"
Paper Weight 52 g/m2 ~ 216 g/m2 (14 ~ 58 lb)
Mixed Sizes A3 and A4 LEF, B4 and B5 LEF, 11" x 17" and 81/2" x 11" LEF
(Max: 16 docs, Max sheets: 30 sheets or less)
Lower Tray
Tray Capacity Unstapled 2,500 sheets (A4 LEF, 81/2" x 11" LEF)
(80 g/m2) 500 sheets (A5 LEF)
100 sheets (A5 SEF, A6 SEF, B6 SEF, 51/2" x 81/2")
Stapled Max docs. Total sheets Size
50 docs. 2,500 sheets A4 LEF, 81/2" x 11" LEF
50 docs. 1,250 sheets A4 SEF, B5, 81/2" x 11" SEF
30 docs. 1,250 sheets A3, B4, 12" x 18", 11" x 17"
Paper Size A3 ~ A5, A6 SEF, B6 SEF, 12" x 18", 11" x 17" ~ 51/2" x 81/2"
Paper Weight 52 g/m2 ~ 216 g/m2 (14 ~ 58 lb)
Mixed Sizes A3 and A4 LEF, B4 and B5 LEF, 11" x 17" and 81/2" x 11" LEF
(Max: 50 docs, Max sheets: 30 sheets or less)
Proof Tray
Specifications
Staple Specifications
Binding Same 50 sheets (A4, 81/2" x 11" or smaller)
Capacity Size 30 sheets (B4, 81/2" x 14" or larger)
(80 g/m2) Mixed 30 sheets (A3 and A4 LEF, B4 and B5 LEF, 11" x 17" and 81/2"
Size x 11" LEF)
Paper Size A3-B5, 11" x 17" ~ 81/2" x 11"
Paper Weight 64 g/m2 ~ 90 g/m2 (17 ~ 24 lb)
Stapling Position Front (1), Back (1), Back (1: diagonal), Duplex Binding
Stapling Capacity 5,000 staples/Cartridge
Lower Tray
Tray Capacity Unstapled 3,000 sheets (A4 LEF, 81/2" x 11" LEF)
(80 g/m2) 1,500 sheets (A3, A4 SEF, B4, B5, 12" x 18", 11" x 17",
81/2" x 14", 81/2" x 11" SEF)
500 sheets (A5 LEF)
100 sheets (A5 SEF, A6 SEF, B6 SEF, 51/2" x 81/2")
Stapled Max docs. Total sheets Size
50 docs. 3,000 sheets A4 LEF, 81/2" x 11" LEF
50 docs. 1,500 sheets A4 SEF, B5, 81/2" x 11" SEF
30 docs. 1,500 sheets A3, B4, 12" x 18", 11" x 17"
Paper Size A3 ~ A5, A6 SEF, B6 SEF, 12" x 18", 11" x 17" ~ 51/2" x 81/2"
Paper Weight 52 g/m2 ~ 216 g/m2 (14 ~ 58 lb)
Mixed Sizes A3 and A4 LEF, B4 and B5 LEF, 11" x 17" and 81/2" x 11" LEF
(Max: 50 docs, Max sheets: 30 sheets or less)
Proof Tray
Tray Capacity 250 sheets (A4, 81/2" x 11" or smaller)
50 sheets (B4, 81/2" x 14" or larger)
Paper Weight 52 g/m2 ~ 216 g/m2 (14 ~ 58 lb)
Staple Specifications
Binding Same Size 50 sheets (A4, 81/2" x 11" or smaller)
Capacity 30 sheets (B4, 81/2" x 14" or larger)
(80 g/m2) Mixed Size 30 sheets (A3 and A4 LEF, B4 and B5 LEF, 11" x 17" and
81/2" x 11" LEF)
Paper Size A3 ~ B5, 11" x 17" ~ 81/2" x 11"
Paper Weight 64 g/m2 ~ 90 g/m2 (17 ~ 24 lb)
Stapling Position Front (1), Back (1), Back (1: diagonal), Duplex Binding
Stapling Capacity 5,000 staples/Cartridge
Specifications
Upper Tray
Tray Capacity Unstapled 500 sheets (A4, A5 LEF, B5, 81/2" x 11")
(80 g/m2) 250 sheets (A3 SEF, B4 SEF, 12" x 18", 11" x 17" SEF)
100 sheets (A5 SEF, B6 SEF, 51/2" x 81/2")
Stapled Max docs. Total sheets Size
50 docs. 500 sheets A4 LEF, 81/2" x 11" LEF
25 docs. 250 sheets A3, A4 SEF, B4, B5, 12" x
18", 11" x 17", 81/2" x 11"
Paper Size A3 ~ A5, A6 SEF, B6 SEF, 12" x 18", 11" x 17" ~ 51/2" x 81/2"
Paper Weight 52 g/m2 ~ 216 g/m2 (14 ~ 58 lb)
Mixed Sizes A3 and A4 LEF, B4 and B5 LEF, 11" x 17" and 81/2" x 11" LEF
(Max: 16 docs, Max sheets: 30 sheets or less)
Note: Z-folded paper cannot be output to the upper tray.
Lower Tray
Tray Capacity Unstapled No Z-folded paper
(80 g/m2 20 lb) 2,500 sheets (A4 LEF, 81/2" x 11" LEF)
1,250 sheets (A3 SEF, A4 SEF, B4 SEF, B5, 11" x 17" SEF,
81/2" x 14" SEF, 81/2" x 11" SEF)
100 sheets (A5 SEF, B6 SEF, B6 SEF, 51/2" x 81/2")
Z-folded sheets only
30 sheets
20 sheets
Stapled Max docs Total sheets Size
50 docs. 2,500 sheets A4 LEF, 81/2" x 11" LEF
50 docs. 1,250 sheets A4 SEF, B5, 81/2" x 11" SEF
30 docs. 1,250 sheets A3, B4, 12" x 18", 11" x 17"
Stapled 5 docs 30 sheets A3 (Z) and A4 LEF
and B4 (Z) and B5 LEF,
Z-folded 11" x 17" (Z) and 81/2" x 11" LEF
Paper Size No Z-folded A3 ~ A5, A6 SEF, B6 SEF, 12" x 18"
11" x 17" ~ 51/2" x 81/2"
Z-folded A3 SEF ~ A4 SEF
11" x 17" SEF ~ 51/2" x 81/2" SEF
Paper Weight No Z-folded 52 g/m2 ~ 216 g/m2 (14 ~ 58 lb)
Z-folded 64 g/m2 ~ 80 g/m2 (17 ~ 20 lb)
Mixed Sizes No Z-folded A3 and A4 LEF, B4 and B5 LEF
11" x 17" and 81/2" x 11" LEF
(Max: 50 docs, Max sheets: 30 sheets or less)
Z-folded A3 (Z) and A4 LEF, B4 (Z) and B5 LEF
11" x 17" (Z) and 81/2" x 11" LEF
(Max: 6 docs, Max sheets: 30 sheets or less)
Proof Tray
Tray Capacity No Z- folded 250 sheets (A4, 81/2" x 11" or smaller)
50 sheets (B4, 81/2" x 14" or larger)
Z-folded 20 sheets (A4, 81/2" x 11" or smaller)
30 sheets (B4, 81/2" x 14" or larger)
Mixed 250 sheets (A4, 81/2" x 11" or smaller)
50 sheets (B4, 81/2" x 14" or larger)
(One Z-folded sheet is counted as 10
unfolded sheets.)
Paper Weight No Z- folded 52 g/m2 ~ 163 g/m2 (14 ~ 43 lb)
Z-folded 64 g/m2 ~ 80 g/m2 (17 ~ 20 lb)
Specifications
Staple Specifications
Binding Same 50 sheets (A4, 81/2" x 11" or smaller)
Capacity Size 30 sheets (B4, 81/2" x 14" or larger)
(80 g/m2, 20 lb) Mixed 30 sheets (A3 and A4 LEF, B4 and B5 LEF, 11" x 17" and 81/2"
size x 11" LEF)
Z-folded
Z-folded Sheets No Z-folded Sheets
5 0
4 0 ~ 10
3 0 ~ 20
2 0 ~ 30
1 0 ~ 40
One Z-folded sheet is counted as 10 unfolded sheets.
Paper Size No Z- folded A3-B5, 11" x 17" ~ 81/2" x 11"
Z-folded A3SEF, B4SEF, 11" x 17" SEF
Paper Weight No Z- folded 64 g/m2 ~ 90 g/m2 (17 ~ 24 lb)
Z-folded 64 g/m2 ~ 80 g/m2 (17 ~ 20 lb)
Stapling Position Front (1), Back (1), Back (1: diagonal), Duplex Binding
Stapling Capacity 5,000 staples/Cartridge
Punch Specifications
Punch Position North America (NA) 2/3 holes B377-17
Europe (E) 2/4 holes B377-27
Northern Europe (NE) 4 holes B377-31
Punching Allowed All modes
Allowed Paper Sizes Holes Feed Paper Size
2 holes (E) SEF A3 ~ A5, 11" x 17" ~ 51/2" x 81/2"
LEF A4 ~ A5, 81/2" x 11", 51/2" x 81/2"
2 holes (NA) SEF A3 ~ A5, 11" x 17" ~ 51/2" x 81/2"
LEF A4 ~ A5, 81/2" x 11", 51/2" x 81/2"
3 holes (NA) SEF A3, B4, 11" x 17"
LEF A4, B5, 81/2" x 11"
4 holes (E) SEF A3, B4, 81/2" x 11"
LEF A4, B5, 81/2" x 11"
4 holes (NE) SEF A3 ~ A5, 11" x 17" ~ 51/2" x 81/2"
LEF A3 ~ A5, 81/2" x 11", 51/2" x 81/2"
Allowed Paper Weight Holes Weight
2
2 holes 52 ~ 163 g/m
3 holes (14 ~ 43 lb.)
4 holes (E)
4 holes (NE)
2 holes (NA)
Hopper Capacity North America (2/3 hole) More than 60 K prints
Europe, Europe (4 holes) More than 80 K prints
Rated Voltage of Output Max. DC 24 V
Connector
Dimensions (W x D x H) 700 x 620 x 960 mm (27.6" x 24.4" x 37.8")
Weight Approx. 65 kg (143 lb.) (with punch unit)
Power Consumption 72 W (3 A/24 V)
Power Supply DC 24 V
Specifications
DIP SW Settings
The correct DIP SW settings of the Punch Unit 531 are provided in the table below
for your reference only. The DIP switches of these punch units do not need to be
changed at installation, or adjusted for operation.
DIP SW Settings
Punch Unit Unit No.
1 2 3 4
2/3-Hole (NA) B531-17 1 0 1 0
2/4-Hole ( EUR/A) B531-27 1 0 0 1
0: OFF
1: ON
DIP SW Settings
The correct DIP SW settings of the Punch Unit A812 are provided in the table
below for your reference only. The DIP switches of these punch units do not need
to be changed at installation, or adjusted for operation.
DIP SW Settings
Punch Unit Unit No.
1 2 3 4
2-Hole ( EUR/A) A812-40/A812-67 0 0 0 0
Specifications
B5 LEF + B4 SEF,
8½" x11” LEF + 11” x17” SEF
B473
LARGE CAPACITY TRAY
2. DETAILS...........................................................................................7
2.1 OVERVIEW .................................................................................................. 7
2.1.1 LCT MAIN COMPONENTS ................................................................. 7
2.1.2 LCT DRIVE LAYOUT........................................................................... 9
2.2 PAPER FEED AND SEPARATION ............................................................ 10
2.2.1 STARTING PAPER FEED................................................................. 10
2.2.2 FEED AND SEPARATION ................................................................ 11
2.3 PAPER LIFT ............................................................................................... 12
2.4 PAPER HEIGHT DETECTION ................................................................... 14
2.5 PAPER END DETECTION ......................................................................... 15
SM i B473
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Capacity Tray
Large
B473
[F]
[E]
B473R001.WMF
SM 1 B473
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PICK-UP/FEED/SEPARATION ROLLERS
[B]
[A]
[D]
B473R002.WMF
[E]
[C]
B473R003.WMF
B473 2 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PICK-UP SOLENOID
[A]
Capacity Tray
Large
B473
B473R004.WMF
Rear cover ( x 4)
Open the transport cover ( 1.2)
Bracket cover ( 1.2)
[A]: Pick-up solenoid ( x 2, x 1)
SM 3 B473
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PAPER END SENSOR, UPPER COVER SWITCHES
[A]
B473R005.WMF
[B]
B473R006.WMF
B473 4 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
TRAY MOTOR
Capacity Tray
Large
B473
[A]
B473R007.WMF
[A]
[B]
B473R008.WMF
SM 5 B473
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PAPER SIZE ADJUSTMENT
[B]
[A]
[C]
B473R109.WMF
B473 6 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
OVERVIEW
2. DETAILS
2.1 OVERVIEW
2.1.1 LCT MAIN COMPONENTS
5 6 7
4
3
8
2
Capacity Tray
1
Large
B473
17 9
16
10
15
11
14
12
13
B473D001.WMF
SM 7 B473
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
OVERVIEW
B473 8 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
OVERVIEW
4 5
Capacity Tray
1
Large
B473
6
7
B473D003.WMF
1. Pick-up Roller
2. Separation Roller
3. Transport Rollers
4. Feed Roller
5. Feed Motor
6. Tray Motor
7. Tray Lift Shaft
8. Tray Drive Belt
SM 9 B473
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PAPER FEED AND SEPARATION
[B]
[A]
[C]
B473D004.WMF
B473 10 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PAPER FEED AND SEPARATION
[C] [B]
Capacity Tray
[A]
Large
B473
B473D005.WMF
[E] [D]
The feed motor [A] switches on, then the pick-up solenoid [B] switches on and
transfers drive to the paper feed roller [C] and pick-up roller [D].
The rotating pick-up roller lowers and feeds the first sheet when it contacts the top
of the stack.
The separation roller [E], in contact with the feed roller, only allows one sheet out of
the tray.
As soon as the paper feed sensor (not shown) detects the leading edge of the
paper, it switches off the pick-up solenoid which raises the pick-up roller. The feed
roller feeds the sheet to the registration roller.
This process is repeated for each sheet.
SM 11 B473
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PAPER LIFT
[E]
[A]
[D]
[B]
[F]
[C]
[H]
B473D006.WMF
[G]
B473D158.WMF
Tray motor [A] → Gear [B] → Shaft [C] → Tray belts [D] raise and lower the paper
tray [E].
After paper is set in the LCT and the upper cover is closed, if the paper height
sensor [F] is not activated, the tray motor lowers the tray and stops. When the
paper height sensor activates, the tray motor lifts the tray.
After several sheets have been fed, the paper level lowers, the actuator [G]
activates the lift sensor [H], and switches on the motor again. The motor raises
stack until the actuator de-activates the lift sensor.
This cycle repeats to maintain the correct height of the stack until the end of the
job.
B473 12 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PAPER LIFT
[C]
[D]
[A]
Capacity Tray
Large
B473
[B]
[E]
B473D108.WMF
Pressing the tray down button [A] reverses the rotation of the tray motor [B] and
lowers the tray [C].
The tray lowers until the stack sensor [D] detects the top of the stack and stops the
tray motor.
• This mechanism lowers the tray by 5 cm, which gives the user enough space to
add 500 sheets of paper.
• If the down switch is then pressed again, the bottom plate moves down once
again by 5 cm. This allows the customer to replenish paper in convenient
amounts and at the same position.
A lower limit sensor [E] (triggered by an actuator on the bottom of the tray) is also
provided to stop the tray motor if the stack sensor should fail.
Summary
The tray raises when:
• The main power switch is turned on
• When the lift sensor switches on during copying
• The top cover is closed and the lift sensor switches on
The tray lowers when:
• The tray down button is pressed.
• The paper end sensor signals that there is no paper in the tray.
SM 13 B473
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PAPER HEIGHT DETECTION
[F]
[B]
[E]
[D]
[C]
B473D006.WMF
As paper is consumed from the top of the stack [A], the paper tray rises and the
actuator [B] attached to the tray passes through paper height sensor 3 [C], paper
height sensor 2 [D], and paper height sensor 1 [E] until the actuator reaches the
paper near end sensor [F].
The operation panel displays a message for each paper height until the actuator
reaches the near-end sensor, then a message warns the user that the tray is nearly
empty.
The table summarizes the relation between sensor detection and the number of
sheets remaining in the stack.
Sensors
Sheet Remaining Bars *1
Near-end P.Height 1 P.Height 2 P.Height 3
75 1 O — — —
1500 2 P O — —
2500 3 P P O —
3500 4 P P P O
*1
: The number of vertical bars in the paper height display on the operation panel.
O: Actuator blocking the sensor gap.
P: Sensor gap is open
B473 14 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PAPER END DETECTION
[A]
Capacity Tray
[B]
Large
B473
B473D111.WMF
The paper end sensor [A] monitors the light reflected by each sheet on top of the
stack.
When the last sheet feeds, the cutout [B] is exposed, and the paper end sensor
receives no reflected light from below because there is no paper and this signals
paper end.
SM 15 B473
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
B475
A3/DLT TRAY KIT
2. DETAILS...........................................................................................3
SM i B475
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
[G]
[D]
[F]: Gear
Kit
SM 1 B475
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BOTTOM PLATE LIFT WIRE REPLACEMENT
[E]
[D]
[B]
[A]
[C]
B475R061.WMF
B475 2 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BOTTOM PLATE LIFT WIRE REPLACEMENT
2. DETAILS
[B]
[C]
[A]
[E]
[D] [F]
B475D101.WMF
With this option installed, only one stack of paper can be loaded.
Lift motor [A] → Shaft and pulleys [B] → Tray wires [C] → Tray bottom plate [D].
An array of four paper height sensors [E] provide paper supply detection. As each
sensor is actuated, a message (percent of paper remaining) alerts the user about
the remaining amount of paper. When the bottom sensor [F] of the four sensors is
actuated, the paper end message is displayed.
A3/DLT Tray
B475
Kit
SM 3 B475
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
B468/B469/B674
3000-SHEET FINISHER
3000-SHEET FINISHER
B468/B469/B674
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2. DETAILS........................................................................................ 24
2.1 OVERVIEW ................................................................................................ 24
2.2 DRIVE LAYOUT ......................................................................................... 25
2.3 TRAY/STAPLER JUNCTION GATES......................................................... 28
2.4 PRE-STACKING......................................................................................... 29
2.5 VERTICAL LIFT MECHANISM...................................................................30
2.5.1 OVERVIEW ....................................................................................... 30
2.5.2 UPPER TRAY.................................................................................... 31
Just After the Power is Switched on....................................................... 31
Height Adjustment During Feed-Out ...................................................... 31
Upper Tray Full ...................................................................................... 31
2.5.3 LOWER TRAY ................................................................................... 32
Just After the Power is Switched on....................................................... 32
Positioning the Lower Tray for Feed-out ................................................ 32
Lower Tray Height Adjustment During Feed-out .................................... 32
Lower Tray Full ...................................................................................... 33
2.6 SHIFT MECHANISM .................................................................................. 34
2.7 PAPER POSITIONING ............................................................................... 35
2.8 STAPLER ................................................................................................... 36
2.8.1 STAPLING MECHANISM .................................................................. 36
2.8.2 STAPLER MOVEMENT..................................................................... 37
Horizontal Stapler Movement................................................................. 37
SM i B468/B469/B674
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
B468/B469/B674 ii SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
[F]
[G] [A]
B468/B469/
3000-Sheet
Finisher
B674
[H]
B468R002.WMF
[J]
B468R001.WMF
SM 1 B468/B469/B674
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
POSITIONING ROLLER
[A]
[B]
[C]
B468R003.WMF
[A]
[B]
B468R004.WMF
B468/B469/B674 2 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BRUSH ROLLER
[B] [A]
[C]
B468/B469/
3000-Sheet
Finisher
B674
Rear View
B468R005.WMF
SM 3 B468/B469/B674
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
LOWER TRAY PAPER HEIGHT SENSORS 1, 2
[A]
[C]
[B]
[D]
[E]
B468R006.WMF
B468/B469/B674 4 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PROOF TRAY EXIT AND FULL SENSORS
[D]
[B]
[C]
[A]
B468/B469/
3000-Sheet
Finisher
B674
B468R007.WMF
SM 5 B468/B469/B674
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
EXIT SENSOR
[A]
[B]
B468R008.WMF
B468/B469/B674 6 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FINISHER, STAPLER ENTRANCE SENSORS
[B]
[A]
[D]
[C]
B468/B469/
3000-Sheet
Finisher
B674
B468R009.WMF
SM 7 B468/B469/B674
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SADDLE-STITCH STAPLER REPLACEMENT
[B]
B468R101.WMF
[D]
[C]
3. Remove the old booklet stapler
motors ( x 3 each x 1 each).
4. Attach the left booklet stapler motor
[C] and right stapler motor [D] ( x 3
each).
NOTE: Do not tighten the screws.
B468R102.WMF
[E]
B468R103.WMF
B468/B469/B674 8 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SADDLE-STITCH STAPLER REPLACEMENT
[B]
[A]
B468R104.WMF
[C] [D]
9. On each motor, with your finger turn
B468/B469/
3000-Sheet
the brass gear [C] toward you until it
Finisher
B674
stops then tighten the motor screws
[D] .( x 3)
10. Remove the motor mount board
( x 4) and remove the jigs.
11. Fasten the new motor mount to the
frame ( x 4, x 2).
B468R105.WMF
SM 9 B468/B469/B674
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Z-FOLD JOGGER UNIT (B674 ONLY)
[A]
[C]
[B]
B468R900.WMF
1. Open the front door and pull out the stapler tray unit.
2. Remove the Z-fold jogger unit cover [A]. ( x 2)
3. Remove the Z-fold jogger unit cover [B]. ( x 1)
4. Remove the Z-fold jogger unit [C] ( x 4, x 4, x 2)
B468/B469/B674 10 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
JOGGER TOP FENCE MOTOR (B674 ONLY)
B468/B469/
3000-Sheet
Finisher
B674
B468R901.WMF
1. Open the front door and pull out the stapler tray unit.
2. Remove the Z-fold jogger unit cover ( x 2)
3. Remove the motor bracket [A] ( x 2, timing belt x 1)
4. Remove the jogger top fence motor [B] ( x 2, x 1, x 1)
SM 11 B468/B469/B674
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
JOGGER BOTTOM FENCE MOTOR(B674 ONLY)
[A]
B468R902.WMF
1. Open the front door and pull out the stapler tray unit.
2. Remove the jogger bottom fence motor [A] ( x 2, timing belt x 1, x 1, x 1).
B468/B469/B674 12 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PUNCH POSITION ADJUSTMENT
B468/B469/
3000-Sheet
Finisher
B674
[B] [A]
B468R010.WMF
• Horizontal position. To adjust the horizontal positions of the punch holes, install
or remove the metal spacers. Three spacers are used:
• 1 spacer, 2 mm thick
• 2 spacers, each 1 mm thick.
Rear cover ( 1.1)
[A]: Punch unit ( x 2)
[B]: Spacer
• Attach or remove the required number of spacers.
• The 2 mm spacer should be installed to set the default punch hole positions.
Use the 1 mm spacers to adjust.
SM 13 B468/B469/B674
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
JAM DETECTION
B468/B469/B674 14 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DIP SW 100 (MAIN BOARD)
DIP SW 101
Mode Content
1 2 3 4
0 0 0 0 Default
1 0 0 0 Not Used
0 1 0 0 Cover Feeder Test Operation Check
1 1 0 0 Cover Feeder Test Operation Check
0 0 1 0 Move to Shipping Position *1 See note below.
1 0 1 0 Cover Feeder Check Operation Check
1 1 1 0 Cover Feed Test Operation Check
*1
: The following procedure repositions the trays to the shipping position.
1) Make sure that the main switch is turned off.
2) Turn on DIP SW101-3.
3) Turn on the main switch. The finisher automatically repositions the trays to the shipping
B468/B469/
3000-Sheet
position.
Finisher
B674
4) After the finisher completes moving the trays, turn off DIP SW101-3.
SM 15 B468/B469/B674
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
JOGGER FENCE ADJUSTMENT
[A]
[C]
[B]
B468R903.WMF
B468R904.WMF
B468/B469/B674 16 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
JOGGER FENCE ADJUSTMENT
[B]
[D]
[C]
B468R905.WMF
[A]
B468/B469/
3000-Sheet
Finisher
B674
B468R906.WMF
4. Rotate Knob R7 [A] until the folder plate [B] touches the adjustment board.
5. Turn knob [C] to bring both jogger fences[D] parallel to sides of the adjustment
board.
NOTE: Make sure that the adjustment board is flat. There should be a very
small gap between the jogger fences and the sides of the adjustment
board.
SM 17 B468/B469/B674
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
JOGGER FENCE ADJUSTMENT
[C]
B468R908.WMF
[D]
[A] B468R907.WMF
[B]
B468R909.WMF
6. Push the left edge of the adjustment board against the front fence.
7. At the back of the unit, loosen screw [A] to release jogger shaft [B].
8. At the front, check the position of the upper left corner. The leading edge
should be parallel to the stay.
• If the left corner of the board is low [C], lower the jogger shaft [B] until the
leading edge of the board is parallel to the stay then tighten screw [A].
• If the left corner of the board is high [D], raise the jogger shaft [B] until the
edge is parallel then tighten the screw [A].
B468/B469/B674 18 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
JOGGER FENCE ADJUSTMENT
[C]
B468R911.WMF
[B]
[A]
[D]
B468R910.WMF
B468/B469/
3000-Sheet
Finisher
B674
B468R912.WMF
9. Push the right edge of the adjustment board against the back fence.
10. At the back of the unit, loosen screw [A] to release jogger shaft [B].
11. At the front, check the position of the upper right corner. The leading edge
should be parallel to the stay.
• If the right corner of the board is high [C], raise the jogger shaft [B] until the
leading edge of the board is parallel to the stay then tighten screw [A].
• If the right corner of the board is low [D], lower the jogger shaft [B] until the
edge is parallel then tighten the screw [A].
12. Reassemble the finisher.
13. Print three booklet sets of 2 or 3 sheets each.
SM 19 B468/B469/B674
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
JOGGER FENCE ADJUSTMENT
Paper Paper
13.W M F
B468R913.WMF
14. To check for skew, measure from the edges of the innermost sheet and make
sure that the amount of skew is less than 2 mm for , , , .
If , , , or is more than 2 mm, do the following procedure.
(1) Insert a screwdriver into the door switch then push in the stapler unit.
(2) Scan and print 3 booklet sheets in book mode from the platen (do not scan
the originals with the ADF).
(3) Once the paper is fed into the stapler unit and the machine stops, pull the
stapler unit out.
(4) Press the key on the operation panel, then remove the screwdriver from
the door switch as soon as the jogger fences come close to the paper
edges (about 10 mm wider than the paper width).
(5) Measure the gaps between the edges and fences on both sides.
Paper/Fence gap (top + bottom) = 0 to 0.5 mm
(6) If the gaps are too wide or too narrow, do SP6120 (Staple Jogger
Adjustment) to adjust the gap for the paper size.
15. Repeat Step 14. If , , , or is still more than 2 mm, go to Step 16.
B468/B469/B674 20 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
JOGGER FENCE ADJUSTMENT
[A]
B468R914.WMF
16. Use SP6902 (Fold Position Adjustment) until the two edges intersect in the
middle at [A]. This minimizes vertical fold skewing by bringing the leading and
trailing edges of the sheets closer together.
NOTE: B140 copiers: First adjust SP 6902. Then if the same problem occurs
when single sheets are folded, adjust SP 6903. See the SP tables in
B468/B469/
3000-Sheet
Finisher
the B140 service manual for how to use SP 6903.
B674
17. Repeat Step 15. If , , , or is still more than 2 mm, go to Step 18.
NOTE: Although the fences may be parallel and within range of the distance
from the paper edges (0 to 0.5 mm), they may not be perpendicular to
the folding mechanism. Step 14 corrects this.
SM 21 B468/B469/B674
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
JOGGER FENCE ADJUSTMENT
rear
B468R915.WMF
or Over 2 mm
(1) Loosen the rear jogger fence screw, lower the rear jogger fence shaft, then
tighten the screw.
(2) Loosen the screw of the front jogger fence shaft, raise the shaft to bring the
front jogger fence flush against the paper, then tighten the screw.
B468R916.WMF
NOTE: Be sure to raise or lower both shafts by the same number of marked
increments.
19. Repeat Step 18 until the gaps are all less than 2 mm.
B468/B469/B674 22 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
JOGGER FENCE ADJUSTMENT
NG [B]
OK
[A]
B468/B469/
3000-Sheet
Finisher
B674
B468R917.WMF
SM 23 B468/B469/B674
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
OVERVIEW
2. DETAILS
2.1 OVERVIEW
1 2 3 4
5
6
15
7
16
14
13
12 12
17
11
11
8
10
B468D900.WMF
9
B468/B469/B674 24 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DRIVE LAYOUT
2 3
1
4
12
11
10
9
8
7
6 5
B468/B469/
3000-Sheet
Finisher
B674
B468D006.WMF
SM 25 B468/B469/B674
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DRIVE LAYOUT
2
1
3
8
B468D007.WMF
B468/B469/B674 26 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DRIVE LAYOUT
B468/B469/
3000-Sheet
Finisher
2
B674
B468D901.WMF
SM 27 B468/B469/B674
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
TRAY/STAPLER JUNCTION GATES
[D]
[B]
[C]
[A]
B468D009.WMF B468D010.WMF
B468D008.WMF
The finishing mode selected for the job determines the direction of the paper in the
finisher.
• Proof Tray (Top of the unit). Paper is sent to the top tray.
• Shift. Paper is sent straight to the upper or lower tray.
• Staple. Paper is sent down to the stapler unit
Selected Operation Mode
Solenoid/Gate
Proof Sort/Stack Staple
[A] Stapler junction gate solenoid OFF OFF ON
[B] Stapler junction gate Closed Closed Open
[C] Proof tray junction gate solenoid ON OFF OFF
[D] Proof tray junction gate Open Closed Closed
B468/B469/B674 28 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PRE-STACKING
2.4 PRE-STACKING
[F]
[A]
[D]
B468/B469/
3000-Sheet
Finisher
B674
B468D011.WMF
During a multiple copy job selected for stapling, the pre-stacking mechanism
delays the first two sheets of every set (after the first set) to allow enough time to
staple the preceding stack on the stapler tray. Pre-stacking is performed with the
first and second sheets for the second and all subsequent sets.
Shortly after the first sheet of the set enters the finisher, the pre-stack junction gate
solenoid [A] switches on, opens the pre-stack junction gate [B] and shunts the first
sheet to the paper pre-stack tray [C]. When the first sheet passes the pre-stack
roller [D], the pre-stack motor switches off and the sheet stops.
Shortly after the trailing edge of the first sheet enters the finisher, the solenoid
switches off, and the junction gate closes. This allows the second sheet of the set
to pass the closed junction gate and enter the main paper path [E].
At the prescribed time, the pre-stack motor switches on, and the pre-stack
transport roller [F] rotates and sends the first sheet to the stapler tray at the same
time as the second sheet arrives there.
All subsequent sheets of the same set are sent through the main paper path to the
stapler tray for stapling.
SM 29 B468/B469/B674
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
VERTICAL LIFT MECHANISM
[A]
[B]
B468D101.WMF
At power on, both trays lower slightly, then the upper tray stops at the feed-out
position. The machine is ready for feed out to the upper tray [A]
During printing, the upper [A] or lower tray [B] (whichever is selected) is repeatedly
lowered until the stack reaches a certain height and then the job halts. The upper
tray holds 500 sheets (A4 LEF), and the lower tray holds 2500 sheets.
Both trays can be used for the normal, shift, and staple modes. However, only the
lower tray can be used for the booklet binding (saddle-stitch mode).
B468/B469/B674 30 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
VERTICAL LIFT MECHANISM
[B]
[A]
[E]
[F]
[C]
[G]
[D]
B468D102.WMF
B468/B469/
3000-Sheet
Finisher
B674
[A]: Upper tray lift motor
[B]: Upper tray paper height sensor
[C]: Upper tray lift solenoid
[D]: Upper tray full sensor
[E]: Upper tray paper sensor
[F]: Upper limit switch (upper tray)
SM 31 B468/B469/B674
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
VERTICAL LIFT MECHANISM
[B] [D]
[E]
[A]
[F]
[C]
B468D103.WMF B468D104.WMF
B468/B469/B674 32 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
VERTICAL LIFT MECHANISM
[C]
[D]
[B]
[F]
[A]
B468/B469/
3000-Sheet
[E]
Finisher
B674
B468D104.WMF
The sensor that is used depends on which mode the user has selected.
Normal sorting/stapling, without saddle stitching: When the bottom of the tray
actuates sensor [A], the lift motor [B] continues to rotate for a certain number of
rotations. The rotations are detected using sensor [C] and encoder disk [D]. Then
printing stops. If sensor [C] fails, the upper limit switch (lower tray) stops the motor.
This switch (not shown in the diagram) is next to the plastic foam roller at the feed-
out slot.
Saddle-stitch mode: Sensor [A] is not used. The tray is lowered until the actuator
on the side of the tray actuates sensor [E]. Then printing stops.
In both modes, when the stack is removed from the tray, sensor [F] de-actuates
and returns the lower tray to the initial position at the feed-out slot.
SM 33 B468/B469/B674
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SHIFT MECHANISM
[D] [J]
[G]
[E]
[H]
[I]
[F]
B468D105.WMF
The same shift mechanism is used for the upper tray and lower tray.
Shift Roller Rotation
The shift roller [A] is turned by the shift roller motor [B].
B468/B469/B674 34 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PAPER POSITIONING
[C]
[F]
[G]
[D]
[E]
[B]
B468/B469/
3000-Sheet
Finisher
B674
[C]
[A]
B468D014.WMF
Vertical Alignment
When the trailing edge of the copy passes the stapler tray entrance sensor [A], the
positioning roller solenoid [B] switches on long enough for the selected paper size
and pushes the positioning roller [C] onto the paper. The positioning roller and
alignment brush roller [D] rotate to push the paper and align the trailing edge of the
paper with the stack stopper [E].
The stapler transport motor (not shown in this diagram) drives rollers [C] and [D].
Horizontal alignment
When the Start key is pressed, the jogger motor [F] switches on and opens the
jogger fences 10 mm wider than the selected paper size.
When the leading edge of the sheet passes the staple unit entrance sensor, for the
initial alignment, the jogger motor switches on for the prescribed time and closes
the jogger fences 4 mm (2 mm closer to either side of the paper)
Next, the jogger motor switches on again for the prescribed time for the horizontal
alignment to close the jogger fences 6 mm (3 mm to the sides of the paper) for the
final alignment correction. The jogger motor switches on again and the fences
return to the wait position 10 mm wider than the selected paper size.
SM 35 B468/B469/B674
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
STAPLER
2.8 STAPLER
2.8.1 STAPLING MECHANISM
[B]
[C]
[A]
B468D015.WMF
[D]
[E]
B468D106.WMF
Staple firing is driven by the stapler motor [A] inside the stapler unit. The stapler
hammer [B] fires the stapler [C].
The cartridge set sensor [D] detects the cartridge at the correct position, or logs an
SC if the stapler unit is not at the correct position.
The stapler end sensor [E] detects the staple end condition and logs an SC.
B468/B469/B674 36 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
STAPLER
B468/B469/
3000-Sheet
Finisher
B674
[D]
[A]
[B]
[C]
B468D016.WMF
The stapler movement motor [A] drives the timing belt [B] which moves stapler [C]
left and right on a support bar [D].
When the Start key is pressed, the jogger fences move to the wait position 10 mm
wider than the selected paper size, the stapler motor switches on and moves the
stapler to the staple position and then switches off. The motor switches on and off
for the time needed to position the stapler for the paper size selected for the job.
If the stack is to be stapled at two locations, the stapler moves to the front position
first, staples, moves to the back position, staples, and then returns to the home
position.
NOTE: SP6120 001~011 (Staple Jogger Adjustment). Use this SP to fine adjust
the staple unit jogger fences for different paper sizes. For details, see
section “5. Service Tables”.
SM 37 B468/B469/B674
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
STAPLER
[F]
[E]
[D]
[C]
[A]
[B]
B468D017.WMF
When the user has selected oblique stapling at one position, first the stapler motor
switches on and off for the amount of time needed to move the stapler to the
stapling position for the selected paper size.
At the correct time, the stapler rotation motor [A] switches on and via the timing belt
[B] rotates the worm gear [C]. The worm gear drives the gear [D] and the lift arm
[E], which lifts and positions the stapler unit [F] so the stapler can fire the staple at
a 45 degree angle.
B468/B469/B674 38 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
STAPLER
[D]
[I] [A]
[H]
[C] [B]
[G]
B468D018.WMF
B468/B469/
3000-Sheet
Finisher
B674
[E]
[F]
B468D019.WMF
After a set has been stapled, the stack feed out motor [A] switches on and drives
the stack feed out belt [B]. The pawl [C] on the belt lifts the stapled stack and
transports it to the exit rollers [D]. There are two pawls on the belt, to increase
productivity.
The exit guide plate [E] remains open until the leading edge of the stapled sheets
has passed the prescribed distance from the tray exit rollers, then the exit guide
plate closes, and the stapled sheets feed out to the tray [F].
A cam and pin [G], powered by the guide plate motor [H], opens and closes the
guide plate.
The stack feed out motor stops for 300 ms to allow the exit rollers to feed out the
stapled sheets to the output tray. This pause prevents the copies from pushing out
too far onto the tray.
The stack feed out motor switches on again until the pawl actuates the stack feed
out belt HP sensor [I].
SM 39 B468/B469/B674
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
STAPLING Z-FOLDED PAPER (B674 ONLY)
B468D904.WMF
B468D905.WMF
Here is the operation sequence for jogging and stapling Z-folded sheets:
① The lower jogger fence lifts to receive the Z-folded sheets.
② The top fence moves down, to the horizontal position.
③ A sheet of paper goes into the stapler tray.
④ The positioning roller turns when each sheet is fed to the stapler tray.
⑤ Each sheet is fed down against the lower jogger fence to align the bottom edge.
⑥ After the set number of sheets come in, the jogger top-fence motor switches on
and lowers the top fence against the top of the stack. This aligns the stack for
stapling.
⑦ The bottom fence motor lowers the aligned stack to the stapling position.
⑧ The stapler staples the stack.
B468/B469/B674 40 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BOOKLET FINISHING
B468/B469/
3000-Sheet
Finisher
B674
[A]
B468D020.WMF
The sheets are aligned by the jogger fences before stapling. ( 2.7)
The aligned sheets are sent to the booklet stapler unit and positioned below the
booklet staplers [A] for stapling at two locations in the center of the paper.
The stack feed-out belt lifts the booklet until two pawls on the folder plate
mechanism (see the next page) catch the staples to position the booklet for folding.
SM 41 B468/B469/B674
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BOOKLET FINISHING
[B]
[A]
[C]
B468D021.WMF
[F]
[D]
The folder plate motor [A] switches on and drives the folder plate [B] forward to
push the center of the booklet into the nip of the folder rollers [C], giving the booklet
a partial fold.
This is a detailed cross-section of the operation described above. The timing of the
sequence depends on the size of the paper selected for the job.
The stack feed-out belt transports the booklet toward the paper exit [D] and stops
when the center of the booklet is opposite the nip of the folder rollers [E].
The folder roller motor starts to turn and the folder rollers [E] start rotating. Then
the folder plate motor switches on and pushes the folder plate [F] into the center of
the booklet, driving the booklet between the rotating rollers. The booklet [G]
(partially folded) then feeds out between the folder rollers.
The booklet exit sensor [H] detects the booklet when it leaves the folder rollers.
This sensor triggers the mechanism for the next phase of the operation.
B468/B469/B674 42 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BOOKLET FINISHING
[J]
[C]
[D]
[G] [H]
[F]
[I]
[E]
[A]
[B]
B468/B469/
3000-Sheet
Finisher
B468D023.WMF
B674
When the finisher is ready to feed out the first stapled booklet, the lower tray [A]
descends past the pressure plate slot [J], the spring-loaded arms inside the lower
tray snap into the grooves on the side fence, and the springs push the arms
against the bottom of the support wing [B] to raise it.
Then, before the first stapled booklet falls from the slot above, the pressure plate
motor [E] (stepper motor) rotates the gear and cam [D] counter-clockwise to extend
the pressure plate [C]. The lower tray then raises and pushes the pressure plate up
until the actuator [F] actuates the pressure plate lift sensor [G] and switches off the
lower tray lift motor.
Then, the folded and stapled booklet comes out of the booklet exit slot, actuates
the booklet exit sensor, and falls onto the pressure plate below. The actuated
booklet exit sensor switches on the pressure plate motor, which rotates the gear
and cam clockwise to retract the pressure plate. The motor rotates until the
actuator on the rim of the cam actuates the pressure plate HP sensor [H] and stops
the motor. Retracting the pressure plate allows the stapled booklet to fall past the
pressure plate slot onto the stack below.
Next, the pressure plate motor switches on again to extend the pressure plate,
while the lower tray raises and pushes the folded and stapled edges of the booklets
up against the pressure plate until the actuator [F] actuates the pressure plate lift
sensor [G] and switches off the lower tray lift motor. The booklets remain pressed
between the extended pressure plate and lower tray until the next booklet is fed out.
The pressure plate limit switch [I] switches off the lower tray lift motor if the
pressure plate lift sensor fails.
SM 43 B468/B469/B674
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
B377
PUNCH UNIT
2. DETAILS...........................................................................................2
2.1 PUNCH DRIVE MECHANISM ...................................................................... 2
2.2 PUNCH WASTE COLLECTION ................................................................... 4
SM i B377
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Punch Unit
B377
[B] [A] B377R119.WMF
1. Rear cover ( x 4)
2. Punch unit [A] ( x 3, x 5)
3. Spacers [B]
SM 1 B377
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PUNCH DRIVE MECHANISM
2. DETAILS
The punch unit punches holes in printed sheets, one by one. The punch unit is
provided with a new punch mechanism to improve the accuracy of punching.
NOTE: The illustrations below show the unit for Europe for 2/4 hole punching. The
North American unit has five holes for 2/3 hole punching.
[A]
[F]
[D] [E]
[C]
[B]
B377D505.WMF
The punch motor [A] drives the punch mechanism. At the correct time after the
trailing edge of the paper passes the finisher entrance sensor [B], the punch motor
turns on and the paper stops. The punch clutch [C] turns and drives the punch
heads [D].
The punch HP sensor [E] detects the home position for the actuator. The punch
unit switches off when the cut-out in the punch shaft disk [F] enters the punch HP
sensor.
NOTE: SP6113 (Punch Hole Adjustment) adjusts the punch hole position in the
sub scan direction for two holes (001 2-Hole) or for three holes (002 3-
Hole). Use the spacers provided with the punch unit to adjust the position
of the punch in the main scan direction. For details, refer to the installation
of the punch unit in section “1. Installation”).
B377 2 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PUNCH DRIVE MECHANISM
[C]
[B]
[D]
[A]
Punch Unit
B377D504.WMF
B377
When the finisher has received the command that changes the number of punch
holes for the job, the punch hole motor [A] turns on until the actuator disk changes
the status of the punch hole switch [B] (until it switches on or off). This indicates
that the cover [C] and the punch cam [D] have moved to one side or the other to
determine which punchers are used.
SM 3 B377
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PUNCH WASTE COLLECTION
[A]
[B]
[C]
B377D506.WMF
Waste punchouts are collected in the punch waste hopper [A] below the punch unit
inside the finisher.
When the top of the punchout waste in the hopper reaches and actuates the
hopper sensor [B], a message will be displayed on the operation panel after the
current job is completed.
This sensor also detects whether the punch waste hopper is installed. When the
waste hopper is taken out, the arm [C] moves down and this will actuate the sensor
and display a message in the operation panel. This message is the same as for the
hopper full condition.
B377 4 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
B470
COVER INTERPOSER TRAY
2. DETAILS...........................................................................................8
2.1 OVERVIEW .................................................................................................. 8
2.1.1 MAIN LAYOUT .................................................................................... 8
2.1.2 DRIVE LAYOUT .................................................................................. 9
2.1.3 PAPER SIZE DETECTION................................................................ 10
2.1.4 PAPER PATH .................................................................................... 13
2.2 PAPER FEED............................................................................................. 14
Power On............................................................................................... 14
Paper Separation and Feed................................................................... 14
Bottom Tray Lift ..................................................................................... 14
Paper Near-end ..................................................................................... 14
Paper End.............................................................................................. 14
SM i B470
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
[E] [A]
[D]
[C]
[F]
[B]
B470R001.WMF
B470
Tray
SM 1 B470
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FEED UNIT AND PICK-UP ROLLER
[A]
[B]
B470R002.WMF
B470R003.WMF
B470 2 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FEED BELT
[E]
[A]
[D]
[B]
[C]
B470R004.WMF
[F]
B470R005.WMF
1. Position the pick-up roller unit [A] and feed belt holder [B] as shown above.
Cover
B470
Tray
2. On the rear side, slide out the bushing, and rotate [D] until its flat side is parallel
with [E], then snap it on.
3. On the front side, rotate [F] until its flat side is parallel with [D], then snap it on.
Viewed from the bottom, the plates must be aligned.
SM 3 B470
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
GUIDE PLATE ADJUSTMENT
[A]
[B]
[C]
B470R151.WMF
Adjust the guide plate if the holes punched in the covers or slip sheets are not
correctly aligned with holes punched in the other sheets.
1. Open the feed cover.
2. Loosen the screw [A].
3. Push the table [B] left or right to change its position, then tighten the screw.
NOTE: If you want to see the scale [C], you must remove the rear cover and
the support tray.
B470 4 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
MAIN BOARD
[A]
B470R101.WMF
B470
Tray
SM 5 B470
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
MOTOR REPLACEMENT
[A]
[B]
B470R102.WMF
[A]
B470R104.WMF
B470 6 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
MOTOR REPLACEMENT
[A]
[C]
[B] [D]
B470R105.WMF
[E]
B470R103.WMF
B470
Tray
SM 7 B470
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
OVERVIEW
2. DETAILS
2.1 OVERVIEW
2.1.1 MAIN LAYOUT
1 2 3 4
5
6
B470D001.WMF
1. Support tray
2. Slip sheet tray
3. Pick-up roller
4. Feed belt
5. Separation roller
6. Grip roller
B470 8 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
OVERVIEW
2 3
1
4
B470D003.WMF
1. Pick-up Roller
2. Feed Belt
3. Bottom Plate Lift Motor
4. Feed Motor
5. Transport Motor
6. Timing Belt
7. Vertical Transport Motor
Interposer
Cover
B470
Tray
SM 9 B470
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
OVERVIEW
DLT SEF
A3 SEF
8 K SEF
B4 SEF
LG 10"x14"
F4
S6
S5 A4 SEF
LT SEF
US EXE SEF 16 K SEF
B5 SEF 8"x10"
S4
HLT SEF LT LEF
A5 SEF 16 K LEF
A5 LEF
HLT LEF
P5 P4 P3 P2 P1
S3 S2 S1
B470D901.WMF
B470 10 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
OVERVIEW
The table below lists the sensor output for each paper size.
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6
A3 0 1 1 1 1 1
B4 1 1 0 1 1 1
A4 SEF 1 0 0 1 1 0
A4 LEF 0 1 1 0 0 0
B5 SEF 0 0 0 1 0 0
B5 LEF 1 1 0 0 0 0
A5 SEF 0 0 0 0 0 0
A5 LEF 1 0 0 0 0 0
11" x 17" 1 1 1 1 1 1
10" x 14" SEF 1 1 0 1 1 1
81/2" x 14" 1 0 0 1 1 1
81/2" x 13" 1 0 0 1 1 1
81/2" x 11" 1 0 0 1 0 0
11" x 81/2" 1 1 1 0 0 0
8" x 10" 1 0 0 1 0 0
51/2" x 81/2" 0 0 0 0 0 0
81/2" x 51/2" 1 0 0 0 0 0
71/2" x 101/2"
0 0 0 1 0 0
(US Exec.)
101/2" x 71/2"
1 1 1 0 0 0
(US Exec.)
8K 1 1 1 1 1 1
16 K SEF 1 0 0 1 0 0
16 K LEF 1 1 1 0 0 0
The cover interposer tray detects all the paper sizes listed above. However, there
are some limitations on the display of the correct paper size.
North America Europe/Asia
B4 SEF 257 x 364 mm Displays 10”x14*1
B5 SEF 182 x 257 Displays “US Exec.” *1
A5 SEF 148 x 210 Displays “HLT SEF” *1
A5 LEF 210 x 148 Displays “HLT LEF” *1
DLT SEF 11" x 17" Displays “8K LEF” *2
LG SEF 81/2" x 14" Displays “F4 SEF” *2
LT SEF 81/2" x 11" Displays “16 K SEF” *2
Interposer
B470
Tray
*1
: Cannot be corrected.
*2
: B064 series: Can be corrected with SP5959 006 (Paper Size – Cover Sheet).
B140 series: Can be corrected with SP5158
SM 11 B470
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
OVERVIEW
To Select for
Loaded Display (Default) Enter
Display
81/2" x 13" 81/2" x 14" 81/2" x 13" 165
101/2" x 71/2" 81/2" x 11" 101/2" x 71/2" 173
8" x 10" 81/2" x 11" 8" x 10" 171
Europe/Asia
Execute SP5959 006 and enter the correct number for the size of the paper loaded
for feeding from the cover interposer tray.
To Select for
Loaded Display (Default) Enter
Display
11" x 17" 8K 11" x 17" 160
81/2" x 11" 16 K SEF 81/2" x 11" 166
11" x 81/2" 16 K LEF 11" x 81/2" 38
81/4" x 13" 81/2" x 13" SEF 81/4" x 13" 168
B470 12 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
OVERVIEW
1 2 3
B470D006.WMF
1. Pick-up Roller
2. Feed Belt
3. Separation Roller
4. Grip Roller
5. Transport Roller 1
6. Transport Roller 2
The paper feeds from the tray, to the feed belt, then to the grip roller and down into
the paper path to the finisher below.
Interposer
Cover
B470
Tray
SM 13 B470
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PAPER FEED
[C]
[H]
[G]
[A]
[E]
[F]
[D]
B470D005.WMF
Power On
When paper is placed on the tray, the paper set sensor [A] in the tray actuates and
switches on the bottom plate lift motor [B]. The top of the stack raises the pick-up
roller unit until the actuator on this unit actuates the pick-up roller position sensor
[C] and switches the motor off.
Paper Near-end
Near-end is detected when the actuator [G] on the bottom plate enters the near-
end sensor [H].
Paper End
After the last sheet feeds the paper set sensor [A] goes off and signals paper out.
B470 14 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
B471
9-BIN MAILBOX
2. DETAILS...........................................................................................4
2.1 OVERVIEW .................................................................................................. 4
2.1.1 MAIN COMPONENT LAYOUT ............................................................ 4
2.1.2 DRIVE LAYOUT .................................................................................. 5
2.1.3 PAPER PATH ...................................................................................... 6
2.2 BASIC OPERATION..................................................................................... 7
2.2.1 PAPER PATH ...................................................................................... 7
2.3 OVERFLOW DETECTION ........................................................................... 8
2.3.1 OVERVIEW ......................................................................................... 8
2.3.2 DETECTION TIMING .......................................................................... 9
2.4 PAPER MISFEED DETECTION TIMING ................................................... 10
2.4.1 A4 SIDEWAYS (LEF) → 1ST BIN TRAY........................................... 10
2.4.2 A4 SIDEWAYS (LEF) → 2ND ~ 9TH BIN TRAY ............................... 10
SM i B471
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CAUTION
Switch the machine off and unplug the machine before starting and
procedure in this section.
[D]
[C]
[A]
9-Bin Mailbox
B471
[B]
B471R001.WMF
[A]: Trays
• Grip each tray by the front and lift out.
[B]: Front cover ( x 2)
[C]: Rear cover ( x 3)
[D]: Top cover
SM 1 B471
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SENSORS
1.2 SENSORS
[A]
[D]
B471R003.WMF
[B]
[C]
B471R104.WMF
B471 2 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
MAIN MOTOR AND CONTROL BOARD
[C]
[B]
[D]
9-Bin Mailbox
B471
[A] B471R002.WMF
SM 3 B471
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
OVERVIEW
2. DETAILS
2.1 OVERVIEW
2.1.1 MAIN COMPONENT LAYOUT
B471D003.WMF
1. Bins (x 9)
2. Vertical Transport Rollers (x 5)
3. Turn Gates (x 8)
4. Exit Rollers (x 9)
The trays are 1 to 9 (bottom to top). The numbers are clearly marked on the side of
the unit. The top tray does not require a turn gate. When the top tray is selected for
output, all turn gates remain closed, leaving only the top bin open.
B471 4 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
OVERVIEW
2
1
3
9-Bin Mailbox
B471
B471D002.WMF
1. Main Motor
2. Main Timing Belt
3. Timing Belt
SM 5 B471
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
OVERVIEW
5
4
6
1
7
B471D970.WMF
The solenoid for the junction gate (7) is part of the mailbox.
B471 6 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BASIC OPERATION
[C]
[B]
[A]
[D]
9-Bin Mailbox
B471
B471D004.WMF
[E]
B471D105.WMF
The unit is mounted on top the finisher and connected to the finisher by a 14-pin
connector. When the leading edge of the paper passes and activates the entrance
sensor of the finisher, the mailbox main motor switches on and the mailbox vertical
transport rollers [A] begin to turn. The exit roller [B] feeds the paper out to the
selected tray [C].
A solenoid [D] opens and closes the junction gate [E]. When a solenoid switches
on, the gate opens and directs to the paper to the tray.
NOTE: When the top tray (bin 9) is selected, all solenoids are off and closed,
allowing the paper to pass to the top tray (bin 9 does not require a
solenoid).
When the last sheet is fed out, it switches off the vertical transport sensor, and both
the mailbox main motor and the junction gate solenoid of the selected bin switch
off. The mailbox normally feeds paper at 372 mm/s, about the same speed as the
finisher. (The finisher speed is 370 mm/s.)
SM 7 B471
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
OVERFLOW DETECTION
[A]
[B]
B471D005.WMF
An overflow sensor [A] and actuator [B] are above the exit of each paper tray. The
actuator, mounted on a swivel arm, remains in contact with the top of the stack.
The actuator rises as the stack becomes higher until it activates the sensor. Then,
a tray full message appears on the operation panel and the job halts. If the paper is
removed before the tray is full, the job continues.
B471 8 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
OVERFLOW DETECTION
Between Sheets
Full (High)
B471D010.WMF
When the mailbox exit sensor goes high for the prescribed time (T), the machine
determines that the tray is full. The value of T is calculated, regardless of paper
9-Bin Mailbox
size, as follows:
B471
T (s) = (60/s x max. size ppm) x 3 s
After the tray full sensor switches on, if it remains on for the feeding of eight
additional sheets, then this notifies the machine that the tray is full.
“T” is calculated as shown below. For example, for a minimum ppm of 12 prints
(regardless of paper size), the value T is 15 s. Then, if the sensor detects paper for
15 s or more, the machine stops the copy job.
SM 9 B471
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PAPER MISFEED DETECTION TIMING
Main Motor
(Main Unit)
J1
Exit Sensor
*1
Main Motor
(Mailbox)
Turn Gate
(SOL 1)
B471D011.WMF
Main Motor
(Main Unit)
J1
Exit Sensor
*1
Main Motor
(Mailbox)
Turn Gate
(SOL 2) J2
J3
Vertical Transport
Sensor *1
B471 10 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PAPER MISFEED DETECTION TIMING
J1 Timing: After the leading edge of the sheet activates the mailbox exit sensor,
a misfeed is detected if the sensor does not switch off within:
X+0.5 s
Where X = The amount of time prescribed for the paper size to pass
the sensor. (X = 1.74 s for A4 Sideways for example)
J2 Timing: After the mailbox paper exit sensor is activated, the machine
determines that the paper has not yet fed and detects a misfeed if the
vertical transport sensor does not activate within the time prescribed
for the paper size (1.94 s for A4 paper, for example)
9-Bin Mailbox
B471
SM 11 B471
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
B478/B513/B531
3000-SHEET FINISHER/JOGGER
UNIT/PUNCH UNIT
1. INSTALLATION................................................................................1
2. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE........................................................2
SM i B478/B513/B531
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
4. TROUBLESHOOTING ...................................................................27
5. SERVICE TABLES.........................................................................28
5.1 DIP SWITCHES.......................................................................................... 28
5.2 TEST POINTS ............................................................................................ 28
5.3 FUSES ....................................................................................................... 28
6. DETAILS.........................................................................................29
6.1 TRAY AND STAPLER JUNCTION GATE .................................................. 29
6.2 PAPER PRE-STACKING ........................................................................... 30
6.3 JOGGER UNIT PAPER POSITIONING ..................................................... 31
6.4 STAPLER UNIT MOVEMENT .................................................................... 32
Side-to-Side ........................................................................................... 32
Rotation (1) ............................................................................................ 33
Rotation (2) ............................................................................................ 33
6.5 STAPLER ................................................................................................... 34
6.6 FEED-OUT ................................................................................................. 36
6.7 PAPER EXIT STACKING ........................................................................... 37
6.8 SHIFT TRAY............................................................................................... 38
6.8.1 OVERVIEW ....................................................................................... 38
Stand-by Mode ...................................................................................... 38
6.8.2 SHIFT TRAY UP/DOWN MOVEMENT.............................................. 39
Sort/Stack Mode (Shift Mode)................................................................ 39
Staple Mode........................................................................................... 39
6.8.3 SHIFT TRAY LOWER LIMIT DETECTION........................................ 40
6.9 SHIFT TRAY SIDE-TO-SIDE MOVEMENT ................................................ 41
6.10 JAM CONDITIONS................................................................................... 42
6.11 PUNCH UNIT B531 (OPTION) ................................................................. 43
6.11.1 PUNCH UNIT DRIVE....................................................................... 43
6.11.2 PUNCH WASTE COLLECTION ...................................................... 44
6.12 JOGGER UNIT B513 (OPTION)............................................................... 45
6.12.1 JOGGER UNIT MECHANICAL LAYOUT ........................................ 45
6.12.2 JOGGER UNIT DRIVE .................................................................... 46
B478/B513/B531 ii SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
INSTALLATION
1. INSTALLATION
For details about installing the 3000 Sheet Finisher B478, please refer to the
instructions you received with the instructions or the “1. Installation” in the main
machine service manual.
Jogger Unit/
B478/B513/
Punch Unit
Finisher/
B531
SM 1 B478/B513/B531
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
2. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
For details about the 3000 Sheet Finisher B478 PM table, please refer to Section
“2. Preventive Maintenance” in the main Service Manual.
B478/B513/B531 2 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[D]
Jogger Unit/
B478/B513/
Punch Unit
Finisher/
[C]
B531
B478R502.WMF
[B]
B478R505.WMF
Front Door
1. Remove the front door screw [A] ( x 1).
2. Remove the front door [B].
Inner Cover
1. Remove the inner cover [D] ( x 3).
SM 3 B478/B513/B531
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[C]
[B]
[A]
B478R503.WMF
1. Remove the side table [A] ( x 2). Slide to the right to remove it.
2. Click the release lever [B] and remove the upper tray [C].
B478/B513/B531 4 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[E]
[D]
[B]
[A]
[J]
[G]
[H]
[I]
[F]
B478R504.WMF [C]
Jogger Unit/
B478/B513/
Punch Unit
Finisher/
B531
B478R501.WMF
Left Covers
1. Remove the left upper panel [A].
2. Remove the left upper cover [B] ( x 2, x 2).
3. Remove the door and left inner cover. (See “Front Door and Left Inner Cover
Replacement”.)
4. Remove the rear cover [F] ( x 2).
5. Remove the left lower cover [C] ( x 4).
Shift Tray
1. If you need to lower the shift tray, support the bottom of the tray with your hand,
then pull the gear toward you [G] to release the tray and lower it.
2. Remove the shift tray [H] ( x 4).
3. Remove the shift tray rear cover [I] and front cover [J] ( x 1 each).
SM 5 B478/B513/B531
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
3.2 ROLLERS
3.2.1 SHIFT POSITIONING ROLLER
[A]
[B]
[C]
B478R522.WMF
1. Above the shift tray, pull the roller mount [A] out.
2. Remove the rollers [B] and [C] ( x 1 each)
B478/B513/B531 6 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
Jogger Unit/
B478/B513/
Punch Unit
Finisher/
B531
[C]
[B] B478R506.WMF
[A]
SM 7 B478/B513/B531
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[C]
[B]
[A]
[D]
B478R507.WMF
[E]
[H]
[G]
[I] [F]
B478R508.WMF
1. Open the front door and pull out the staple unit.
2. Remove the rear cover.
3. Remove the main board and all connectors ( x 8).
4. Remove the screw [A] and tension spring [B] for the tension bracket [C], and
release the tension of the timing belt.
5. Remove the pulley [D] and bushing [E] ( x 2).
6. Remove the inner cover [F] ( x 1).
7. Open the guide [G], then remove the alignment brush roller assembly [H] ( x 1).
8. Remove the alignment brush roller [I] ( x 1, bushing x 1 front/back).
B478/B513/B531 8 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
B478R523.WMF
[B] [C]
[A]
Jogger Unit/
B478/B513/
Punch Unit
Finisher/
B531
[E]
[F]
[D]
B478R524.WMF
SM 9 B478/B513/B531
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[B] [A]
B478R525.WMF
B478/B513/B531 10 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
3.5 SENSORS
3.5.1 STACK HEIGHT 1, 2 AND EXIT GUIDE OPEN SENSOR
[C]
[E]
[F]
[D]
[G]
Jogger Unit/
B478/B513/
Punch Unit
Finisher/
B531
[B]
[A] B478R509.WMF
SM 11 B478/B513/B531
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[D]
[B] [E]
[C]
[A]
B478R510.WMF
B478/B513/B531 12 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[B]
[C]
[A]
[D]
[A]
Jogger Unit/
B478R511.WMF
B478/B513/
Punch Unit
Finisher/
B531
[E]
B478R512.WMF
SM 13 B478/B513/B531
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[B]
B478R513.WMF
[A] [D]
[C]
B478R514.WMF
Entrance Sensor
1. Disconnect the finisher from the copier.
2. Remove the sensor bracket [A] ( x 1).
3. Replace the entrance sensor [B] ( x 1, x 1).
B478/B513/B531 14 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[A]
[B]
B478R521.WMF
Jogger Unit/
B478/B513/
Punch Unit
Finisher/
B531
[C]
B478R515.WMF
[E]
[D]
B478R516.WMF
SM 15 B478/B513/B531
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[A]
[B]
[C]
B478R517.WMF
1. Open the front door, pull out the stapler unit, then remove the rear cover.
2. Remove the rear cover ( x 2).
3. Remove the staple waste hopper [A] ( x 1).
4. Remove the hopper holder [B] ( x 2).
5. Replace the staple waste hopper sensor [C] ( x 1).
B478/B513/B531 16 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[C]
[A]
Jogger Unit/
B478/B513/
Punch Unit
Finisher/
[B]
B531
B478R519.WMF
SM 17 B478/B513/B531
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
3.6 STAPLER
[C]
[B]
[A]
B478R518.WMF
1. Open the front door and pull out the staple tray.
2. Remove the stapler unit harness cover [A].
3. Remove the stapler cover [B] ( x 1, x 2).
4. Lift the stapler off of the pegs [C].
B478/B513/B531 18 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[A]
Jogger Unit/
B478/B513/
Punch Unit
Finisher/
B531
B478R531.WMF
SM 19 B478/B513/B531
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[B]
[A]
[C]
B478R526.WMF
1. Do the procedures to remove the front door and all covers, with the exception
of the left lower cover and top cover (labeled [C]: and [E]).
NOTE: Be sure to lower the shift tray by pulling the gear toward you. The shift
tray must be down.
2. Remove the shift tray motor. ( 3.7)
3. Remove the left stay [A] ( x 3).
4. Unhook the stay at top [B].
5. Remove the shift tray mounting plate [C] ( x 2).
B478/B513/B531 20 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[E]
[F]
[A]
B478R527.WMF
Jogger Unit/
B478/B513/
Punch Unit
Finisher/
B531
[G]
[H]
B478R528.WMF
SM 21 B478/B513/B531
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[A]
[B]
B478R530.WMF
[D]
[C]
[E]
B478R529.WMF
B478/B513/B531 22 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[A]
B531R101.WMF
Jogger Unit/
B478/B513/
Punch Unit
Finisher/
The position of the punched holes can be adjusted in two ways.
B531
Front to Rear Adjustment
Three spacers [A] are provided with the punch unit for manual adjustment of the
hole position in the main scan direction:
• 2 mm (x 1)
• 1 mm (x 2)
NOTE: One spacer was installed at installation and the remaining spacers were
fastened with a screw to the rear frame of the finisher under the rear cover
and slightly above the lock bar.
SM 23 B478/B513/B531
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[A]
B513I002.WMF
[B]
B513R003.WMF
B478/B513/B531 24 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[A]
Jogger Unit/
B478/B513/
Punch Unit
Finisher/
B513R001.WMF
B531
1. Remove the jogger unit from the finisher. ( 3.9.1)
2. Remove the jogger unit control PCB [A] ( x 2, x 3).
SM 25 B478/B513/B531
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[B]
B513R002.WMF
B478/B513/B531 26 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
TROUBLESHOOTING
4. TROUBLESHOOTING
If the machine logs an SC code in the display of the operation panel, see “Section
4 Troubleshooting” of the Service Manual. Section 4 contains a complete list of all
service codes and how to troubleshoot the problem.
Jogger Unit/
B478/B513/
Punch Unit
Finisher/
B531
SM 27 B478/B513/B531
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE TABLES
5. SERVICE TABLES
For details about 3000-Sheet Finisher B478 SP codes, please refer to “5. Service
Tables” in the main machine service manual.
5.3 FUSES
No. Function
FU100 Protects 24 V.
B478/B513/B531 28 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
6. DETAILS
6.1 TRAY AND STAPLER JUNCTION GATE
[A]
[D]
[C] [B]
Jogger Unit/
B478/B513/
Punch Unit
Finisher/
B478D506.WMF
B531
Sort/Stack Mode Staple Mode
[A]
[A]
[D] [D]
B478D505.WMF B478D507.WMF
Depending on the finishing mode, the copies are directed up, straight through, or
down by the combinations of open and closed junction gates.
SM 29 B478/B513/B531
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
[A]
[B]
[E]
[F]
[C] [D]
B478D000.WMF
This mechanism improves productivity in staple mode. It is only used when copying
on A4, LT, or B5 (all LEF).
During stapling, the copier has to wait. This mechanism reduces the wait by
holding the first two sheets of a job while the previous job is still being stapled. It
only works during the second and subsequent sets of a multi-set copy job.
The pre-stack junction gate solenoid [A] turns on 120 mm after the 1st sheet of
paper turns on the entrance sensor, and this directs the sheet to the pre-stack tray
[B]. (This sheet cannot be fed to the stapler yet, because the first set is still being
stapled.) The pre-stack paper stopper solenoid [C] turns on 350 mm after the 1st
sheet turns on the entrance sensor. The pre-stack paper stopper [D] then stops the
paper.
The pre-stack junction gate solenoid turns off 230 mm after the trailing edge of the
1st sheet passes through the entrance sensor, and the 2nd sheet is sent to the
paper guide [E]. The pre-stack paper stopper is released about 40 mm after the
2nd sheet turns on the pre-stack stopper sensor [F], and the two sheets of copy
paper are sent to the stapler tray. All sheets after the 2nd sheet go to the stapler
tray via the paper guide [E].
B478/B513/B531 30 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
[A]
[G]
[F]
[E]
[B]
[D]
[L]
[M]
Jogger Unit/
B478/B513/
Punch Unit
[I]
Finisher/
[K]
B531
[J] B478D508.WMF
In the staple mode, as every sheet of paper arrives in the jogger unit, it is vertically
and horizontally aligned, then the staple edge is pressed flat to ensure the edge of
the stack is aligned correctly for stapling.
Vertical Paper Alignment: About 60 ms after the trailing edge of the copy passes
the staple tray entrance sensor [A], the positioning roller motor [B] is energized to
push the positioning roller [C] into contact with the paper. The positioning roller and
alignment brush roller [D] rotate to push the paper back and align the trailing edge
of the paper against the stack stopper [E].
Horizontal Paper Alignment: When the print key is pressed, the jogger motor [F]
turns on and the jogger fences [G] move to the wait position about 7.2 mm wider
than the selected paper size on both sides. When the trailing edge of the paper
passes the staple unit entrance sensor, the jogger motor moves the jogger fences
3.7 mm towards the paper. Next, the jogger motor turns on again for 3.5 mm for the
horizontal paper alignment then goes back to the wait position.
Paper Stack Correction: After the paper is aligned in the stapler tray, the left [J],
center [K], and right [L] stack plate motors switch on briefly and drive the front stack,
center stack, and rear stack plates against the edge of the stack to flatten the edge
completely against the staple tray for stapling. When the next copy paper turns on
the stapler entrance sensor, the stack plate motor turns on and returns to its home
position. The home position is detected by stack plate HP sensor [M].
SM 31 B478/B513/B531
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
[A]
[B]
[C]
B478D513.WMF
Side-to-Side
The stapler motor [A] moves the stapler [B] from side to side. After the start key is
pressed, the stapler moves from its home position to the stapling position.
If two-staple-position mode is selected, for the first stack the stapler moves to the
rear stapling position first, staples, moves to the front position, staples and waits at
the front. For the second stack, the stapler staples the front corner first, then moves
to the rear corner and staples.
NOTE: For continuous stapling jobs, the corners are stapled rear then front for the
odd number stacks and stapled front then rear for even number stacks.
After the job is completed, the stapler returns to its home position. This is detected
by the stapler HP sensor [C].
B478/B513/B531 32 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
[A]
[B]
[F]
[D]
B478D514.WMF
[E]
Jogger Unit/
B478/B513/
Punch Unit
Finisher/
B531
B478D523.WMF
B478D515.WMF
[C]
Rotation (1)
In the oblique staple position mode, the stapler rotation motor [A] rotates the
stapler units [B] 45° to counterclockwise after it moves to the stapling position.
Rotation (2)
When the staple end condition arises, the stapler motor moves the stapler to the
front and the stapler rotation motor rotates the stapler unit to clockwise to remove
the staple cartridge [C]. This allows the user to add new staples.
Once the staples have been installed, and the front door closed, the stapler unit
returns to its home position. As the stapler unit is returning to the home position,
the stapler return sensor [D] is activated, the return solenoid [E] turns on and it
assists the guide roller [F] to return to its guide (this guide directs the stapler during
rotation).
SM 33 B478/B513/B531
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
6.5 STAPLER
[C]
[E]
[B]
[D]
[A]
B478D521.WMF
B478D516.WMF
[E]
[F]
B478D522.WMF [G]
When the aligned copies are brought to the stapling position by the positioning
roller and jogger fences, the staple hammer motor [A] starts stapling.
During stapling, the stapler trims off the excess length [B] of the staples by lowering
the cutter [C]. This excess length depends on the number of copies in the set; there
will be very little for a stack containing 100 sheets. The staple waste drops into the
tray [D] in the stapler. When the stapler unit returns to its home position, the tray
hits the shaft [E] and the tray opens. The staple waste drops into the staple waste
hopper [F]. When the staple waste hopper is full, the actuator on its base activates
the staple waste hopper sensor [G]. An SC737 (Full Finisher Staple Waste Hopper)
is displayed.
B478/B513/B531 34 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
[C]
[D]
[A]
[B]
[E]
Jogger Unit/
B478/B513/
Punch Unit
B478D518.WMF
Finisher/
[F]
B531
B478D517.WMF
The stapler has a staple end sensor [A], cartridge set sensor [B] and staple
hammer HP sensor [C].
When a staple end or no cartridge condition is detected, a message is displayed
advising the operator to install a staple cartridge. If this condition is detected during
a copy job, the indication will appear, and the copy job will stop.
The staple cartridge has a clinch area [D] where jammed staples collect. The
operator can remove the jammed staples from the clinch area by pressing in the
releases [E] on both sides, then lowering the bracket lever [F].
SM 35 B478/B513/B531
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
6.6 FEED-OUT
[G] [D]
[A]
[B]
[C] [E]
[I] [H]
B478D519.WMF
[F]
B478D512.WMF
After the copies have been stapled, the stack feed-out motor [A] starts. The pawl
[B] on the stack feed-out belt [C] transports the set of stapled copies up and feeds
it to the shift tray exit roller [D]. When stapling starts, the exit guide motor [E] opens
the upper exit guide [F], which includes the upper shift tray exit roller [G], in order to
feed out the leading edge of the copy set smoothly. The exit guide motor turns on
again a certain time after stapling is complete, and the upper exit guide plate is
lowered. Then the shift tray exit roller takes over the stack feed-out.
The on-off timing of the exit guide motor is detected by the exit guide open sensor
[H].
The stack-feed-out motor turns off when the pawl actuates the stack feed-out belt
home position sensor [I].
B478/B513/B531 36 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
[A]
[B]
[E]
[C]
[F]
[D]
[H] [I]
[G]
Jogger Unit/
B478/B513/
Punch Unit
Finisher/
B531
B478D524.WMF
The stacking roller assembly [A] is fastened to a plate [B] on a shaft by a spring [C].
The cam [D], in contact with the bottom of the plate, is connected to the stacking
roller drag motor [E] via a timing belt.
The stacking roller drag motor and timing belt rotate the cam against the bottom of
the plate to move the rollers forward and back with each sheet ejected onto the
shift tray.
The stacking roller motor [F] drives the shaft [G] that rotates the stacking rollers
counter-clockwise as the rollers move back. The simultaneous rotation and
backward movement of the roller assembly pulls each sheet back toward the copier
to align the edges of the stack on the shift tray.
The actuator [H] is mounted on the cam and rotating with both rotating clockwise)
and detects the roller assembly home position when the actuator leaves the gap of
the return drive HP sensor [I] and signals the machine that the rollers are at the
home position. The machine uses this information to control paper feed timing and
confirm that the mechanism is operating correctly. The cam and actuator make one
complete rotation for every sheet fed out of the machine onto the shift tray.
SM 37 B478/B513/B531
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
[F]
[A]
[G]
[B]
[C]
B478D010.WMF
The shift tray lift motor [A] controls the vertical position of the shift tray [B] through
gears and timing belts [C].
Stand-by Mode
After the main switch is turned on, or when the stack is removed from the tray, the
end of the feeler on the tray falls and its actuator [D] rotates up into staple mode
HP sensor 2 [E] (S7) and switches it on. This switches on the lift motor, which
raises the tray until the tray pushes the actuator out of the sensor [E]. Then, the lift
motor stops the shift tray; this is the home position (the actuator [D] is between the
two sensors [E] and [F].
The shift tray upper limit switch (SW1) prevents the drive gear from being damaged
if staple mode HP sensor 2 [E] fails. In case of a failure, when the shift tray pushes
up the actuator [G] and positioning rollers, the switch will cut the power to the shift
tray lift motor.
B478/B513/B531 38 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
[D]
[B]
[C]
[A]
[G]
Jogger Unit/
[F]
B478/B513/
Punch Unit
[E]
Finisher/
B531
B478D010.WMF
Staple Mode
The shift tray moves to home position, which is when the actuator [B] is between
the staple mode home position sensors [C] and [D]. During feed-out, the shift tray
is lowered automatically at prescribed intervals. When the stack is removed from
the tray, the tray returns to the home position for stand-by mode. ( 6.8.1)
SM 39 B478/B513/B531
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
[A]
[D]
[B]
B478D010.WMF
[C]
This machine has two shift tray lower limit sensors: shift lower limit sensor [A] (S9)
for large paper (B4 and larger) and shift lower limit sensor [B] (S11) for small paper
(smaller than B4).
NOTE: Sensor [C] (S10) is not used.
When the actuator [D] enters sensor [A] while using large paper (about 1500
sheets are on the tray), a message will be displayed and copying will stop.
When the actuator [D] enters sensor [B] while using small paper (about 3,000
sheets are on the tray), a message will be displayed and copying will stop.
B478/B513/B531 40 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
[D]
[A]
[F]
[C]
[E]
Jogger Unit/
[B]
B478/B513/
Punch Unit
Finisher/
B531
B478D520.WMF
In sort/stack mode, the shift tray [A] moves from side to side to separate the sets of
copies.
The horizontal position of the shift tray is controlled by the shift motor [B] and shift
gear disk [C]. After one set of copies is made and delivered to the shift tray, the
shift motor turns on, driving the shift gear disk and the shaft [D]. The end fence [E]
is positioned by the shaft, creating the side-to-side movement.
When the shift gear disk has rotated 180 degrees (when the shift tray is fully shifted
across), the cut-out in the shift gear disk turns on the shift tray half-turn sensor [F]
and the shift motor stops. The next set of copies is then delivered. The motor turns
on, repeating the same process and moving the tray back to the previous position.
SM 41 B478/B513/B531
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
B478/B513/B531 42 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
[D]
[E]
Jogger Unit/
B478/B513/
Punch Unit
Finisher/
B531
B531D102.WMF
The punch unit makes 2 or 3 holes at the trailing edge of the paper. The number of
holes depends on a selection made on the operation panel.
The cam [A] has 2 punches on one side and 3 punches on the other, and is turned
by the punch motor [B]. The punch motor turns on immediately after the trailing
edge of the paper passes the entrance sensor. The punches on the cam rotate
downward and punch holes in the paper.
After punching a sheet of paper, the cam returns to home position and stops.
Home position depends on whether 2 holes or 3 holes are being made, so there
are two punch HP sensors. Punch HP sensor 1 [C] is used when 2-hole punching
is selected, and punch HP sensor 2 [D] is used when 3-hole punching is selected.
When the cut-out [E] enters the slot of the punch HP in use (sensor 1 or 2-hole
punching or sensor 2 for 3/4-hole punching) the motor stops.
The knob (not shown) on the front end of the punch unit can be turned in either
direction to clear paper jammed in the punch unit.
SM 43 B478/B513/B531
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
[A]
[B]
[C]
B531D103.WMF
Punch waste is collected in the punch waste hopper [A] positioned under the punch
unit.
When the level of the punch waste in the hopper rises as far as the hole [B] in the
hopper, the punch waste sensor [C] turns on, stops the job, and triggers a
message on the operation to indicate that the hopper is full and must be removed
and emptied.
The job resumes automatically after the hopper is emptied and returned to the
finisher.
The punch waste hopper sensor also functions as the hopper set sensor. When the
hopper is not in the finisher, or if it is not inserted completely, the spring loaded
sensor arm rotates up and to the right with the punch waste sensor away from the
hole in the hopper holder and a message is displayed. The message in this case is
the same as the hopper full message.
B478/B513/B531 44 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
Jogger Unit/
B478/B513/
Punch Unit
Finisher/
B531
B513D003.WMF
SM 45 B478/B513/B531
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
[C]
[F] [B]
[A]
[D]
[G]
[H]
[J]
[I]
[E]
B513D002.WMF
At prescribed intervals, the jogger motor [A] switches on and drives the jogger
timing belt [B], gear [C] and jogger fence timing belt [D] which drives the shift
jogger fences [E] against the sides of the stack to align its edges.
At the end of the job, the jogger fence lift motor [F] switches on and raises the
fences until the actuator [G] leaves the slot of the shift jogger fence lift HP sensor
[H] and shuts off the shift jogger fence lift motor.
At the same time, the jogger motor reverses and drives the fences away from the
sides of the stack until the actuator [I] deactivates the shift jogger fence HP sensor
[J] and switches off the jogger motor.
The jogger fences remain up in the standby position until the next job starts.
B478/B513/B531 46 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
OVERALL MACHINE INFORMATION
1 2 3 4 5
6
21
8
20
9
19
Jogger Unit/
B478/B513/
Punch Unit
18 10
Finisher/
B531
17 11
16
15 12
13
14
B478V500.WMF
SM 47 B478/B513/B531
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
OVERALL MACHINE INFORMATION
B478/B513/B531 48 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
OVERALL MACHINE INFORMATION
Jogger Unit/
B478/B513/
Punch Unit
Finisher/
S16 Stapler Tray Exit Detects jams at the staple tray exit.
B531
S17 Positioning Roller HP Detects the home position of the positioning roller.
S18 Stack Feed-Out Belt HP Detects the home position of the stack feed-out belt.
S19 Stapler Tray Paper Detects the copy paper in the stapler tray.
S20 Jogger HP Detects the home position of the shift jogger fences.
S21 Stack Plate - Center HP Detects the home position of the center stack plate.
S22 Stack Plate – Front Detects the home position of the front stack plate.
S23 Stack Plate – Rear Detects the home position of the rear stack plate.
Detects the home position of the staple unit for side-
S24 Stapler HP
to-side movement.
Detects the home position of the stapler unit for 45-
S25 Stapler Rotation HP
degree rotation.
S26 Stapler Return Detects the on timing of the stapler return solenoid.
S27 Staple Waste Hopper Detects when the staple waste hopper is full.
Detects when the punch waste hopper is full and
S28 Punch Waste Hopper detects when the punch tray is set. Punch Unit
B531 (option).
Detects the cam home position for the 2-hole
S29 Punch HP 1
punch. Punch Unit B531 (option).
Detects the cam home position for 3/4 punch.
S30 Punch HP 2
Punch Unit B531 (option).
Detects the home position of the jogger unit arms
S31 Shift Jogger HP
during paper alignment. Jogger Unit B513 (option).
Detects the when both shift jogger fences are at the
S32 Shift Jogger Lift HP lowered position and ready to move against the
sides of the stack. Jogger Unit B513 (option).
SM 49 B478/B513/B531
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
OVERALL MACHINE INFORMATION
B478/B513/B531 50 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
OVERALL MACHINE INFORMATION
1 2 3 4 5
19
18
17
16 6
15
14
13 7
12
20
21
11
22
Jogger Unit/
B478/B513/
Punch Unit
Finisher/
10 23
B531
B478V503.WMF
9 8
26
24
25
B478V504.WMF
SM 51 B478/B513/B531
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
B706
3000-SHEET FINISHER
1. INSTALLATION................................................................................1
2. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE........................................................2
SM i B706
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
4. TROUBLESHOOTING ...................................................................31
5. SERVICE TABLES.........................................................................32
5.1 DIP SWITCHES.......................................................................................... 32
5.2 TEST POINTS ............................................................................................ 32
5.3 FUSES ....................................................................................................... 32
6. DETAILS.........................................................................................33
6.1 TRAY AND STAPLER JUNCTION GATE .................................................. 33
6.2 PAPER PRE-STACKING ........................................................................... 34
6.3 JOGGER UNIT PAPER POSITIONING ..................................................... 35
6.4 STAPLER UNIT MOVEMENT .................................................................... 36
Side-to-Side ........................................................................................... 36
Rotation (1) ............................................................................................ 37
Rotation (2) ............................................................................................ 37
6.5 STAPLER ................................................................................................... 38
6.6 FEED-OUT ................................................................................................. 40
6.7 PAPER EXIT STACKING ........................................................................... 41
6.8 SHIFT TRAY............................................................................................... 42
6.8.1 OVERVIEW ....................................................................................... 42
Stand-by Mode ...................................................................................... 42
6.8.2 SHIFT TRAY UP/DOWN MOVEMENT.............................................. 43
Sort/Stack Mode (Shift Mode)................................................................ 43
Staple Mode........................................................................................... 43
6.8.3 SHIFT TRAY LOWER LIMIT DETECTION........................................ 44
6.9 SHIFT TRAY SIDE-TO-SIDE MOVEMENT ................................................ 45
6.10 STAPLING Z-FOLDED PAPER................................................................ 46
6.11 JAM CONDITIONS................................................................................... 47
6.12 PUNCH UNIT B531 (OPTION) ................................................................. 48
6.12.1 PUNCH UNIT DRIVE....................................................................... 48
6.12.2 PUNCH WASTE COLLECTION ...................................................... 49
6.13 JOGGER UNIT B513 (OPTION)............................................................... 50
6.13.1 JOGGER UNIT MECHANICAL LAYOUT ........................................ 50
6.13.2 JOGGER UNIT DRIVE .................................................................... 51
B706 ii SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
INSTALLATION
1. INSTALLATION
For details about installing the 3000 Sheet Finisher B706, please refer to the
instructions you received with the instructions or the “1. Installation” in the main
machine service manual.
3000-Sheet
Finisher
B706
SM 1 B706
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
2. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
For details about the 3000 Sheet Finisher B706 PM table, please refer to Section
“2. Preventive Maintenance” in the main Service Manual.
B706 2 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[A]
[D]
[C]
3000-Sheet
Finisher
B706
B706R502.WMF [B]
B706R505.WMF
Front Door
1. Remove the front door screw [A] ( x 1).
2. Remove the front door [B].
Inner Cover
1. Remove the inner cover [D] ( x 3).
SM 3 B706
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[C]
[B]
[A]
B706R503.WMF
1. Remove the side table [A] ( x 2). Slide to the right to remove it.
2. Click the release lever [B] and remove the upper tray [C].
B706 4 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[D] [E]
[B]
[A]
[J]
[G]
[H]
[I]
[F]
[C]
B706R504.WMF
3000-Sheet
Finisher
B706
B706R501.WMF
Left Covers
1. Remove the left upper panel [A].
2. Remove the left upper cover [B] ( x 2, x 2).
3. Remove the door and left inner cover. (See “Front Door and Left Inner Cover
Replacement”.)
4. Remove the rear cover [F] ( x 2).
5. Remove the left lower cover [C] ( x 4).
Shift Tray
1. If you need to lower the shift tray, support the bottom of the tray with your hand,
then pull the gear toward you [G] to release the tray and lower it.
2. Remove the shift tray [H] ( x 4).
3. Remove the shift tray rear cover [I] and front cover [J] ( x 1 each).
SM 5 B706
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
3.2 ROLLERS
3.2.1 SHIFT POSITIONING ROLLER
[A]
[B]
[C]
B706R522.WMF
1. Above the shift tray, pull the roller mount [A] out.
2. Remove the rollers [B] and [C] ( x 1 each)
B706 6 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
3000-Sheet
Finisher
B706
[C]
[B] B706R506.WMF
[A]
SM 7 B706
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[B] [C]
[A]
[D]
[E]
B706R507.WMF
[H]
[G]
[I] [F]
B706R508.WMF
1. Open the front door and pull out the staple unit.
2. Remove the rear cover.
3. Remove the main board and all connectors ( x 8).
4. Remove the screw [A] and tension spring [B] for the tension bracket [C], and
release the tension of the timing belt.
5. Remove the pulley [D] and bushing [E] ( x 2).
6. Remove the inner cover [F] ( x 1).
7. Open the guide [G], then remove the alignment brush roller assembly [H] ( x 1).
8. Remove the alignment brush roller [I] ( x 1, bushing x 1 front/back).
B706 8 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[B] [C]
B706R523.WMF
[A]
3000-Sheet
Finisher
B706
[E]
[F]
[D]
B706R524.WMF
SM 9 B706
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[B] [A]
B706R525.WMF
B706 10 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
3.5 SENSORS
3.5.1 STACK HEIGHT 1, 2 AND EXIT GUIDE OPEN SENSOR
[E]
[C]
[F]
[D]
[G]
3000-Sheet
Finisher
B706
[B]
[A] B706R509.WMF
SM 11 B706
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[D]
[B]
[C] [E]
[A]
B706R510.WMF
B706 12 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[B]
[C]
[A]
[D]
[A]
B706R511.WMF
3000-Sheet
Finisher
B706
[E]
B706R512.WMF
SM 13 B706
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[B]
B706R513.WMF
[A]
[D]
[C]
B706R514.WMF
Entrance Sensor
1. Disconnect the finisher from the copier.
2. Remove the sensor bracket [A] ( x 1).
3. Replace the entrance sensor [B] ( x 1, x 1).
B706 14 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[A]
[B]
B706R521.WMF
3000-Sheet
Finisher
B706
[C]
B706R515.WMF
[E]
[D]
B706R516.WMF
SM 15 B706
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[A]
[B]
[C]
B706R517.WMF
1. Open the front door, pull out the stapler unit, then remove the rear cover.
2. Remove the rear cover ( x 2).
3. Remove the staple waste hopper [A] ( x 1).
4. Remove the hopper holder [B] ( x 2).
5. Replace the staple waste hopper sensor [C] ( x 1).
B706 16 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[C]
[A]
3000-Sheet
[B]
Finisher
B706
B706R519.WMF
SM 17 B706
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
3.6 STAPLER
[C]
[B]
[A]
B706R518.WMF
1. Open the front door and pull out the staple tray.
2. Remove the stapler unit harness cover [A].
3. Remove the stapler cover [B] ( x 1, x 2).
4. Lift the stapler off of the pegs [C].
B706 18 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[A]
3000-Sheet
Finisher
B706
B706R531.WMF
SM 19 B706
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[B]
[A]
[C]
B706R526.WMF
1. Do the procedures to remove the front door and all covers, with the exception
of the left lower cover and top cover (labeled [C]: and [E]).
NOTE: Be sure to lower the shift tray by pulling the gear toward you. The shift
tray must be down.
2. Remove the shift tray motor. ( 3.7)
3. Remove the left stay [A] ( x 3).
4. Unhook the stay at top [B].
5. Remove the shift tray mounting plate [C] ( x 2).
B706 20 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[E]
[F]
[A]
B706R527.WMF
3000-Sheet
Finisher
B706
[G]
[H]
B706R528.WMF
SM 21 B706
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[A]
[B]
B706R530.WMF
[D]
[C]
[E]
B706R529.WMF
B706 22 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[B]
[A]
3000-Sheet
Finisher
B706
B706R101.WMF
SM 23 B706
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[A]
B706R103.WMF
1. Open the front door and pull out the stapler tray unit.
2. Remove the Z-fold jogger unit cover ( x 2).
3. Remove the Z-fold jogger unit [A] ( x 4, x 4, x 2).
B706 24 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
3000-Sheet
Finisher
B706
B706R102.WMF
1. Open the front door and pull out the stapler tray unit.
2. Remove the Z-fold jogger unit cover ( x 2).
3. Remove the motor bracket [A] ( x 2, timing belt x 1).
4. Remove the jogger top fence motor [B] ( x 2, x 1, x 1).
SM 25 B706
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[A]
B706R104.WMF
1. Open the front door and pull out the stapler tray unit.
2. Remove the jogger bottom fence motor [A] ( x 2, timing belt x 1, x 1, x 1).
B706 26 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[A]
B531R101.WMF
3000-Sheet
Finisher
The position of the punched holes can be adjusted in two ways.
B706
Front to Rear Adjustment
Three spacers [A] are provided with the punch unit for manual adjustment of the
hole position in the main scan direction:
• 2 mm (x 1)
• 1 mm (x 2)
NOTE: One spacer was installed at installation and the remaining spacers were
fastened with a screw to the rear frame of the finisher under the rear cover
and slightly above the lock bar.
SM 27 B706
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[A]
B513I002.WMF
[B]
B513R003.WMF
B706 28 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[A]
3000-Sheet
Finisher
B513R001.WMF
B706
1. Remove the jogger unit from the finisher. ( 3.10.1)
2. Remove the jogger unit control PCB [A] ( x 2, x 3)
SM 29 B706
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[B]
B513R002.WMF
B706 30 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
TROUBLESHOOTING
4. TROUBLESHOOTING
If the machine logs an SC code in the display of the operation panel, see “Section
4 Troubleshooting” of the Service Manual. Section 4 contains a complete list of all
service codes and how to troubleshoot the problem.
3000-Sheet
Finisher
B706
SM 31 B706
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE TABLES
5. SERVICE TABLES
For details about 3000-Sheet Finisher B706 SP codes, please refer to “5. Service
Tables” in the main machine service manual.
5.3 FUSES
No. Function
FU100 Protects 24 V.
B706 32 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
6. DETAILS
6.1 TRAY AND STAPLER JUNCTION GATE
[A]
[D]
[C] [B]
3000-Sheet
B706D506.WMF
Finisher
B706
Sort/Stack Mode Staple Mode
[A]
[A]
[D] [D]
B706D505.WMF B706D507.WMF
Depending on the finishing mode, the copies are directed up, straight through, or
down by the combinations of open and closed junction gates.
SM 33 B706
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
[A]
[B]
[E]
[F]
[C] [D]
B706D000.WMF
This mechanism improves productivity in staple mode. It is only used when copying
on A4, LT, or B5 (all LEF).
During stapling, the copier has to wait. This mechanism reduces the wait by
holding the first two sheets of a job while the previous job is still being stapled. It
only works during the second and subsequent sets of a multi-set copy job.
The pre-stack junction gate solenoid [A] turns on 120 mm after the 1st sheet of
paper turns on the entrance sensor, and this directs the sheet to the pre-stack tray
[B]. (This sheet cannot be fed to the stapler yet, because the first set is still being
stapled.) The pre-stack paper stopper solenoid [C] turns on 350 mm after the 1st
sheet turns on the entrance sensor. The pre-stack paper stopper [D] then stops the
paper.
The pre-stack junction gate solenoid turns off 230 mm after the trailing edge of the
1st sheet passes through the entrance sensor, and the 2nd sheet is sent to the
paper guide [E]. The pre-stack paper stopper is released about 40 mm after the
2nd sheet turns on the pre-stack stopper sensor [F], and the two sheets of copy
paper are sent to the stapler tray. All sheets after the 2nd sheet go to the stapler
tray via the paper guide [E].
B706 34 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
[A]
[G]
[F]
[E]
[B]
[D]
[L]
[M]
3000-Sheet
[I]
Finisher
[K]
B706
[J] B706D508.WMF
In the staple mode, as every sheet of paper arrives in the jogger unit, it is vertically
and horizontally aligned, then the staple edge is pressed flat to ensure the edge of
the stack is aligned correctly for stapling.
Vertical Paper Alignment: About 60 ms after the trailing edge of the copy passes
the staple tray entrance sensor [A], the positioning roller motor [B] is energized to
push the positioning roller [C] into contact with the paper. The positioning roller and
alignment brush roller [D] rotate to push the paper back and align the trailing edge
of the paper against the stack stopper [E].
Horizontal Paper Alignment: When the print key is pressed, the jogger motor [F]
turns on and the jogger fences [G] move to the wait position about 7.2 mm wider
than the selected paper size on both sides. When the trailing edge of the paper
passes the staple unit entrance sensor, the jogger motor moves the jogger fences
3.7 mm towards the paper. Next, the jogger motor turns on again for 3.5 mm for the
horizontal paper alignment then goes back to the wait position.
Paper Stack Correction: After the paper is aligned in the stapler tray, the left [J],
center [K], and right [L] stack plate motors switch on briefly and drive the front stack,
center stack, and rear stack plates against the edge of the stack to flatten the edge
completely against the staple tray for stapling. When the next copy paper turns on
the stapler entrance sensor, the stack plate motor turns on and returns to its home
position. The home position is detected by stack plate HP sensor [M].
SM 35 B706
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
[A]
[B]
[C]
B706D513.WMF
Side-to-Side
The stapler motor [A] moves the stapler [B] from side to side. After the start key is
pressed, the stapler moves from its home position to the stapling position.
If two-staple-position mode is selected, for the first stack the stapler moves to the
rear stapling position first, staples, moves to the front position, staples and waits at
the front. For the second stack, the stapler staples the front corner first, then moves
to the rear corner and staples.
NOTE: For continuous stapling jobs, the corners are stapled rear then front for the
odd number stacks and stapled front then rear for even number stacks.
After the job is completed, the stapler returns to its home position. This is detected
by the stapler HP sensor [C].
B706 36 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
[A]
[B]
[F]
[D]
B706D514.WMF
[E]
3000-Sheet
Finisher
B706
B706D523.WMF
B706D515.WMF
[C]
Rotation (1)
In the oblique staple position mode, the stapler rotation motor [A] rotates the
stapler units [B] 45° to counterclockwise after it moves to the stapling position.
Rotation (2)
When the staple end condition arises, the stapler motor moves the stapler to the
front and the stapler rotation motor rotates the stapler unit to clockwise to remove
the staple cartridge [C]. This allows the user to add new staples.
Once the staples have been installed, and the front door closed, the stapler unit
returns to its home position. As the stapler unit is returning to the home position,
the stapler return sensor [D] is activated, the return solenoid [E] turns on and it
assists the guide roller [F] to return to its guide (this guide directs the stapler during
rotation).
SM 37 B706
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
6.5 STAPLER
[C]
[E]
[B]
[D]
[A]
B706D521.WMF
B706D516.WMF
[E]
[F]
B706D522.WMF [G]
When the aligned copies are brought to the stapling position by the positioning
roller and jogger fences, the staple hammer motor [A] starts stapling.
During stapling, the stapler trims off the excess length [B] of the staples by lowering
the cutter [C]. This excess length depends on the number of copies in the set; there
will be very little for a stack containing 100 sheets. The staple waste drops into the
tray [D] in the stapler. When the stapler unit returns to its home position, the tray
hits the shaft [E] and the tray opens. The staple waste drops into the staple waste
hopper [F]. When the staple waste hopper is full, the actuator on its base activates
the staple waste hopper sensor [G]. An SC737 (Full Finisher Staple Waste Hopper)
is displayed.
B706 38 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
[C]
[D]
[A]
[B]
[E]
3000-Sheet
B706D518.WMF
Finisher
[F]
B706
B706D517.WMF
The stapler has a staple end sensor [A], cartridge set sensor [B] and staple
hammer HP sensor [C].
When a staple end or no cartridge condition is detected, a message is displayed
advising the operator to install a staple cartridge. If this condition is detected during
a copy job, the indication will appear, and the copy job will stop.
The staple cartridge has a clinch area [D] where jammed staples collect. The
operator can remove the jammed staples from the clinch area by pressing in the
releases [E] on both sides, then lowering the bracket lever [F].
SM 39 B706
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
6.6 FEED-OUT
[G] [D]
[A]
[B]
[C] [E]
[I] [H]
B706D519.WMF
[F]
B706D512.WMF
After the copies have been stapled, the stack feed-out motor [A] starts. The pawl
[B] on the stack feed-out belt [C] transports the set of stapled copies up and feeds
it to the shift tray exit roller [D]. When stapling starts, the exit guide motor [E] opens
the upper exit guide [F], which includes the upper shift tray exit roller [G], in order to
feed out the leading edge of the copy set smoothly. The exit guide motor turns on
again a certain time after stapling is complete, and the upper exit guide plate is
lowered. Then the shift tray exit roller takes over the stack feed-out.
The on-off timing of the exit guide motor is detected by the exit guide open sensor
[H].
The stack-feed-out motor turns off when the pawl actuates the stack feed-out belt
home position sensor [I].
B706 40 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
[A]
[B]
[E]
[C]
[F]
[D]
[H] [I]
[G]
3000-Sheet
Finisher
B706
B706D524.WMF
The stacking roller assembly [A] is fastened to a plate [B] on a shaft by a spring [C].
The cam [D], in contact with the bottom of the plate, is connected to the stacking
roller drag motor [E] via a timing belt.
The stacking roller drag motor and timing belt rotate the cam against the bottom of
the plate to move the rollers forward and back with each sheet ejected onto the
shift tray.
The stacking roller motor [F] drives the shaft [G] that rotates the stacking rollers
counter-clockwise as the rollers move back. The simultaneous rotation and
backward movement of the roller assembly pulls each sheet back toward the copier
to align the edges of the stack on the shift tray.
The actuator [H] is mounted on the cam and rotating with both rotating clockwise)
and detects the roller assembly home position when the actuator leaves the gap of
the return drive HP sensor [I] and signals the machine that the rollers are at the
home position. The machine uses this information to control paper feed timing and
confirm that the mechanism is operating correctly. The cam and actuator make one
complete rotation for every sheet fed out of the machine onto the shift tray.
SM 41 B706
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
[F]
[A]
[G]
[B]
[C]
B706D010.WMF
The shift tray lift motor [A] controls the vertical position of the shift tray [B] through
gears and timing belts [C].
Stand-by Mode
After the main switch is turned on, or when the stack is removed from the tray, the
end of the feeler on the tray falls and its actuator [D] rotates up into staple mode
HP sensor 2 [E] (S7) and switches it on. This switches on the lift motor, which
raises the tray until the tray pushes the actuator out of the sensor [E]. Then, the lift
motor stops the shift tray; this is the home position (the actuator [D] is between the
two sensors [E] and [F].
The shift tray upper limit switch (SW1) prevents the drive gear from being damaged
if staple mode HP sensor 2 [E] fails. In case of a failure, when the shift tray pushes
up the actuator [G] and positioning rollers, the switch will cut the power to the shift
tray lift motor.
B706 42 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
[C]
[A]
[G]
[F] [E]
3000-Sheet
Finisher
B706
B706D010.WMF
Staple Mode
The shift tray moves to home position, which is when the actuator [B] is between
the staple mode home position sensors [C] and [D]. During feed-out, the shift tray
is lowered automatically at prescribed intervals. When the stack is removed from
the tray, the tray returns to the home position for stand-by mode. ( 6.8.1)
SM 43 B706
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
[A]
[D]
[B] B706D010.WMF
[C]
This machine has two shift tray lower limit sensors: shift lower limit sensor [A] (S9)
for large paper (B4 and larger) and shift lower limit sensor [B] (S11) for small paper
(smaller than B4).
NOTE: Sensor [C] (S10) is not used.
When the actuator [D] enters sensor [A] while using large paper (about 1500
sheets are on the tray), a message will be displayed and copying will stop.
When the actuator [D] enters sensor [B] while using small paper (about 3,000
sheets are on the tray), a message will be displayed and copying will stop.
B706 44 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
[D]
[A]
[F]
[C]
[E]
[B]
3000-Sheet
Finisher
B706
B706D520.WMF
In sort/stack mode, the shift tray [A] moves from side to side to separate the sets of
copies.
The horizontal position of the shift tray is controlled by the shift motor [B] and shift
gear disk [C]. After one set of copies is made and delivered to the shift tray, the
shift motor turns on, driving the shift gear disk and the shaft [D]. The end fence [E]
is positioned by the shaft, creating the side-to-side movement.
When the shift gear disk has rotated 180 degrees (when the shift tray is fully shifted
across), the cut-out in the shift gear disk turns on the shift tray half-turn sensor [F]
and the shift motor stops. The next set of copies is then delivered. The motor turns
on, repeating the same process and moving the tray back to the previous position.
SM 45 B706
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
B706D004.WMF
B706D005.WMF
Here is the operation sequence for jogging and stapling Z-folded sheets:
{ The lower jogger fence lifts to receive the Z-folded sheets.
| The top fence moves down, to the horizontal position.
} A sheet of paper goes into the stapler tray.
~ The positioning roller turns when each sheet is fed to the stapler tray.
Each sheet is fed down against the lower jogger fence to align the bottom edge.
After the set number of sheets come in, the jogger top-fence motor switches on and
lowers the top fence against the top of the stack. This aligns the stack for stapling.
The bottom fence motor lowers the aligned stack to the stapling position.
The stapler staples the stack.
B706 46 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
3000-Sheet
Finisher
8. In staple mode, the stapler tray entrance sensor does not turn off when the
B706
upper transport motor has fed paper 1.5 times the paper’s length after it turned
on.
9. In staple mode, the stapler tray paper sensor does not turn off within 250
pulses of the stack feed-out motor after it started.
10. In staple mode, the shift tray exit sensor does not turn off within 1,260 ms after
the stack feed-out motor started.
SM 47 B706
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
[D]
[E]
B531D102.WMF
The punch unit makes 2 or 3 holes at the trailing edge of the paper. The number of
holes depends on a selection made on the operation panel.
The cam [A] has 2 punches on one side and 3 punches on the other, and is turned
by the punch motor [B]. The punch motor turns on immediately after the trailing
edge of the paper passes the entrance sensor. The punches on the cam rotate
downward and punch holes in the paper.
After punching a sheet of paper, the cam returns to home position and stops.
Home position depends on whether 2 holes or 3 holes are being made, so there
are two punch HP sensors. Punch HP sensor 1 [C] is used when 2-hole punching
is selected, and punch HP sensor 2 [D] is used when 3-hole punching is selected.
When the cut-out [E] enters the slot of the punch HP in use (sensor 1 or 2-hole
punching or sensor 2 for 3/4-hole punching) the motor stops.
The knob (not shown) on the front end of the punch unit can be turned in either
direction to clear paper jammed in the punch unit.
B706 48 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
[A]
[B]
[C]
3000-Sheet
Finisher
B706
B531D103.WMF
Punch waste is collected in the punch waste hopper [A] positioned under the punch
unit.
When the level of the punch waste in the hopper rises as far as the hole [B] in the
hopper, the punch waste sensor [C] turns on, stops the job, and triggers a
message on the operation to indicate that the hopper is full and must be removed
and emptied.
The job resumes automatically after the hopper is emptied and returned to the
finisher.
The punch waste hopper sensor also functions as the hopper set sensor. When the
hopper is not in the finisher, or if it is not inserted completely, the spring loaded
sensor arm rotates up and to the right with the punch waste sensor away from the
hole in the hopper holder and a message is displayed. The message in this case is
the same as the hopper full message.
SM 49 B706
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
1 2
B513D003.WMF
B706 50 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
[C]
[F] [B]
[A]
[D]
[G]
[H]
[J]
[I]
[E]
3000-Sheet
Finisher
B706
B513D002.WMF
At prescribed intervals, the jogger motor [A] switches on and drives the jogger
timing belt [B], gear [C] and jogger fence timing belt [D] which drives the shift
jogger fences [E] against the sides of the stack to align its edges.
At the end of the job, the jogger fence lift motor [F] switches on and raises the
fences until the actuator [G] leaves the slot of the shift jogger fence lift HP sensor
[H] and shuts off the shift jogger fence lift motor.
At the same time, the jogger motor reverses and drives the fences away from the
sides of the stack until the actuator [I] deactivates the shift jogger fence HP sensor
[J] and switches off the jogger motor.
The jogger fences remain up in the standby position until the next job starts.
SM 51 B706
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
OVERALL MACHINE INFORMATION
1 2 3 4 5
6
21
20
8
22
9
19
18 10
17 11
16
12
15
23
13
B706V900.WMF
14
B706 52 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
OVERALL MACHINE INFORMATION
3000-Sheet
stapling.
Finisher
B706
Presses down the rear corner of the edge for
M14 Stack Plate – Rear
stapling.
M15 Stapler Rotation Rotates the stapler 45 degrees for oblique stapling.
M16 Staple Hammer Drives the staple hammer.
Drives the punch shaft and roller. Punch Unit B531
M17 Punch
(option).
Drives the entrance rollers, the middle and upper
M18 Upper Transport
transport rollers, and upper tray exit roller.
Drives the shift jogger fences against the sides of
the sheets to align the stack, then reverses to return
M19 Shift Jogger
them to the home position. Jogger Unit B513
(option).
Raises the shift jogger fences after aligning the
stack, then reverses and lowers them when
M20 Shift Jogger Lift
returning to the home position. Jogger Unit B513
(option).
M21 Jogger Top Fence Moves the top jogger fence.
M22 Jogger Bottom Fence Moves the bottom jogger fence.
BOARDS
Main Controls the finisher and communicates with the
PCB
copier.
PCB Stapler Controls the stapler unit.
Punch Passes signals between the punch unit and the
PCB
finisher main board. Punch Unit B531 (option).
PCB Jogger Controls the shift/jogger unit B513 (option).
SM 53 B706
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
OVERALL MACHINE INFORMATION
B706 54 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
OVERALL MACHINE INFORMATION
3000-Sheet
SW2 Front Door Safety Cuts the dc power when the front door is opened.
Finisher
B706
Switches the current job off and on to allow time for
SW3 Emergency Stop
the operator to remove paper from the shift tray.
SM 55 B706
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
OVERALL MACHINE INFORMATION
1 2 3 4 5
19
18
17
16 6
15
14
13 7
12
20
21
11
22
10 23
B706V503.WMF
9 8
26
24
25
B706V504.WMF
B706 56 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
B660
Z-Folding Unit
1. INSTALLATION................................................................................1
2. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE........................................................2
4. TROUBLESHOOTING ...................................................................15
5. SERVICE TABLES.........................................................................16
6. DETAILS.........................................................................................17
6.1 OVERVIEW ................................................................................................ 17
6.2 Z-FOLDING UNIT PAPER PATH ............................................................... 19
6.2.1 PAPER PATH WITH NO FOLDING................................................... 19
6.2.2 PAPER PATH WITH Z-FOLDING...................................................... 20
6.3 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS................................................................... 24
6.4 DRIVE LAYOUT ......................................................................................... 25
SM i B660
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
1. INSTALLATION
For details about installing the Z-Folding Unit B660, please refer to the instructions
you received with the instructions or the “1. Installation” in the main machine
service manual.
Z-Folding Unit
B660
SM 1 B660
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
2. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
For details about the Z-Folding Unit B660 PM table, please refer to Section “2.
Preventive Maintenance” in the main Service Manual.
B660 2 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[A]
[A]
Z-Folding Unit
B660I900.WMF
[B]
B660
1. Disengage the Z-folding unit from the machine.
2. Disengage the Z-folding unit from the finisher (or cover sheet feeder).
3. At the bottom on the sides of the Z-folding unit:
• Remove the lock bracket [A] ( x 1).
• Pull out the foot extension [B].
• Re-attach the bracket [A] to lock the foot in the open position ( x 1).
Reinstallation
Do this procedure in the opposite sequence to retract and lock the extensions
below the Z-folding unit.
CAUTION
The Z-folding unit is not stable, with or without the feet extended. Do your
work carefully; do not tilt the unit.
SM 3 B660
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
3.2 COVERS
[C] [A]
[1]
[F]
[2]
[E]
[B]
[D]
[3]
B660R101.WMF
B660 4 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[A]
Z-Folding Unit
[B]
B660
B660R102.WMF
1. Pull the Z-folding mechanism out of the unit, but not fully.
2. Remove: ( 3.2)
• Left cover
• Right cover
• Back cover
[A]: Motor cover ( x 3)
[B]: Feed Motor ( x 2, x 1, timing belt x 1)
Re-installation
Make sure that the motor cover is below the leaf springs [C].
SM 5 B660
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[C]
[B]
[A]
B660R103.WMF
B660 6 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[A]
Z-Folding Unit
B660
[B]
[C]
B660R104.WMF
SM 7 B660
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[A]
[C]
B660R105.WMF
B660 8 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[A]
Z-Folding Unit
B660
[D] B660R106.WMF
SM 9 B660
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[C]
[A]
[D]
B660R107.WMF
[G]
[B]
[H]
[E] [F]
B660 10 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[B]
[A]
[C]
[F]
[G]
[D]
[E]
Z-Folding Unit
B660
B660R109.WMF
SM 11 B660
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[A]
[B]
B660R110.WMF
1. Pull the Z-folding mechanism out of the unit, but not fully.
2. Remove: ( 3.2)
• Left cover
• Right cover
• Back cover
[A]: Motor cover ( x 3)
[B]: Fold roller motor ( x 6, x 1, timing belt x 1)
Reinstallation
Make sure that the motor cover is below the leaf springs [C].
B660 12 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
[A]
Z-Folding Unit
B660
B660R111.WMF
SM 13 B660
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
3.12 PSU
[A]
[E]
[B]
[D] [C]
B660R112.WMF
B660 14 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
TROUBLESHOOTING
4. TROUBLESHOOTING
For more about troubleshooting (jam removal, etc.), please refer to the Operating
Instructions.
Z-Folding Unit
B660
SM 15 B660
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE TABLES
5. SERVICE TABLES
Two SP codes have been added for the Z-folding unit.
[D]
[A]
L1
[B] A
[C]
B660S901.WMF
Use these SPs to adjust the locations of the first fold and the second fold.
The illustration shows the position of the sheet while it goes through the lower exit
rollers after it has been folded.
B660 16 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
6. DETAILS
6.1 OVERVIEW
1
26 3
4
25
24 5
23
Z-Folding Unit
6
B660
22
21 7
20 8
19 9
18
10
17
11
16
15 12
14 13
B660D102.WMF
SM 17 B660
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
B660 18 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
[1]
[4]
[3]
[2]
Z-Folding Unit
B660
B660D901.WMF
The feed rollers [1] feed the paper from the main machine into the Z-folding unit.
If Z-folding was not used for the job, the sheet feeds above the closed junction gate
[2].
The upper exit sensor [3] detects the leading and trailing edge of the unfolded
sheet.
The upper exit rollers [4] feed the unfolded sheet out of the Z-folding unit and into
the finisher.
SM 19 B660
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
[5]
[7]
[9]
[6]
[3]
[11]
[8]
[4] [10]
B660D201.WMF
The feed rollers [1] feed the paper from the main machine into the Z-folding unit.
The junction gate solenoid energizes and opens the junction gate [2]. The junction
gate sends the sheet down into the Z-folding paper path.
The upper and lower stopper motors move the upper stopper [3] and lower stopper
[4] to the positions for the paper size that was used for the job, and for the fold
positions that were selected.
The feed sensor [5] detects the leading edge and trailing edge of the sheet. The
pinch idle roller solenoid (upper) pulls the pinch idle roller [6] away from the pinch
feed roller [7] and the paper can fall between the pinch rollers.
The anti-static brush [8] removes static electricity from the sheet.
When the fold timing sensor [9] detects the trailing edge of the sheet, it energizes
the pinch idle roller solenoid (lower). This pushes the pinch idle roller [6] against
the opposite pinch feed roller [7].
The lower stopper [10] stops the sheet and buckles it slightly toward the nip [11] of
the 1st and 2nd fold rollers.
B660 20 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
[9]
[8]
[1]
[6]
[3]
[7]
[4]
[5]
Z-Folding Unit
[2]
B660
B660D202.WMF
The pinch feed roller [1] feeds the sheet down against the lower stopper [2].
At the same time, these rollers turn:
• 1st fold roller [3]
• 2nd fold roller [4]
• 3rd fold roller [5]
The sheet continues to buckle until it feeds into the nip [6] of the 1st and 2nd fold
rollers. These two rollers fold the sheet.
The leading edge sensor [7] detects the leading edge of the sheet:
• When the leading edge goes by while the paper feeds down (to the lower
stopper).
• When the leading edge goes by again while the paper feeds up into the nip of
the 1st and 2nd fold rollers.
If the leading edge sensor does not detect the leading edge at the correct time, this
sensor signals a jam.
At the correct time, the pinch idle roller [8] is pulled away from the pinch feed roller
[9] by the pinch idle roller solenoid (upper).
SM 21 B660
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
[3]
[4]
[6]
[1]
[2]
[5]
B660D203.WMF
The 1st fold roller [1] and 2nd fold roller [2] continue to turn. This feeds the edge of
the 1st fold up until it hits the upper stopper [3].
The sheet lifts the feeler of the upper stopper path sensor [4]. This sensor:
• Detects when the sheet comes to the upper stopper path.
• Detects when the sheet goes out of the upper stopper path.
The upper stopper sensor detects a jam if it does not detect that the sheet comes
and goes at the correct times.
When the sheet feeds between the 1st and 2nd fold rollers, this pushes the first
fold against the upper stopper. The sheet buckles down into the gap between the
2nd fold roller [5] and 3rd fold roller [6]. The second fold is made when the sheet
feeds between the 2nd and 3rd feed rollers.
B660 22 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
[8]
[7]
[6] [9]
[2]
[10]
[12]
[1]
Z-Folding Unit
[3]
[11]
B660
[4] [5] B660D204.WMF
The 2nd and 3rd fold rollers [1] continue to turn and feed the sheet down.
The feeler of the upper stopper path sensor [2] falls and the sensor detects that the
sheet is gone. The fold rollers feed the folded sheet to the lower exit rollers [3].
The lower exit sensor [4] detects the leading edge and trailing edge of the sheet. If
the trailing edge is not detected during the correct time interval, the sensor detects
a jam.
The grip rollers [5] feed the folded sheet to the four pairs of vertical feed rollers [6].
The upper exit sensor [7] detects the leading edge and trailing edge of each folded
sheet. If the leading and trailing edge are not detected during the correct time
interval, this sensor detects a jam.
The upper exit rollers [8] feed the folded sheet into the finisher.
At the correct time:
• The upper stopper motor lifts the upper stopper [9] until the upper stopper sensor
[10] detects that the upper stopper is at its home position. This stops the motor.
• The lower stopper motor lowers the lower stopper [11] until the lower stopper
sensor [12] detects that the lower stopper is at its home position. This stops the
motor.
SM 23 B660
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
2
21
20
4
5
6
7
18
8
9
10
19
11
17
12
16
15 13 B660D101.WMF
14
B660 24 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILS
13
1
12
3
11
10
Z-Folding Unit
B660
9
B660D103.WMF 4
8 7 6 5
SM 25 B660
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G338/G339
Scanner Unit/Printer Unit
1. DETAILS...........................................................................................1
1.1 MACHINE LAYOUT...................................................................................... 1
1.2 CONTROLLER BOARD ............................................................................... 2
1.2.1 CONTROLLER BOARD LAYOUT ....................................................... 2
1.2.2 CONTROLLER BOARD DIP SWITCHES............................................ 4
1.2.3 LED INDICATORS............................................................................... 4
1.3 ETHERNET BOARD .................................................................................... 5
1.3.1 ETHERNET BOARD LAYOUT ............................................................ 5
1.3.2 ETHERNET BOARD OPERATION...................................................... 6
1.4 USB .............................................................................................................. 7
1.4.1 PIN ASSIGNMENT .............................................................................. 7
1.4.2 REMARKS ABOUT USB ..................................................................... 8
Related SP Mode..................................................................................... 8
1.5 IEEE802.11B (WIRELESS LAN) .................................................................. 9
1.5.1 SPECIFICATIONS............................................................................... 9
1.5.2 BLOCK DIAGRAM............................................................................... 9
2. SPECIFICATIONS........................................................................................ 10
2.1 SCANNER .................................................................................................. 10
2.2 PRINTER.................................................................................................... 11
2.3 CONTROLLER BOARD CONFIGURATION .............................................. 12
2.4 SOFTWARE ACCESSORIES .................................................................... 13
2.4.1 PRINTER........................................................................................... 13
Printer Drivers ........................................................................................ 13
Printer Utility Software ........................................................................... 13
2.5 PAPER SIZES SUPPORTED BY THE PRINTER ...................................... 14
2.6 USB SPECIFICATIONS ....................................................................... 15
2.7 IEEE 802.11B SPECIFICATIONS ........................................................ 15
SM i G338/G339
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
1. DETAILS
1.1 MACHINE LAYOUT
Server/Client PC
CD ROM CD ROM
(required) (optional)
Ethernet
SDRAM-DIMM
(128 MB) *1
Printer Unit
Devices
G338/G339
Devices
Scanner/
GW Controller
ROM DIMM
(8 MB)
Connection
MLB Resident ROM
Boards
(Option) (16 MB)
(Options) ROM DIMM
(8 MB)
(Option)
IC Card Slot
(for service)
HDD
40 GB
G338D001.WMF
SM 1 G338/G339
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CONTROLLER BOARD
CN300
CN314
(FAN Power Supply) (128MB Memory)
CN301
(Option Memory)
CN311
(Centronics I/F)
CN311 (NIB)
CN303
Slot 2
(PS3)
CN302
Slot 1
(Printer Scanner DIMM
or Printer DIMM)
CN313
(Debug)
(USB 2.0)
(IEEE 1394 Firewire)
(802.11b Wireless LAN)
HDD
G338D999.WMF
G338/G339 2 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CONTROLLER BOARD
Printer Unit
G338/G339
Scanner/
SM 3 G338/G339
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CONTROLLER BOARD
OFF ON
G338D998.WMF
G338/G339 4 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ETHERNET BOARD
EEPROM
Connector
Printer Unit
G338/G339
Filter Modue
Scanner/
Connector
LAN I/F
G338D002.WMF
The physical layer device, the lowest layer of the OSI reference model, refers to
the physical components of the network: cables, connectors, and so on. OSI, the
Operating Standard Interface, is a framework upon which networking standards are
arranged. It is commonly diagramed as a layered cake.
SM 5 G338/G339
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ETHERNET BOARD
LED 2 LED 1
G338D003.WMF
G338/G339 6 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
USB
1.4 USB
1.4.1 PIN ASSIGNMENT
The controller has a type “B” receptacle (CN10).
USB I/F
2 1 Ethernet I/F
CN2
(standard for G073 model)
CN1
3 4
CN5 (SLOT1)
Parallel I/F
CPU
IC Card I/F
CN4
NVRAM
Printer Unit
G338/G339
Scanner/
G338D906.WMF
SM 7 G338/G339
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
USB
Related SP Mode
“USB Settings” in the printer engine service mode. Data rates can be adjusted to
full speed fixed (12 Mbps). This switch may be used for troubleshooting if there is a
data transfer error using the high speed mode (480Mbps).
Data rates can also be adjusted using the UP mode “USB Setting” in the Host
Interface in the System menu. This mode can be accessed only when the “Enter”,
“Escape”, then “Menu” keys are pressed to enter the UP mode.
G338/G339 8 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
IEEE802.11B (WIRELESS LAN)
NOTE: The wireless LAN cannot be active at the same time as the Ethernet LAN.
The following user tool setting determines which LAN is active: System
Settings – Interface Settings – Network - LAN Type.
Printer Unit
G338/G339
Scanner/
Interface Board
PCMCIA
802.11b
CN3
CN1
Controller Board
G338D900.WMF
LED Indicators
LED Description On Off
LED1 (Green) Link status Link success Link failure
LED2 (Orange) Power distribution Power on Power off
SM 9 G338/G339
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SCANNER
2. SPECIFICATIONS
2.1 SCANNER
Scanning method Front side main scan Scanned by CCD.
Platen (original on
exposure glass)
Back side main scan Scanned by CIS.
Back side sub scan
Scanning Area Main scan Max. 297 mm
Sub scan Max. 432 mm
Resolution Main scan 600 dpi
Sub scan 600 dpi
Main Scan Line Range of 100 ~ 1200 dpi (digital black and white)
Precision
Grayscale 8-bit graduation or 2-digit per pixel, 2-digit halftone also
possible.
Scanning Speed 0.8 seconds (1 A4 page at 200 dpi in 2-digit black and white
with no compression.
Interface Ethernet 100Base-TX/10Base-T
IEEE 802.11b Wireless LAN (option)
IEEE 1394 with IP Over 1394 only (option)
Network Protocols TCP/IP only
Scan-to-Email Compatible
TWAIN driver Compatible
The scanner driver and utility software are provided on one CD-ROM.
G338/G339 10 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PRINTER
2.2 PRINTER
Printing Speed B065 model Max. 75 ppm (A4/LT LEF)
B064 model Max. 60 ppm (A4/LT LEF)
Printer Languages PCL5e/PCL6
PostScript 3 (option)
RPCS (Refined Printing Command Stream)
Resolution 1200 dpi (PCL6/PCL5e/PS3/RPCS)
600 dpi (PCL 6/PCL5e/PS3/RPCS)
300 dpi (PCL5e)
Resident Fonts PCL 35 Intellifonts
10 TrueType Fonts
PS3 136 fonts (24 Type 2 fonts, 112 Type 14 fonts)
Host Interfaces Bi-directional IEEE 1284 parallel x 1 (standard)
Ethernet 100Base-TX/10Base-T
IEEE 802.11b Wireless LAN (option)
IEEE 1394 with SCSI Print and IP Over 1394 (option)
IEEE 802.11b Wireless LAN (Option)
Network Protocols TCP/IP, IPX/SPX, NetBEUI, AppleTalk
Memory Max. 384 MB (128 MB + 256 MB)
Printer Unit
G338/G339
Scanner/
(Standard 128 MB + 128 MB/256 MB with optional DIMM`s)
SM 11 G338/G339
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CONTROLLER BOARD CONFIGURATION
CN300
CN314
(FAN Power Supply) (128MB Memory)
CN301
(Option Memory)
CN311
(Centronics I/F)
CN311 (NIB)
CN303
Slot 2
(PS3)
CN302
Slot 1
(Printer Scanner DIMM
or Printer DIMM)
CN313
(Debug)
(USB 2.0)
(IEEE 1394 Firewire)
(802.11b Wireless LAN)
HDD
G338D999.WMF
G338/G339 12 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SOFTWARE ACCESSORIES
2.4.1 PRINTER
Printer Drivers
Windows Windows NT Windows
Printer language Macintosh
9x/me 4.0 2000/XP
PCL6 Yes Yes Yes No
PCL5e Yes Yes Yes No
PS3 Yes Yes Yes Yes
RPCS Yes Yes Yes No
NOTE: 1) The printer drivers for Windows NT 4.0 are only for the Intel x86
platform. There is no Windows NT 4.0 printer driver for the PowerPC,
Printer Unit
G338/G339
Alpha, or MIPS platforms.
Scanner/
2) The PS3 drivers are all genuine Adobe PS drivers, except Windows
2000/XP, which uses Microsoft PS.
SM 13 G338/G339
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PAPER SIZES SUPPORTED BY THE PRINTER
Remarks:
Y Supported. The paper size sensor detects the paper size.
Y# Supported. The user has to select the correct paper size for the tray.
YC Supported. The user has to enter the width and length of the paper.
N Not supported.
G338/G339 14 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
USB SPECIFICATIONS
Printer Unit
G338/G339
Bandwidth 2.4GHz
Scanner/
(divided over 14 channels, 2400 to 2497 MHz for each
channel)
SM 15 G338/G339
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
MFP OPTIONS
B659
Printer/Scanner Unit
B581
IEEE1394 Interface Board (Firewire)
B596
USB2.0 Interface Board
B582
IEEE802.11B Interface Board (WLAN)
G377
Bluetooth Interface Unit
B609
File Format Converter (MLB)
B735
Data Overwrite Security Unit
MFP OPTIONS
B659/B581/B596/B582/G377/B609/B735
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SM i B659/B581/B596/B582/G377/B609/B735
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
1. DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS
1.1 MFP OPTION SLOT ASSIGNMENT
To make it easy to install MFP options, there are 6 slots (A1, A2, B1 to B4) for
boards and 3 slots (C1 to C3) for SD cards on the controller box. Each board or SD
card must be put in the correct slot. The correct slots for each option are shown on
the decal attached to the controller box cover (shown in the diagram).
NOTE: Only one PCI slot (B1) is available for one of these options. If a card is
installed in B1, must be remove it before install above options.
• USB 2.0
• IEEE 802.11b (Wireless LAN)
• IEEE 1394 (FireWire)
• Bluetooth Interface Unit G377
A1
C1
B1 B2 A2 Tandem
C2 1394/802.11b/
B1 USB2.0/Bluetooth
B2 File Format Converter
C3 B3 B4
B3 Paralle(1284)
B4 Ethernet
C1 Printer/Scanner
A1 A2 C2 Option PDL
C3 Service
B659D900.WMF
MFP Options
G377/B609/
B659/B581/
B596/B582/
B735
SM 1 B659/B581/B596/B582/G377/B609/B735
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SOFTWARE ACCESSORIES
1.2.1 PRINTER
Printer Drivers
Windows
Windows Windows NT
Printer language 2000/XP/Server Macintosh
9x/Me 4.0
2003
PCL6 Yes Yes Yes No
PCL5e Yes Yes Yes No
PS3 Yes Yes Yes Yes
RPCS Yes Yes Yes No
NOTE: 1) The printer drivers for Windows NT 4.0 are only for the Intel x86
platform. There is no Windows NT 4.0 printer driver for the PowerPC,
Alpha, or MIPS platforms.
2) The PS3 drivers are all genuine Adobe PS drivers, except Windows
2000/XP/Server 2003, which uses Microsoft PS.
B659/B581/B596/B582/G377/B609/B735 2 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PAPER SIZE SUPPORTED BY THE PRINTER
Remarks:
Y Supported. The paper size sensor detects the paper size.
Y# Supported. The user has to select the correct paper size for the tray.
YC Supported. The user has to enter the width and length of the paper.
N Not supported.
MFP Options
G377/B609/
B659/B581/
B596/B582/
B735
SM 3 B659/B581/B596/B582/G377/B609/B735
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
NETWORK INTERFACE BOARD (NIB) (B594)
The physical layer device, the lowest layer of the OSI reference model, refers to
the physical components of the network: cables, connectors, and so on. OSI, the
Operating Standard Interface, is a framework upon which networking standards are
arranged. It is commonly diagramed as a layered cake.
Operation
The NIB is a standard IEEE802.3u type which implements 10/100Mbps auto
negotiation. System initialization sets the network for 10Mbps/100Mbps.
LED 2 LED 1
B659D901.WMF
B659/B581/B596/B582/G377/B609/B735 4 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
USB 2.0 INTERFACE BOARD (B596)
Related SP Mode
“USB Settings” in the printer engine service mode. Data rates can be adjusted to
full speed fixed (12 Mbps). This switch may be used for troubleshooting if there is a
data transfer error using the high speed mode (480Mbps).
Data rates can also be adjusted using the UP mode “USB Setting” in the Host
Interface in the System menu. This mode can be accessed only when the “Enter”,
“Escape”, then “Menu” keys are pressed to enter the UP mode.
MFP Options
G377/B609/
B659/B581/
B596/B582/
B735
SM 5 B659/B581/B596/B582/G377/B609/B735
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
IEEE802.11B INTERFACE BOARD (WIRELESS LAN) (B582)
NOTE: Communication status can be measured only when the infrastructure mode
is being used.
B659/B581/B596/B582/G377/B609/B735 6 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
IEEE802.11B INTERFACE BOARD (WIRELESS LAN) (B582)
Troubleshooting Procedure
If there are problems using the wireless LAN, check the following.
1) Check the LED indicator on the wireless LAN card.
2) Check if “IEEE802.11b” is selected in the following user tool:
System Setting> Interface Setting> IEEE 801.11b
NOTE: The “IEEE 801.11b” tab is available only after the IEEE 801.11b card
has been installed.
3) Check if the channel settings are correct.
4) Check if the SSID and WEP are correctly set.
If infrastructure mode is being used,
1) Check if the MAC address is properly set.
2) Check the communication status.
If the communication status is poor, bring the machine closer to the access
point, or check for any obstructions between the machine and the access
point.
If the problem cannot be solved, try changing the channel setting.
MFP Options
G377/B609/
B659/B581/
B596/B582/
B735
SM 7 B659/B581/B596/B582/G377/B609/B735
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FILE FORMAT CONVERTER (MLB) (B609)
5847 002 Copy : Text Changes the default settings of image data transferred
5847 003 Copy: Others externally by the Desk Top Binder page reference
Print: Binary function via the MLB (Media Link Board).
5847 005
Print: Dither(1200 dpi) Sets the default for dithered image size sent to the
5847 006
Document Server via the MLB (Media Link Board).
NetFile Page Quality Sets the default for JPEG image quality of image files
5847 021 Default for JPEG handled by Desk Top Binder sent via the MLB (Media
Link Board).
B659/B581/B596/B582/G377/B609/B735 8 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DATA OVERWRITE SECURITY UNIT (B735)
NOTE: *1: A Sample Print or Locked Print job can only be overwritten after it has
been executed.
*2: Temporary data via TWAIN scanner function are not originally stored in
HDD, so TWAIN scanner functions can be used together with DOS
unit.
*3: Data stored in the Address Book can be encrypted for security.
Overwrite timing
Overwriting starts automatically once a copy, print and scanner job is completed.
Copier, printer and scanner functions take priority over the Data Overwrite
function. If a copier, printer or scanner job comes while a previous job is beign
overwritten, the overwrite process is automatically interrupted until the next job is
completed.
MFP Options
G377/B609/
B659/B581/
B596/B582/
B735
SM 9 B659/B581/B596/B582/G377/B609/B735
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DATA OVERWRITE SECURITY UNIT (B735)
B659/B581/B596/B582/G377/B609/B735 10 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CONTROLLER BOARD
2. SPECIFICATIONS
2.1 CONTROLLER BOARD
CPU: Duron 800 MHz
BIOS ROM: 1 MB (512 K x 2)
OS Copy Flash ROM: 16 MB
NVRAM: 128 KB
SDRAM: 128 MB
DDR-SDRAM: Slot #1 (Standard): BASIC 128 MB
Slot #2 (Option): 256 MB
PCI Option: 4 Slots (B1 to B4)
SD Card: 3 Slots (C1 to C3)
RAPI Option: 2 Slots (A1, A2)
Power Supply Voltage: DC 5VE ± 3%
DC 12VE ± 5%
G377/B609/
B659/B581/
B596/B582/
B735
SM 11 B659/B581/B596/B582/G377/B609/B735
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PRINTER/SCANNER UNIT (B659)
Scanner
Scanning method Front side main scan Scanned by CCD.
Platen (original on
exposure glass)
Back side main scan Scanned by CIS.
Back side sub scan
Scanning Area Main scan Max. 297 mm
Sub scan Max. 432 mm
Resolution Main scan 600 dpi
Sub scan 600 dpi
Main Scan Line Range of 100 ~ 1200 dpi (digital black and white)
Precision
Grayscale 8-bit graduation or 2-digit per pixel, 2-digit halftone also
possible.
Scanning Speed 0.8 seconds (1 A4 page at 200 dpi in 2-digit black and white
with no compression.
Interface Ethernet 100Base-TX/10Base-T
IEEE 802.11b Wireless LAN (option)
IEEE 1394 with IP Over 1394 only (option)
Network Protocols TCP/IP only
Scan-to-Email Compatible
TWAIN driver Compatible
The scanner driver and utility software are provided on one CD-ROM.
B659/B581/B596/B582/G377/B609/B735 12 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
IEEE1394 INTERFACE BOARD (B581)
System requirement
Connectable devices PCs
2. IEEE1394 Repeaters
Number of Hops 16 hops (Max.)
Length of cable 4.5m between devices (Max.)
NOTE: 1) Microsoft “USB printer support” is required for Win98SE. In that case,
transmission speed is Full Speed.
2) Macintosh supports only the standard USB port.
3) When printing from Macintosh, PDL emulation is not switched
automatically. Please change the setting of PDL emulation of
mainframe.
4) Low Speed 1.5Mbps is not supported.
MFP Options
G377/B609/
B659/B581/
B596/B582/
B735
SM 13 B659/B581/B596/B582/G377/B609/B735
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
IEEE802.11B INTERFACE BOARD (B582)
NOTE: The wireless LAN cannot be active at the same time as the Ethernet LAN.
The following user tool setting determines which LAN is active: System
Settings – Interface Settings – Network - LAN Type.
Hardware Specifications
Transmission spec Based on Bluetooth V1.1
Data Transfer Speed 1Mbps
Profile Hardcopy Cable Replacement Profile (HCRP)
Serial Port Profile (SPP)
Basic Imaging Profile (BIP)
Distance between devices 10 m
The above is the max distance when using in the open air,
and these depend on office environment.
B659/B581/B596/B582/G377/B609/B735 14 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
MFP OPTI0N CONFIGURATION
MFP Options
G377/B609/
B659/B581/
B596/B582/
B735
SM 15 B659/B581/B596/B582/G377/B609/B735
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
B700/B701
2000/3000 SHEET FINISHER
B700
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2. DETAILS.........................................................................................24
2.1 GENERAL LAYOUT ................................................................................... 24
2.2 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS................................................................... 26
2.2.1 UPPER AREA B700/B701................................................................. 26
2.2.2 LOWER AREA B700/B701 ................................................................ 27
2.2.3 PUNCH UNIT B702 ........................................................................... 28
2.2.4 STACKER/STAPLER - B700/B701.................................................... 29
2.2.5 B700 FOLD UNIT .............................................................................. 30
2.2.6 SUMMARY OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS................................. 31
2.3 DRIVE LAYOUT ......................................................................................... 36
2.4 JUNCTION GATES .................................................................................... 37
Proof Mode ............................................................................................ 37
Shift Mode.............................................................................................. 37
Staple Mode........................................................................................... 37
2.5 PRE-STACKING......................................................................................... 38
2.6 UPPER TRAY............................................................................................. 40
2.7 LOWER TRAY (B700 ONLY) ..................................................................... 42
SM i B700
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
B700 ii SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BASIC PROCEDURES
[H]
[A]
[B]
[C]
[D]
[G]
B700/B701
2000/3000
Finisher
Sheet
[F]
[E] B700R101.WMF
[A]: Small Upper Cover ( x1). Open the front door, remove the screw, then
remove the cover.
[B]: Upper Cover ( x2)
[C]: Front Door Bracket ( x1)
[D]: Front Door
[E]: Front Left Side Cover ( x2)
[F]: Cover
[G]: Paper Exit Cover ( x2)
[H]: Rear Cover ( x2)
SM 1 B700/B701
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BASIC PROCEDURES
[A]
[B]
B700R114.WMF
B700/B701 2 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BASIC PROCEDURES
[A]
[B] [D] {
[E]
[C]
B700R115.WMF
B700/B701
2000/3000
Finisher
[C]: Upper Tray ( x1)
Sheet
[D]: Tray Bracket ( x4, x1 shoulder
screw {)
[E]: End Fence ( x3)
B700R116.WMF
[E]
SM 3 B700/B701
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
UPPER TRAY LIMIT SENSOR, LIMIT SWITCH
[A]
B700R117.WMF
[C]
[B]
B700R118.WMF
Remove:
• Front door, front left side cover, rear cover, upper cover ( 1.1.1)
• End fence ( 1.1.2)
[A]: Upper tray exit mechanism ( x4, x3)
[B]: Upper tray limit sensor ( x1, x1)
[C]: Upper tray limit switch ( x2)
B700/B701 4 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
POSITIONING ROLLER
[A]
[C]
B700/B701
2000/3000
Finisher
Sheet
[B]
B700R103.WMF
SM 5 B700/B701
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PROOF TRAY EXIT SENSOR
[A]
[B]
B700R107.WMF
B700/B701 6 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
UPPER TRAY HEIGHT SENSORS 1, 2
[C]
B700/B701
2000/3000
Finisher
Sheet
B700R108.WMF
SM 7 B700/B701
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
EXIT GUIDE PLATE, UPPER TRAY EXIT SENSOR
B700R109.WMF
[C]
[B]: Exit guide plate
• { x1
• | Link and spring }
• } x1
|
• ~ x1 {
[C]: Upper tray exit sensor (S6)
( x1) [B]
~
B700R110.WMF
B700/B701 8 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PROOF TRAY FULL SENSOR
[B]
[A]
B700/B701
2000/3000
Finisher
Sheet
B700R111.WMF
SM 9 B700/B701
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FINISHER ENTRANCE SENSOR
[B]
[A]
B700R133.WMF
B700/B701 10 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PRE-STACK TRAY EXIT SENSOR
[B]
B700/B701
2000/3000
Finisher
Sheet
B700R102.WMF
SM 11 B700/B701
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FOLD UNIT EXIT SENSOR
B700R121.WMF
[B]
B700R125.WMF
[D]
[E]
[F] B700R126.WMF
B700/B701 12 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FOLD ADJUSTMENTS (B700 ONLY)
[D]
[A]
[C]
[E] [B]
B700/B701
B700R802.WMF
2000/3000
Finisher
Important
Sheet
• The fold unit is adjusted for optimum performance before the finisher is shipped
from the factory. Do this adjustment only if the edges of folded booklets are not
even.
1. Switch the copier on and enter the SP mode.
2. Europe, Asia: Use SP 6113 001 (this is for A3 paper).
North America: Use SP 6113 005 (this is for DLT paper).
NOTE: If the original setting of SP6113 001 or 005 is not 0, then you must do
the vertical skew adjustment ( 1.11.2) after you finish this horizontal
skew procedure.
3. Use the 10-key pad to input "-2" (mm) for the SP value.
NOTE: (Press [٠/4] to enter the minus sign.)
4. Press [#] then exit the SP mode.
5. Open the front door and pull the stapler unit [A] out of the finisher.
6. Open the guide plate [B].
7. Loosen the adjustment screw [C] and then tighten until it stops. (Do not over
tighten.)
8. Remove the lock screw [D].
9. Raise the tip [E] of the adjustment screw very slightly and allow it to descend
under its own weight.
SM 13 B700/B701
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FOLD ADJUSTMENTS (B700 ONLY)
[A] [B]
B700R901.WMF
10. Push the stapler unit into the finisher and close the front door.
11. Do a folding test.
• Switch the copier on.
• Put one page of A3 or DLT paper in the ARDF.
• On the copier operation panel, select booklet stapling.
• Press [Start]. One sheet is folded.
12. Remove the sheet from the lower tray.
13. Hold the folded sheet with the creased side pointing down and face-up (the
same way that it came out of the finisher).
14. Referring to the diagram, determine if the skew is + [A] or – [B].
B700/B701 14 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FOLD ADJUSTMENTS (B700 ONLY)
[E]
[A]
[D] [C]
[B] B700R130A.WMF
15. Open the front door of the finisher and pull the stapler unit [A] out.
16. Open the guide plate [B].
17. Turn the adjustment screw [C] to correct the amount of skew you measured
B700/B701
2000/3000
Finisher
from the test sheet.
Sheet
• For + skew ([A] on the previous page), turn the adjustment screw
(clockwise).
• For – skew ([B] on the previous page), turn the adjustment screw to the
left (counter-clockwise).
• Every click in the +/– direction adjusts the fold position by 0.1 mm by moving
the bottom fence [D]
18. Raise the tip of the adjustment screw [C] and allow it to lower under its own
weight.
19. Attach and tighten the lock screw [E].
20. Push the stapler unit into the machine, close the front door, then turn the copier
on.
21. Europe, Asia: Do SP 6113 001 (this is for A3 paper).
North America: Do SP 6113 005 (this is for DLT paper).
22. Reset it to "0".
23. Do the test again.
24. If the result is satisfactory, this completes the adjustment.
-or-
If some skew remains, repeat this adjustment.
NOTE: After doing this adjustment, adjust for vertical skew, if necessary.
( 1.11.2).
SM 15 B700/B701
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FOLD ADJUSTMENTS (B700 ONLY)
B700R135.WMF
B700/B701 16 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CORNER STAPLER
[C] [B]
B700/B701
2000/3000
Finisher
Sheet
[A]
B700R112.WMF
B700R113.WMF
SM 17 B700/B701
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FOLD UNIT
[C]
B700R119.WMF
[A]
[B] B700R801.WMF
B700/B701 18 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FOLD UNIT
[A]
B700R124.WMF [B]
B700/B701
2000/3000
Finisher
Sheet
[C] B700R134.WMF
Important: Support the fold unit with your hand to prevent it from falling.
CAUTION: The fold unit is heavy.
[A]: Folding unit ( x4, x2, x6)
If you have replaced the folding unit:
1. Read the DIP SW settings on the decal [B] attached to the back of the new
folding unit.
2. Check the DIP SW settings on the main board [C] of the finisher.
3. If these settings are different, change these settings to match settings printed
on the seal attached to the folding unit.
NOTE: Set DIP switches 1 to 4 (the switch set on the right). Do not touch the
other DIP switches.
SM 19 B700/B701
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FOLD UNIT ENTRANCE SENSOR
[A]
[B]
B700R132.WMF
B700/B701 20 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
STACK PRESENT SENSOR
[E]
[D]
B700R121.WMF
[A]
[C]
B700/B701
2000/3000
Finisher
Sheet
[B]
B700R122.WMF
Important: If you intend to correct the horizontal and vertical skew for the fold unit
at the same time, do those adjustments first, then replace the sensor. ( 1.11.1,
1.11.2)
• Remove the stapler unit ( 1.13)
[A]: Guide plate.
[B]: Stay ( x4)
[C]: Left plate ( x4)
[D]: Sensor bracket ( x1)
[E]: Stack present sensor (S32) ( x1)
SM 21 B700/B701
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BOOKLET STAPLER, BOOKLET STAPLER MOTOR
[B]
[C]
[A]
B700R903.WMF
B700/B701 22 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BOOKLET STAPLER, BOOKLET STAPLER MOTOR
[A]
B700R122A.WMF
[F]
2. Remove:
[C]: Harness cover ( x2)
[D]: Booklet stapler support stay
( x4, x2, x4) [D]
[E]: Booklet stapler ( x4)
B700/B701
2000/3000
Finisher
[F]: Booklet stapler motor ( x2, x1)
Sheet
To Reattach the Booklet Stapler Motor
3. Reattach the booklet stapler motor.
Important: Do not tighten the screws. [C]
[E] B700R123.WMF
[H]
4. Attach the special tool [G] and reattach
the booklet stapler stay.
NOTE: This tool is included with the
stapler spare part.
5. Turn the gear [H] with your finger until it
stops.
6. Tighten the screws to attach to the
booklet stapler motor.
7. Remove the stay again and remove the
special tool.
B700R131.WMF
8. Reattach the booklet stapler stay.
[G]
9. Push the stapler unit into the machine.
SM 23 B700/B701
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
GENERAL LAYOUT
2. DETAILS
2.1 GENERAL LAYOUT
1
12
11
10
3
9
4
8
5
B700D101.WMF
B700/B701 24 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
GENERAL LAYOUT
Paper direction
The operation of the proof tray and stapler junction gates direct the flow of the
paper once it enters the finisher:
Proof tray
Copies are sent to the proof tray (12) when neither sorting nor stapling are selected
for the job.
Upper tray
The upper tray (11) receives copies that are sorted and shifted and also receives
copies that have been corner stapled. Corner stapling is provided on both the B700
and the B701.
Pre-stack tray
B700/B701
2000/3000
Finisher
Sheet
The pre-stack tray has a switchback mechanism to increase the productivity of
stapling. ( 2.5) Pre-stacking is done for corner stapling in the B700/B701 and for
booklet stapling in the B700.
Lower tray
The lower tray (7) receives copies that have been center folded and stapled
(booklet stapling). Booklet stapling is not provided on the B701.
SM 25 B700/B701
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
18
7
17
16
15
8
14
9
13
10
12
11
B700D201.WMF
1. Upper/Proof Exit Motor (M4) 10. Upper Tray Limit Switch (SW2)
2. Stapling Tray Junction Gate Solenoid (SOL2) 11. Stacking Roller HP Sensor (S13)
3. Upper Transport Motor (M2) 12. Stacking Sponge Roller Motor (M10)
4. Exit Guide Plate HP Sensor (S7) 13. Upper Tray Exit Sensor (S6)
5. Proof Tray Exit Sensor (S10) 14. Upper Tray Paper Height Sensor (S8)
6. Proof Tray Full Sensor (S11) (Staple Mode)
7. Finisher Entrance Sensor (S1) 15. Shift Roller HP Sensor (S5)
8. Upper Tray Paper Height Sensor (S9) (Non- 16. Shift Roller Motor (M18)
Staple Mode) 17. Exit Guide Plate Motor (M19)
9. Upper Tray Limit Sensor (S12) 18. Proof Junction Gate Solenoid (SOL1)
B700/B701 26 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
1 2 3
4
15
5
14
B700/B701
2000/3000
13
Finisher
Sheet
6
12
11 7
10 9 B700D202.WMF
8
*1 B700 Only
*2 B701 Only
SM 27 B700/B701
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
3 4 5 6
2
7
1
8
10
B700D203A.WMF
B700/B701 28 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
1 2 3
5
15
6
B700/B701
2000/3000
9
Finisher
Sheet
14 10
11
13 12
B700D204.WMF
*1 B700 Only
SM 29 B700/B701
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
1 3
B700 only
4
10
8 5
7
6 B700D205.WMF
B700/B701 30 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
B700/B701
2000/3000
tray for the switchback, and drives the other rollers in the
Finisher
Sheet
lower transport area.
M4 Upper/Proof Tray Exit Drives 1) proof tray exit rollers, 2) extension and retraction of
Motor the stacking sponge roller, 3) upper tray exit rollers.
M5 Feed Out Belt Motor Drives the feed out belt that moves the stapled stacks out of
the stapling tray after stapling.
M6 Corner Stapler Moves the corner stapler horizontally on a steel rod to
Movement Motor position the stapler at the stapling position at 1) the front, 2)
the rear (straight stapling), 3) the rear (diagonal stapling), or
4) the front and rear for double stapling.
M7 Paper Position Sensor Drives the movement of the paper position slide that holds
Slide Motor the paper position sensor (S3) that detects the position of the
paper.
M8 Clamp Roller Retraction Drives a large cam that alternately clamps and unclamps the
Motor clamp retraction roller, the idle roller of the clamp roller pair.
When these rollers are clamped, they are part of the paper
feed path and feed the stack toward the bottom fence of the
fold unit. When the idle roller is retracted, the stacks falls a
very short distance (3 mm) onto the fold unit bottom fence
below. These rollers remain unclamped while the bottom
fence positions the stack for folding and while the stack is
folded by the fold rollers.
M9 Punch Movement Motor Drives the front/back movement of the punch unit to position
it correctly for stapling the paper below.
M10 Stacking Sponge Roller Rotates the stacking roller that drags each sheet back
Motor against the end fence to jog the bottom of each sheet after
feed out to the upper tray.
M11 Fold Plate Motor Drives the fold plate that pushes the center of the stack into
the nip of the fold rollers to start the fold.
M12 Fold Roller Motor Rotates forward and drives the fold rollers that fold the stack
and feed it out of the fold unit, reverses to feed the fold once
more into the fold unit, and then rotates forward again to feed
the fold out of the fold unit.
SM 31 B700/B701
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
B700/B701 32 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
B700/B701
2000/3000
Finisher
the feeler of this sensor. The sensor then signals that the
Sheet
proof tray is full and the job halts until some paper is removed
from the proof tray.
S12 Upper Tray Limit Sensor This sensor controls the position of the upper tray 1) during
straight-through feed out, 2) during shift feed out, 3) when the
machine is turned on. The machine obeys the signal of
whichever sensor is actuated first.
An actuator attached to an arm triggers this sensor. The tip of
the same arm depresses the upper tray limit switch If the
sensor fails, the tip of the arm will activate the upper tray limit
microswitch (SW2) and stop the lift of the upper tray.
Note: When the machine is turned on, the upper tray position
is controlled by either this sensor or the upper tray paper
height sensor (S9).
S13 Stacking Roller HP Controls the forward and back motion of the stacking roller (a
Sensor sponge roller) located at the output slot of the upper tray. The
sponge roller drags each ejected sheet back against the end
fence of the upper tray to keep the bottom of the stack
aligned.
S14 Stapling Tray Paper A photo sensor that detects whether paper is in the stapling
Sensor tray. When this sensor detects paper, the bottom fence motor
raises or lowers the bottom fence to position the selected
paper size for booklet stapling.
S15 Jogger Fence HP Detects the home position of the jogger fences. When the
Sensor actuator on the jogger fence interrupts this sensor, the jogger
fence is in its home position and the jogger fence motor
(M15) stops.
S16 Stack Feed-Out Belt HP Controls the position of the stack feed-out pawl on the stack
Sensor feed-out belt. Once the actuator on the feed belt nudges the
feeler of this sensor near the top of the stapling unit, the feed
out belt motor (M5) remains on for the time prescribed to
position the pawl at the home position to catch the next stack.
S17 Corner Stapler HP Located at the front the stapling tray and mounted above the
SM 33 B700/B701
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
B700/B701 34 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
B700/B701
2000/3000
Finisher
are removed from the lower tray.)
Sheet
Solenoids
SOL1 Proof Junction Gate Opens and closes the proof tray junction gate. When the
Solenoid solenoid switches on, it opens the gate and paper is diverted
to the proof tray. When this gate is closed, the paper goes
straight to the upper tray. I
SOL2 Stapling Tray Junction Directs paper to the stapling tray. When this solenoid is on,
Gate Solenoid paper feeds straight through. When this solenoid is off, paper
feeds to the stapler tray below.
SOL3 Positioning Roller Engages the stapler transport motor and the positioning roller
Solenoid of the stapling tray. The positioning roller pushes each sheet
down against the bottom fence to align the bottom the stack
for stapling. (The jogger fences align the sides.)
SOL4 Stapling Edge Pressure Operates the pressure plate of the stapling unit. The pressure
Plate Solenoid plate presses down the edge of stack in the stapling tray so it
is tight for stapling.
SOL5 Booklet Pressure Roller When the paper stack in the stapling tray feeds to the folding
Solenoid unit, this solenoid turns on and operates the roller that
pushes on the surface of the stack to flatten it.
Switches
SW1 Front Door Safety The safety switch that cuts the dc power when the front door
Switch is opened.
SW2 Upper Tray Limit SW A micro-switch that cuts the power to the upper tray lift motor
when the upper tray reaches its upper limit. This switch
duplicates the function of the upper tray limit sensor (S12)
and stops the upper tray if S12 fails.
SM 35 B700/B701
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DRIVE LAYOUT
4
8
7
6
B700D206.WMF
*1 B700 Only
B700/B701 36 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
JUNCTION GATES
[B] [A]
Proof Mode
[A]: Proof tray junction gate opens.
[B]: Staple tray junction gate remains
closed.
The proof tray junction gate directs paper
to the proof tray above.
B700D301.WMF
B700/B701
2000/3000
Finisher
Shift Mode
Sheet
[B] [A]
[A]: Proof tray junction gate remains
closed.
[B]: Staple tray junction gate remains
closed.
With both junction gates closed, the paper
goes to the upper tray.
B700D302.WMF
B700D303.WMF
SM 37 B700/B701
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PRE-STACKING
2.5 PRE-STACKING
8
3 7
5
4
1
6
2
This example describes what happens to Set 2 during the feed and stapling cycle
of sets that contain three pages.
[A]: While the Set 1 is being stapled in the staple tray [1], the 1st sheet of Set 2 [2]
feeds to the pre-stack tray, and the 2nd sheet of Set 2 [3] enters the finisher.
[B]: The pre-stack junction gate opens and the 1st sheet of Set 2 [4] switches back
to the top of the pre-stack tray as the 2nd sheet of Set 2 [5] starts to descend.
[C]: As the 2nd sheet of Set 2 continues to descend, the 1st sheet of Set 2 is fed
from the pre-stack tray. At this time the leading edges [6] of both sheets are
even.
[D]: The trailing edges of the 1st and 2nd sheets of Set 2 pass the junction gate [7]
as the 3rd sheet of Set 2 [8] enters the finisher.
B700/B701 38 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PRE-STACKING
9
11
10 12
[E] [F] [G] [H]
B700D993.WMF
[E]: The 1st and 2nd sheets of Set 2 [9] switch back together into the top of the
pre-stack and wait for the 3rd of Set 2 sheet to arrive.
[F]: The stapling of Set 1 in the staple tray [10] is completed.
[G]: Set 1 [11] exits the staple tray.
[H]: The three sheets of Set 2 [12] feed together into the stapler tray for stapling.
B700/B701
2000/3000
Finisher
Pre-stacking is only done for A4, B5, and LT paper.
Sheet
In one-staple mode, one sheet goes to the pre-stacking tray. Then two sheets go to
the stapler tray at the same time.
In two-staple mode and booklet mode, three sheets go to the pre-stacking tray.
Then four sheets go to the stapler tray at the same time.
SM 39 B700/B701
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
UPPER TRAY
[F]
[G]
[H]
B700D108.WMF
B700/B701 40 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
UPPER TRAY
Five sensors and one switch control the operation of the upper tray lift motor [A].
Upper Tray Raising and Lowering
B700/B701
2000/3000
sensor [C]. [D] is not used for staple mode
Finisher
Sheet
Staple Mode Operation:
• The upper tray lowers the prescribed
distance immediately after the stack exits.
• The upper tray rises until the actuator
activates sensor [C] and stops the tray lift
motor (and the tray) to wait for the next set.
• Sensor [F] and switch [G] are used as
backup if sensor [C] fails.
Tray Full
B700 When the actuator on the tray activates the upper tray full sensor [H] the tray lift
motor [A] switches off. Operation resumes after some copies are removed from
the tray. Upper Tray Capacity: 2,000 sheets (A4, LT)
B701 The operation of the upper tray full sensor is the same as the B700. Capacity:
1,500 sheets for A3, B4 or other large paper.
An additional upper tray full sensor (below sensor [H]) allows more sheets to stack
on the upper tray. Capacity: 3,000 sheets (A4, LT)
SM 41 B700/B701
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
LOWER TRAY (B700 ONLY)
Full 3
[D]
[A]
[C]
[B] B700D358.WMF
The lower tray sensor actuator arm [A] rests on the top of the stack of stapled
booklets as they are output to the lower tray. A flap depressor [B] keeps the open
ends of the booklets down.
The front lower tray full sensor (S34) [C] and rear lower tray full sensor (S33) [D]
detect when the lower tray is full of booklets.
Important
• The front lower tray full sensor is mounted higher than the rear lower tray full
sensor.
• The lower tray is stationary. When it becomes full, the stapling and folding job
stops until booklets are removed from the tray.
• If the lower tray is not installed (this is detected if the front and rear sensors
remain OFF), the machine will not operate in the booklet staple and fold mode.
When booklet mode is selected, the tray full message appears on the operation
panel.
The combinations of the two actuators and two sensors as the actuator arm rises
determines the number of booklets that the lower tray can hold before the job stops.
B700/B701 42 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
LOWER TRAY (B700 ONLY)
The tray full detection depends on the size of the paper and the number of sheets
in one stapled and folded booklet.
In the table below, the conditions ( Ready Full 1, Full 2 Full 3: See the
illustration on the previous page) refer to the states of the sensors described on the
previous page.
Condition Front Sensor Rear Sensor
Ready ON OFF
Full 1 ON ON
Full 2 OFF ON
Full 3 (or lower tray not installed) OFF OFF
In the tables below:
• "Sht" denotes "sheets in a stack".
• "Cnt" denotes "Count" (see below for an explanation).
After a booklet is feed out, the fold roller motor stops the exit roller. The machine
then monitors the tray full sensors every 100 ms. The machine checks for a certain
condition, based on the size of the paper and the number of sheets in the booklet.
An example is shown below. Tell the operators that the number of sheets that the
B700/B701
2000/3000
Finisher
Sheet
lower tray can hold will vary greatly.
Lower Tray Full Condition Table
A3 (DLT)
1 Sht 2 Sht 3 Sht 4 Sht 5 Sht 6 Sht 7 Sth 8 Sht 9 Sht …
Full 1 3 Cnt — — — — — — — — …
Full 2 — 5 Cnt 15 Cnt — — — — — — …
Full 3 — — — 7 Cnt 13 Cnt 4 Cnt 2 Cnt 2 Cnt 2 Cnt …
A4 (LT)
1 Sht 2 Sht 3 Sht 4 Sht 5 Sht 6 Sht 7 Sth 8 Sht 9 Sht …
Full1 16 Cnt — — — — — — — — …
Full 2 — 10 Cnt 10 Cnt 15 Cnt 20 Cnt 15 Cnt 10 Cnt 8 Cnt 8 Cnt …
Full 3 — — — …
Examples
After the copier makes a booklet with 1 sheet of A3/DLT paper, the machine
checks every 100 ms for the ‘Full 1’ condition. If the Full 1 condition occurs 3 times
(shaded block in the table above), the machine detects that the tray is full.
After the copier makes a booklet with 5 sheets of A4/LT paper, the machine checks
every 100 ms for the ‘Full 2’ condition. If the Full 2 condition occurs 20 times
(shaded block in the table above), the machine detects that the tray is full.
SM 43 B700/B701
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CORNER STAPLING
[B]
[A]
[D]
[C]
[E]
[F]
B700D102.WMF
B700/B701 44 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CORNER STAPLING
At the beginning of the job, the jogger fence motor (M15) [A] switches on and
moves the jogger fences [B] to the standby position (7.5 mm from the sides of the
selected paper size).
When each sheet passes the pre-stack tray exit sensor (S2) and enters the
stapling tray:
• The jogger fence motor switches on and moves the jogger fences to within 5.5
mm of the sides of the selected paper size.
• The positioning roller solenoid (SOL3) switches on for the time prescribed for the
paper size. This pushes the positioning roller [C] onto the sheet and pushes it
down onto bottom fence. This aligns the edge of the stack.
Next, the jogger fence motor:
• Switches on again and moves the jogger fences to within 2.6 mm of the sides of
the stack to align the sides of the stack.
• Reverses and moves the fences to the standby position (7.5 mm away for the
sides) and waits for the next sheet.
• The jogger fence HP sensor [D] switches off the jogger motor at the end of the
job.
B700/B701
2000/3000
Finisher
After the last sheet feeds:
Sheet
• The stapling edge pressure plate solenoid [E] (SOL4) switches on and pushes
the pressure plate [F] onto the stack to press down the edge for stapling.
• The corner stapler staples the stack.
SM 45 B700/B701
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CORNER STAPLING
[B]
[A]
[C]
B700D103.WMF
B700/B701 46 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CORNER STAPLING
The stapler performs horizontal and rotational movement in each of the four staple
modes:
• Front 1 staple
• Rear 1 staple
• Rear diagonal staple
• Rear/Front 2 staples.
The stapler movement motor [A] drives a timing belt that moves stapler [B] left and
right on its stainless steel rail.
The stapler rotation motor [C] rotates the stapler into position for diagonal stapling
at the rear.
• The stapler movement motor switches on and moves the stapler the standby
stapling position. (This is the stapling position for the paper size selected for the
job.)
• The stapler movement motor switches off and the stapler waits for the signal to
fire (or swivel and for diagonal stapling).
If the stack is to be stapled at two positions:
• The stapler movement motor moves the stapler to the front position and staples
B700/B701
2000/3000
Finisher
Sheet
the front.
• The stapler movement motor moves the stapler to the rear and the stapler
staples the rear.
If the stack will be stapled at the rear with a diagonal staple, the staple moves to
the rear. When it is time for stapling, the rotation motor rotates the stapler to the
correct angle and holds the stapler in that position while the stapler fires.
The stapling positions can be fine adjusted with SP6109.
SM 47 B700/B701
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CORNER STAPLING
[B]
[A]
[C]
B468D015.WMF
[E]
[D]
B700D304.WMF
Staple firing is driven by the stapler motor [A] inside the stapler unit. The stapler
hammer [B] fires the stapler [C].
The cartridge set sensor [D] detects the cartridge at the correct position.
The staple end sensor [E] detects the staple end condition.
B700/B701 48 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BOOKLET STAPLING (B700 ONLY)
[A]
[B]
B700/B701
2000/3000
Finisher
Sheet
[C]
B700D305.WMF
As soon as the edges are aligned by the positioning roller and the jogger fences,
the stack feed out belt moves.
In booklet mode, immediately after the edges are aligned by the positioning roller
and jogger fences, the booklet pressure solenoid switches on and the booklet
pressure roller presses down on the stack until booklet stapling is finished. This
prevents the stack from shifting during stapling.
SM 49 B700/B701
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BOOKLET STAPLING (B700 ONLY)
4
23
5
22
21 6
7
20 8
9
10
11
19
12
18
13
17
16
15 14
B700D910.BMP
B700/B701 50 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BOOKLET STAPLING (B700 ONLY)
1 2 3
1
2
4
3
6
B700D912.BMP 5 7
B700/B701
2000/3000
Finisher
Sheet
1
The last sheet of the stack [1] enters the stapling tray. The jogger fences [2] jog the
last sheet into position (based on the width of the selected paper size) and then
retract and stop 1 mm away from the sides of the stack.
2
The pressure plate [3] and booklet pressure roller [4] press down on the sheet. The
stack feed out belt switches on and the pawl [5] on the feed out belt catches the
bottom of the stack and raises it. The stapling tray sensor [6] detects the trailing
edge of the paper stack.
3
The feed out belt [7] raises the stack to the prescribed stapling position and stops.
The jogger fences move to the sides of the stack and the booklet staplers [8] staple
the stack.
SM 51 B700/B701
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BOOKLET STAPLING (B700 ONLY)
2 4 5 6
7
3
8
4 9 12
14
6 11
5
10 13
B700D913.BMP
4
The jogger fences remain 1 mm away from the sides of the stack. The feed out belt
[1] raises the stack until the top of the stack is 10 mm past the leading edge
pressure roller [2] and stops. The leading edge pressure roller descends and
applies pressure to the top of the stack. The stack junction gate [3] (normally open)
closes. The pressure roller [4] and pressure plate [5] retract.
5
The feed out belt [6], transport rollers [7], [8], and clamp rollers [9] rotate and feed
the stack past the closed stack junction, over the top and down toward the bottom
fence [10]. At the same time, the fold unit bottom fence descends from its home
position and stops 10 mm below the fold position.
6
The rollers feed the leading edge of the stack to within 3 mm of the stack stopper of
the bottom fence [13]. The fold unit entrance sensor [11] detects the stack and
opens the clamp rollers [12]. The stack drops 3 mm onto the fold unit bottom fence
[13]. At this time, the first sheet [14] of the next stack feeds to the stapling tray.
B700/B701 52 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BOOKLET STAPLING (B700 ONLY)
7 8 9
4
5
2 3
B700/B701
2000/3000
Finisher
Sheet
B700D914.BMP
7
The bottom fence [1] raises the stack to the prescribed fold position [2].
8
The fold plate [3] moves to the left and advances 1/3 its maximum horizontal stroke
and exerts 20 kg (44 lb.) of pressure at the fold rollers [4].
9
With the fold plate pushing the stack into nip of the fold rollers [5], the fold rollers
begin to rotate and fold the stack as it feeds out.
SM 53 B700/B701
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BOOKLET STAPLING (B700 ONLY)
10 11 12
1
2 4
6
5 7
3
B700D915.BMP
10
When the fold rollers [1] feed the stack 10 mm past the nip, the fold plate retracts
until it no longer touches the stack. The fold unit exit sensor [2] detects the folded
edge of the stack and stops the fold rollers.
11
The rotation of the fold rollers [4] reverses and feeds the folded edge back until
only 3 mm of the fold [5] remains at the nip.
12
The fold rollers [6] rotate forward once again feed out. The fold unit exit sensor [7]
once again detects the edge of the fold.
NOTE: You can do SP6114 to increase the sharpness of the fold. The number of
forward and reverse feeds can be set in the range of 2 to 30. The machine
repeats Steps 11 and 12. For more, please refer to Section "5 Service
Tables*.
B700/B701 54 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BOOKLET STAPLING (B700 ONLY)
13 14 15
2 4
3
B700/B701
2000/3000
Finisher
Sheet
B700D916.BMP
13
With the feed of the stack halted, the fold plate [1] retracts. The fold plate HP
sensor (not shown) detects the fold plate and stops it at its home position.
14
The fold rollers [2] and fold unit exit rollers [3] begin to rotate together and feed out
the folded booklet to the lower tray.
15
Once the trailing edge of the stack passes the fold unit exit sensor [4], the clamp
rollers [5] close to be ready to feed the next stack. The fold unit bottom fence [6]
descends. The bottom fence HP sensor [7] stops the bottom fence when it detects
the actuator on the bottom fence.
SM 55 B700/B701
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BOOKLET STAPLING (B700 ONLY)
[F]
[E]
[B]
[D]
[A]
[C]
B700D104.WMF
Booklet Stapler
[A]: Feed Out Belt Pawl. Raises the stack to stapling position.
[B]: Booklet Stapler EH185R – Rear
[C]: Booklet Stapler EH185R – Front
Stack Junction Gate
[D]: Stack Junction Gate Motor. Drives a timing belt and stack junction gate cam.
[E]: Stack Junction Gate Cam. Opens and closes the stack junction gate.
[F]: Stack Junction Gate. The stack junction gate motor and stack junction gate
cam close the stack junction gate. The feed out belt pawl raises the stapled
stack and sends it over the top and down to the fold unit.
[G]: Leading Edge Pressure Roller. Presses down on the leading edge of the stack
after booklet stapling.
B700/B701 56 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BOOKLET STAPLING (B700 ONLY)
[A] [B]
{
[D]
|
[E]
[H]
[G]
[C]
[F] B700D105.WMF
Clamp Roller
[A]: Fold Roller Motor. Drives the stationary clamp drive roller { as well as the fold
B700/B701
2000/3000
Finisher
rollers (see next page).
Sheet
[B]: Clamp Rollers.
{ Clamp Roller – Drive. Rotated by the fold roller motor, this stationary roller
feeds the stack down with the retracting roller closed.
| Clamp Roller – Retracting. Opened and closed by the retraction motor [C].
[C]: Clamp Roller Retraction Motor. Operates the clamp roller cam that retracts the
retracting clamp roller. The clamp rollers feed the stack to within 3 mm of the
bottom fence when closed and then open to drop the stack onto the bottom
fence.
[D]: Clamp Roller HP Sensor. Controls the rotation of the clamp roller retraction
motor and cam that open and close the retracting clamp roller.
[E]: Clamp Roller Cam. Forces open the spring loaded retracting clamp roller.
Bottom Fence
[F]: Bottom Fence. Raises the booklet stapled stack to the fold position.
[G]: Bottom Fence HP Sensor. Detects the actuator on the bottom fence and stops
it at the home position after folding.
[H]: Bottom Fence Lift Motor. Raises the bottom fence and stapled stack to the
fold position prescribed for the paper size.
SM 57 B700/B701
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BOOKLET STAPLING (B700 ONLY)
[C]
[D]
[E]
[F]
[B]
[G]
[A]
B700D106.WMF
[A]: Bottom Fence Stack Stoppers. Catches the stack after it is released by the
clamp rollers.
[B]: Fold Plate Motor. Drives the timing belt and gears that move the fold plate.
[C]: Fold Plate Cam. Controls the movement of the fold plate to the left (into the
nip of the fold rollers) and right (toward the fold plate home position).
[D]: Fold Plate HP Sensor. Controls operation of the fold plate motor.
[E]: Fold Plate. Moves left and pushes the stack into the nip of the fold rollers and
then moves right to retract.
Fold Rollers
[F]: Fold Roller Motor. Drives forward to feed out the stack at the fold and then
reverses to feed the fold in to sharpen the crease, and then drives forward
again to feed out the folded stack. This reverse/forward cycle is done once.
NOTE: This cycle can be repeated by changing the setting of SP6114.
[G]: Fold Rollers. Driven by the fold roller motor, this roller pair feeds out the stack
at its fold, reverses to feed in the stack to, and then feeds forward again
(assisted by the fold unit exit rollers – not shown) to feed out the stack to the
lower tray.
B700/B701 58 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
UPPER TRAY OUTPUT
[D]
[E]
[A] [G]
[F]
[C]
B700/B701
2000/3000
[B]
Finisher
Sheet
B700D109.WMF
[H]
B700D110.WMF
SM 59 B700/B701
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
UPPER TRAY OUTPUT
After the stack is stapled, the feed out belt motor [A] switches on and drives the
feed out belt [B].
The a pawl [C] attached to the feed out belt catches on the stack and lifts the stack
toward the feed out slot.
The exit guide plate [F] remains open as the stack emerges at a prescribed
distance away from the exit roller.
Next, the exit guide plate closes and the exit roller feeds the stack out.
The opening and closing of the exit guide plate is controlled by the rising and falling
of a link driven by a rotating cam attached to the shaft of the exit guide plate motor
[E].
The feed out belt motor stops 300 ms to prevent the stapled stack from rising too
high.
Next, the feed out belt motor switches on again, then the pawl actuates its home
position sensor and switches off the motor.
There are two output pawls on the feed out belt to improve the productivity of the
feed out operation.
B700/B701 60 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
UPPER TRAY OUTPUT
[C]
[D]
B700/B701
2000/3000
B700D359.WMF
Finisher
Sheet
Upper/proof exit motor [A] drives feed roller [B] and stacking sponge roller [C].
Stacking sponge roller motor [D] moves the sponge roller forward and back with
link [E].
The position of the stacking sponge roller [C] is controlled by the stacking sponge
roller motor which is switched on and off by the stacking roller HP sensor [F].
SM 61 B700/B701
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PUNCH UNIT B702 (FOR B700/B701)
[A]
[B] [C]
B700D351.WMF
B700/B701 62 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PUNCH UNIT B702 (FOR B700/B701)
[D]
[C] [G]
[A]
B700D352.WMF
B700/B701
2000/3000
Finisher
correction) increase the accuracy of the punch alignment.
Sheet
The trailing edge of the sheet passes the finisher entrance sensor [A].
The paper position slide unit [B] moves the paper position sensor [C] forward to
the edge of the paper.
The paper position sensor detects the position of the paper edge and sends
this information to the punch unit board. The machine uses the detected
position of the paper edge to calculate the correct position for punching.
The upper transport motor switches on and rotates the feed rollers [D] the
prescribed distance to position the paper under the punch unit.
Using the result of the position calculation, the punch unit control board moves
the punch unit [E] to the adjusted punch position.
The paper position slide unit and its paper sensor, move back to the paper
position slide home position sensor [F], and the punch unit fires the punches to
make the holes.
The feed rollers [G] feed the punched paper out of the punch unit and into the
paper path.
SM 63 B700/B701
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PUNCH UNIT B702 (FOR B700/B701)
SP6102 SP6101
B700D360.WMF
B700/B701 64 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PUNCH UNIT B702 (FOR B700/B701)
[F] [D]
[E]
[A]
B700/B701
2000/3000
Finisher
Sheet
[B]
[C]
B700D353.WMF
The finisher entrance motor (M1) [A] drives the finisher entrance rollers [B] that
feed paper from the copier into the finisher. The finisher entrance sensor (S1) [C]
detects paper when it enters the finisher, and detects paper jams.
The paper position slide sensor motor (M7) [D] extends and retracts the paper
position slide that holds the paper position sensor (S27) [E]. The paper position
sensor detects the position of the paper edge. The detected position of the paper is
used to calculate and position the punch unit for punching.
The paper position slide HP sensor (S22) [F] detects the paper position slide when
it retracts and stops the paper position slide motor so the slide stops at its home
position.
SM 65 B700/B701
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PUNCH UNIT B702 (FOR B700/B701)
[B]
[A]
B700D354.WMF
The punch movement motor (M9) [A] extends and retracts the punch unit to
position it at the correct position for punching.
The punch movement HP sensor (S21) [B] detects the position when it retracts,
switches off the punch position movement motor, and stops the punch unit at its
home position.
The punch drive motor (M24) [C] fires the punches that punch holes in the paper
below.
B700/B701 66 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PUNCH UNIT B702 (FOR B700/B701)
[C]
Punch Selection and Firing [A]
[B]
B700/B701
2000/3000
Finisher
encoder detects the starting position for
Sheet
2-hole or 3-hole punching.
1 2
• This is the ‘1’ position in the diagrams
(the top diagram is for 2-hole punching,
and the bottom diagram is for 3-hole
punching). [F]
B700D356.WMF
Then, the punch drive motor turns
counter-clockwise to the ‘2’ position. This
movement punches the holes in the
paper.
Then, the punch drive motor turns
clockwise to the ‘1’ position, to be ready
for the next sheet of paper.
SM 67 B700/B701
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PUNCH UNIT B702 (FOR B700/B701)
[A]
[B]
[D]
[C]
B700D357.WMF
The finisher entrance motor (M1) [A] drives the timing belt and gears that rotate the
punch waste belt [B].
The punchouts fall from the punch unit onto the belt. The belt moves the punchouts
to the front and dumps them in the punch waste hopper [C].
The punch hopper full sensor [D]:
• Signals that the hopper is full when it detects the top of the stack of punchouts
that have collected in the hopper.
• It also detects when the punch hopper is set properly.
B700/B701 68 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FINISHER JAM DETECTION
R 1 to R 4
B700/B701
2000/3000
Finisher
Sheet
R 5 to R 7
R 8 to R 12
B700D996.WMF
SM 69 B700/B701
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FINISHER JAM DETECTION
B700/B701 70 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
B819/B820
FAX OPTION TYPE 7500
G3 INTERFACE UNIT TYPE 7500
CAUTION
1. Before installing the fax unit, switch off the main switch, and disconnect the
power cord.
2. The fax unit contains a lithium battery. The danger of explosion exists if a
battery of this type is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or an
equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Discard batteries in
accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and local regulations.
Screw
Connector
E-ring
Clip ring
= Clamp
CAUTION
Obey these guidelines to ensure safe operation and prevent minor injuries.
NOTE:
This information provides tips and advice about how to best service the machine.
B819/B820
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. INSTALLATION............................................................................... 1
1.1 FAX OPTION TYPE 7500 (B819) .................................................................. 1
1.1.1 COMPONENT CHECK......................................................................... 1
1.1.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ............................................................ 2
1.2 G3 INTERFACE UNIT TYPE 7500 (B820) .................................................. 15
1.2.1 COMPONENT CHECK....................................................................... 15
1.2.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE .......................................................... 16
2. TROUBLESHOOTING .................................................................. 23
2.1 ERROR CODES .......................................................................................... 23
2.2 IFAX TROUBLESHOOTING........................................................................ 37
2.3 IP-FAX TROUBLESHOOTING .................................................................... 39
2.3.1 IP-FAX TRANSMISSION.................................................................... 39
2.3.2 IP-FAX RECEPTION .......................................................................... 42
3. SERVICE TABLES........................................................................ 44
3.1 BEFOREHAND............................................................................................ 44
3.2 SERVICE TABLES ...................................................................................... 45
3.2.1 SP1-XXX (BIT SWITCHES)................................................................ 45
3.2.2 SP2-XXX (RAM DATA) ...................................................................... 46
3.2.3 SP3-XXX (TEL LINE SETTINGS)....................................................... 46
3.2.4 SP4-XXX (ROM VERSIONS) ............................................................. 48
3.2.5 SP5-XXX (INITIALIZING) ................................................................... 48
3.2.6 SP6-XXX (REPORTS)........................................................................ 49
3.2.7 SP7-XXX (TEST MODES).................................................................. 51
3.2.8 SP9-XXX (DESIGN SWITCH MODE) ................................................ 52
3.3 BIT SWITCHES ........................................................................................... 53
3.3.1 SYSTEM SWITCHES ......................................................................... 54
3.3.2 I-FAX SWITCHES .............................................................................. 65
3.3.3 PRINTER SWITCHES ........................................................................ 71
3.3.4 COMMUNICATION SWITCHES......................................................... 77
3.3.5 G3 SWITCHES................................................................................... 85
3.3.6 G3-2/3 SWITCHES............................................................................. 93
3.3.7 IP FAX SWITCHES .......................................................................... 100
3.4 NCU PARAMETERS ................................................................................. 107
3.5 DEDICATED TRANSMISSION PARAMETERS ........................................ 119
3.5.1 PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE...................................................... 119
3.5.2 PARAMETERS................................................................................. 120
3.6 SERVICE RAM ADDRESSES ................................................................... 127
SM i B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
5. SPECIFICATIONS....................................................................... 152
5.1 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS................................................................... 152
5.1.1 FCU .................................................................................................. 152
5.1.2 CAPABILITIES OF PROGRAMMABLE ITEMS ................................ 153
5.2 IFAX SPECIFICATIONS............................................................................ 154
5.3 IP-FAX SPECIFICATIONS ........................................................................ 155
B819/B820 ii SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FAX OPTION TYPE 7500 (B819)
1. INSTALLATION
1.1 FAX OPTION TYPE 7500 (B819)
1.1.1 COMPONENT CHECK
Check the quantity and condition of the components against the following list.
No. Description Q’ty
1. FCU 1
2. Interface Board 1
3. Keytop (NA) 1
4. Keytops (Symbol) 1
5. Ferrite Core 1
6. Screws (Blue M3 x 6) 9
7. Fax Connector Bracket 1
8. Super G3 Decal 1
9. Instructions 1
10. Telephone Cable (NA only) 1
11. FCU Power Harness 1
12. FCU Power Relay Harness (insulated) 1
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
13. Speaker 1
7500
14. FCC Decal (NA Only) 1
15. Serial Number Decal 1
1
2
3
4
5
15 6 8
14
7
13
9
12
11
10
SM 1 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FAX OPTION TYPE 7500 (B819)
[A]
[B]
[C]
B819R102.WMF
B819/B820 2 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FAX OPTION TYPE 7500 (B819)
[A]
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
7500
B819R103.WMF
SM 3 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FAX OPTION TYPE 7500 (B819)
[A]
[C]
[B]
B819R104A.WMF
B819/B820 4 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FAX OPTION TYPE 7500 (B819)
[A]
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
B819R105.WMF
7500
8. Attach the interface board [A] ( x3).
SM 5 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FAX OPTION TYPE 7500 (B819)
[C]
[A]
[B]
B819R106.WMF
9. Remove the jumper [A] on the MBU and set it to the ON position.
IMPORTANT: If the jumper remains at the OFF position this will cause SC672
(Controller Startup Error) to appear.
10. Attach the FCU [B] to the interface board ( x4).
11. Press on the "RICOH" logo at [C] to confirm that the MBU is securely mounted
on the FCU.
B819/B820 6 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FAX OPTION TYPE 7500 (B819)
[A]
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
[B]
Fax Option/
Unit Type
B819R107.WMF
7500
12. Attach the speaker [A] to the side of the controller box ( x2).
13. Connect the speaker harness [B] to CN605 on the FCU ( x1, = x2).
SM 7 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FAX OPTION TYPE 7500 (B819)
[D]
[A]
[B]
[E]
[C]
B819R108A.WMF
14. Reattach the option board cover [A] removed in Step 5 ( x2).
15. Reattach the option faceplate [B] removed in Step 6 ( x3).
16. Attach the fax connector bracket [C] ( x1).
NOTE: Make sure that the protective sleeves [D] and [E] are attached properly.
B819/B820 8 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FAX OPTION TYPE 7500 (B819)
[A]
[C]
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
[B] B819R109.WMF
7500
17. Connect the small end of the FCU power harness [A] to CN323 .
18. Set the large end of the harness [B] into the vertical cutout [C].
SM 9 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FAX OPTION TYPE 7500 (B819)
[A]
[B]
B819R110.WMF
[C]
19. Remove the screws of the controller box [A] then open it ( x4).
20. Connect one end of the FCU power relay harness [B] to CN121 on the PSU
( x1).
21. Connect the other end of the FCU power relay harness [C] to the harness
connector set in the vertical cutout at (the connector set in Step 18) ( x1,
= x1).
B819/B820 10 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FAX OPTION TYPE 7500 (B819)
[A]
[B]
B819R111A.WMF
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
7500
22. Remove the blank keytop [A] (5th from the top) and replace it with one of the
keytops provided [B] (either the "Facsimile" keytop or the fax symbol keytop).
SM 11 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FAX OPTION TYPE 7500 (B819)
B819R112A.WMF
B819/B820 12 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FAX OPTION TYPE 7500 (B819)
[A]
B819R113.WMF
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
1. Loop one end of the telephone cable [A] once, then enclose it with the ferrite
7500
core [B] as shown.
NOTE: Attach the ferrite core at least 9 cm (3.5 in.) from the connector.
[A] TEL
LINE
B819R114.WMF
2. Insert the end of the telephone cable [A] with the ferrite core into the "LINE" RJ-
45 connector.
3. Reattach all covers and the ADF cable.
4. Connect the machine power cord to the power supply, then switch on the main
power switch.
SM 13 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FAX OPTION TYPE 7500 (B819)
5. Go into the SP mode and confirm that the fax SP codes are enabled.
• Push [Reset], enter "107", then hold down "Clear/Reset" for at least 3 sec.
• At the initial screen, confirm that "Fax SP" is displayed. This indicates that
the machine recognizes the fax unit.
6. Confirm that the date and time setting are correct.
Push [User Tools] then touch "System Settings"> "Timer Settings"> "Set Date"
and "Set Time".
B819/B820 14 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G3 INTERFACE UNIT TYPE 7500 (B820)
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
7500
1
1
3
4
9
8
5
7 6
B820R101A.WMF
SM 15 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G3 INTERFACE UNIT TYPE 7500 (B820)
[A]
[B]
[C]
B820R102.WMF
B819/B820 16 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G3 INTERFACE UNIT TYPE 7500 (B820)
[A]
B820R103.WMF
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
7500
4. Remove the controller box cover [A] ( x13).
[A]
1 1
B820R106.WMF
SM 17 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G3 INTERFACE UNIT TYPE 7500 (B820)
[C]
B820R105.WMF
[A] [B]
6. Connect the FFC [A] (Flat Film Connector) to the CCU drive board [B].
IMPORTANT: Connect the FFC with the green, insulated side visible and the
bare connector strip down so it touches the connector strip of
the board.
7. Attach the CCU drive board [B] to the machine
• Set the hook of the bracket into the slot in the frame.
• Fasten the CCU drive board with the screws ( x2).
8. Connect the other end of the FFC [C] to the FCU.
IMPORTANT: Connect the FFC with the green, insulated visble and the bare
connector strip down so it touches the connector strip of the
board.
B819/B820 18 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G3 INTERFACE UNIT TYPE 7500 (B820)
B820R106.WMF
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
If two G3 lines are being installed, attach the connector brackets , as
7500
shown on the right.
B820R107.WMF
SM 19 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G3 INTERFACE UNIT TYPE 7500 (B820)
B820R108.WMF B820R109.WMF
B820R110.WMF B820R111.WMF
13. Connect the CCUIF harness to the CCU drive board and CCU I/F .
NOTE: The illustration on the left shows the single G3 board installation and
the illustration on the right shows the dual G3 board installation.
14. Reinstall all covers and reconnect the ADF cable.
15. Attach the FCC decal to the rear cover of the machine.
B819/B820 20 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G3 INTERFACE UNIT TYPE 7500 (B820)
[A]
B819R113.WMF
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
1. Loop one end of the telephone cable [A] once, then enclose it with the ferrite
7500
core [B] as shown.
NOTE:
• Attach the ferrite core at least 9 cm (3.5 in.) from the connector.
• Attach a ferrite core to the 2nd G3 line if two G3 boards are installed.
2. Connect the telephone cable to "LINE 2" jack.
-or-
If dual G3 boards are installed connect the cables to "LINE 2" and "LINE 3"
jacks.
3. Connect the machine power cord to the power supply, then switch on the main
power switch.
4. Enter the Service Mode.
• Push [Reset], enter "107", then hold down "Clear/Reset" for at least 3 sec.
• Touch "Fax SP"
SM 21 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G3 INTERFACE UNIT TYPE 7500 (B820)
6. Exit the Service Mode and cycle the machine off/on with the main power switch.
7. Do SP5990-001 to print the system parameter list, then confirm that "G3" is
listed as an option.
8. Enter the Service Mode and set the items required for PSTN communication.
• If one G3 line is installed, use SP3103 (PSTN-1 Port Settings) to do the
PSTN settings.
• If two G3 lines are installed, use SP3103 (PSTN-1 Port Settings) and
SP3104 (PSTN-2 Port Settings) to do the PSTN settings for the first and
second G3 line.
B819/B820 22 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ERROR CODES
2. TROUBLESHOOTING
2.1 ERROR CODES
If an error code occurs, retry the communication. If the same problem occurs, try to
fix the problem as suggested below. Note that some error codes appear only in the
error code display and on the service report.
0-01 DCN received unexpectedly The other party is out of paper or has a jammed
printer.
The other party pressed Stop during communication.
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
0-03 Incompatible modem at the The other terminal is incompatible.
Fax Option/
Unit Type
other end
7500
0-04 CFR or FTT not received Check the line connection.
after modem training Try changing the Tx level and/or cable equalizer
settings.
Replace the FCU.
The other terminal may be faulty; try sending to
another machine.
If the Rx signal is weak or defective, there may be a
bad line.
Cross reference
Tx level - NCU Parameter 01 (PSTN)
Cable equalizer - G3 Switch 07 (PSTN)
Dedicated Tx parameters in Service Program Mode
0-06 The other terminal did not Check the line connection.
reply to DCS Try adjusting the Tx level and/or cable equalizer
settings.
Replace the FCU.
The other end may be defective or incompatible; try
sending to another machine.
Check for line problems.
Cross reference
See error code 0-04.
SM 23 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ERROR CODES
0-08 The other end sent RTN or Check the line connection.
PIN after receiving a page, Replace the FCU.
because there were too The other end may have jammed, or run out of paper
many errors or memory space.
Try adjusting the Tx level and/or cable equalizer
settings.
The other end may have a defective modem/FCU; try
sending to another machine.
Check for line problems and noise.
Cross reference
Tx level - NCU Parameter 01 (PSTN)
Cable equalizer - G3 Switch 07 (PSTN)
Dedicated Tx parameters in Service Program Mode
0-14 Non-standard post message Incompatible or defective remote terminal; try sending
response code received to another machine.
Noisy line: resend.
Try adjusting the Tx level and/or cable equalizer
settings.
Replace the FCU.
Cross reference
See error code 0-08.
0-15 The other terminal is not The other terminal is not capable of accepting the
capable of specific functions. following functions, or the other terminal’s memory is
full.
Confidential Rx
Transfer function
SEP/SUB/PWD/SID
B819/B820 24 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ERROR CODES
0-21 EOL signal (end-of-line) from Check the connections between the FCU and line.
the other end not received Check for line noise or other line problems.
within 5 s of the previous Replace the FCU.
EOL signal The remote machine may be defective or may have
been disconnected.
Cross reference
Maximum interval between EOLs and between ECM
frames - G3 Bit Switch 0A, bit 4
0-22 The signal from the other Check the line connection.
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
end was interrupted for more Replace the FCU.
7500
than the acceptable modem Defective remote terminal.
carrier drop time (default: Check for line noise or other line problems.
200 ms) Try adjusting the acceptable modem carrier drop
time.
Cross reference
Acceptable modem carrier drop time - G3 Switch 0A,
bits 0 and 1
0-30 The other terminal did not Check the line connection.
reply to NSS(A) in AI short Try adjusting the Tx level and/or cable equalizer
protocol mode settings.
The other terminal may not be compatible.
Cross reference
Dedicated Tx parameters - Section 4
SM 25 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ERROR CODES
0-32 The other terminal sent a Check the protocol dump list.
DCS, which contained Ask the other party to contact the manufacturer.
functions that the receiving
machine cannot handle.
0-55 FCU does not detect the FCU firmware or board defective.
SG3. SG3 firmware or board defective.
0-70 The communication mode The other terminal did not have a compatible
specified in CM/JM was not communication mode (e.g., the other terminal was a
available V.34 data modem and not a fax modem.)
(V.8 calling and called A polling Tx file was not ready at the other terminal
terminal) when polling Rx was initiated from the calling
terminal.
0-74 The calling terminal fell back The calling terminal could not detect ANSam due to
to T.30 mode, because it noise, etc.
could not detect ANSam ANSam was too short to detect.
after sending CI. Check the line connection and condition.
Try making a call to another V.8/V.34 fax.
0-75 The called terminal fell back The terminal could not detect ANSam.
to T.30 mode, because it Check the line connection and condition.
could not detect a CM in Try receiving a call from another V.8/V.34 fax.
response to ANSam
(ANSam timeout).
0-76 The calling terminal fell back The called terminal could not detect a CM due to
to T.30 mode, because it noise, etc.
could not detect a JM in Check the line connection and condition.
response to CM Try making a call to another V.8/V.34 fax.
(CM timeout).
0-77 The called terminal fell back The calling terminal could not detect a JM due to
to T.30 mode, because it noise, etc.
could not detect a CJ in A network that has narrow bandwidth cannot pass JM
response to JM to the other end.
(JM timeout). Check the line connection and condition.
Try receiving a call from another V.8/V.34 fax.
0-79 The called terminal detected Check for line noise or other line problems.
CI while waiting for a V.21 If this error occurs, the called terminal falls back to
signal. T.30 mode.
B819/B820 26 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ERROR CODES
0-80 The line was disconnected The guard timer expired while starting these phases.
due to a timeout in V.34 Serious noise, narrow bandwidth, or low signal level
phase 2 – line probing. can cause these errors.
If these errors happen at the transmitting terminal:
0-81 The line was disconnected Try making a call at a later time.
due to a timeout in V.34 Try using V.17 or a slower modem using dedicated tx
phase 3 – equalizer training. parameters.
0-82 The line was disconnected Try increasing the Tx level.
due to a timeout in the V.34 Try adjusting the Tx cable equalizer setting.
phase 4 – control channel If these errors happen at the receiving terminal:
start-up. Try adjusting the Rx cable equalizer setting.
Try increasing the Tx level.
0-83 The line was disconnected Try using V.17 or a slower modem if the same error is
due to a timeout in the V.34 frequent when receiving from multiple senders.
control channel restart
sequence.
0-84 The line was disconnected The signal did not stop within 10 s.
due to abnormal signaling in Turn off the machine, then turn it back on.
V.34 phase 4 – control If the same error is frequent, replace the FCU.
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
channel start-up.
Unit Type
7500
0-85 The line was disconnected The signal did not stop within 10 s.
due to abnormal signaling in Turn off the machine, then turn it back on.
V.34 control channel restart. If the same error is frequent, replace the FCU.
0-86 The line was disconnected The other terminal was incompatible.
because the other terminal Ask the other party to contact the manufacturer.
requested a data rate using
MPh that was not available
in the currently selected
symbol rate.
0-87 The control channel started The receiving terminal restarted the control channel
after an unsuccessful because data reception in the primary channel was
primary channel. not successful.
This does not result in an error communication.
0-88 The line was disconnected Try using a lower data rate at the start.
because PPR was Try adjusting the cable equalizer setting.
transmitted/received 9
(default) times within the
same ECM frame.
2-13 Modem initialization error Turn off the machine, then turn it back on.
Update the modem ROM.
Replace the FCU.
SM 27 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ERROR CODES
2-23 JBIG compression or Turn off the machine, then turn it back on.
reconstruction error
2-24 JBIG ASIC error Turn off the machine, then turn it back on.
2-50 The machine resets itself for If this is frequent, update the ROM, or replace the
a fatal FCU system error FCU.
2-51 The machine resets itself If this is frequent, update the ROM, or replace the
because of a fatal FCU.
communication error
2-53 Snd msg() in the manual The user did the same operation many times, and this
task is an error because the gave too much load to the machine.
mailbox for the operation
task is full.
4-10 Communication failed Get the ID Codes the same and/or the CSIs
because of an ID Code programmed correctly, then resend.
mismatch (Closed Network) The machine at the other end may be defective.
or Tel. No./CSI mismatch
(Protection against Wrong
Connections)
B819/B820 28 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ERROR CODES
6-00 G3 ECM - T1 time out during Try adjusting the rx cable equalizer.
reception of facsimile data Replace the FCU.
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
Rx cable equalizer - G3 Switch 07 (PSTN)
7500
6-06 G3 ECM - coding/decoding Defective FCU.
error The other terminal may be defective.
6-08 G3 ECM - PIP/PIN received The other end pressed Stop during communication.
in reply to PPS.NULL The other terminal may be defective.
6-21 V.21 flag detected during The other terminal may be defective or incompatible.
high speed modem
communication
13-17 SIP user name registration Double registration of the SIP user name.
error Capacity for user-name registration in the SIP server
is not sufficient.
SM 29 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ERROR CODES
13-18 SIP server access error Incorrect initial setting for the SIP server.
Defective SIP server.
14-00 SMTP Send Error Error occurred during sending to the SMTP server.
Occurs for any error other than 14-01 to 16. For
example, the mail address of the system
administrator is not registered.
14-01 SMTP Connection Failed Failed to connect to the SMTP server (timeout)
because the server could not be found.
The PC is not ready to transfer files.
SMTP server not functioning correctly.
The DNS IP address is not registered.
Network not operating correctly.
Destination folder selection not correct.
14-03 Access to SMTP Server Failed to access the SMTP server because the
Denied (450) access is denied.
SMTP server operating incorrectly. Contact the
system administrator to determine if there is a
problem with the SMTP server and to check that the
SMTP server settings are correct.
Folder send destination is incorrect. Contact the
system administrator to determine that the SMTP
server settings and path to the server are correct.
Device settings incorrect. Confirm that the user name
and password settings are correct.
Direct SMTP destination incorrect. Contact the
system administrator to determine if there is a
problem at the destination at that the settings at the
destination are correct.
B819/B820 30 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ERROR CODES
14-05 SMTP Server HDD Full Failed to access the SMTP server because the HDD
(452) on the server is full.
Insufficient free space on the HDD of the SMTP
server. Contact the system administrator and check
the amount of space remaining on the SMTP server
HDD.
Insufficient free space on the HDD where the
destination folder is located. Contact the system
administrator and check the amount of space
remaining on the HDD where the target folder is
located.
Insufficient free space on the HDD at the target
destination for SMTP direct sending. Contact the
system administrator and check the amount of space
remaining on the target HDD.
14-06 User Not Found on SMTP The designated user does not exist.
Server (551) The designated user does not exist on the SMTP
server.
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
The designated address is not for use with direct
7500
SMTP sending.
14-07 Data Send to SMTP Server Failed to access the SMTP server because the
Failed (4XX) transmission failed.
PC not operating correctly.
SMTP server operating incorrectly
Network not operating correctly.
Destination folder setting incorrect.
Direct SMTP sending not operating correctly.
14-08 Data Send to SMTP Server Failed to access the SMTP server because the
Failed (5XX) transmission failed.
SMTP server operating incorrectly
Destination folder setting incorrect.
Direct SMTP sending not operating correctly.
Software application error.
14-11 Buffer Full The send buffer is full so the transmission could not
be completed. Buffer is full due to using Scan-to-
Email while the buffer is being used send mail at the
same time.
14-12 Data Size Too Large Transmission was cancelled because the detected
size of the file was too large.
SM 31 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ERROR CODES
14-14 Security Locked File Error Update the software because of the defective
software.
14-15 Mail Data Error The transmitting a mail is interrupted via DCS due to
the incorrect data.
Update the software because of the defective
software.
14-16 Maximum Division Number When a mail is divided for the mail transmission and
Error the division number of a mail are more than the
specified number, the mail transmission is interrupted.
Update the software because of the defective
software.
14-18 Access to MCS File Error The access to MCS file is denied due to the no
permission of access.
Update the software because of the defective
software.
14-30 MCS File Creation Failed Failed to create the MCS file because:
The number of files created with other applications on
the Document Server has exceeded the limit.
HDD is full or not operating correctly.
Software error.
14-31 UFS File Creation Failed UFS file could not be created:
Not enough space in UFS area to handle both Scan-
to-Email and IFAX transmission.
HDD full or not operating correctly.
Software error.
14-32 Cancelled the Mail Due to Error detected with NFAX and send was cancelled
Error Detected by NFAX due to a software error.
14-33 No Mail Address For the Neither the mail address of the machine nor the mail
Machine address of the network administrator is registered.
14-34 Address designated in the Operational error in normal mail sending or direct
domain for SMTP sending SMTP sending.
does not exist Check the address selected in the address book for
SMTP sending.
Check the domain selection.
B819/B820 32 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ERROR CODES
14-50 Mail Job Task Error Due to an FCU mail job task error, the send was
cancelled:
Address book was being edited during creation of the
notification mail.
Software error.
14-51 UCS Destination Download Not even one return notification can be downloaded:
Error The address book was being edited.
The number for the specified destination does not
exist (it was deleted or edited after the job was
created).
14-60 Send Cancel Failed The cancel operation by the user failed to cancel the
send operation.
14-61 Notification Mail Send Failed All addresses for return notification mail failed.
for All Destinations
14-62 Transmission Error due to When the 0 line page exists in received pages with
the existence of zero line G3 communication, the transmission is interrupted.
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
page
7500
15-01 POP3/IMAP4 Server Not At startup, the system detected that the IP address of
Registered the POP3/IMAP4 server has not been registered in
the machine.
15-02 POP3/IMAP4 Mail Account The POP3/IMAP4 mail account has not been
Information Not Registered registered.
15-03 Mail Address Not Registered The mail address has not been registered.
15-10 DCS Mail Receive Error Error other than 15-11 to 15-18.
15-11 Connection Error The DNS or POP3/IMAP4 server could not be found:
The IP address for DNS or POP3/IMAP4 server is not
stored in the machine.
The DNS IP address is not registered.
Network not operating correctly.
15-13 Receive Buffer Full Occurs only during manual reception. Transmission
cannot be received due to insufficient buffer space.
The buffer is being used for mail send or Scan-to-
Email.
15-14 Mail Header Format Error The mail header is not standard format. For example,
the Date line description is incorrect.
SM 33 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ERROR CODES
15-15 Mail Divide Error The e-mail is not in standard format. There is no
boundary between parts of the e-mail, including the
header.
15-16 Mail Size Receive Error The mail cannot be received because it is too large.
15-17 Receive Timeout May occur during manual receiving only because the
network is not operating correctly.
15-18 Incomplete Mail Received Only one portion of the mail was received.
15-31 Final Destination for The format of the final destination for the transfer
Transfer Request Reception request was incorrect.
Format Error
15-41 SMTP Receive Error Reception rejected because the transaction exceeded
the limit for the “Auth. E-mail RX” setting.
15-42 Off Ramp Gateway Error The delivery destination address was specified with
Off Ramp Gateway OFF.
15-43 Address Format Error Format error in the address of the Off Ramp
Gateway.
15-44 Addresses Over The number of addresses for the Off Ramp Gateway
exceeded the limit of 30.
15-61 Attachment File Format The attached file is not TIFF format.
Error
15-62 TIFF File Compatibility Error Could not receive transmission due to:
Resolution error
Image of resolution greater than 200 dpi without
extended memory.
Resolution is not supported.
Page size error
The page size was larger than A3.
Compression error
File was compressed with other than MH, MR, or
MMR.
15-63 TIFF Parameter Error The TIFF file sent as the attachment could not be
received because the TIFF header is incorrect:
The TIFF file attachment is a type not supported.
The TIFF file attachment is corrupted.
Software error.
B819/B820 34 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ERROR CODES
15-64 TIFF Decompression Error The file received as an attachment caused the TIFF
decompression error:
The TIFF format of the attachment is corrupted.
Software error.
15-71 Not Binary Image Data The file could not be received because the
attachment was not binary image data.
15-73 MDN Status Error Could not find the Disposition line in the header of the
Return Receipt, or there is a problem with the
firmware.
15-74 MDN Message ID Error Could not find the Original Message ID line in the
header of the Return Receipt, or there is a problem
with the firmware.
15-80 Mail Job Task Read Error Could not receive the transmission because the
destination buffer is full and the destination could not
be created (this error may occur when receiving a
transfer request or a request for notification of
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
reception).
7500
15-81 Repeated Destination Could not repeat receive the transmission because
Registration Error the destination buffer is full and the destination could
not be created (this error may occur when receiving a
transfer request or a request for notification of
reception).
15-91 Send Registration Error Could not receive the file for transfer to the final
destination:
The format of the final destination or the transfer
destination is incorrect.
Destinations are full so the final and transfer
destinations could not be created.
15-93 Memory Access Error Transaction could not complete due to a malfunction
of SAF memory.
15-94 Incorrect ID Code The machine rejected an incoming e-mail for transfer
request, because the ID code in the incoming e-mail
did not match the ID code registered in the machine.
15-95 Transfer Station Function The machine rejected an incoming e-mail for transfer
because the transfer function was unavailable.
22-00 Original length exceeded the Divide the original into more than one page.
maximum scan length Check the resolution used for scanning. Lower the
scan resolution if possible.
Add optional page memory.
SM 35 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ERROR CODES
22-01 Memory overflow while Wait for the files in the queue to be sent.
receiving Delete unnecessary files from memory.
Transfer the substitute reception files to an another
fax machine, if the machine’s printer is busy or out of
order.
Add an optional SAF memory card or hard disk.
22-02 Tx or rx job stalled due to The job started normally but did not finish normally;
line disconnection at the data may or may not have been received fully.
other end Restart the machine.
B819/B820 36 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
IFAX TROUBLESHOOTING
Communication
Item Action [Remarks]
Route
General LAN 1. Connection with Check that the LAN cable is connected to the
the LAN machine.
Check that the LEDs on the hub are lit.
Between IFAX and 1. Network settings Check the network settings on the PC.
PC on the PC [Is the IP address registered in the TCP/IP
properties in the network setup correct?
Check the IP address with the administrator of
the network.]
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
2. Check that PC can Use the “ping” command on the PC to contact
7500
connect with the the machine.
machine [At the MS-DOS prompt, type ping then the IP
address of the machine, then press Enter.]
2. E-mail account on Make sure that the machine can log into the e-
the server mail server.
Check that the account and password stored
in the server are the same as in the machine.
[Ask the administrator to check.]
SM 37 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
IFAX TROUBLESHOOTING
Communication
Item Action [Remarks]
Route
Between machine 3. E-mail server Make sure that the client devices which have
and e-mail server an account in the server can send/receive e-
…continued mail.
[Ask the administrator to check.
Send a test e-mail with the machine’s own
number as the destination. The machine
receives the returned e-mail if the
communication is performed successfully.]
Between e-mail 1. E-mail account on Make sure that the PC can log into the e-mail
server and internet the Server server.
Check that the account and password stored
in the server are the same as in the machine.
[Ask the administrator to check.]
2. E-mail server Make sure that the client devices which have
an account in the server can send/receive e-
mail.
[Ask the administrator to check.
Send a test e-mail with the machine’s own
number as the destination. The machine
receives the returned e-mail if the
communication is performed successfully.]
B819/B820 38 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
IP-FAX TROUBLESHOOTING
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Confirm the port number of the remote
Unit Type
7 Specified port number correct?
fax.
7500
DNS server registered when host name
8 Contact the network administrator.
specified?
SM 39 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
IP-FAX TROUBLESHOOTING
B819/B820 40 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
IP-FAX TROUBLESHOOTING
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
Register the Alias number of the local
11 Alias number of local fax registered?
7500
fax.
12 Remote fax registered in Gatekeeper? Contact the network administrator.
Check whether the remote fax is a T38
13 Remote fax a T.38 terminal?
terminal.
14 Remote fax switched off or busy? Contact the network administrator.
Request the system administrator to
increase the bandwidth.
Raise the delay level.
15 Network bandwidth too narrow? IPFAX SW 01 Bit 0 to 3
Lower the modem transmission baud
rate.
IPFAX SW 05
Check whether the remote fax
16 Remote fax cancelled transmission?
cancelled the transmission.
SM 41 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
IP-FAX TROUBLESHOOTING
DNS server registered when host name NOTE: The sender machine displays
6
specified on sender side? this error code if the sender
fax is a Ricoh model.
Request the system administrator to
increase the bandwidth.
7 Network bandwidth too narrow? Lower the start modem reception baud
rate on the receiving side.
IPFAX SW06
Check whether the remote fax
8 Remote fax cancelled transmission?
cancelled the transmission.
B819/B820 42 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
IP-FAX TROUBLESHOOTING
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
DNS server registered when Gatekeeper NOTE: The sender machine displays
7500
6 this error code when the
host name specified on sender’s side?
sender fax is a Ricoh model.
Request the sender to check the
settings.
7 Enable H.323 SW is set to on? User Parameter SW 34 Bit 0
NOTE: Only if the remote sender fax
is a Ricoh fax.
8 Local fax IP address registered? Register the IP address.
9 Local fax Alias number registered? Register the Alias number.
Request the system administrator to
increase the bandwidth.
10 Network bandwidth too narrow? Lower the start modem reception baud
rate on the receiving side.
IPFAX SW06
Check whether the remote fax
11 Remote fax cancelled transmission?
cancelled the transmission.
Contact the network administrator.
NOTE: The sender machine displays
12 Local fax registered in Gatekeeper? this error code when the
sender fax is a Ricoh model.
SM 43 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BEFOREHAND
3. SERVICE TABLES
3.1 BEFOREHAND
CAUTION: Never turn off the main power switch when the power LED is lit or
flashing. To avoid damaging the hard disk or memory, press the
operation power switch to switch the power off, wait for the power LED
to go off, and then switch the main power switch off.
NOTE: The main power LED () lights or flashes while the platen cover or
ARDF is open, while the main machine is communicating with a facsimile
or the network server, or while the machine is accessing the hard disk or
memory for reading or writing data.
B819/B820 44 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE TABLES
System Switch
101
Change the bit switches for system settings for the fax option
001 – 032 00 – 1F
"Bit Switches"
Ifax Switch
102 Change the bit switches for internet fax settings for the fax
001 – 016 00 – 0F option
"Bit Switches"
Printer Switch
103
Change the bit switches for printer settings for the fax option
001 – 016 00 – 0F
"Bit Switches"
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
Communication Switch
7500
104 Change the bit switches for communication settings for the fax
001 – 032 00 – 1F option
"Bit Switches"
G3-1 Switch
105 Change the bit switches for the protocol settings of the
001 – 016 00 – 0F standard G3 board
"Bit Switches"
G3-2 Switch
106 Change the bit switches for the protocol settings of the optional
001 – 016 00 – 0F G3 board
"Bit Switches"
G3-3 Switch
107 Change the bit switches for the protocol settings of the optional
001 – 016 00 – 0F G3 board
"Bit Switches"
G4 Internal Switch
108
001 – 032 00 – 1F Not used (Do not change the bit switches)
G4 Parameter Switch
109
001 – 016 00 – 0F Not used (Do not change the bit switches)
SM 45 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE TABLES
RAM Read/Write
101
Change RAM data for the fax board directly.
001
"Service RAM Addresses"
Memory Dump
G3-1 Memory Print out RAM data for the fax board.
001
Dump "Service RAM Addresses"
G3-3 Memory
003 Print out RAM data for the optional SG3 board.
Dump
Service Station
101 001 Fax Number Enter the fax number of the service station.
Serial Number
102
000 Enter the fax unit’s serial number.
B819/B820 46 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE TABLES
Select the line type setting for the G3-1 line. If the
001 Select Line machine is installed on a PABX line, select “PABX”,
“PABX(GND)” or “PABX(FLASH)”.
Memory Lock
003 Not used
Disabled
Memory Lock
003 Not used
Disabled
Transmission If you turn this SP on, the machine does not send
004
Disabled any fax messages on the G3-2 line.
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
PSTN-3 Port Settings
7500
Select the line setting for the G3-3 line. If the
001 Select Line machine is installed on a PABX line, select “PABX”,
“PABX(GND)” or “PABX(FLASH)”.
Memory Lock
003 Not used
Disabled
Transmission If you turn this SP on, the machine does not send
004
Disabled any fax messages on the G3-3 line.
Transmission
106 004
Disabled
SM 47 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE TABLES
IPFAX Protocol
007 Select "H323" or "SIP".
Priority
FAX SW
201
001 – 032 00 – 1F
101 001 FCU ROM Version Displays the FCU ROM version.
102 001 Error Codes Displays the latest 64 fax error codes.
103 001 G3-1 ROM Version Displays the G3-1 modem version.
104 001 G3-2 ROM Version Displays the G3-2 modem version.
105 001 G3-3 ROM Version Displays the G3-3 modem version.
106 001 G4 ROM Version Not used (Do not change the settings.)
107 001 Charge ROM Version Not used (Do not change the settings.)
Initialize SRAM
101
Initializes the bit switches and user parameters, user data in the
000
SRAM, files in the SAF memory, and clock.
Factory setting
104
Resets the bit switches and user parameters, user data in the
000
SRAM and files in the SAF memory.
B819/B820 48 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE TABLES
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
G3 All Prints the protocol dump list of all communications
Unit Type
001
Communications for all G3 lines.
7500
G3-1 (All Prints the protocol dump list of all communications
002
Communications) for the G3-1 line.
002 Dch
104 003 Bch 1 Link Layer
Not used (Do not change the settings.)
004 Dch Link Layer
SM 49 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE TABLES
002 Printer
004 Decompression
005 Scanner
006 JOB/SAF
107 These log print out functions are for designer use
007 Reconstruction only.
008 JBIG
010 G3CCU
012 CCU
B819/B820 50 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE TABLES
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
111 G3-2 DTMF Tests
7500
112 G3-2 V34 (S2400baud)
SM 51 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE TABLES
B819/B820 52 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
WARNING
Do not adjust a bit switch or use a setting that is described as “Not used”,
as this may cause the machine to malfunction or to operate in a manner
that is not accepted by local regulations. Such bits are for use only in other
areas, such as Japan.
NOTE: Default settings for bit switches are not listed in this manual. Refer to the
System Parameter List printed by the machine.
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
7500
SM 53 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
e.g. 0000 (1) // 32 (2) V34 (3) // 288 (4) // 264 (5) // L0100 (6) 03 (7) 04 (8)
(1): EQM value (Line quality data). A larger number means more errors.
(2): Symbol rate (V.34 only)
(3): Final modem type used
(4): Starting data rate (for example, 288 means 28.8 kbps)
(5): Final data rate
(6): Rx revel (refer to the note after this table for how to read the rx level)
(7): Total number of error lines that occurred during non-ECM reception.
2 (8): Total number of burst error lines that occurred during non-ECM reception.
NOTE: 1) EQM and Rx level are fixed at “FFFF” in Tx mode.
2) The seventh and eighth numbers are fixed at “00” for transmission
records and ECM reception records.
Rx level calculation
Example: 0000 // 32 V34 // 288/264 // L 01 00 03 04
The four-digit hexadecimal value (N) after “L” indicates the rx level.
The high byte is given first, followed by the low byte. Divide the decimal value of N
by -16 to get the Rx level.
In the above example, the decimal value of N (= 0100 [H]) is 256.
So, the actual Rx level is 256/-16 = -16 dB
Line error mark print When "1", a line error mark is printed on the
4
0: OFF, 1: ON (print) printout if a line error occurs during reception.
G3/G4 communication This is a fault-finding aid. The LCD shows the key
parameter display parameters (see below). This is normally disabled
5
0: Disabled because it cancels the CSI display for the user.
1: Enabled Be sure to reset this bit to 0 after testing.
B819/B820 54 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
System Switch 01 - Not used (Do not change the factory settings.)
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
Force after transmission stall With this setting on, the machine resets itself
2 0: Off automatically if a transmission stalls and fails to
1: On complete the job.
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
(0,0): All RDS systems are always locked out.
7500
Memory read/write by RDS
(0,1), (1,0): Normally, RDS systems are locked
Bit 7: 0, Bit 6: 0
out, but the user can temporarily switch RDS on
Always disabled
to allow RDS operations to take place. RDS will
Bit 7: 0, Bit 6: 1
automatically be locked out again after a certain
6-7 User selectable
time, which is stored in System Switch 03. Note
Bit 7: 1, Bit 6: 0
that if an RDS operation takes place, RDS will not
User selectable
switch off until this time limit has expired.
Bit 7: 1, Bit 6: 1
(1,1): At any time, an RDS system can access the
Always enabled
machine.
SM 55 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
Printing dedicated Tx
parameters on Quick/Speed
1: Each Quick/Speed dial number on the list is
3 Dial Lists
printed with the dedicated tx parameters.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
System Switch 05 - Not used (Do not change the factory settings.)
System Switch 06 - Not used (Do not change the factory settings.)
System Switch 07 - Not used (Do not change the factory settings.)
System Switch 08 - Not used (Do not change the factory settings.)
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
B819/B820 56 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
Conditions for printing the This switch becomes effective only when system
protocol dump list switch 00 bit 6 is set to 1.
6 0: Print for all communications 1: Set this bit to 1 when you wish to print a
1: Print only when there is a protocol dump list only for communications with
communication error errors.
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
7500
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
On hook dial
5 0: On hook dial is disabled.
0: Disabled 1: Enabled
System Switch 0B - Not used (Do not change the factory settings.)
System Switch 0C - Not used (Do not change the factory settings.)
System Switch 0D - Not used (Do not change the factory settings.)
SM 57 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
0-7 Country/area code for functional This country/area code determines the
settings (Hex) factory settings of bit switches and RAM
addresses. However, it has no effect on the
00: France 11: USA NCU parameter settings and communication
parameter RAM addresses.
01: Germany 12: Asia
Cross reference
02: UK 12: Asia NCU country code:
SP No. 2-103-001 for G3-1
03: Italy 13: Japan SP No. 2-104-001 for G3-2
SP No. 2-105-001 for G3-3
04: Austria 14: Hong Kong
B819/B820 58 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
TTI printing position
7500
0: Superimposed on the page Change this bit to 1 if the TTI overprints
0 data information that the customer considers to be
1: Printed before the data important (G3 transmissions).
leading edge
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
TTI: 08 to 92 (BCD) mm
Input even numbers only.
This setting determines the print start position for
TTI printing position in the the TTI from the left edge of the paper. If the TTI
0-7
main scan direction is moved too far to the right, it may overwrite the
file number which is on the top right of the page.
On an A4 page, if the TTI is moved over by more
than 50 mm, it may overwrite the page number.
SM 59 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
Parallel Broadcasting
1: The machine sends messages simultaneously
0 0: Disabled
using all available ports during broadcasting.
1: Enabled
Priority setting for the G3 line. This function allows the user to select the default
1 0: PSTN-1 > PSTN-2 or 3 G3 line type. The optional SG3 unit(s) are
1: PSTN-2 or 3 > PSTN-1 required to use the PSTN-2 or 3 setting.
B819/B820 60 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
7500
No. FUNCTION COMMENTS
SM 61 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
RTI/CSI/CPS code display 0: RTI, CSI, CPS codes are displayed on the top
0 0: Enable line of the LCD panel during communication.
1: Disable 1: Codes are switched off (no display)
Destination telephone
When "1" is selected, the destination telephone
2 number display limitation
number display is limited and redial is disabled.
0: OFF, 1: ON
B819/B820 62 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
1: If the SAF memory becomes full during
Unit Type
1 scanning
scanning, the file is erased and no pages are
7500
0: The current page is erased.
transmitted.
1: The entire file is erased.
This bit switch is ignored for parallel memory
transmission.
SM 63 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
Received fax print start timing 0: The machine prints each page immediately
(G3 reception) after the machine receives it.
3
0: After receiving each page 1: The machine prints the complete message after
1: After receiving all pages the machine receives all the pages in the memory.
B819/B820 64 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
FUNCTION COMMENTS
No This setting sets the maximum size of the original
Original Width of TX
that the destination can receive. (Bits 3~7 are
Attachment File
reserved for future use or not used.)
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
If the width selected with this switch is higher than
7500
the receiving machine can accept, the machine
detects this and this causes an error.
SM 65 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
FUNCTION COMMENTS
No
Original Line Resolution of TX These settings set the maximum resolution of the
Attachment File original that the destination can receive.
0 200x100 Standard
1 200x200 Detail
0: Not selected
2 200x400 Fine 1: Selected
If more than one of these three bits is set to “1”,
3 300 x 300 Reserve the higher resolution has priority. For example, if
both Bit 0 and Bit 2 are set to “1” then the
4 400 x 400 Super Fine
resolution is set for "Bit 2 200 x 400.
5 600 x 600 Reserve
6 Reserve
mm/inch
B819/B820 66 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
This setting determines whether the header information is printed with text e-mails
when they are received.
0 0: Prints only text mail.
1: Prints mail header information attached to text mail.
When a text mail is received with this switch On (1), the “From” address and
“Subject” address are printed as header information.
When a mail with only binary data is received (a TIFF-F file, for example), this
setting is ignored and no header is printed.
This setting determines whether only the first page or all pages of an e-mail
1 attachment are printed at the sending station when a transmission error occurs.
This allows the customer to see which documents have not reached their intended
destinations if sent to the wrong e-mail addresses, for example.
0: Prints 1st page only.
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
1: Prints all pages.
Unit Type
7500
Text String for Return Receipt
This setting determines the text string output for the Return Receipt that confirms
the transmission was received normally at the destination.
00: “Dispatched”
Sends from PC mail a request for a Return Receipt. Receives the Return Receipt
with “dispatched” in the 2nd part:
Disposition: Automatic-action/MDN-send automatically; dispatched
The “dispatched” string is included in the Subject string.
2-3 01: “Displayed”
Sends from PC mail a request for a Return Receipt. Receives the Return Receipt
with “displayed” in the 2nd part:
Disposition: Automatic-action/MDN-send automatically; displayed
The “displayed” string is included in the Subject string.
10: Reserved
11: Reserved
A mail requesting a Return Receipt sent from an IFAX with this switch set to “00”
(for “dispatched”) received by Microsoft Outlook 2000 may cause an error. If any
setting other than “displayed” (01) causes a problem, change the setting to “01” to
enable normal sending of the Return Receipt.
This setting adds or does not add the media accept feature to the answer mail to
4 confirm a reception.
0: Does not add the media accept feature to the answer mail
1: Adds the media accept feature to the answer mail.
Use this bit switch if a problem occurs when the machine receives an answer mail,
which contains the media accept feature field.
SM 67 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
I-fax Switch 03 - Not used (do not change the settings) [ SP No. 1-102-004]
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
This setting determines whether the RTI/CSI registered on this machine or the
RTI/CSI of the originator is used in the subject lines of transferred documents.
0 0: Puts the RTI/CSI of the originator in the Subject line. If this is used, either the
RTI or CSI is used. Only one of these can be received for use in the subject line.
1: Puts the RTI/CSI registered on this machine in the Subject line.
When this switch is used to transfer and deliver mail to a PC, the information in the
Subject line that indicates where the transmission originated can be used to
determine automatically the destination folder for each e-mail.
NOTE: This switch does not apply for condition 3) when the RX system is set up
for memory sending, delivery by F-code, sending with SMTP RX and
when operators are using FOL (to prevent problems when receiving
transmissions).
B819/B820 68 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
I-fax Switch 06 - Not used (do not change the settings) [SP No. 1-102-007]
Unit Type
7500
I-fax Switch 07 - Not used (do not change the settings) [SP No. 1-102-008]
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
This setting determines the amount of SAF (Store and Forward) memory. (SAF
stores fax messages to send later for transmission to more than one location, and
also holds incoming messages if they cannot be printed.) When the amount of
0-7 SAF memory available falls below this setting, mail can no longer be received;
received mail is then stored on the mail server.
00-FF (0 to 1024 KB: HEX)
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
SM 69 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
I-fax Switch 0A - Not used (do not change the settings) [SP No. 1-102-011]
I-fax Switch 0B - Not used (do not change the settings) [SP No. 1-102-012]
I-fax Switch 0C - Not used (do not change the settings) [SP No. 1-102-013]
I-fax Switch 0D - Not used (do not change the settings) [SP No. 1-102-014]
I-fax Switch 0E - Not used (do not change the settings) [SP No. 1-102-015]
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
0 This setting determines whether files received with SMTP protocol are delivered or
output immediately.
0: Off. Files received via SMTP are output immediately without delivery.
1: On. Files received via SMTP are delivered immediately to their destinations.
B819/B820 70 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Repetition of data when the 1: Default. 10 mm of the trailing edge of the
Unit Type
received page is longer than previous page are repeated at the top of the next
7500
1 the printer paper page.
0: Off 0: The next page continues from where the
1: On previous page stopped without any repeated text.
SM 71 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
1st paper feed station usage 0: The paper feed station can be used to print fax
for fax printing messages and reports.
0
0: Enabled 1: The specified paper feed station will not be
1: Disabled used for printing fax messages and reports.
2nd paper feed station usage NOTE: Do not disable usage for a paper feed
for fax printing station which has been specified by
1 User Parameter Switch 0F (15), or which
0: Enabled
1: Disabled is used for the Specified Cassette
Selection feature.
3rd paper feed station usage
for fax printing
2
0: Enabled
1: Disabled
B819/B820 72 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
G3 Interface
If the received document is 10 mm longer than
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
A4, then the document is split into 2 pages.
7500
Printer Switch 04 [SP No. 1-103-005]
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
Maximum reducible length when length reduction is enabled with switch 03-0
above.
<Maximum reducible length> = <Paper length> + (N x 5mm)
“N” is the decimal value of the binary setting of bits 0 to 4.
0 0 0 0 0 0 mm
0-4
0 0 0 0 1 5 mm
0 0 1 0 0 20 mm
1 1 1 1 1 155 mm
Length of the duplicated image on the next page, when page separation has taken
place.
Bit 6: 0, Bit 5: 0 = 4 mm
5-6
Bit 6: 1, Bit 5: 0 = 10 mm
Bit 6: 0, Bit 5: 1 = 15 mm
Bit 6: 1, Bit 5: 1 = Not used
SM 73 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
B819/B820 74 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
reports
Unit Type
Bit 4: 0, Bit 3: 0
7500
“Same size” means the sample image is printed at
= The upper half only
100%, even if page separation occurs.
Bit 4: 0, Bit 3: 1
User Parameter Switch 19 (13H) bit 4 must be set
3-4 = 50% reduction in sub-scan
to “0” to enable this switch.
only
Refer to Detailed Section Descriptions for more on
Bit 4: 1, Bit 3: 0
this feature.
= Same size
Bit 4: 1, Bit 3: 1
= Not used
Equalizing the reduction ratio 0: When page separation has taken place, all the
among separated pages pages are reduced with the same reduction ratio.
7 (Page Separation) 1: Only the last page is reduced to fit the selected
0: Enabled paper size when page separation has taken place.
1: Disabled Other pages are printed without reduction.
SM 75 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
Smoothing feature
Bit 1: 0 Bit 0: 0 = Disabled (0, 0) (0, 1): Disable smoothing if the machine
0-1 Bit 1: 0 Bit 0: 1 = Disabled receives halftone images from other
Bit 1: 1 Bit 0: 0 = Enabled manufacturers fax machines frequently.
Bit 1: 1 Bit 0: 1 = Not used
Duplex printing
1: The machine always prints received fax
2 0: Disabled
messages in duplex printing mode:
1: Enabled
B819/B820 76 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
4 Not used Do not change the settings.
7500
JBIG compression method:
Reception
Change the setting when communication
5 0: Only basic supported
problems occur using JBIG compression.
1: Basic and optional both
supported
SM 77 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
B819/B820 78 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
Treatment of pages received 0: Pages received with errors are not printed.
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
with errors during G3
7500
reception
2
0: Deleted from memory
without printing
1: Printed
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
SM 79 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
Point of resumption of
0: The transmission begins from the page where
memory transmission upon
transmission failed the previous time.
0 redialing
1: Transmission begins from the first page, using
0: From the error page
normal memory transmission.
1: From page 1
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
B819/B820 80 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
06 to FF (Hex), unit = 2 s
Minimum interval between (e.g., 06(H) = 12 s)
0-7
automatic dialing attempts This value is the minimum time that the machine
waits before it dials the next destination.
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
Memory transmission:
Maximum number of dialing
0-7 01 – FE (Hex) times
attempts to the same
destination
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
7500
Communication Switch 11 – Not used (do not change the settings.)
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
SM 81 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
B819/B820 82 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
PWD reception
0: Disables features that require PWD (Password)
2 0: Disabled
signal reception.
1: Enabled
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
(using normal reception
7500
mode)
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
IP-Fax dial-in routing selection 1: Transfers receiving data to each IP-Fax dial-in
5 0: Off number.
1: On IP-Fax dial-in number is 4 digit-number.
SM 83 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
B819/B820 84 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
3.3.5 G3 SWITCHES
G3 Switch 00 [SP No. 1-105-001]
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
Monitor speaker during (0, 0): The monitor speaker is disabled all through
communication (tx and rx) the communication.
Bit 1: 0, Bit 0: 0 = Disabled (0, 1): The monitor speaker is on up to phase B in
0
Bit 1: 0, Bit 0: 1 = Up to Phase the T.30 protocol.
1
B (1, 0): Used for testing. The monitor speaker is on
Bit 1: 1, Bit 0: 0 = All the time all through the communication. Make sure that
Bit 1: 1, Bit 0: 1 = Not used you reset these bits after testing.
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
1:On
Unit Type
7500
7 Not used Do not change the settings.
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
Forbid CED/AMsam output Do not change this setting (Default: 0: Off), unless
6 0: Off communication problem is caused by a CED or
1: On (Forbid output) ANSam transmission.
SM 85 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
B819/B820 86 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
0: When using ECM in non-standard (NSF/NSS)
Unit Type
7500
mode, the machine sends a CTC to drop back the
modem rate after receiving a PPR, if the following
condition is met in communications at 14.4, 12.0,
CTC transmission conditions 9.6, and 7.2 kbps.
0: After one PPR signal
4 received NTransmit- Number of transmitted frames
1: After four PPR signals NResend- Number of frames to be retransmitted
received (ITU-T standard) 1: When using ECM, the machine sends a CTC to
drop back the modem rate after receiving four
PPRs.
PPR, CTC: These are ECM protocol signals.
This bit is not effective in V.34 communications.
SM 87 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
0 - F (Hex); 0 - 15 bits
Training error detection If the number of error bits in the received TCF is
0-3
threshold below this threshold, the machine informs the
sender that training has succeeded.
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
0 0 0 1 2.4k
0 0 1 0 4.8k
0 0 1 1 7.2k
0 1 0 0 9.6k
0 1 0 1 12.0k These bits set the initial starting modem rate for
transmission.
0 1 1 0 14.4k Use the dedicated transmission parameters if
you need to change this for specific receivers.
0-3 0 1 1 1 16.8k If a modem rate 14.4 kbps or slower is selected,
V.8 protocol should be disabled manually.
1 0 0 0 19.2k
Cross reference
1 0 0 1 21.6k V.8 protocol on/off - G3 switch 03, bit2
1 0 1 0 24.0k
1 0 1 1 26.4k
1 1 0 0 28.8k
1 1 0 1 31.2k
1 1 1 0 33.6k
B819/B820 88 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
0 1 0 1 12.0k
0 1 1 0 14.4k
0 1 1 1 16.8k
1 0 0 0 19.2k
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
1 0 0 1 21.6k
7500
1 0 1 0 24.0k
1 0 1 1 26.4k
1 1 0 0 28.8k
1 1 0 1 31.2k
1 1 1 0 33.6k
0 0 0 1 V.27ter
SM 89 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
PSTN cable equalizer Use a higher setting if there is signal loss at higher
(Tx mode: Internal) frequencies because of the length of wire between
Bit 1: 0, Bit 0: 0 = None the modem and the telephone exchange.
Bit 1: 0, Bit 0: 1 = Low Use the dedicated transmission parameters for
Bit 1: 1, Bit 0: 0 = Medium specific receivers.
Bit 1: 1, Bit 0: 1 = High Also, try using the cable equalizer if one or more
0-1 of the following symptoms occurs.
Communication error
Modem rate fallback occurs frequently.
B819/B820 90 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
interval during image data
Unit Type
4 between ECM frames from the other end.
reception.
7500
Try using a longer setting if error code 0-21 is
0: 5 s 1: 13 s
frequent.
SM 91 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES Rev. 07/2007
3000-2250ms: 3000-50xNms
0-7 High order bit 3000 – 50 x Nms 0F (3000 ms) ≤ N ≤ FF (2250
ms)
00-0E(3000-3700ms: 3000+50xNms
Low order bit 3000 – 50 x Nms 0F (3000 ms) ≤ N ≤ 0F (3700
ms)
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
B819/B820 92 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
Monitor speaker during (0, 0): The monitor speaker is disabled all through
communication (Tx and Rx) the communication.
Bit 1: 0, Bit 0: 0 = Disabled (0, 1): The monitor speaker is on up to Phase B in
0-1 Bit 1: 0, Bit 0: 1 = Up to Phase the T.30 protocol.
B (1, 0): Used for testing. The monitor speaker is on
Bit 1: 1, Bit 0: 0 = All the time all through the communication. Make sure that
Bit 1: 1, Bit 0: 1 = Not used you reset these bits after testing.
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
7500
G3-2 Switch 01 [SP No. 1-106-002]
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
SM 93 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
B819/B820 94 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
0: When using ECM in non-standard (NSF/NSS)
7500
mode, the machine sends a CTC to drop back the
modem rate after receiving a PPR, if the following
condition is met in communications at 14.4, 12.0,
9.6, and 7.2 kbps.
CTC transmission conditions
0: After one PPR signal NTransmit- Number of transmitted frames
4 received NResend- Number of frames to be retransmitted
1: After four PPR signals
received (ITU-T standard) 1: When using ECM, the machine sends a CTC to
drop back the modem rate after receiving four
PPRs.
SM 95 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
0 - F (Hex); 0 - 15 bits
Training error detection If the number of error bits in the received TCF is
0-3
threshold below this threshold, the machine informs the
sender that training has succeeded.
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
0 0 0 1 2.4k
0 0 1 0 4.8k
0 0 1 1 7.2k
0 1 0 0 9.6k
0 1 0 1 12.0k These bits set the initial starting modem rate for
transmission.
0 1 1 0 14.4k Use the dedicated transmission parameters if
you need to change this for specific receivers.
0-3 0 1 1 1 16.8k If a modem rate 14.4 kbps or slower is selected,
V.8 protocol should be disabled manually.
1 0 0 0 19.2k
Cross reference
1 0 0 1 21.6k V.8 protocol on/off - G3 switch 03, bit2
1 0 1 0 24.0k
1 0 1 1 26.4k
1 1 0 0 28.8k
1 1 0 1 31.2k
1 1 1 0 33.6k
B819/B820 96 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
Initial Rx modem rate These bits set the initial starting modem
rate for reception.
Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 bps Use a lower setting if high speeds pose
problems during reception.
0 0 0 1 2.4k
If a modem rate 14.4 kbps or slower is
0 0 1 0 4.8k selected, V.8 protocol should be
disabled manually.
0 0 1 1 7.2k Cross reference:
V.8 protocol on/off - G3 switch 03, bit2
0 1 0 0 9.6k
0 1 0 1 12.0k
0 1 1 0 14.4k
0-3 0 1 1 1 16.8k
1 0 0 0 19.2k
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
1 0 0 1 21.6k
7500
1 0 1 0 24.0k
1 0 1 1 26.4k
1 1 0 0 28.8k
1 1 0 1 31.2k
1 1 1 0 33.6k
Modem types available for reception The setting of these bits is used to
inform the transmitting terminal of the
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Setting available modem type for the machine
in receive mode.
0 0 0 1 V.27ter
If V.34 is not selected, V.8 protocol must
0 0 1 0 V.27ter,V.29 be disabled manually.
Cross reference:
V.27ter, V.8 protocol on/off - G3 switch 03, bit2
0 0 1 1
V.29, V.33
4-7
V.27ter,
0 1 0 0 V.29,
V.17/V.33
V.27ter,
V.29,
0 1 0 1
V.17/V33,
V.34
SM 97 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
B819/B820 98 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
reception.
Unit Type
Try using a longer setting if error code 0-21 is
0: 5 s 1: 13 s
7500
frequent.
SM 99 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
IP Fax Transport
1 Selects TCP or UDP protocol for IP-Fax
0: TCP, 1: UDP
B819/B820 100 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
IP-Fax Switch 01
Select IP FAX Delay Level Raise the level by selecting a higher setting
if too many transmission errors are
Bit3 Bit2 Bit1 Bit0 Setting occurring on the network.
0 0 0 0 Level 0 If TCP/UDP is enabled on the network, raise
this setting on the T.30 machine. Increasing
0-3 0 0 0 1 Level 1 the delay time allows the recovery of more
lost packets.
0 0 1 0 Level 2 If only UDP is enabled, increase the number
of redundant packets.
0 0 1 1 Level 3 Level 1~2: 3 Redundant packets
Level 3: 4 Redundant packets
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
Max: 0f (1500 ms) Min: 00 (No wait time)
7500
The default is "0000" (00H).
SM 101 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
B819/B820 102 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
When "0" is selected, the transmission
Unit Type
CTC transmission selection
condition is decided by error frame numbers.
7500
5 0: PPRx1
When "1" is selected, the transmission
1: PPRx4
condition is based on the ITU-T method.
SM 103 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
0 0 0 1 2400 bps
0 0 1 1 4800 bps
0 0 1 1 7200 bps
0 1 0 0 9600 bps
0 1 0 1 12.0 Kbps
0 1 1 1 16.8 Kbps
1 0 0 0 19.2 Kbps
1 0 0 1 21.6 Kbps
1 0 1 0 24.0 Kbps
1 0 1 1 26.4 Kbps
1 1 0 0 28.8 Kbps
1 1 0 1 31.2 Kbps
1 1 1 0 33.6 Kbps
B819/B820 104 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
0 0 0 1 2400 bps
0 0 1 0 4800 bps
0 0 1 1 7200 bps
0 1 0 0 9600 bps
0 1 0 1 12.0 Kbps
0 1 1 0 14.4 Kbps
0-3
0 1 1 1 16.8 Kbps
1 0 0 0 19.2 Kbps
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
1 0 0 1 21.6 Kbps
7500
1 0 1 0 24.0 Kbps
1 0 1 1 26.4 Kbps
1 1 0 0 28.8 Kbps
1 1 0 1 31.2 Kbps
1 1 1 0 33.6 Kbps
0 0 0 1 V27ter
0 0 1 0 V27ter, V29
4-7
V27ter, V29, V33
0 0 1 1
(invalid)
SM 105 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BIT SWITCHES
Number of times for training Selects the number of times training is done
4
0: 1 time, 1: 2 times at the same bit rate.
Space CSI transmission setting at When "0" is selected, frame data is enabled.
5 no CSI registration When "1" is selected, the transmitted data is
0: Not transmitted, 1: Transmitted all spaces.
T1 timer adjustment
Adjusts the T1 timer.
The default is "00" (35 seconds).
0-1 Bit 1: 0, Bit 0: 0 = 35 sec -
Bit 1: 0, Bit 0: 1 = 40 sec
Bit 1: 1, Bit 0: 0 = 50 sec
Bit 1: 1, Bit 0: 1 = 60 sec
T4 timer adjustment
Adjust the T4 timer.
The default is "00" (3 seconds).
2-3 Bit 3: 0, Bit 2: 0 = 3 sec -
Bit 3: 0, Bit 2: 1 = 3.5 sec
Bit 3: 1, Bit 2: 0 = 4 sec
Bit 3: 1, Bit 2: 1 = 5 sec
B819/B820 106 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
NCU PARAMETERS
Address Function
Use the Hex value to program the country/area code directly into this
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
address, or use the decimal value to program it using SP2-103-001
Unit Type
7500
Country Country
Decimal Hex Decimal Hex
/Area /Area
France 00 00 USA 17 11
Germany 01 01 Asia 18 12
UK 02 02 Hong Kong 20 14
Austria 04 04 Australia 22 16
Finland 07 07 Malaysia 25 19
Ireland 08 08 China 26 1A
Norway 09 09 Taiwan 27 1B
Sweden 10 0A Korea 28 1C
Switzerland 11 0B Turkey 32 20
Portugal 12 0C Greece 33 21
Holland 13 0D Hungary 34 22
Spain 14 0E Czech 35 23
Israel 15 0F Poland 36 24
SM 107 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
NCU PARAMETERS
Detection is disabled if
68050F PSTN ring-back tone detection time 20 ms
this contains FF.
B819/B820 108 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
NCU PARAMETERS
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
If 68051B contains FF,
68051D PABX dial tone reset time (HIGH)
7500
the machine pauses for
the pause time (680520
PABX dial tone continuous tone
68051E 20 ms / 680521).
time
SM 109 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
NCU PARAMETERS
Busy tone signal state time tolerance for all ranges, and number of cycles
required for detection (a setting of 4 cycles means that ON-OFF-ON or OFF-
ON-OFF must be detected twice).
Tolerance (±)
680533 Bit 1: 0, Bit 0: 0 = 75% Bits 2 and 3 must always be kept at 0.
Bit 1: 0, Bit 0: 0 = 50% Bits 2 and 3 must always be kept at 0.
Bit 1: 0, Bit 0: 0 = 25%
Bit 1: 0, Bit 0: 0 = 12.5%
Bits 7, 6, 5, 4 - number of cycles required for cadence detection
B819/B820 110 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
NCU PARAMETERS
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
limit (LOW)
Unit Type
7500
680543 Country dial tone detection time If 680543 contains FF,
the machine pauses for
680544 Country dial tone reset time (LOW) 20 ms
the pause time (680548
/ 680549).
680545 Country dial tone reset time (HIGH)
See Note 3.
68054B Break time for pulse dialing 1 ms SP2-103-013
(parameter 12).
See Note 3.
68054C Make time for pulse dialing 1 ms SP2-103-014
(parameter 13).
SM 111 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
NCU PARAMETERS
SP2-103-018
680550 DTMF tone on time
(parameter 17).
1 ms
SP2-103-019
680551 DTMF tone off time
(parameter 18).
SP2-103-020
Tone attenuation level of DTMF -N x 0.5 –
680552 (parameter 19).
signals while dialing 3.5 dBm
See Note 5.
SP2-103-021
(parameter 20).
Tone attenuation value difference
The setting must be less
between high frequency tone and
680553 -dBm x 0.5 than –5dBm, and should
low frequency tone in DTMF
not exceed the setting at
signals
680552h above.
See Note 5.
SP2-103-022
PSTN: DTMF tone attenuation level -N x 0.5 –
680554 (parameter 21). See
after dialling 3.5 dBm
Note 5.
B819/B820 112 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
NCU PARAMETERS
68055F
Do not change the
To Not used -
settings.
680564
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
680565 Long distance call prefix (HIGH) BCD For a code of 0:
7500
680565 – FF
680566 Long distance call prefix (LOW) BCD 680566 - FF
680567
Do not change the
to Not used -
settings.
680571
SP2-103-007
Number of rings until a call is (parameter 06).
680576 1
detected The setting must not be
zero.
See Note 4.
Minimum required length of the first
680577 20 ms SP2-103-008
ring
(parameter 07).
SM 113 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
NCU PARAMETERS
68057B
Do not change the
to Not used -
settings.
680580
680583
Do not change the
To Not used -
settings.
6805A0
20 ms ± 20
6805A5 CED detection time Factory setting: 200 ms
ms
B819/B820 114 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
NCU PARAMETERS
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
6805B1 (800Hz) detection frequency lower
If both addresses
7500
limit (high byte)
Hz(BCD) contain FF(H), tone
Acceptable AI short protocol tone detection is disabled.
6805B2 (800Hz) detection frequency lower
limit (low byte)
SP2-103-002
6805B4 PSTN: Tx level from the modem -N – 3 dBm
(parameter 01).
6805BE
Do not change the
to Not used -
settings.
6805C6
SM 115 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
NCU PARAMETERS
6805C8
Do not change the
to Not used -
settings.
6805D9
T.30 T1 timer
6805DA 1s -
0 0 0 1 2.75 V
0 0 1 0 5.5 V
1 0 0 0 22 V
1 1 1 1 41.25 V
0 RT=0 (Low)
Bit 1
Bit 1 sets the level of 1 RT=1 (High)
the call signal, Bit 3
6805E4 0:,1:
sets the call signal 0 RZ=0 (High)
impedance Bit 3
RZ=1
1
(Composite)
B819/B820 116 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
NCU PARAMETERS
0 0 0 0 Not used
0 0 0 1 2.75 V
0 0 1 0 5.5 V
1 0 0 0 22 V
1 1 1 1 41.25 V
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
7500
SM 117 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
NCU PARAMETERS
B819/B820 118 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DEDICATED TRANSMISSION PARAMETERS
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
green.
Unit Type
7500
5. The settings for the switch 00 are now displayed. Press the bit number that you
wish to change.
6. To scroll through the parameter switches, either:
7. Select the next switch: press “Next” or Select the previous switch: “Prev.” until
the correct switch is displayed. Then go back to step 6.
8. After the setting is changed, press “OK”.
9. After finishing, reset bit 0 of System Bit Switch 00 to 0.
SM 119 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DEDICATED TRANSMISSION PARAMETERS
3.5.2 PARAMETERS
Fax Parameters
The initial settings of the following fax parameters are all FF(H) - all the parameters
are disabled.
Switch 00
B819/B820 120 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DEDICATED TRANSMISSION PARAMETERS
Switch 01
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
Tx level
0 1 1 1 1 –15
1 1 1 1 1 Disabled
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
Use a higher setting if there is signal
7500
loss at higher frequencies because of
the length of wire between the modem
and the telephone exchange when
calling the number stored in this
Quick/Speed Dial.
Cable equalizer Also, try using the cable equalizer if one
Bit 7: 0, Bit 6: 0, Bit 5: 0 = None or more of the following symptoms
Bit 7: 0, Bit 6: 0, Bit 5: 1 = Low occurs.
5-7
Bit 7: 0, Bit 6: 1, Bit 5: 0 = Medium Communication error with error codes
Bit 7: 0, Bit 6: 1, Bit 5: 1 = High such as 0-20, 0-23, etc.
Bit 7: 1, Bit 6: 1, Bit 5: 1 = Disabled Modem rate fallback occurs frequently.
SM 121 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DEDICATED TRANSMISSION PARAMETERS
Switch 02
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
0 1 0 1 12000
0 1 1 0 14400
0-3 0 1 1 1 16800
1 0 0 0 19200
1 0 0 1 21600
1 0 1 0 24000
1 0 1 1 26400
1 1 0 0 28800
1 1 0 1 31200
1 1 1 0 33600
1 1 1 1 Disabled
B819/B820 122 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DEDICATED TRANSMISSION PARAMETERS
Switch 03
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
V.8 protocol disable V.8 protocol so as not to use V.34
Fax Option/
Unit Type
4 0: Off protocol.
7500
1: Disabled 0: V.34 communication will not be possible.
If the setting is “Disabled”, the bit switch setting is
used.
SM 123 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DEDICATED TRANSMISSION PARAMETERS
E-mail Parameters
The initial settings of the following e-mail parameters are all "0" (all parameters
disabled).
Switch 00
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
MH Compression mode
for e-mail attachments Switches MH compression on and off for files
0
0: Off attached to e-mails for sending.
1: On
MR Compression mode
for e-mail attachments Switches MR compression on and off for files
1
0: Off attached to e-mails for sending.
1: On
Switch 01
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
B819/B820 124 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DEDICATED TRANSMISSION PARAMETERS
Switch 02
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
attachment: 200 x 400 Sets the line resolution of the e-mail attachment as
Fax Option/
Unit Type
2
0: Off 200 x 400.
7500
1: On
SM 125 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DEDICATED TRANSMISSION PARAMETERS
Switch 04
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
Switch 05
No FUNCTION COMMENTS
Directr transmission
selection to SMTP server Allows or does not allow the direct transmission to
0
0: ON SMTP server.
1: OFF
B819/B820 126 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE RAM ADDRESSES
CAUTION
Do not change the settings which are marked as “Not used” or “Read
only.”
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
680090 to 68009F(H) - G3-2 bit switches: Not used
7500
6800A0 to 6800AF(H) - G3-3 bit switches: Not used
6800D0(H) - User parameter switch 00 (SWUER_00) : Not used
6800D1(H) - User parameter switch 01 (SWUSR_01) : Not used
6800D2(H) - User parameter switch 02 (SWUSR_02)
Bit 0: Forwarding mark printing on forwarded messages 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled
Bit 1: Center mark printing on received copies
(This switch is not printed on the user parameter list.)
0: Disabled, 1: Enabled
Bit 2: Reception time printing
(This switch is not printed on the user parameter list.)
0: Disabled, 1: Enabled
Bit 3: TSI print on received messages 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled
Bit 4: Checkered mark printing
(This switch is not printed on the user parameter list.)
0: Disabled, 1: Enabled
Bit 5: Not used
Bit 6: Not used
Bit 7: Not used
SM 127 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE RAM ADDRESSES
B819/B820 128 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE RAM ADDRESSES
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
Bit 1: Maximum document length detection 0: Double letter, 1: Longer than double-
7500
letter (well log) – up to 1,200 mm
Bit 2: Not used
Bit 3: Fax mode settings, such as resolution, before a mode key
(Copy/Fax/Printer/Scanner) is pressed 0: Not cleared, 1: Cleared
Bits 4 to 6: Not used
Bit 7: Not used
6800DF(H) - User parameter switch 15 (SWUSR_0F)
(This switch is not printed on the user parameter list.)
Bits 0, 1 and 2: Cassette for fax printout
Bit 2: 0, Bit 1: 0, Bit 0: 1 = 1st paper feed station
Bit 2: 0, Bit 1: 1, Bit 0: 0 = 2nd paper feed station
Bit 2: 0, Bit 1: 1, Bit 0: 1 = 3rd paper feed station
Bit 2: 1, Bit 1: 0, Bit 0: 0 = 4th paper feed station
Bit 2: 1, Bit 1: 0, Bit 0: 1 = LCT
Other settings Not used
Bits 3 and 4: Not used
Bit 5: Using the cassette specified by bits 0, 1 and 2 above only 0: On, 1: Off
Bits 6 and 7: Not used
6800E0(H) – User parameter switch 16 (SWUSR_10)
(This switch is not printed on the user parameter list.)
Bits 0 and 1: Not used
Bit 2: Paper size selection priority for an A4 size fax message when A4/LT size
paper is not available. 0: A3 has priority, 1: B4 has priority
Bits 3 to 7: Not used
SM 129 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE RAM ADDRESSES
0 0 0 0 0 min.
0 0 0 1 1 min.
⇓ ⇓ ⇓ ⇓ ⇓
1 1 1 0 14 min.
1 1 1 1 15 min.
Bits 6 and 7: Not used.
B819/B820 130 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE RAM ADDRESSES
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
Bit 2: Mode priority switch 0: Fax first, 1: Tel first
7500
Bit 3: Dial in function (Japan Only)
Bit 4: RDS operation 0: Not acceptable, 1: Acceptable for the limit specified by
system switch 03
NOTE: This bit is only effective when RDS operation can be selected by the
user (see system switch 02).
Bits 5 to 7: Not used
6800EA(H) and 6800EB(H) - User parameter switches 26 and 27 (SWUSR_1A
and 1B): Not used
6800EC(H) - User parameter switch 28(SWUSR_1C)
Xxxxx
6800ED(H) - User parameter switch 29(SWUSR_1D)
xxxxxx
6800EE(H) and 6800EF(H) - User parameter switches 30 and 31 (SWUSR_1E
and 1F): Not used
6800F0(H) - User parameter switch 32 (SWUSR_20)
Bit 0: Quotation priority for a destination when there is no destination of the
specified type
0: Paper output priority = Priority order: 1. IP-fax destination, 2. Fax Number, 3. E-
mail address, 4. Folder
1: Electric putout order = Priority order: 1. E-mail address, 2. Folder, 3. IP-fax
destination, 4. Fax number
Bits 1 to 7: Not used
6800F1(H) - User parameter switch 33 (SWUSR_21): Not used
6800F2(H) - User parameter switch 34 (SWUSR_22)
Bit 0: Gatekeeper server used with IP-Fax 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled
Bit 1: SIP server used with IP-Fax 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled
Bits 2 to 7: Not used
680100 to 68010F(H) - G4 Parameter Switches – Not used
SM 131 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE RAM ADDRESSES
B819/B820 132 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE RAM ADDRESSES
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
680494(H) - On-hook monitor volume 00 - 07(H)
7500
680495(H) - Dialing monitor volume 00 - 07(H)
680496(H) - Buzzer volume 00 - 07(H)
680497(H) - Beeper volume 00 - 07(H)
6804A8(H) - Machine code (Check ram 4)
688E8E to 68918D(H) - SIP server address (Read only)
688E8E(H) - Proxy server - Main (Max. 128 characters - ASCII)
688F0E(H) - Proxy server - Sub (Max. 128 characters - ASCII)
688F8E(H) - Redirect server - Main (Max. 128 characters - ASCII)
68900E(H) - Redirect server - Sub (Max. 128 characters - ASCII)
68908E(H) - Registrar server - Main (Max. 128 characters - ASCII)
68910E(H) - Registrar server - Sub (Max. 128 characters - ASCII)
68918E(H) - Gatekeeper server address - Main (Max. 128 characters - ASCII)
68920E(H) - Gatekeeper server address - Sub (Max. 128 characters - ASCII)
68928E(H) - Arias Number (Max. 128 characters - ASCII)
68930E(H) - SIP user name (Max. 128 characters - ASCII)
68938E(H) - SIP digest authentication password (Max. 128 characters - ASCII)
68940E(H) - Gateway address information (Max. 7100 characters - ASCII)
68AFCA(H) - Stand-by port number for H.232 connection
68AFCCH) - Stand-by port number for SIP connection
68AFCE(H) - RAS port number
68AFD0(H) - Gatekeeper port number
68AFD2(H) - Port number of data waiting for T.38
68AFD4(H) - Port number of SIP server
68AFD6(H) - Priority for SIP and H.323 0: H.323, 1: SIP
68AFD7(H) - SIP function 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled
68AFD8(H) - H.323 function 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled
68AFD9(H) - SIP digest authentication function 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled
68AFDA(H) - IP-Fax backup data 00 - 600 (H)
SM 133 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE RAM ADDRESSES
NA F4 01
EU F4 01
ASIA F4 01
B819/B820 134 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
OVERVIEW
FCUIF
MBU
to SBCU
Memory DIMM
CCUDRV
GWFCU3
CCUIF
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
7500
SG3 SG3
B766D901.WMF
The basic fax unit consists of two PCBs: an FCU and an MBU.
The FCU controls all the fax communications and fax features, in cooperation with
the controller board. The MBU contains the ROM and SRAM. Also, the FCU has an
NCU circuit.
Fax Options:
1. Extra G3 Interface option: This provides one more analog line interface. This
allows full dual access. Two extra G3 interface options can be installed.
2. Memory Expansion: This expands the SAF memory and the page memory
(used for image rotation); without this expansion, the page memory is not big
enough for image rotation at 400 dpi, so transmission at 400 dpi is not possible.
SM 135 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BOARDS
4.2 BOARDS
4.2.1 FCU
FCUIF
DMA BUS
SBCU
PCI BUS
FACE3
CPU BUS
v.34
SRAM FROM MODEM Line
(256kB) (3MB) NCU
Circuit
Speaker
TEL
BACKUP Drive
& RESET
MBU
CCUIF CCUDRV
G3 G3
Speaker
B766D902.WMF
The FCU (Facsimile Control Unit) controls fax communications, the video interface
to the base copier’s engine, and all the fax options.
FACE3 (Fax Application Control Engine)
• CPU
• Data compression and reconstruction (DCR)
• DMA control
• Clock generation
• DRAM backup control
Modem (FAME)
• V.34, V33, V17, V.29, V.27ter, V.21, and V.8
DRAM
• The 16 MB of DRAM is shared as follows.
SAF memory : 4MB
Working memory : 8MB
Page memory : 4MB
• The SAF memory is backed up by a rechargeable battery.
Memory Back-up
• A Rechargeable battery backs up the SAF memory (DRAM) for 1 hour.
B819/B820 136 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BOARDS
4.2.2 MBU
On this board, the flash ROM contains the FCU firmware, and the SRAM contains
the system data and user parameters. Even if the FCU is changed, the system
data and user parameters are kept on the MBU board.
ROM
• 3MB flash ROMs for system software storage
2MB (16bit x 1MB) + 1MB (16bit x 512K)
SRAM
• The 256KB SRAM for system and user parameter storage is backed up by a
lithium battery.
Memory Back-up
• A lithium battery backs up the system parameters and programmed items in the
SRAM, in case the base copier's main switch is turned off.
Switches
Item Description
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
7500
SW1 Switches the SRAM backup battery on/off.
DPRAM
DMAC
FCU DCR
JBIG Line
DSP
CODEC AFE NCU
(modem)
+5V +3.3V
REG
B766D903.WMF
SM 137 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BOARDS
FROM
• 1Mbyte flash ROM for SG3 software storage and modem software storage
SDRAM
• 4Mbyte DRAM shared between ECM buffer, line buffer, and working memory
CODEC (COder-DECoder)
• A/D & D/A conversions for modem
REG
• Generates +3.3 V from the +5V from the FCU
B819/B820 138 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
VIDEO DATA PATH
SBCU
FBI FCU
FACE3
Page Memory
DCR
SAF SG3
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
7500
Modem Modem NCCP
NCU NCU
Analog G3 Analog G3
B766D904.WMF
Then, the FCU converts the data to mm format, and compresses the data in MMR
or raw format to store it in the SAF memory. If image rotation will be done, the
image is rotated in page memory before compression.
At the time of transmission, the FCU decompresses the stored data, then re-
compresses and/or reduces the data if necessary for transmission. The NCU
transmits the data to the line.
SM 139 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
VIDEO DATA PATH
Immediate Transmission
The base copier's scanner scans the original at the resolution agreed with the
receiving terminal. The BICU video processes the data and transfers it to the FCU.
NOTE: When scanning a fax original, the BICU uses the MTF, independent dot
erase and thresholding parameter settings programmed in the fax unit’s
scanner bit switches, not the copier's SP modes.
Then the FCU stores the data in page memory, and compresses the data for
transmission. The NCU transmits the data to the line.
JBIG Transmission
• Memory transmission: If the receiver has JBIG compression, the data goes
from the DCR to the QM-Coder. Then the NCU transmits the data to the line.
When an optional G3 unit (SG3) is installed and PSTN2 is selected as the line
type, JBIG compression is available, but only for the PSTN-2 line.
• Immediate transmission: If the receiver has JBIG compression, the data goes
from the page memory to the QM-Coder. Then the NCU transmits the data to the
line. When an optional G3 unit (SG3) is installed and PSTN2 is selected as the
line type, JBIG compression is available, but only for the PSTN-2 line.
Adjustments
Priority for the line used for G3 transmissions (PSTN 1/PSTN 2 or 3):
System switch 16 bit 1
B819/B820 140 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
VIDEO DATA PATH
4.3.2 RECEPTION
Analog G3 Analog G3
NCU NCU
Modem Modem
QM-CODER
SAF DCR
Page Memory
FACE3
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
7500
FBI
SG3 FCU
SBCU
Printer
B766D905.WMF
First, the FCU stores the incoming data from either an analog line to the SAF
memory. (The data goes to the FACE3 at the same time, and is checked for error
lines/frames.)
The FCU then decompresses the data and transfers it to page memory. If image
rotation will be done, the image is rotated in the page memory. The data is
transferred to the BICU.
If the optional G3 unit is installed, the line that the message comes in on depends
on the telephone number dialled by the other party (the optional G3 unit has a
different telephone number from the main fax board).
JBIG Reception
When data compressed with JBIG comes in on PSTN-1 (the standard analog line),
the data is sent to the QM-CODER for decompression. Then the data is stored in
the page memory, and transferred to the BICU.
When data compressed with JBIG comes in on PSTN-2 (optional extra analog
line), the data is sent to the QM-CODER on the SG3 board for decompression.
SM 141 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FAX COMMUNICATION FEATURES
Available protocol
Option Available Line Type
Combinations
Scanner Controller
Comoressed
MMR
Page
SBCU
Memory
HDD
FCU
FBI
DATA/ADDRESS BUS
B766D906.WMF
The base copier's scanner scans the original at the selected resolution. The IPU
video processes the data and transfers it to the controller board.
Then the controller stores the data in the page memory for the copier function, and
compresses the data in MMR (by software) to store it in the HDD. If image rotation
will be done, the image is rotated in the page memory before compression.
For transmission, the stored image data is transferred to the FCU. The FCU
decompresses the image data, then recompresses and/or reduces the data if
necessary for transmission. The NCU transmits the data to the line.
B819/B820 142 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FAX COMMUNICATION FEATURES
The documents can be stored in the HDD (Document Server) from the fax
application. The stored documents in the document sever can be used for the fax
transmission many times. More than one document and the scanned document
can be combined into one file and then the file can be transmitted.
When using the document server, the SAF memory is not used.
• The document is compressed with MMR and stored.
• Up to 9,000 pages can be stored. (1 file: Up to 1,000 pages) from the fax
application.
• Only stored documents from the fax application can be transmitted.
• Scanned documents are given a name automatically, such as “FAX001”. But it is
possible to change the file name, user name and password.
• Up to 30 files can be selected at once.
NOTE: 1) The compression method of the fax application is different from the copy
application. The storing time is longer than the copier storing.
2) When selecting “Print 1st page”, the stored document will be reduced to
A4 size.
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
4.4.3 INTERNET MAIL COMMUNICATION
Unit Type
7500
Mail Transmission
This machine supports T.37 full mode. (ITU-, RFC232). The difference between
T.37 simple mode and full mode is as follows.
200 x100
200 x 100 200 x 200
Resolution
200 x 200 200 x 400
400 x 400 (if available)
SM 143 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FAX COMMUNICATION FEATURES
Data Formats
The scanned data is converted into a TIFF-F formatted file.
The fields of the e-mail and their contents are as follows:
Field Content
Multipart/mixed
Content Type
Attached files: image/tiff
In this case this feature destination e-mail address (gts@ricoh.co.jp) is read as the
SMTP server address "gts.abcd.com" and the transmissions bypass the SMTP
server.
Selectable Options
These options are available for selection:
• With the default settings, the scan resolution can be either standard or detail.
Inch-mm conversion before TX depends on IFAX SW01 Bit 7. Detail resolution
will be used if Super Fine resolution is selected, unless Fine resolution is enabled
with IFAX SW01.
• The requirements for originals (document size, scan width, and memory
capacity) are the same as for G3 fax memory TX.
• The default compression is TIFF-F format.
• IFAX SW00: Acceptable paper widths for sending
• IFAX SW09: Maximum number of attempts to the same destination
B819/B820 144 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FAX COMMUNICATION FEATURES
Mail Reception
This machine supports three types of e-mail reception:
• POP3 (Post Office Protocol Ver. 3.)
• IMAP4 (Internet Messaging Access Protocol)
• SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol)
For details: Core Technology Manual – Facsimile Processes – Faxing from a PC –
Internet/LAN Fax Boards – Mail Reception
POP3/IMAP4 Mail Reception Procedure
The machine automatically picks up e-mail from the server at an interval which is
adjustable in the range 2 to 1440 min. in 1-minute steps: User Tools> System
Settings> File Transfer> E-mail Reception Interval
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
SMTP Reception
Unit Type
7500
• The IFAX must be registered as an SMTP server in the MX record of the DNS
server, and the address of the received mail must specify the IFAX.
• Enable SMTP reception: User Tools> System Settings> File Transfer> Reception
Protocol
Even if the MX record on the DNS server includes the IFAX, mail cannot be
received with SMTP until SMTP reception is enabled:
However, if SMTP reception is selected and the machine is not registered in the
MX record of the DNS server, then either IMAP4 or POP3 is used, depending on
the setting: User Tools> System Settings> File Transfer> Reception Protocol
Mail Delivery Conditions: Transferring Mail Received With SMTP
1. The machine must be set up for SMTP mail delivery: User Tools> Facsimile
Features> E-mail Settings> SMTP RX File Delivery Settings
2. If the user wishes to limit this feature so that the machine will only deliver mail
from designated senders, the machine’s “Auth. E-mail RX” feature must be set
(User Tools> Facsimile Features> E-mail Settings> SMTP RX File Delivery
Settings).
3. If the “SMTP RX File Delivery Setting” is set to 0 to prohibit SMTP receiving,
and if there is mail designated for delivery, then the machine responds with an
error. (User Tools> Facsimile Features> E-mail Settings> SMTP RX File
Delivery Settings)
4. If the quick dial, speed dial, or group dial entry is incorrect, the mail
transmission is lost, and the IFAX issues an error to the SMTP server and
outputs an error report.
SM 145 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FAX COMMUNICATION FEATURES
Auth. E-mail RX
In order to limit access to mail delivery with IFAX, the addresses of senders must
be limited using the Access Limit Entry. Only one entry can be registered.
1. Access Limit Entry
For example, to limit access to @IFAX.ricoh.co.jp:
gts@IFAX.ricoh.co.jp Matches and is delivered.
2. Conditions
• The length of the Access Limit Entry is limited to 127 characters.
• If the Access Limit Entry address and the mail address of the incoming mail
do not match, the incoming mail is discarded and not delivered, and the
SMTP server responds with an error. However, in this case an error report is
not output.
• If the Access Limit Entry address is not registered, and if the incoming mail
specifies a delivery destination, then the mail is delivered unconditionally.
Handling Mail Reception Errors
Abnormal files
When an error of this type occurs, the machine stops receiving and commands the
server to erase the message. Then the machine prints an error report and sends
information about the error by e-mail to the sender address (specified in the “From”
or “Reply-to” field of the message). If there is an incomplete received message in
the machine memory, it will be erased.
The machine prints an error message when it fails to send the receive error
notification after a certain number of attempts.
The following types of files are judged to be abnormal if one or more of the
following are detected:
1. Unsupported MIME headers.
Supported types of MIME header
Header Supported Types
B819/B820 146 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FAX COMMUNICATION FEATURES
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
The fields of the e-mail and their contents are as follows:
Unit Type
7500
Field Content
Multipart/mixed
Content-Type
Text/Plain (for a text part), image/tiff (for attached files)
Content-Transfer-
Base 64, 7-Bit, 8-bit, Quoted Printable
Encoding
SM 147 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FAX COMMUNICATION FEATURES
Subject
--- Entry Condition
Entry
1. “CSI” (“RTI”)
Fax Message No.
2. “RTI” CSI not registered +
No Subject File No.
Entry 3. “CSI” RTI not registered
RTI or CSI of
the station
Mail delivery
designated
Mail for delivery
delivery,
memory RTI or CSI of Mail sending from G3
sender memory Fax Message No. +
transfer, From
File Number
SMTP
receiving Mail address
Memory sending
and delivery of sender
Mail error
--- Error Message No. xxxx From CSI (RTI)
notification
B819/B820 148 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FAX COMMUNICATION FEATURES
E-mail Messages
After entering the subject, you can enter a message with:
Sub TX Mode> E-mail Options
An e-mail message (up to 5 lines) can be pre-registered with: User Tools> System
Settings> File Transfer> Program/Change/Delete E-mail Message
Limitations on Entries
Item Maximum
G3 Interface
Name Length 20 characters
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
7500
Message Disposition Notification (MDN)
For details: Core Technology Manual – Facsimile Processes – Faxing from a PC –
Internet/LAN Fax Boards – E-mail Options
The network system administrator can confirm whether a sent mail has been
received correctly or not. This function is enabled only when "I-FAX switch 02 Bit 4"
is set to "1"This confirmation is done in four steps.
1. Send request for confirmation of mail reception. To enable or disable this
request (known as MDN):
2. Sub TX Mode> E-mail Options
3. Mail reception (receive confirmation request)
4. Send confirmation of mail reception
5. Receive confirmation of mail reception
The other party’s machine will not respond to the request unless the two
conditions below are met:
• The other party’s machine must be set up to respond to the confirmation
request.
• The other party’s machine must support MDN (Message Disposition
Notification).
SM 149 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FAX COMMUNICATION FEATURES
Handling Reports
1. Sending a Request for a Return Receipt by Mail
2. After the mail sender transmits a request for a return receipt, the mail sender’s
journal is annotated with two hyphens (--) in the Result column and a “Q” in the
Mode column.
3. Mail Receipt (Request for Receipt Confirmation) and Sending Mail Receipt
Response
4. After the mail receiver sends a response to the request for a return receipt, the
mail receiver’s journal is annotated with two hyphens (--) in the Result column
and an “A” in the Mode column.
5. Receiving the Return Receipt Mail
• After the mail sender receives a return receipt, the information in the mail
sender’s journal about the receipt request is replaced, i.e. the journal is
annotated with “OK” in the Result column.
• When the return receipt reports an error, the journal is annotated with an
“E” in the Result column.
• The arrival of the return receipt is not recorded in the journal as a separate
communication. Its arrival is only reported by the presence of “OK” or “E” in
the Result column.
• If the mail address used by the sender specifies a mailing list (i.e., a Group
destination; the machine sends the mail to more than one location. See “How
to set up Mail Delivery”), the Result column of the Journal is updated every
time a return receipt is received. For example, if the mailing list was to 5
destinations, the Result column indicates the result of the communication
with the 5th destination only. The results of the communications to the first 4
destinations are not shown.
• Exceptions: If one of the communications had an error, the Result column
will indicate E, even if subsequent communications were OK.
• If two of the communications had an error, the Journal will indicate the
destination for the first error only.
B819/B820 150 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
IP-FAX
Report Sample
4.5 IP-FAX
4.5.1 WHAT IS IP-FAX?
For details: Core Technology Manual – Facsimile Processes – Faxing from a PC –
Internet/LAN Fax Boards – IP-FAX
T.38 Packet Format
TCP is selected by default for this machine, but you can change this to UDP with
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Unit Type
IPFAX SW 00 Bit 1.
7500
UDP Related Switches
IP-Fax Switch 01
Select IP FAX Delay Level Raise the level by selecting a higher setting
if too many transmission errors are
Bit3 Bit2 Bit1 Bit0 Setting occurring on the network.
0 0 0 0 Level 0 If TCP/UDP is enabled on the network, raise
this setting on the T.30 machine. Increasing
0-3 0 0 0 1 Level 1 the delay time allows the recovery of more
lost packets.
0 0 1 0 Level 2 If only UDP is enabled, increase the number
of redundant packets.
0 0 1 1 Level 3 Level 1~2: 3 Redundant packets
Level 3: 4 Redundant packets
Settings
User parameter switch 34 (22[H]), bit 0
IP-Fax Gate Keeper usage 0: No, 1: Yes
IP Fax Switches: Various IP-FAX settings (see the bit switch table)
SM 151 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
5. SPECIFICATIONS
5.1 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
5.1.1 FCU
Type: Desktop type transceiver
G3
8 x 3.85 lines/mm (Standard)
8 x 7.7 lines/mm (Detail)
8 x 15.4 line/mm (Fine) See Note1
16 x15.4 line/mm (Super Fine) See Note 1
Resolution: 200 x 100 dpi (Standard)
200 x 200 dpi (Detail)
400 x 400 dpi (Super Fine) See Note 1
NOTE: Optional Expansion Memory required
G3: 33600/31200/28800/26400/24000/21600/
Data Rate: 19200/16800/14400/12000/9600/7200/4800/2400 bps
Automatic fallback
B819/B820 152 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
ECM: 128 KB
SAF
Standard: 4 MB
With optional Expansion Memory: 28 MB (4 MB+ 24 MB)
Memory Capacity:
Page Memory
Standard: 4 MB (Print: 2 MB + Scanner: 2 MB)
With optional Expansion Memory: 12 MB (4 MB + 8 MB)
(Print 8 MB + Scanner: 4 MB)
Item Standard
Groups 100
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
Destinations dialed from the ten-key pad overall 500
Unit Type
7500
Programs 100
Auto Document 6
Specific Senders 30
The following table shows how the capabilities of the document memory will
change after the Expansion Memory are installed.
Memory Transmission
400 400
file
Maximum number of
page for memory 1000 1000
transmission
SM 153 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
IFAX SPECIFICATIONS
Document Size: NOTE: To use B4 and A3 width, IFAX SW00 Bit 1 (B4) and/or Bit
2 (A3) must be set to “1”.
Single/multi-part
E-mail File
MIME conversion
Format:
Image: TIFF-F (MH, MR, MMR)
Transmission:
SMTP, TCP/IP
Protocol:
Reception:
POP3, SMTP, IMAP4, TCP/IP
100 Mbps(100base-Tx)
Data Rate:
10 Mbps (10base-T)
SMTP-AUTH
Authentication
POP before SMTP
Method:
A-POP
B819/B820 154 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
IP-FAX SPECIFICATIONS
Compatible
IP-Fax compatible machines
G3 Interface
(B819/B820)
Fax Option/
machines:
Unit Type
7500
Specify IP address and send fax to an IP-Fax compatible fax
IP-Fax transmission through a network.
function: Also capable of sending fax from a G3 fax connected to the
public telephone lines via a VoIP gateway.
SM 155 B819/B820
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
B064/B065/B140/B141/B142/
B143/B163/B228/G126
PARTS CATALOG
001361MIU
B064/B065/B140/B141/B142/
B143/B163/B228/G126
PARTS CATALOG
001361MIU
All product names, domain names or product illustrations, including desktop images,
used in this document are trademarks, registered trademarks or the property of their
respective companies.
They are used throughout this book in an informational or editorial fashion only and for
the benefit of such companies. No such use, or the use of any trade name, or web
site is intended to convey endorsement or other affiliation with Ricoh products.
LEGEND
PRODUCT CODE COMPANY
GESTETNER LANIER RICOH SAVIN
B064 6002 LD060 Aficio 1060 2560
B065 7502 LD075 Aficio 1075 2575
B140 DSm660 LD160 Aficio 2060 4060
B141 DSm675 LD175 Aficio 2075 4075
B142 DSm660 SP LD160 SP Aficio 2060 SP 4060 SP
B143 DSm675 SP LD175 SP Aficio 2075 SP 4075 SP
B163 DSm651 LD151 Aficio 2051 4051
B228 DSm651 SP LD151 SP Aficio 2051 SP 4051 SP
G126 P7575 LP175hdn AP900 MLP75n
A812 Punch Unit Type 850
B328 Copy Connector Cable Type 2105
B377 Punch Kit Type 1045
B452 Key Counter Bracket Type 1027
B468/B469 3000-Sheet Finisher SR850/SR860
B470 Cover Interposer Tray Type 1075
B471 Mail Box CS390
B473/B474/B475 LCT RT43/8½”x14” Paper Size Tray Type 1075/A3/11”x17” Tray Unit Type 1075
B476 Copy Tray Type 1075
B478 3000-Sheet Finisher SR840
B513 Jogger Unit Type 1075
B531 Punch Unit Type 1075/1090
B659/B581/B582/B735 Printer/Scanner Unit Type 2075/IEEE1394/IEEE802.11B/Security Unit
B660 Z-Folding Unit Type 2105
B674 3000-Sheet Finisher SR861
B706 3000-Sheet Finisher SR841
G338/G339/G336/B525 Printer/Scanner Kit Type 1075/IEEE1394/IEEE802.11B
DOCUMENTATION HISTORY
REV. NO. DATE COMMENTS
* 06/2002 Original Printing
1 11/2002 B478, B513, B531 Additions
2 11/2004 B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228 Addition
3 05/2005 G126 Addition
B064/B065/B140/B141/B142/
B143/B163/B228/G126
TABLE OF CONTENTS
B377 PUNCH KIT TYPE 1045 PARTS LOCATION AND 14.UPPER PAPER EXIT (B468/B469) ................... 32
LIST 15.LOWER PAPER EXIT 1 (B468/B469) ............... 34
1.PUNCH KIT TYPE 1045 (B377) .......................... 2 16.LOWER PAPER EXIT 2 (B468/B469) ............... 36
17.DRIVE SECTION 1 (B468/B469)....................... 38
B377 PUNCH KIT TYPE 1045 PARTS INDEX 18.DRIVE SECTION 2 (B468/B469)....................... 40
PARTS INDEX.......................................................... 2 19.ELECTRICAL SECTION (B468/B469) .............. 42
20.FRAME SECTION (B468/B469) ........................ 44
B452 KEY COUNTER BRACKET TYPE 1027 PARTS 21.MAIN CONTROL BOARD (B468)...................... 46
LOCATION AND LIST 22.MAIN CONTROL BOARD (B469)...................... 52
1.KEY COUNTER BRACKET (B452) ..................... 2 23.DECAL AND DOCUMENTS (B468/B469)......... 58
B452 KEY COUNTER BRACKET TYPE 1027 PARTS B468/B469 3000-SHEET FINISHER SR850/SR860 PARTS
INDEX INDEX
PARTS INDEX.......................................................... 2 PARTS INDEX .......................................................... 2
B468/B469 3000-SHEET FINISHER SR850/SR860 PARTS B470 COVER INTERPOSER TRAY TYPE 1075 PARTS
LOCATION AND LIST LOCATION AND LIST
LOCATION OF UNIT................................................ 2 1.EXTERIOR (B470) ............................................... 2
1.EXTERIOR (B468/B469) ..................................... 6 2.ORIGINAL FEED 1 (B470) .................................. 4
2.PAPER TRANSFER (B468/B469) ....................... 8 3.ORIGINAL FEED 2 (B470) .................................. 6
3.SHIFT TRANSFER SECTION 1 (B468/B469).... 10 4.ORIGINAL FEED 3 (B470) .................................. 8
4.SHIFT TRANSFER SECTION 2 (B468/B469).... 12 5.TRANSPORT SECTION (B470) ......................... 10
5.SHIFT TRANSFER SECTION 3 (B468/B469).... 14 6.ELECTRICAL AND DRIVE (B470) ..................... 12
6.STAPLE TRANSFER SECTION 1 (B468/B469) 16 7.DECAL AND DOCUMENTS (B470) ................... 14
7.STAPLE TRANSFER SECTION 2 (B468/B469) 18
8.STAPLE TRAY 1 (B468/B469) ........................... 20 B470 COVER INTERPOSER TRAY TYPE 1075 PARTS
9.STAPLE TRAY 2 (B468/B469) ........................... 22 INDEX
10.STAPLE TRAY 3 (B468/B469) .......................... 24 PARTS INDEX .......................................................... 2
11.STAPLE TRAY 4 (B468/B469) .......................... 26
12.PAPER CRIMP SECTION 1 (B468/B469)......... 28 B471 MAIL BOX CS390 PARTS LOCATION AND LIST
13.PAPER CRIMP SECTION 2 (B468/B469)......... 30 1.EXTERIOR (B471) ............................................... 2
2.PAPER EXIT 1 (B471) ......................................... 4 B476 COPY TRAY TYPE 1075 PARTS INDEX
3.PAPER EXIT 2 (B471) ......................................... 6 PARTS INDEX .......................................................... 2
4.PAPER EXIT 3 (B471) ......................................... 8
5.DECAL AND DOCUMENTS (B471) ................... 10 B478 3000-SHEET FINISHER SR840 PARTS LOCATION AND
LIST
B471 MAIL BOX CS390 PARTS INDEX LOCATION OF UNIT ................................................ 2
PARTS INDEX .......................................................... 2 1.EXTERIOR (B478) ............................................... 6
2.STAPLE TRAY 1 (B478) ...................................... 8
B473/B474/B475 LCT RT43/8½”x14” PAPER SIZE TRAY 3.STAPLE TRAY 2 (B478) ..................................... 10
TYPE 1075/A3/11”x17” TRAY UNIT TYPE 1075 PARTS 4.STAPLE TRAY 3 (B478) ..................................... 12
LOCATION AND LIST 5.STAPLE TRAY 4 (B478) ..................................... 14
1.EXTERIOR (B473)............................................... 2 6.STAPLER UNIT (B478)....................................... 16
2.PAPER FEED 1 (B473) ....................................... 4 7.STAPLE TRANSPORT 1 (B478) ........................ 18
3.PAPER FEED 2 (B473) ....................................... 6 8.STAPLE TRANSPORT 2 (B478) ........................ 20
4.TRAY DRIVE 1 (B473)......................................... 8 9.STAPLE TRANSPORT 3 (B478) ........................ 22
5.TRAY DRIVE 2 (B473)........................................ 10 10.STAPLE TRANSPORT 4 (B478) ....................... 24
6.TRAY DRIVE 3 (B473)........................................ 12 11.TRANSPORT SECTION 1 (B478) ..................... 26
7.TRAY EXTENSION KIT (B474) .......................... 14 12.TRANSPORT SECTION 2 (B478) ..................... 28
8.A3 PAPER TRAY KIT 1 (B475) .......................... 16 13.PAPER EXIT SECTION 1 (B478) ...................... 30
9.A3 PAPER TRAY KIT 2 (B475) .......................... 18 14.PAPER EXIT SECTION 2 (B478) ...................... 32
10.MAIN CONTROL BOARD (B473)...................... 20 15.PAPER EXIT SECTION 3 (B478) ...................... 34
11.DECALS AND DOCUMENTS (B473/B475) ...... 22 16.PAPER EXIT SECTION 4 (B478) ...................... 36
17.DRIVE SECTION (B478) ................................... 38
B473/B474/B475 LCT RT43/8½”x14” PAPER SIZE TRAY 18.ELECTRICAL SECTION (B478) ........................ 40
TYPE 1075/A3/11”x17” TRAY UNIT TYPE 1075 PARTS 19.FRAME SECTION 1 (B478)............................... 42
INDEX 20.FRAME SECTION 2 (B478)............................... 44
PARTS INDEX .......................................................... 2 21.DECAL AND DOCUMENT (B478)..................... 46
B476 COPY TRAY TYPE 1075 PARTS LOCATION AND B478 3000-SHEET FINISHER SR840 PARTS INDEX
LIST PARTS INDEX .......................................................... 2
1.COPY TRAY TYPE 1075 (B476)......................... 2
B513 JOGGER UNIT TYPE 1075 PARTS LOCATION AND 5.FOLDER SECTION 2 (B660) ............................. 10
LIST 6.FOLDER SECTION 3 (B660) ............................. 12
1.JOGGER UNIT (B513) ........................................ 2 7.FOLDER SECTION 4 (B660) ............................. 14
8.FOLDER SECTION 5 (B660) ............................. 16
B513 JOGGER UNIT TYPE 1075 PARTS INDEX 9.FOLDER SECTION 6 (B660) ............................. 18
PARTS INDEX.......................................................... 2 10.DRIVE SECTION (B660) ................................... 20
11.ELECTRICAL SECTION (B660)........................ 22
B531 PUNCH UNIT TYPE 1075/1090 PARTS LOCATION 12.FRAME SECTION (B660).................................. 24
AND LIST
1.PUNCH UNIT (B531)........................................... 2 B660 Z-FOLDING UNIT TYPE 2105 PARTS INDEX
PARTS INDEX.......................................................... 2
B531 PUNCH UNIT TYPE 1075/1090 PARTS INDEX
PARTS INDEX.......................................................... 2 B674 3000-SHEET FINISHER SR861 PARTS LOCATION
AND LIST
B659/B581/B582/B735 PRINTER/SCANNER UNIT TYPE LOCATION OF UNIT................................................ 2
2075/IEEE1394/IEEE802.11B/SECURITY UNIT PARTS 1.EXTERIOR (B674)............................................... 6
LOCATION AND LIST 2.PAPER TRANSFER (B674)................................. 8
1.PRINTER/SCANNER/IEEE1394/IEEE802.11B 3.SHIFT TRANSFER SECTION 1 (B674) ............. 10
SECURITY UNIT ................................................. 2 4.SHIFT TRANSFER SECTION 2 (B674) ............. 12
5.SHIFT TRANSFER SECTION 3 (B674) ............. 14
B659/B581/B582/B735 PRINTER/SCANNER UNIT TYPE 6.STAPLE TRANSFER SECTION 1 (B674).......... 16
2075/IEEE1394/IEEE802.11B/SECURITY UNIT PARTS 7.STAPLE TRANSFER SECTION 2 (B674).......... 18
INDEX 8.STAPLE TRAY 1 (B674)..................................... 20
PARTS INDEX.......................................................... 2 9.STAPLE TRAY 2 (B674)..................................... 22
10.STAPLE TRAY 3 (B674).................................... 24
B660 Z-FOLDING UNIT TYPE 2105 PARTS LOCATION 11.STAPLE TRAY 4 (B674).................................... 26
AND LIST 12.STAPLE TRAY 5 (B674).................................... 28
1.EXTERIOR (B660)............................................... 2 13.PAPER CRIMP SECTION 1 (B674) .................. 30
2.PAPER TRANSFER 1 (B660) ............................. 4 14.PAPER CRIMP SECTION 2 (B674) .................. 32
3.PAPER TRANSFER 2 (B660) ............................. 6 15.UPPER PAPER EXIT (B674) ............................ 34
4.FOLDER SECTION 1 (B660) .............................. 8 16.LOWER PAPER EXIT 1 (B674)......................... 36
B064/B065/B140/B141/B142/
B143/B163/B228/G126
PARTS LOCATION AND LIST
This section instructs you as to the numbers and names of parts on this machine.
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
1. EXTERIOR 1 2. EXTERIOR 2 3. OPERATION PANEL
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
7. DF ORIGINAL TRANSFER 1 8. DF ORIGINAL TRANSFER 2 9. DF ORIGINAL TRANSFER 3
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
13. DF DRIVE/ELECTRICAL 2 14. DF FRAME SECTION 15. OPTICS SECTION 1
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
19. LASER UNIT 20. TANDEM TRAY 1 21. TANDEM TRAY 2
22. TANDEM TRAY 3 23. UNIVERSAL TRAY 24. BY-PASS FEED TRAY
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
25. PAPER FEED UNIT 1 26. PAPER FEED UNIT 2 27. VERTICAL TRANSPORT
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
31. TONER HOPPER SECTION 32. TONER SUPPLY UNIT 33. DEVELOPMENT UNIT 1
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
37. PCU 3 38. PCU 4 39. TRANSFER BELT UNIT 1
40. TRANSFER BELT UNIT 2 41. FUSING UNIT 1 42. FUSING UNIT 2
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
43. FUSING UNIT 3 (B064/B065) 44. FUSING UNIT 3 45. FUSING UNIT 4 (B064/B065)
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
46. FUSING UNIT 4 47. PAPER EXIT SECTION 1 48. PAPER EXIT SECTION 2
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
49. PAPER EXIT SECTION 3 50. DUPLEX UNIT 1 51. DUPLEX UNIT 2
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
55. DRIVE SECTION 1 56. DRIVE SECTION 2 57. TONER COLLECTION
58. ELECTRICAL SECTION 1 59. ELECTRICAL SECTION 2 (B064/B065) 60. ELECTRICAL SECTION 3
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
61. ELECTRICAL SECTION 4 62. ELECTRICAL SECTION 5 63. ELECTRICAL SECTION 6
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
67. UPPER FRAME 2 68. UPPER FRAME 3 69. LOWER FRAME 1
1.EXTERIOR 1
32
14
35 28 13
31
36 33 29
104
15
104
30
104
18
102
2 17 101
4
16
6
102 3
1
19
5 103 103
20
26
105 25
12 104
102
20 106
7
102 104
8 10 104
105 23
22 21 24
102
34 27
9
101 104
11
2.EXTERIOR 2
B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228
26 36
101
16
12 17 19
18
9
105 101
20 103
7
15 25
24
106 14 102
13 23
104 106 101
101
104
106 21
22 28
27 11 12 26
101
10 29
6 101
8
101
101
5 12 101
35 30 32
4
101
3 31 101
2
1
33
101 34
2.EXTERIOR 2
Index Q’ty Per Index Q’ty Per
Part No. Description Part No. Description
No. Assembly No. Assembly
1 B065 3689 Toner Collection Bottle Bracket 1 29 B065 1343 NCU Cap 1
2 A096 3712 Ratch 1 30 B065 1303 LCT Cover 1
3 B065 3681 Toner Collection Bottle 1 31 B065 1310 Upper Right Cover 1
4 AA00 0059 Caution Decal - English 1 32 B065 1333 Lower Right Cover 1
4 AA00 0550 Caution Decal - CHN 1 33 B065 1341 Connector Cap 2
5 A007 3751 Large Cap - Toner Collection Tank 1 34 B065 1342 Coupling Cap 1
6 B065 1334 Lower Left Cover 1 35 AA15 2315 Tank Seal 1
7 B065 4480 Decal - Cover 1 36 B140 1309 Control Board Louver 1
8 B065 1344 G4 Cap 1 (B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
9 B065 1304 Upper Left Cover (B064/B065) 1
9 B140 1304 Left Upper Cover 1
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
10 B065 1311 Upper Left Cover 1
11 B477 4391 Decal - Exposure Glass Cleaning 1
12 AA14 3416 Stepped Screw - M4x3 4
13 B065 1312 Operation Inner Cover 1
14 AX64 0110 Axial Fan - Mm40 24V 1
15 B065 1345 Fan Bracket 1
16 B065 1309 Upper Rear Cover 1
17 AA15 2701 Duct Seal 1
18 AA01 2128 Machine Or Copier Filter 1
19 B065 1332 Louver 1
20 B065 1243 Operation Panel Inner Cover 1
21 B065 1305 Upper Rear Cover (B064/B065) 1
21 B140 1305 Rear Upper Cover 1
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
22 AA01 0108 Ozone Filter 1
23 AA01 0114 Front Ozone Filter 1
24 A293 1332 Duct Holder 1
25 B065 1237 Exhaust Cover Duct 1 101 0451 4010N Tapping Screw - 4x10
26 B065 1308 Lower Rear Cover (B064/B065) 1 102 0450 3008N Tapping Screw - M3x8
26 B140 1308 Rear Lower Cover 1 103 0451 3012N Tapping Screw - 3x12
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228) 104 0313 0100N Philips Pan Head Screw - M3x10
27 B065 1244 Upper Left Cover 1 105 0450 4008N Tapping Screw - 4x8
28 B065 1302 Upper Right Cover 1 106 0451 4008N Philips Tapping Screw - M4x8
5 12
10 104
6 11 13
7
14
103
102
8
2 9
3 101
105
101
3.OPERATION PANEL
2 1
27
3 24
26
25
23
5 15
14
13
16
101 9
8 4
10 17
20 18
101 10
19
9 22
11 21
101
101 12
7
101
6
101
101 101
4.DF EXTERIOR
8
102
12
102
7
102 6
102
102
5
102
101
11
9
1 3
101
2
10
10
4 102
4
4
4
102
106 15
101
5 8 11
9 20 103
6 19
10 16
7 20
104 107
21 17
104 19
22 18
23
13
6 25 24
102 5
4
102 101
3 27 26
2
22
29
28
1 103
12.DF DRIVE/ELECTRICAL 1
12.DF DRIVE/ELECTRICAL 1
Index Q’ty Per Index Q’ty Per
Part No. Description Part No. Description
No. Assembly No. Assembly
1 B477 3711 Paper Feed Motor 1 101 0451 4006N Tapping Screw - 4x6
2 B477 3115 Paper Feed Motor Stay 1 102 0451 3006N Tapping Screw - M3x6
3 B477 3111 Paper Feed Motor Bracket 1 103 0632 0120G Parallel Pin - 2x12
4 AA06 0842 Tension Spring 1 104 0720 0040E Retaining Ring - M4
5 B477 3163 Gear - 50Z 1 105 0720 0060E Retaining Ring - M6
6 B477 3161 Gear - 37Z 1 106 1105 0310 Harness Clamp - LWS-1S
7 B477 3151 Gear - 31Z 1 107 1105 0511 Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC
8 A548 2139 Pulley 2
9 5447 2681 Snap Ring 3
10 B477 3121 Separation Roller Shaft 1
11 B477 3123 Gear - 24Z 1
12 A806 2244 Separation Shaft Stopper 1
13 AW02 0075 Photointerruptor 1
14 A859 2230 Ball Bearing - 6x13x5 4
15 B477 3820 Timing Belt 1
16 5053 0447 Bushing - 6mm 2
17 B477 3811 Timing Belt 1
18 B477 3145 Pulley 1
19 B477 3181 Paper Feed Drive Bracket 1
20 A680 2262 Feeler - Pick-up Roller Cam 1
21 B477 3251 Pick-up Roller Cam 1
22 B477 3141 Gear - 23Z 1
23 B477 3812 Timing Belt 1
24 B477 3143 Gear - 20Z 1
25 AX04 0096 Stepping Motor - DC 18W 1
26 B477 3177 Pulley 1
27 B477 3173 Pulley 1
28 B477 3821 Timing Belt 1
29 B477 3813 Timing Belt 1
30 B477 3171 Pulley 1
31 B301 2141 Pulley - 39Z 1
13.DF DRIVE/ELECTRICAL 2
109
3 4 101
5 108
6
7
101 101
1 101
37
9
2 10
8 101
101
19
107 101 18 20
11 101
22
101 16 20
17
104
23
14
101 24
21
104 28
12 17 101 35
15 34
101 30
103 25
26
101 27 101
103 102 29
36
13 33
32
102 101 31 33
106 105
101
13.DF DRIVE/ELECTRICAL 2
Index Q’ty Per Index Q’ty Per
Part No. Description Part No. Description
No. Assembly No. Assembly
1 B477 5751 Interface Harness 1 36 B477 5761 CIS Harness 1
2 A680 1171 Harness Holder 1 37 B477 5515 Main ROM 1
3 B477 5601 Registration Sensor Harness 1
4 B477 5611 Detection Sensor Harness 1
5 B477 5621 Original Sensor Harness 1
6 B477 5731 ADF-CIS Harness 1
7 B477 5711 Pick-up Motor Harness 1
8 B477 5581 ADF Main Control Board Ass'y 1
9 B477 5691 Paper Feed Motor Harness 1
10 B477 5721 CIS Harness 1
11 B477 3731 Exit Motor 1
12 A697 1125 Stepped Screw - Lever 1
13 B477 3721 Scanning Motor 1
14 B477 3215 Scanning Motor Stay 1
15 B477 3211 Scanning Motor Bracket 1
16 AA06 0846 Tension Spring 1
17 B477 3217 Pulley 2
18 B477 3815 Timing Belt 1
19 B477 3818 Timing Belt 1
20 5936 2321 Rubber Bushing - Vibration Damper 2
21 B477 3814 Timing Belt 1
22 B477 3816 Timing Belt 1
23 A806 2285 Gear - Z20/Z47 1
24 A806 2287 Gear - Z20/Z47 1
25 A806 2283 Gear - Z20/Z47 2
26 A806 2161 Timing Pulley - T30/Z20 S2M/M0.8 1
27 AA13 2152 Spacer - 8x20x1 1 101 0451 3006N Tapping Screw - M3x6
28 A806 4117 Timing Belt - B40S2M158 1 102 1607 0623 Ferrite Core - TFC-16-8-13
29 B477 2332 Motor Bracket 1 103 0451 4006N Tapping Screw - 4x6
30 A806 2911 Stepper Motor Ass`y - DC 13W 1 104 0720 0040E Retaining Ring - M4
31 B477 4141 Spring - 12.6n 1 105 0720 0060E Retaining Ring - M6
32 5215 2621 Snap Ring - M6 1 106 0353 0050N Philips Truss Head Screw - M3x5
33 B477 3175 Pulley 2 107 1105 0310 Harness Clamp - LWS-1S
34 5419 5714 Stepped Screw - M4 1 108 1107 0884 Fuse - 5A 250V
35 B477 3231 Tighter 1 109 1607 0622 Ferrite Core TFC16816
15.OPTICS SECTION 1
10
11
Option 107
102 106
9 12 22
106
106
102
13 106
8
8 15
14
5
8 8 106
103
4 19 18
6 23 8
105
5 101 17
8 104 106
20 105
101 104
23
20
20 104
3
101
20
101
2
102 21
1 16
15.OPTICS SECTION 1
Index Q’ty Per Index Q’ty Per
Part No. Description Part No. Description
No. Assembly No. Assembly
1 AW01 0034 Original Width Sensor 1 101 0353 0040N Screw - M3X4
2 AA15 0704 Seal - 90x29.5x0.2 1 102 0353 0060N Philips Pan Head Screw - M3x6
3 B065 1787 Scale Bracket 1 103 0450 3008N Tapping Screw - M3x8
4 B065 1782 Seal 1 104 0353 0080N Screw - M3X8
5 B065 1784 Ground Plate 2 105 0354 0080N Screw - M4X8
6 BC01 2003 Sheet Through Exposure Glass 1 106 0451 4008N Philips Tapping Screw - M4x8
7 B065 1772 Left Scale 1 107 0453 3006N Tapping Screw - M3x6
8 AA14 3520 Shoulder Screw - M3 6
9 AX40 0063 Anticondensation Heater - 120V 9W 1
9 AX40 0064 Anticondensation Heater - 230V 9W 1
10 B065 1775 Sheet Through Scale (LT) 1
10 B065 1776 Sheet Through Scale (A4) 1
11 B065 1779 Decal - Scale (LT) 1
11 B065 1778 Decal - Scale (A4) 1
12 A628 3112 Shielding Sheet 1
13 AC01 2067 Exposure Glass 1
14 B065 1093 ADF Bracket 2
15 B065 1070 Upper Front Stay 1
16 B065 1785 Right Stay 1
17 B065 1841 Inner Cover 1
18 AW01 0059 Original Sensor - H=1-66 2
19 B065 1788 Printing Rear Scale 1
20 5442 1924 Exposure Glass Cushion 4
21 B477 5741 Original Connecting Harness 1
22 B065 1843 Grounding Plate 1
23 B065 1773 Scale Bracket Seal 2
16.OPTICS SECTION 2
16.OPTICS SECTION 2
Index Q’ty Per Index Q’ty Per
Part No. Description Part No. Description
No. Assembly No. Assembly
1 B140 1691 Cover:Polygon Mirror Motor:Ass'y 1 101 1105 0516 Clamp
2 G029 1982 LD - Decal 1 102 0353 0060N Philips Pan Head Screw - M3x6
2 AA00 0250 LD - Decal (CHN) 1 103 0354 0080N Screw - M4X8
3 B065 1798 Filter:Duct:Scanner 1 104 0951 3008N Philips Screw With Flat Washer - M3x8
4 B065 1791 Left Scanner Duct 1 105 0451 4020N Tapping Screw - M4x20
5 B065 1801 Right Scanner Duct 1 106 1105 0306 Metal Clamp - Al-4
6 B065 1721 Image Scanning Board 1 107 1105 0516 Clamp
7 B140 5469 Harness - FFC SBU 15WICK/120mm 2 108 0451 4008N Philips Tapping Screw - M4x8
8 B140 5470 Harness - FFC SBU 40WICK/120mm 1 109 1105 0511 Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC
9 B065 1171 Development Fan Bracket 1
10 B065 1833 Harness Bracket 1
11 B065 1698 Development Cooling Duct 1
12 B065 5401 20p Cable - LVDS SBU 1
13 B065 5650 Scanner Unit Harness 1
14 B065 5405 LCDC Harness 1
15 B065 5195 VIB Board 1
16 B065 5501 VIB Power Source Harness 1
17 AX64 0135 Cooling Fan - 24V 2
18 B065 1172 Development Fan Harness 1
19 B065 1834 Insulating Sheet 1
17.OPTICS SECTION 3
17.OPTICS SECTION 3
Index Q’ty Per Index Q’ty Per
Part No. Description Part No. Description
No. Assembly No. Assembly
1 AB03 2717 Pulley - 26Z 4 101 0452 3006P Tapping Screw - M3x6
2 AA13 2174 Spacer - M8 2 102 0453 3006N Tapping Screw - M3x6
3 A096 1873 Scanner Shoe Pin 8 103 0954 4008N Philips Screw - M4x8
4 A293 1766 2nd Mirror Plate 4 104 0951 3006N Philips Screw With Flat Washer - M3x6
5 A069 1883 Shoe - Scanner 8 105 0954 3008N Philips Screw - M3x8
6 B065 1766 Second Mirror 2 106 0720 0060E Retaining Ring - M6
7 B065 1753 Adjusting Plate 1 107 0951 3006 Philips Screw With Flat Washer M3x6
8 B065 1751 2nd Scanner Unit 1
9 AX50 0081 Exposure Lamp 1
10 A294 1712 Rear Holder - Lamp 1
11 B065 1735 Reflector 1
12 B065 1736 Inverter Cover 1
13 B065 1741 Harness Guide 1
14 B065 1733 1st Scanner Front Side Plate 1
15 B065 1737 Clamp 2
16 B065 1740 Harness Plate 1
17 B065 1734 1st Scanner Rear Side Plate 1
18 B065 1743 1st Mirror 1
19 B065 1732 1st Scanner Frame 1
20 B065 1738 Spring Plate 2
21 B065 5610 1st Scanner Harness (B064/B065) 1
21 B140 5610 Harness - Scanner No.1 1
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
22 B065 5220 Relay Board 1
23 AZ50 0060 Exposure Lamp Inverter 1
24 B065 1742 Insulator 1
25 B065 1731 1st Scanner Unit (B064/B065) 1
25 B140 1731 Carriage No.1 Ass'y 1
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
18.OPTICS SECTION 4
10 11 12 105
29
105
9 103
103 103
107
103
1 8 14
103 13 16
3 106
1 15
107
109
110 2 17
102 103
103
110 103 5
109
101 103
101
104
4 18
103
7
103 6 20
104 30 19
2 19
102 110
101
5
21
26
7 28 22
103
103 108
27
103 19
23
18 24
103
101 108 23
25
18.OPTICS SECTION 4
Index Q’ty Per Index Q’ty Per
Part No. Description Part No. Description
No. Assembly No. Assembly
1 A293 1674 Front Slide Rail 2 101 0354 0080N Screw - M4X8
2 AB03 2717 Pulley - 26Z 2 102 0720 0060E Retaining Ring - M6
3 B065 1830 Scanner Board Guide 1 103 0353 0060N Philips Pan Head Screw - M3x6
4 B065 1831 Scanner Board Bracket 1 104 0314 0080N Philips Pan Head Screw - M4x8
5 B140 1715 Scanner Drive Wire 2 105 0314 0120N Philips Pan Head Screw - M4x12
6 B065 1713 Rear Wire Tension Bracket 1 106 0314 0060N Philips Pan Head Screw - M4x6
7 AA06 0221 Gripper Solenoid Spring 2 107 0354 0060N Screw - M4X6
8 B065 1685 Rear Frame 1 108 0805 3368 Ball Bearing - 8x16x5mm
9 B065 5454 HP Sensor Relay Harness 1 109 1105 0487 Harness Clamp
10 AW02 0056 Photointerruptor - EE-SX4235A-P1 1 110 1105 0489 Harness Clamp - LWS 1316
11 B065 1825 H.P. Sensor Bracket 1
12 A267 1820 Sheet - Photointerrupter 1
13 B065 5180 SDRD Board 1
14 B065 1706 Bracket - Scanner Motor 1
15 A134 1724 Cushion - Stepper Motor 1
16 B065 1708 Stepper Motor 1
17 AA06 0763 Tension Spring 1
18 B140 1680 Idle Pulley 2
19 B065 1718 Screw - M4X8 3
20 B065 1717 Timing Belt 1
21 AB03 0727 Pulley - 58Z 1
22 AB03 2070 Pulley 1
23 B065 1688 Lens Holder Block 2
24 B065 1711 Drive Shaft 1
25 AB03 2069 Pulley 1
26 B065 1712 Front Wire Tension Bracket 1
27 B065 1682 Front Frame 1
28 AA00 0250 LD - Decal (CHN/TWN) 1
28 G029 1982 LD - Decal 1
29 B065 5471 Grounding Wire 1
30 B140 1837 FFC Insulating Sheet 1
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
19.LASER UNIT
105 103
104 2 102 16 101
1
13 18
101
101 101
5
10 102 101 20
4 101
9 17
101 11 21
12 19
7 8 14
6 101
15 20
22
30
3
103
23
24
103
29 101 25
26
101
28 27
101
20.TANDEM TRAY 1
37 104 6 104 104 16
12
104 109
104 17
109
104 104
7 104
104
108
14
104 15 18
106 19
104 11
20
104 104 10
6 8 9 106
104 104
31 21
32 24
22
5 104 110
110
104 23
104
27
30 28 106
104 33 29
4
34 110 102 103
104 104
111
26 25
28 106
106
35 101
111
107 104
36
104
104
35
13
3
2
101
1
105
20.TANDEM TRAY 1
Index Q’ty Per Index Q’ty Per
Part No. Description Part No. Description
No. Assembly No. Assembly
1 B065 6630 Tandem Cover 1 20 AB03 3085 Timing Pulley - 15T 1
2 B065 6635 Decal - Paper Tray 1 1 21 AA14 0685 Shaft - Back Fence Slider 1
3 AW02 0008 Photointerruptor 1 22 A248 6623 Slider - Left Back Fence 1
4 A248 6646 Cover Bracket (B064/B065) 1 23 B065 6830 Pulley Bracket 1
4 B098 6646 Bracket:Cover:Tandem LCT (B140 Series) 1 24 AA04 3271 Timing Belt S3M196T 1
5 B065 6846 Decal - Paper Set - Left 1 25 A248 6615 Coupling Lever - Left 1
6 A293 6647 Support Bracket - End Fence (B064/B065) 2 26 A247 5428 DC Harness - Left 1
6 B098 6647 End Fence:Auxiliary (B140 Series) 2 27 AB03 3084 Timing Pulley - 15T 1
7 A248 6645 Side Plate - Left (B064/B065) 1 28 5053 0447 Bushing - 6mm 2
7 B098 6645 Side Plate:Tandem LCT:Left Sideways 1 29 AA14 0686 Shaft - Timing Pulley 1
(B140 Series) 30 AB01 9475 Gear - 48T 1
8 A293 6643 Side Fence - Left Front (B064/B065) 1 31 AA06 0759 Tension Spring 1
8 B098 6643 Side Fence:Tandem LCT:Left Front 1 32 B065 6821 Pulley Bracket 1
(B140 Series) 33 B070 6666 Left DC Motor Bracket 1
9 A293 6640 Tray Bottom Plate - Left Front (B064/B065) 1 34 AX04 0107 DC Motor - 19.2W 1
9 B098 6640 Tray Bottom Plate:Left Front (B140 Series) 1 35 AW02 0056 Photointerruptor - EE-SX4235A-P1 2
10 A248 6639 Tray Bottom Plate - Left Middle (B064/B065) 1 36 AB01 3798 Gear - Z18 1
10 B065 6833 Tray Bottom Plate -Left Middle 1 37 B065 6614 Left Tandem Tray Ass’y (B064/B065) 1
(KOR/CHN/TWN) 37 B140 6615 Tandem LCT:Left:Letter:Ass'y (B140 Series) 1
10 B098 6639 Tray Bottom Plate:Left Middle:Ass'y 1 37 B140 6603 Left Tandem LCT Ass'y (A4) (B140 Series) 1
(B140 Series)
11 A293 6642 Tray Bottom Plate - Left Rear (B064/B065) 1
11 B098 6642 Tray Bottom Plate:Left Rear (B140 Series) 1
12 A096 6678 Decal - Left Paper Set 1
12 B065 6879 Decal - Left Paper Set (KOR/CHN/TWN) 1 101 1105 0230 Clamp
13 B065 6831 Sensor Bracket 1 102 1105 0328 Harness Clamp - ES-0505
14 AA00 2010 Decal - Paper Level 1 103 0313 0080N Philips Pan Head Screw - M3x8
15 A293 6644 Side Fence - Left Rear (B064/B065) 1 104 0434 0060N Pan Head Self-tapping Screw - M4x6
15 B098 6644 Side Fence:Tandem LCT:Left Rear 1 105 0314 0060N Philips Pan Head Screw - M4x6
(B140 Series) 106 0720 0040E Retaining Ring - M4
16 A293 6646 Rear Cover - Tandem LCT (B064/B065) 1 107 0801 0146 Screw - M4X4
16 B098 6649 Cover:Rear:Tandem LCT:Ass'y (B140 Series) 1 108 0452 4008N Binding Self Tapping Screw - M4x8
17 A293 6649 Rear Cover Cushion - Tandem LCT 1 109 0452 4010N Tapping Bind Screw - M4x10
18 A248 6624 Left Back Fence 1 110 0965 3008P Tapping Screw With Flat Washer - M3x8
19 B065 6823 Timing Belt Cover 1 111 0951 4008N Philips Screw With Washer - M4x8
21.TANDEM TRAY 2
104 102 23
12 13
15
104
102 10 16
102
11 17
14
102
18
8 10
7 9
102
103
19
102
6 106 101
5 20
106 102
101 21
102
107
105 105
3 10
2 108
4 1 22
24
107 108
21.TANDEM TRAY 2
Index Q’ty Per Index Q’ty Per
Part No. Description Part No. Description
No. Assembly No. Assembly
1 B065 6873 Sensor Bracket 1 23 B140 6605 Right Tandem LCT Ass'y (A4) 1
2 B065 6859 Right Stopper 1 (B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
3 AA00 2246 Decal - Caution 1 24 B065 6814 Inner Cover:Tandem LCT:Ass'y 1
4 A248 6745 Inner Cover - Tandem LCT 1 (B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
5 B065 6875 Protection - Inner Cover 1
6 B065 6877 Decal - Paper Set - Right 1
7 A096 6671 Paper Guide Plate 1
8 A293 6736 Side Fence - Right Front (B064/B065) 1
8 B098 6736 Side Fence:Tandem LCT:Right Front 1
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
9 B065 6706 Paper Volume Sensor Bracket 1
10 AW02 0120 Photointerruptor - Flat 5
11 5201 2858 Friction Pad 1
12 A096 6677 Decal - Right Paper Set 1
12 B065 6878 Decal - Right Paper Set (KOR/CHN/TWN) 1
13 A294 6670 Base - Right Tandem Tray (B064/B065) 1
13 B098 6670 Base:Tandem LCT:Right:Ass'y 1
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
13 B065 6885 Base - Right Tandem Tray (KOR/CHN/TWN) 1
14 B065 6874 Bracket - Paper Volume sensor 1
15 A248 6738 Side Fence - Right Rear (B064/B065) 1
15 B098 6738 Side Fence:Tandem LCT:Right Rear 1
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
16 A293 6739 Inner Cover - Right Rear (B064/B065) 1
16 B098 6739 Supporting Plate:Tandem:Right Rear 1
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
17 AA15 3063 Seal - 4x10x70 1
18 AA15 3138 Inner Cover Cushion - Right Rear 1 101 0801 0146 Screw - M4X4
19 A176 6695 Misfeed Removal Guide 1 102 0434 0060N Pan Head Self-tapping Screw - M4x6
20 B065 6672 Tandem Connecting Guide 1 103 0451 4008N Philips Tapping Screw - M4x8
21 AA00 2010 Decal - Paper Level 1 104 0951 4006N Philips Screw With Washer - M4x6
22 A248 6666 Side Plate 1 105 0314 0060N Philips Pan Head Screw - M4x6
23 B065 6605 Right Tandem Tray Ass'y (B064/B065) 1 106 0452 4008N Binding Self Tapping Screw - M4x8
23 B140 6606 Tandem LCT:Right:Letter:Ass'y 1 107 0951 4008N Philips Screw With Washer - M4x8
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228) 108 0453 4008N Tapping Bind Screw - M4x8
22.TANDEM TRAY 3
23.UNIVERSAL TRAY
16
2 15
1 8 14 17
3
7 11
10 18
3 103 19
4 9
103 13
12 20
6
103
5 10
6 104
107
31 21
108
104
105
30
104 22
106
23
24
32 102 104 103
10
27 26 109 25
108
104
103 45
101 104 43
39 33 29
44 101 103
38 42
41
40 10
103
104 34
37
35
36
27.VERTICAL TRANSPORT
101 2
6
104 104
107 105
5 7
101 8 101
4 19
18 101
101 30
103
3 9 101
105
104 26 102
101 27
17
106 28
101 29
25
101
13
12
11 16 24 31
10 23
101 24
15 21
14 20 22
101
28.PAPER REGISTRATION 1
29.PAPER REGISTRATION 2
2 101 20
4 21
1 3 103 101
30
103 102
102
5 31
102
6 102
7
2 9
1
8
29
10 10
3 19 102
4 28
32 11 109
101 101
10
103 102 108 13
101 101
102 104
12 13 27
107
102 13 105
101
(Model C1) 18 26
31
101 17 25
32
34
102
16
33 22 24
15
103 103 14 102
109 23
106
29.PAPER REGISTRATION 2
Index Q’ty Per Index Q’ty Per
Part No. Description Part No. Description
No. Assembly No. Assembly
1 5205 2697 Bushing - Upper Registration Roller 2 101 0720 0040E Retaining Ring - M4
2 5442 2754 Spring - Registration Roller 2 102 0451 4008N Philips Tapping Screw - M4x8
3 A247 2800 Ball Bearing - 8x12x5 2 103 0720 0060E Retaining Ring - M6
4 AA13 2025 Spacer - 1x8x12 2 104 0632 0100G Pin - 2x10mm
5 B065 2627 Lower Registration Roller 1 105 0805 3145 Ball Bearing - 6x12x4mm
6 B065 2623 Upper Registration Roller 1 106 1105 0487 Harness Clamp
7 B140 2612 Lower Registration Guide 1 107 1105 0511 Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC
8 B065 2701 Lower Guide Plate - By-pass (B064/B065) 1 108 1105 0522 Edge Saddle - LES0510
9 A053 2916 Friction Pad - B (B064/B065) 1 109 0453 3006N Tapping Screw - M3x6
10 G011 1058 Snap Ring 3
11 AB01 7608 Reverse Gear 1
12 B110 2713 Shaft:Reverse:Drive:Ass'y 1
13 AA08 2118 Bushing - M6 3
14 5447 2681 Snap Ring 1
15 AF03 2050 Separation Roller (B064/B065) 1
15 AF03 2080 Paper Feed Roller:Separate 1
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
16 B065 6399 Torque limiter 1
17 B065 2714 Separation Roller Shaft 1
18 B065 2699 Separation Roller Stay 1
19 AB01 7609 Reverse Gear 1
20 AB01 4077 Registration Roller Gear 1
21 AA04 3944 Timing Belt 1
22 AW01 0098 Photointerruptor 1
23 B065 2708 Middle Sensor Bracket 1
24 B065 2707 Paper End Sensor Bracket 1
25 AW02 0056 Photointerruptor - EE-SX4235A-P1 1
26 AA06 0911 Spring 1
27 B065 2709 Reverse Pressure Lever 1
28 B065 2752 Motor Bracket 1
29 B065 6323 Paper Feed Motor 1
30 AB01 7606 Gear - 24Z/46Z 1
31 B065 6445 Feed Lever 1
32 B140 2700 Reverse Stay Ass'y 1
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
30.PAPER REGISTRATION 3
30.PAPER REGISTRATION 3
Index Q’ty Per Index Q’ty Per
Part No. Description Part No. Description
No. Assembly No. Assembly
1 5205 2697 Bushing - Upper Registration Roller 2 26 B140 2673 Open And Close Option Tray Exit Guide 1
2 AA06 3254 Driven Roller Spring 2 (B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
3 A229 2717 Lock Lever 1 27 B065 2761 By-pass Harness 1
4 AA00 1213 Decal - B2 1 28 AB03 0722 Pulley - 13mm 2
5 AA14 0486 Lock Shaft 1 29 AA06 0890 Spring 1
6 5443 2668 Bushing - 4x6x7mm 2 30 B140 2655 DC Solenoid:Guide Plate 1
7 A229 2655 Read Rock 1 31 B065 2754 Tightener Bracket 1
8 AA06 6211 Rear Lock Spring 1 32 AB01 7607 Gear - 22Z/39Z 1
9 B065 2647 Registration Guide Plate (B064/B065) 1 33 B065 2607 Front Support Plate 1
9 B140 2647 Open And Close Guide Ass'y 1 34 B065 2605 Front Paper Feed Side Plate 1
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228) 35 B065 2600 Rear Paper Feed Side Plate 1
10 A096 2633 Front Lock 1
11 AA08 2116 Bushing - M8 2
12 AF02 0564 Connecting Roller 1
13 AB01 1457 Transport Roller Gear 1
14 A469 2123 Rubber Cushion - 1x10x10mm 2
15 B065 2671 Duplex Exit Guide Plate (B064/B065) 1
15 B140 2671 Exit Duplex Guide Ass'y 1
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
16 AA08 0034 Bushing - 4x5x7 2
17 AA06 3255 Exit Roller Spring 2 101 1102 6246 Relay Connector - 4P
18 A294 2678 Roller - Duplex Exit 1 102 1102 6257 Relay Connector - 14P
19 AF02 2110 Transport Driven Roller 1 103 1102 6258 Relay Connector - 15P
20 B065 2665 Relay Guide Plate (B064/B065) 1 104 1105 0328 Harness Clamp - ES-0505
20 B140 2665 Paper Bank Guide Plate Ass'y 1 105 1105 0487 Harness Clamp
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228) 106 1105 0511 Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC
21 B065 2762 Relay Paper Feed Harness 1 107 1105 0518 Edge Saddle - LES-1010
22 AW02 0120 Photointerruptor - Flat 1 108 1105 0522 Edge Saddle - LES0510
23 B065 2675 LCT Guide Plate (B064/B065) 1 109 0720 0040E Retaining Ring - M4
23 B140 2675 Option Tray Guide Ass'y 1 110 0453 3006N Tapping Screw - M3x6
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228) 111 0720 0030E Retaining Ring - M3
24 A048 2838 Nylon Rivet 2 112 0720 0060E Retaining Ring - M6
25 AA16 2079 Cushion 1 113 0720 0040E Retaining Ring - M4
26 B065 2673 Upper Exit Guide Plate (B064/B065) 1 114 0742 3808 Ball Bearing - 8x16x5
115 0451 4008N Philips Tapping Screw - M4x8
25
18
19
20
21 36
42 16
22
38
17 23 24
15 107
27
26
3
33
14
34 28
35 37 13 105
1
106
103
12 39
10 11
102 4 9
105
41
2 5 104
101 8
101 29
7
101
101
30 31
101 108
6
104
32 105
33.DEVELOPMENT UNIT 1
103
103
16
1 15
2 103
102
103 14
13
104
6
105 11 12
現像部 22
現像部105
3
4
19
5 17
103
20 18
9
7 8 101
102 10
33.DEVELOPMENT UNIT 1
Index Q’ty Per Index Q’ty Per
Part No. Description Part No. Description
No. Assembly No. Assembly
1 B110 3050 Development Unit (B064/B065) 1 101 0353 0060N Philips Pan Head Screw - M3x6
1 B140 3050 Development Unit 1 102 0951 4008N Philips Screw With Washer - M4x8
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228) 103 0452 3010N Tapping Bind Screw - M3x10
2 B065 3095 Development Guide Rail 1 104 0720 0030E Retaining Ring - M3
3 B110 3099 Seal:Drum:Front (B064/B065) 1 105 0354 0080N Screw - M4X8
3 B140 3099 Shield - Drum Front 1
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
4 B110 3091 Entrance Seal Ass'y 1
5 B065 3082 Development Bias Plate 1
6 B110 3100 Seal:Drum:Rear (B064/B065) 1
6 B140 3100 Shield - Drum Rear 1
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
7 B065 3071 Development Knob 1
8 B065 3076 Gear - 41Z 1
9 B065 3065 Toner Sensor Guide 1
10 AW23 0015 Toner Density Sensor 1
11 B065 3098 Gear - 17Z 1
12 B065 3073 Gear - 31Z 1
13 AB01 3790 Gear - 25Z 1
14 B065 3096 Gear - 20Z 1
15 B065 3081 Gear - 21Z 1
16 B065 3079 Ball Bearing Bracket 1
17 AA01 2060 Development Filter 1
18 A096 3141 Development Filter Case 1
19 B065 3108 Filter Plate 1
20 A294 3116 Development Screw 1
34.DEVELOPMENT UNIT 2
34.DEVELOPMENT UNIT 2
Index Q’ty Per Index Q’ty Per
Part No. Description Part No. Description
No. Assembly No. Assembly
1 B065 3062 Development Roller 1 101 0720 0060E Retaining Ring - M6
2 B065 3080 Ball Bearing - 12x21x5 1 102 0720 0030E Retaining Ring - M3
3 B065 3069 Bushing - 8mm 4 103 0354 0120N Screw - M4X12
4 B065 3077 Development Roller Adjuster 1
5 AA14 3426 Stopped Screw - M4x17 2
6 AA08 0152 Bushing - 4x12x13 2
7 B065 3060 Lower Development Casing 1
35.PCU 1
36.PCU 2
1 102
102 2 7 102
101
32
5 102 9
6
102
10
4
11
3 12 103
106
102
15
14
13
105
104 101 26
104
102 102 16
13 29 18 19 20 21 104 22 23
25
29
105 24
37.PCU 3
102
6
101
4 103 5
3
7
1
102
15
102
2 13 103 22
8 104 17
9
3
16
21
20
13
10 105
104
14
18
23
12
11
104
25
105 19
24
37.PCU 3
Index Q’ty Per Index Q’ty Per
Part No. Description Part No. Description
No. Assembly No. Assembly
1 B110 2326 Toner Collection Coil 1 101 0951 3006N Philips Screw With Flat Washer - M3x6
2 B110 2322 Agitator Shaft 1 102 0452 3008N Tapping Screw - M3x8
3 AA08 2121 Toner Collection Coil Bushing 2 103 0452 3010N Tapping Bind Screw - M3x10
4 B065 2428 Agitator Gear 1 104 0720 0040E Retaining Ring - M4
5 B065 2425 Brush Roller Gear 1 105 0951 3008N Philips Screw With Flat Washer - M3x8
6 AA08 2119 Roller Bushing 1
7 AD04 2038 Cleaning Brush 1
8 B065 2366 Front Shaft 1
9 AA13 2024 Spacer - M6 1
10 AA08 2101 Bushing - 6x10x6 1
11 AA08 2094 Bushing - Brush Roller 1
12 AA15 2431 Front Drum Seal 1
13 AA15 3085 Inner Case Seal 2
14 AA15 3088 Cleaning Entrance Seal - 3x345x2 1
15 B065 2300 Lower PCU Casing 1
16 B065 2353 Blade Bracket 1
17 AB01 1459 Toner Collection Coil Gear 1
18 A294 3572 Rear Drum Seal 1
19 B065 2413 Entrance Transfer Stay (B064/B065) 1
19 B140 2413 Entrance Transfer Stay Ass'y 1
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
20 AB01 7612 Gear 1
21 AB01 1460 Idler Gear 1
22 B065 2427 Cam - Blade 1
23 B140 2382 Pre-transfer Lamp Case Ass'y 1
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
24 B140 2421 Pre-transfer Lamp Harness Plate 1
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
25 5206 2684 Shoulder Screw - M3 1
38.PCU 4
33 102
14
5 6 3
5 1 101
2 12
4 8
101 103 27
2 15
1 103 102
13 18
7 26 28 29
3
31
4
103 30
10
102
9
32
25
11
105
16
17
24
21
104
19
18 20
23
22
102 103
38.PCU 4
Index Q’ty Per Index Q’ty Per
Part No. Description Part No. Description
No. Assembly No. Assembly
1 G020 3566 Nut - 2.4mm 2 33 B065 2336 Pickoff Pawl:Drum:Ass'y 1
2 A048 2276 Ring - Transport Bracket 2 (B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
3 AA06 0892 Pick-off Pawl Spring 2
4 AD02 5024 Pick-off Pawl 2
5 AA14 3523 Shoulder Screw - M3 2
6 B065 2337 Pick-off Pawl Holder 1
7 AB01 7611 Pick-off Pawl Cam 1
8 AD04 1083 Cleaning Blade 1
9 AA13 2208 Spacer - M6 1
10 AA06 3610 Spring - 4060mN 1
11 B065 2316 Front Blade Seal 1
12 B065 2314 Blade Bracket 1
13 B065 2317 Rear Blade Seal 1
14 AA08 2120 Bushing 1
15 B065 2386 Middle PCU Casing 1
16 B065 2389 Shaft Bracket 1
17 B065 2342 Pick-off Pawl Shaft 1
18 AB01 1459 Toner Collection Coil Gear 2
19 AA08 2101 Bushing - 6x10x6 1
20 B065 2495 Lower PCU Harness (B064/B065) 1
20 B140 2495 Harness - PCU Lower 1
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
21 A134 5251 ID Sensor 1
22 B065 2364 Pick-off Pawl Positioning Plate 1
23 B065 2361 Entrance Seal Holder 1
24 B065 2362 Cleaning Entrance Seal 1
25 B065 2381 Grounding Plate 1
26 B065 2344 Pick-off Pawl Bracket 1
27 AB01 1460 Idler Gear 1
28 AA08 2121 Toner Collection Coil Bushing 1
29 B065 2369 Grounding Plate - Entrance Seal 1 101 0314 0060N Philips Pan Head Screw - M4x6
30 AA06 3576 Spring 1 102 0452 3008N Tapping Screw - M3x8
31 AA14 3432 Stepped Screw - M3 1 103 0452 3010N Tapping Bind Screw - M3x10
32 B065 2358 Bracket Grounding Bracket 1 104 0951 3006N Philips Screw With Flat Washer - M3x6
105 0951 3008N Philips Screw With Flat Washer - M3x8
41.FUSING UNIT 1
41
109
2 1
3
4 101
8
105
110
7 105
109 16 8
101
110
17
6
5 109 103
102 106 19
108 20 104
20 103 40
20 19
22 10
20 18
108
106 19 15
23 20
106 24 21 11
26 30 14
25 12
32 106
27 107 104 103
108
29 33
104 37
106
28 107 36
34 35 10 13
9
38 19
39
103 42 31
42.FUSING UNIT 2
10 101
11 12
101 15
30
14
13 20 102
21
18
14 7
12
22
101
25
102
26 27 8
102
25
23 101 9
18 19 24
101 29
17
16
102
101 28 3
10 101
6 101
31
2
101
5 3 101 1
4
B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228
101
14 104 105
102 21 17
102 104 104
105 19 104
104 30
102 17 29 34
104 20
11 12 9 104
102
10103 104
103 13 18 104 4
9 31 103
25
16 33
15 104
108
32 107
104
22 5
6
3
2
1 109
106
24
23
103
101
8
7
2 27
3
5
28 8
101
26
104 22 102
104 21
12 18 17
10 103
13 103
11
9 15 20 23
14
10
24
106 105 13
9 19
106 27 25
B140/B141/B142/B143/
B163/B228
103 26
102
102 28
101 101
18
101 21 30
17
7
16 25 101
108
101 108 26
106
29 31
4
5 101 8
107
7
101
101
108 108
6
3
101 106
1 2 107
6 102 102
3 102 17
3
16
5
102
17
7 3
8 10
9 11
7
8
12
4 13
101
101
101
101
26
3 106
102
3 25
102 15 14
3 103 105 101
102 24 18
21 22
101
104
23
19
101
1 101
101 20
2 27
18
B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228
50.DUPLEX UNIT 1
51.DUPLEX UNIT 2
51.DUPLEX UNIT 2
Index Q’ty Per Index Q’ty Per
Part No. Description Part No. Description
No. Assembly No. Assembly
1 B065 4866 Reverse Knob 1 101 1105 0328 Harness Clamp - ES-0505
2 AA06 2318 Spring 1 102 0720 0060E Retaining Ring - M6
3 AA14 3129 Shoulder Screw - Front Cover 1 103 0720 0040E Retaining Ring - M4
4 B065 4647 Inverter Lever 1 104 0353 0050N Philips Truss Head Screw - M3x5
5 A229 4623 Lower Entrance Guide Plate 1 105 0450 3008N Tapping Screw - M3x8
6 AA06 3579 Compression Spring 2 106 0354 0060N Screw - M4X6
7 AA08 0034 Bushing - 4x5x7 2 107 0451 4008N Philips Tapping Screw - M4x8
8 A229 4624 Duplex Driven Roller 1
9 AA08 2118 Bushing - M6 2
10 AA08 2116 Bushing - M8 2
11 B065 4627 Front Side Plate 1
12 AA06 0728 Tension Spring 1
13 A293 4615 Spacer 2
14 A293 4613 Front Gate Pawl 1
15 A293 4611 Reverse Roller 1
16 A293 4614 Rear Gate Pawl 1
17 AF02 1074 Entrance Inverter Roller 1
18 B065 4620 Rear Side Plate 1
19 B065 4632 Joint Holder 1
20 AA06 3582 Compression Spring 1
21 A229 4740 Drive Joint 1
22 B065 4644 Sensor Bracket 1
23 A229 4617 Duplex Discharge Brush 2
24 AW01 0058 Photosensor 1
25 B065 4640 Upper Entrance Guide Plate (B064/B065) 1
25 B140 4640 Upper Entrance Guide Plate Ass'y 1
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
26 AA14 3426 Stopped Screw - M4x17 1
27 5447 2681 Snap Ring 1
52.DUPLEX UNIT 3
53.DUPLEX UNIT 4
101 15
3 10
2
15
3
10
2 15
101 3
8
3 15
9
101 11
2 2
1 12
101
13
4
3 9
102 101 3
14
5
3
6 102
3
7
16 6
B140/B141/B142/B143
B163/B228
53.DUPLEX UNIT 4
Index Q’ty Per Index Q’ty Per
Part No. Description Part No. Description
No. Assembly No. Assembly
1 AB01 1464 Turn Gear 1 101 0720 0060E Retaining Ring - M6
2 A232 3566 Ball Bearing - 8x16x5 4 102 0720 0040E Retaining Ring - M4
3 AA08 2118 Bushing - M6 8
4 AB01 7614 Pulley 1
5 AB01 1463 Connecting Gear 1
6 AX20 0243 Magnetic Clutch (B064/B065) 1
6 AB01 1496 Gear - 32Z 1
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
7 AB03 0731 Pulley - 29Z 1
8 AF02 1075 Duplex Turn Roller 1
9 AF02 1077 Driven Transport Roller 2
10 AA04 3293 Timing Belt 2
11 AF02 1076 Drive Inverter Roller 1
12 AF02 1078 Left Drive Roller 1
13 B065 4694 Jogger Guide Rod 1
14 AF02 1079 Right Drive Roller 1
15 AB03 0583 Timing Pulley - 24Z 4
16 5447 2681 Snap Ring 1
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
54.DUPLEX UNIT 5
26 101 24 108
28 105
5 101 105 108
4 101 108
110 104
101
25
101 109
6 101
101 108
22
102
21 101
106
7 101 23
12 107
8 105
101
20
9 110
103
19 27
11 101 104
14
104 104
10
13
105
15
17 12
16 101
101
3
101 14
104
18 101
2 1
101
54.DUPLEX UNIT 5
Index Q’ty Per Index Q’ty Per
Part No. Description Part No. Description
No. Assembly No. Assembly
1 B065 4699 Jogger H.P. Sensor Bracket 1 101 0451 4006N Tapping Screw - 4x6
2 B065 2762 Relay Paper Feed Harness 1 102 1105 0328 Harness Clamp - ES-0505
3 AW02 0120 Photointerruptor - Flat 1 103 1105 0522 Edge Saddle - Les0510
4 B065 4733 Duplex Gate Pawl 1 104 1105 0511 Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC
5 B065 4738 Gate Pawl Cushion 1 105 1105 0508 Harness Clamp - LWS-0711
6 B065 4860 Lower Duplex Bracket 1 106 0451 4008N Philips Tapping Screw - M4x8
7 B065 4865 Spacer 1 107 0720 0040E Retaining Ring - M4
8 A294 4723 Belt Holder Fixing Plate 1 108 0453 3008N Bind Tapping Screw - M3x8
9 AA04 3294 Timing Belt 1 109 1105 0518 Edge Saddle - Les-1010
10 B065 4692 Front Jogger Fence Slider 1 110 1105 0516 Clamp
11 B065 4693 Rear Jogger Fence Slider 1
12 A096 4595 Duplex Guide 2
13 AW02 0128 Photointerruptor 1
14 AW02 0130 Photointerruptor 2
15 B065 4715 Exit Reverse Sensor Bracket 1
16 A294 4669 Cushion 1
17 AB01 7615 Gear 1
18 B065 4710 Upper Transport Guide Plate (B064/B065) 1
18 B140 4710 Upper Transport Guide Plate Ass'y 1
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
19 AA06 2318 Spring 1
20 AB03 0732 Jogger Pulley 1
21 B065 4791 Drawer Bracket - 12P 1
22 B065 4981 Duplex Harness - 12P 1
23 B065 4790 Drawer Bracket - 32P 1
24 B065 4980 Duplex Harness - 32P 1
25 B065 4619 Support Bracket 1
26 B065 4736 Exit Solenoid 1
27 B065 4820 Jogger Bracket 1
28 AA06 2319 Spring 1
55.DRIVE SECTION 1
56.DRIVE SECTION 2
57.TONER COLLECTION
40 41 31 42
37
14
38
1
12
2 36
103
101 39 7
3
4 102
26
11
4
5
33
6
10
9
8 31
35
16 34
32
15 18
14 43 30
103
19
101 29 28 27
13
12 20
101 26
21
103 24 25 23
17 101 22
104
57.TONER COLLECTION
Index Q’ty Per Index Q’ty Per
Part No. Description Part No. Description
No. Assembly No. Assembly
1 B065 3568 Case Cap 1 36 5447 2681 Snap Ring 1
2 B065 3573 Toner Collection Agitator 1 37 B065 3554 Toner Collection Ass'y - Transfer 1
3 B065 3565 Toner Collection Case 1 38 B065 3604 Toner Separation Shaft 1
4 AW50 0023 Push Switch 2 39 B065 3629 Toner Separation Case 1
5 B065 3566 Toner Receiving Spring 1 40 B065 3636 Toner Collection Seal 1
6 B065 3557 Toner Catchpan 1 41 B065 3645 Gear - 22Z 1
7 B065 3609 Toner Separation Shaft - Long 1 42 B065 3637 Seal - 40x68 1
8 B065 3588 Toner Collection Idle Gear 1 43 B065 3633 Transport Screw 1
9 B065 3590 Toner Collection Shaft 1
10 5053 0447 Bushing - 6mm 1
11 B065 3585 Screw Gear 1
12 AA13 2208 Spacer - M6 2
13 B065 3561 Spring 1
14 B065 3587 Toner Collection Gear 2
15 B065 3581 Bushing 1
16 B065 3570 Toner Transport Coil 1
17 B065 3583 Spring Guide 1
18 B065 3586 Screw Gear 1
19 AX06 0235 DC Motor 1
20 H053 2208 Bushing - M4 1
21 B065 3559 Base 1
22 B065 3593 Toner Collection Discharge Harness 1
23 B065 3552 Toner Outlet Sub-unit:Transfer:Ass'y 1
24 B065 3656 Toner Collection Seal - Transport 1
25 B065 3654 Toner Collection Cap 1
26 B065 3601 Toner Collection Pipe 2
27 B065 3660 Pulley 1
28 B065 3652 Shield Plate 1
29 B065 3649 Toner Collection Case - Transport 1
30 B065 3650 Toner Collection Joint 1
31 AW02 0120 Photointerruptor - Flat 2
32 B065 2762 Relay Paper Feed Harness 1 101 0451 4008N Philips Tapping Screw - M4x8
33 B065 3670 Transport Screw 1 102 1105 0046 Harness Band
34 A096 3712 Ratch 1 103 0354 0080N Screw - M4X8
35 B065 3610 Toner Collection Shaft 1 104 1105 0511 Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC
58.ELECTRICAL SECTION 1
114 110
114 16
19
106
15
114 110 17
106 109 14
114 4 106 108
114 107
5
114 6
109
18
106 107
10 6 109
111 109
106
109 7 110
9
106
4 20 114 8
114
114 111
109
B140/B141/B142/B143 101 6
114 6
B163/B228 3
10
113 106
104 10
101 11 6
104 12
1 03
112
6
113 13
101
105
102 101 101
2 104 6
1
101
101 101 21
101 113
B140/B141/B142/B143/
B163/B228
3 6
2 3 5
21
103
101 101
7 11 19 20
101
101
5 17
1 4 101
22
101 101
5 5 27
4 6
8 104 13 101
10
25
24 101
101
9 29
18
28 101 26 23
102 104
12
14 10
13
15
101
102
101
16
101
62.ELECTRICAL SECTION 5
62.ELECTRICAL SECTION 5
Index Q’ty Per Index Q’ty Per
Part No. Description Part No. Description
No. Assembly No. Assembly
1 AA16 1104 Cushion - Motor 2 22 B140 5803 DRB Bracket 1
2 B065 1178 Fan Bracket - IPS 1 (B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
3 AA15 3155 Duct Seal - IPS 1 23 B065 5805 CSS Bracket 1
4 B065 1175 Entrance IPS Duct 1 24 A265 5154 PCB:CSS 1
5 A293 1095 Sirocco Fan - DC24V 1 25 A293 5871 Css Board Bracket 1
6 AA15 1775 Seal - Fan 1 26 B065 5468 Css Relay Harness 1
7 B065 1177 Upper Ips Duct 1
8 B065 1194 Exhaust Bracket 1
9 B065 1192 Upper Exhaust Duct 1
10 B065 1193 Lower Exhaust Duct 1
11 AA15 3156 Exhaust Duct Seal 2
12 AX65 0030 Cooling Fan - 24V 1
13 AZ32 0139 Character Generator Power Pack 1
14 B065 5804 Charge Power Pack Bracket 1
15 B065 5500 CNB/PSU Harness (B064/B065) 1
15 B140 5500 Harness - DC Power Supply Cnb BCU 1
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
16 B065 5509 DRB/BCU Power Source Harness 1
(B064/B065)
16 B140 5509 Harness - Power Source BCU DRB 1
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
17 B065 5421 Safety Switch Harness 1
18 B065 5230 CNB Board (B064/B065) 1
18 B140 5230 PCB:CNB 1
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
19 B065 5420 CNB Board Harness (B064/B065) 1 101 0951 4010N Philips Screw With Washer - M4x10
19 B140 5420 Harness - Cnb Machine Or Copier Upper 1 102 0707 4050E Bushing - 4x5
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228) 103 1102 6245 Relay Connector - 2P
20 B065 5802 CNB Board Bracket (B064/B065) 1 104 0450 4008N Tapping Screw - 4x8
20 B140 5802 CNB Bracket 1 105 0450 4016N Tapping Screw - 4x16
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228) 106 0451 4008N Philips Tapping Screw - M4x8
21 B065 5185 DRB Board (B064/B065) 1 107 0451 3008N Tapping Screw - M3x8
21 B140 5185 PCB:DRB 1 108 1105 0488 Harness Clamp
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228) 109 1105 0516 Clamp
22 B065 5803 DRB Board Bracket (B064/B065) 1 110 1105 0522 Edge Saddle - LES0510
63.ELECTRICAL SECTION 6
102
101 2 11
10
108
21
3 101
9
101
1
8
101 104 103
4 101
106 7 103
105
6
101
105 12
101
107
13 110 101
101
5 111
18
101 111
112 15
101
101 14 109 101 16
101 105
109
23
17 15
16 20
19 16
23 15
22 101 15 15
16 110 16 16
101 101 16
64.ELECTRICAL SECTION 7
101 21
20
19
5 107
101 18 21
103 107 20
101
3 101 101
1
101 22
6
101
109
4
101
105 101
102 17
104
2
102
7
101 12 101
8 101 103
14
108
101
9 17
15 101
101
101 13
109 101
101
101
101
16 108 10
108 120V 106
110 108
11 101
11 101
65.ELECTRICAL SECTION 8
19
102
21
102
1 5 20
102 2
102
3 4
105
102
102
102
104
6
7 102
102
102
102
101
8
102 15 103
9 13 16
10 102
102
11 17
12 14 24
102
18
22 102
23 102
65.ELECTRICAL SECTION 8
Index Q’ty Per Index Q’ty Per
Part No. Description Part No. Description
No. Assembly No. Assembly
1 B065 6771 Armbracket 1 101 1105 0488 Harness Clamp
2 AA13 2203 Spacer - 6mm 1 102 0451 4008N Philips Tapping Screw - M4x8
3 B065 6769 Lock Arm 1 103 0451 3008N Tapping Screw - M3x8
4 AA06 2252 Spring - Small 1 104 0414 0102N Tapping Screw M4x10
5 AA06 2251 Spring - Large 1 105 0720 0040E Retaining Ring - M4
6 A248 6168 Bracket - Lift Motor 1
7 A248 6167 DC Motor - 19.2W 1
8 AX04 0135 Paper Tray Motor 2
9 B065 6767 Right Connecting Bracket 1
10 B065 5700 Rear Paper Bank Harness 1
11 AA06 3880 Spring 2
12 5446 5832 Connector Guide Pin 2
13 A248 6757 Left Connector Bracket (B064/B065) 1
13 B140 6757 Left Connector Bracket 1
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
14 B065 6177 Paper Size Sensor Bracket 2
15 A096 5416 Paper Size Harness 2
16 AW50 0010 Push Switch 2
17 AA16 1096 Stopper Cushion 2
18 B065 6173 Stopper Bracket 2
19 B065 5878 Upper PSU Stay 1
20 B065 6755 Solenoid 1
21 A248 6758 DC Lock Solenoid 1
22 AA06 3268 Connector Spring 2
23 0803 0058 Stepped Screw 2
24 B065 6172 Paper Tray Stopper 2
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
66.UPPER FRAME 1
66.UPPER FRAME 1
Index Q’ty Per Index Q’ty Per
Part No. Description Part No. Description
No. Assembly No. Assembly
1 B065 5430 LD Switch Harness 1 101 0720 0040E Retaining Ring - M4
2 B065 5041 Safety Switch Lever 1 102 0451 4008N Philips Tapping Screw - M4x8
3 B065 5811 Safety Switch Bracket 1 103 1105 0518 Edge Saddle - Les-1010
4 B065 1320 Receiving Tray - Operation Panel 1 104 1204 2598 Switch
5 B065 5816 Safety Switch Harness Cover 1 105 0353 0120N Bind Screw - M3x12
6 B065 5813 Main Switch Bracket 1 106 1204 2390 Interlock Switch - FA8l-AB24
7 B065 1188 Duct - Fusing 1 107 1204 2521 Micro Switch
8 AA15 3150 Duct Seal - Fusing 1 108 0453 3008N Bind Tapping Screw - M3x8
9 B070 2114 Filter - Toner 1
10 B065 1185 Duct - Charge 1
11 AA15 3148 Duct Seal - Charge A 1
12 AA15 3149 Duct Seal - Charge B 1
13 5919 2201 Shoulder Screw - M4 1
14 B065 3267 Inner Back Cam 1
15 B065 3266 Toner Bottle Cam 1
16 B065 1328 Upper Hinge Guide Plate 1
17 AA06 3052 Turret Spring 1
18 A096 1355 Hinge Shaft 1
19 B065 1077 Right Stay 1
20 AA15 3144 Duct Seal - IPS A 1
21 AA15 3145 Duct Seal - IPS B 2
22 AA15 3146 Duct Seal - IPS C 1
23 AA15 3147 Duct Seal - IPS D 1
24 B065 1173 Ips Duct 1
25 B065 1845 Grounding Plate 6
26 B065 1844 Grounding Plate 3
27 B065 5899 Bushing 1
67.UPPER FRAME 2
20 21 22
19
18 101 101
101
17
15
102
103
14
13
16
107
103
104
106 10
12
101
106
24 23
101 101
11
9 8
101
101 3 10 7
101
105
104
105 6
25
2
5 101 101
101
1 101 101
26 101 4
68.UPPER FRAME 3
69.LOWER FRAME 1
70.LOWER FRAME 2
104
104 105
104
14 104 104
15
1
104
18
13
104
104
104 104
12
3 17
103 104
104
16
4 11
2
101 102
5 104
104 104
104
7 9 7
9
104 8 9 8
10
70.LOWER FRAME 2
Index Q’ty Per Index Q’ty Per
Part No. Description Part No. Description
No. Assembly No. Assembly
1 B065 6076 Support Plate 1 101 0451 3006N Tapping Screw - M3x6
2 AA06 0534 Tray Lock Spring - 19mm 2 102 0453 3006N Tapping Screw - M3x6
3 B065 6136 Tray Lock Arm 2 103 0720 0040E Retaining Ring - M4
4 B065 6241 Left Rail - Paper Feed 2 104 0451 4008N Philips Tapping Screw - M4x8
5 B065 6783 Slide Rail Base 2 105 1105 0516 Clamp
6 B065 6260 Right Slide Rail (B064/B065) 2
6 B140 6260 Right Slide Rail Ass'y 2
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
7 AH01 2029 Caster:1470n 4
7 AH01 2016 Caster - G60 (TWN) 4
8 AA14 3803 Flanged Hexagonal Head Bolt 12
9 AA14 3798 Hexagonal Bolt:M12x35 4
10 B098 6693 Shield:Frame:Paper Bank:Upper 1
11 B065 6191 Side Plate - Paper Tray 1
12 B065 6166 Rear Support Plate 2
13 AX40 0156 Heater - 115V 18W (B064/B065) 1
13 AX40 0157 Heater - 240V 18W (B064/B065) 1
13 AX40 0176 Heater:115V:18W:Upper 1
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
13 AX40 0178 Heater:240V:18W:Upper 1
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
14 B065 6221 Lower Heat Sink 1
15 B065 6174 Paper Tray Positioning Bracket 2
16 B065 6075 Side Plate Stay - Lower Rear 1
17 5201 1796 Stepped Screw - M4 2
18 B140 6225 Heat Sink:Heater:Lower:NA:Ass'y 1
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
18 B140 6226 Heat Sink:Heater:Lower:EU:Ass'y 1
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C1 211 C11 261 C21 261 C31 185 C41 261 C51 184 C61 265
C2 268 C12 261 C22 261 C32 185 C42 261 C52 261 --- ---
C3 268 C13 261 C23 261 C33 186 C43 185 C53 268 C63 259
C4 268 C14 261 C24 261 C34 185 C44 268 C54 185 C64 265
C5 184 C15 261 C25 261 C35 185 C45 261 C55 268 C65 265
C6 184 C16 261 C26 185 C36 182 C46 185 C56 184 C66 268
C7 184 C17 261 C27 184 C37 186 C47 185 C57 185 C67 185
C8 261 C18 261 C28 184 C38 261 C48 261 C58 184 C68 185
C9 261 C19 261 C29 268 C39 185 C49 185 C59 185 C69 260
C10 261 C20 261 C30 185 C40 261 C50 261 C60 212 C70 184
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C71 185 C81 257 C91 185 C101 185 C111 268 C121 185 C131 184
C72 259 C82 185 C92 184 C102 213 C112 184 C122 184 C132 183
C73 185 C83 185 C93 185 C103 182 C113 265 C123 184 C133 184
C74 259 C84 260 C94 185 C104 184 C114 265 C124 184 --- ---
C75 258 --- --- C95 185 C105 211 C115 184 C125 268 C135 185
C76 184 --- --- C96 185 C106 211 C116 268 --- --- C136 263
C77 268 C87 260 C97 185 C107 211 C117 268 C127 184 C137 264
C78 185 C88 214 C98 185 C108 257 --- --- C128 184 C138 257
C79 185 --- --- C99 185 C109 268 --- --- C129 184 C139 185
C80 257 --- --- C100 185 C110 265 C120 184 C130 188 C140 265
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C141 265 C151 188 C161 265 C171 184 C181 268 C191 265 C201 268
C142 265 C152 268 C162 268 C172 268 C182 268 C192 184 C202 265
C143 188 C153 268 C163 268 C173 265 C183 184 C193 184 C203 265
C144 184 C154 268 C164 268 C174 184 C184 184 C194 184 C204 265
C145 184 C155 268 C165 265 C175 265 C185 268 C195 266 C205 265
C146 184 C156 268 C166 257 C176 268 C186 268 C196 266 C206 265
C147 184 C157 265 C167 184 C177 268 C187 184 C197 265 C207 265
C148 265 C158 265 C168 184 C178 184 C188 265 C198 265 C208 184
C149 184 C159 266 --- --- C179 268 C189 268 C199 184 C209 184
C150 263 C160 184 C170 265 C180 184 C190 268 C200 265 C210 265
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C211 265 C221 268 --- --- C241 184 C251 184 C261 184 C271 265
C212 184 C222 268 C232 184 C242 184 C252 184 C262 184 C272 184
C213 265 --- --- C233 184 C243 184 C253 184 C263 184 C273 265
C214 268 C224 184 C234 268 C244 268 C254 184 C264 184 C274 265
C215 184 C225 268 C235 265 C245 184 C255 268 C265 268 C275 185
C216 265 C226 184 --- --- C246 184 C256 268 C266 184 C276 185
--- --- --- --- --- --- C247 268 C257 268 C267 268 C277 265
C218 184 C228 184 C238 268 C248 268 C258 268 C268 184 C278 265
C219 184 C229 268 C239 184 C249 268 C259 184 C269 265 --- ---
--- --- C230 265 C240 184 C250 184 C260 268 C270 184 C280 265
CAPACITOR CONNECTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C281 184 C291 265 C301 186 C311 184 C321 188 CN200 102 CN210 120
C282 185 C292 268 C302 184 C312 268 C322 187 CN201 103 CN211 119
C283 185 C293 265 C303 268 C313 262 C323 267 CN202 108 CN212 113
C284 262 C294 265 C304 184 C314 267 CN203 111 CN213 104
C285 257 C295 185 C305 185 C315 267 CN204 110 CN214 117
CN205 121 CN215 112
C286 188 C296 185 C306 185 C316 268
C287 262 C297 265 C307 184 C317 268 CN206 115 CN216 105
C288 262 C298 265 C308 268 C318 268 CN207 122 CN217 116
C289 262 C299 268 --- --- C319 264 CN208 123 CN218 125
C290 265 C300 184 C310 268 C320 268 CN209 108 CN219 112
IC JP LED
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
I C11 269 --- --- I C31 126 I C41 148 I C51 148 JP1 210 LED1 146
I C12 163 I C22 153 I C32 154 I C42 148 I C52 148 --- --- LED2 145
I C13 148 I C23 165 --- --- I C43 148 I C53 151 --- ---
I C14 165 --- --- I C34 1 I C44 148 I C54 159 --- ---
I C15 160 I C25 2 I C35 148 I C45 148 I C55 157 JP5 209
--- --- --- ---
I C16 160 --- --- I C36 164 I C46 148 I C56 158 --- ---
I C17 151 I C28 152 I C37 3 I C47 148 I C57 168 --- ---
I C18 168 I C28 165 I C38 153 I C48 154 --- ---
I C19 162 I C29 149 I C39 156 I C49 154 --- ---
--- --- I C30 148 I C40 151 I C50 167 JP62 210
OSC Q RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
OSC1 169 Q1 133 Q11 135 Q20 132 R1 220 R11 247 R21 221
OSC2 170 Q2 134 Q12 135 Q21 150 R2 220 R12 221 R22 221
OSC3 171 Q3 131 Q13 147 Q22 129 R3 220 R13 248 R23 220
Q4 147 Q14 130 Q23 134 R4 226 R14 220 R24 215
Q5 147 Q15 130 Q24 130 R5 226 R15 220 R25 228
PC Q6 166 --- --- R6 228 R16 220 R26 225
SYMBOL INDEX Q7 134 Q17 134 R7 228 R17 220 R27 225
NO. NO. Q8 134 Q18 147 R8 221 R18 234 R28 228
Q9 147 Q18 134 R9 221 R19 220 R29 220
PC1 144 Q10 147 Q19 147 R10 220 R20 234 R30 216
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R31 219 R41 208 R51 219 R61 239 R71 218 R81 217 R91 220
R32 225 R42 216 R52 219 --- --- R72 221 R82 217 R92 220
R33 238 R43 255 R53 220 R63 221 R73 221 R83 217 R93 220
R34 172 R44 216 R54 220 R64 223 --- --- R84 231 R94 220
R35 221 R45 221 R55 226 --- --- R75 220 R85 222 R95 220
R36 225 R46 216 R56 235 R66 220 R76 217 R86 226 R96 247
R37 225 R47 221 R57 235 R67 220 R77 217 R87 221 R97 247
R38 256 R48 239 R58 226 R68 223 R78 217 R88 221 --- ---
R39 220 R49 236 R59 221 --- --- R79 217 R89 220 R99 218
R40 216 R50 236 --- --- R70 226 R80 217 R90 221 --- ---
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R101 220 --- --- R121 253 R131 224 R141 220 R151 226 R161 221
R102 220 R112 248 R122 238 R132 220 R142 242 R152 221 R162 218
R103 220 R113 232 --- --- R133 236 R143 242 R153 220 R163 220
R104 229 --- --- R124 221 R134 221 R144 238 R154 220 R164 233
R105 234 R115 247 R125 234 R135 220 R145 238 R155 226 R165 230
--- --- R116 251 R126 220 R136 224 R146 238 R156 233 R166 220
R107 221 R117 234 R127 225 R137 221 R147 238 R157 220 R167 221
--- --- --- --- --- --- R138 221 R148 220 R158 220 R168 221
R109 234 R119 241 R129 242 R139 221 R149 220 R159 221 R169 249
R110 234 --- --- R130 238 R140 221 R150 220 R160 220 R170 221
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R171 249 R181 220 R191 221 R201 220 R211 218 R221 220 --- ---
R172 243 R182 245 R192 218 R202 226 R212 226 R222 250 --- ---
R173 243 R183 230 R193 221 R203 233 R213 231 R223 246 R233 221
R174 230 R184 224 R194 240 R204 221 R214 221 R224 232 R234 221
--- --- R185 224 R195 221 R205 238 R215 221 R225 229 R235 221
R176 230 R186 218 R196 220 --- --- R216 221 R226 252 R236 221
--- --- R187 221 R197 233 --- --- R217 218 R227 236 R237 218
R178 254 R188 244 R198 227 R208 221 R218 221 --- --- R238 221
--- --- R189 237 R199 226 R209 246 R219 221 R229 230 R239 230
R180 221 R190 218 R200 220 R210 250 R220 218 R230 221 R240 220
RESISTOR RN
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R241 230 RN1 173 RN11 173 RN21 173 RN31 202 RN41 173 RN51 173
R242 230 RN2 173 RN12 198 RN22 199 RN32 173 RN42 173 RN52 176
R243 221 RN3 176 RN13 198 RN23 199 RN33 196 RN43 173 RN53 177
RN4 203 RN14 204 RN24 196 RN34 177 RN44 196 RN54 181
RN5 179 RN15 204 RN25 195 RN35 176 RN45 204 RN55 195
RN6 179 RN16 204 RN26 195 RN36 173 RN46 175 RN56 202
RN7 179 RN17 204 RN27 180 RN37 173 RN47 173 RN57 173
RN8 179 RN18 176 RN28 173 RN38 173 RN48 196 RN58 173
RN9 197 RN19 205 RN29 181 RN39 175 RN49 181 RN59 176
RN10 177 RN20 204 RN30 173 RN40 176 RN50 173 RN60 173
RN SWITCH TP
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
RN61 206 RN69 207 RN78 204 RN89 173 RN99 173 SW1 128 --- ---
RN62 206 RN69 176 RN79 173 RN90 173 RN100 178 TP3 101
RN63 176 RN70 173 RN80 174 RN91 173 RN101 176 --- ---
RN64 173 RN71 195 RN81 176 RN92 173 RN102 178 --- ---
RN65 173 RN72 173 RN82 173 RN93 173 RN103 173
RN73 173 RN83 173 RN94 173 RN104 173 --- ---
RN65 207 RN74 173 --- --- RN95 201 TP7 101
RN75 176 RN85 173 --- ---
RN66 195 --- --- RN96 173 TP9 101
RN67 173 RN76 173 RN87 173 RN97 200 --- ---
RN68 173 --- --- RN88 176 RN98 176 --- ---
TP ZD
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
--- --- --- --- TP122 101 ZD1 141
--- --- --- --- TP123 101 ZD2 143
--- --- --- --- TP124 101 ZD3 143
--- --- --- --- TP125 101 ZD4 143
ZD5 143
TP96 101 --- --- TP126 101
--- --- --- --- ZD6 140
--- --- --- --- ZD7 143
TP109 101 TP119 101
--- --- --- ---
TP111 101 --- ---
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C101 173 C111 222 C121 220 C131 220 C141 216 C151 220 C161 222
C102 165 C112 216 C122 216 C132 216 C142 170 C152 216 C162 222
C103 168 C113 164 C123 170 C133 170 C143 170 C153 216 C163 216
C104 222 C114 170 C124 220 C134 164 C144 216 C154 220 C164 216
C105 170 C115 216 C125 216 C135 216 C145 220 C155 222 C165 222
C106 216 C116 220 C126 170 C136 222 C146 160 C156 216 C166 222
C107 220 C117 222 C127 168 C137 222 C147 222 C157 220 C167 222
C108 170 C118 216 C128 222 C138 216 C148 216 C158 222 C168 222
C109 216 C119 164 C129 165 C139 164 C149 222 C159 216 C169 222
C110 220 C120 160 C130 173 C140 220 C150 222 C160 220 C170 222
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C171 222 C181 222 C211 220 C221 164 C231 220 C241 216 C251 219
C172 222 C182 222 C212 216 C222 216 C232 216 C242 222 C252 167
C173 216 C183 222 C213 170 C223 222 C233 170 C243 220 C253 222
C174 216 C184 222 C214 168 C224 170 C234 222 C244 220 C254 216
C175 222 C185 222 C215 222 C225 216 C235 216 C245 222 C255 222
C176 216 --- --- C216 165 C226 220 C236 222 C246 222 C256 222
C177 220 C187 222 C217 173 C227 160 C237 222 C247 222 C257 158
C178 222 --- --- C218 220 C228 222 C238 220 C248 222 C258 215
C179 216 --- --- C219 216 C229 216 C239 216 C249 216 C259 215
C180 220 --- --- C220 170 C230 164 C240 216 C250 222 C260 215
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C261 210 C271 160 C281 216 C291 164 C301 164 C310 222 --- ---
C262 222 C272 222 C282 170 C292 220 C302 222 C311 216 C321 222
C263 216 C273 220 C283 164 C293 216 --- --- C312 164 C322 216
C264 216 C274 216 C284 216 C294 170 C304 222 C313 220 C323 164
C265 222 C275 170 C285 222 C295 168 C305 158 C314 222 C324 222
C315 222 C325 216
C266 222 C276 168 C286 170 C296 222 C306 159
C267 222 C277 222 C287 216 --- --- C306 222 C316 216 --- ---
C268 216 C278 165 C288 220 --- --- C307 222 C317 164 C327 222
C269 220 C279 173 C289 222 C299 222 C308 216 C318 222 C328 222
C270 222 C280 220 C290 216 C300 216 C309 164 C319 216 C329 211
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C330 211 C340 222 C350 216 C361 222 C371 211 C381 213 C391 211
C331 222 C341 222 C351 222 C362 159 C372 211 C382 213 C392 213
C332 211 C342 222 C352 216 C363 216 C373 211 C383 213 C393 213
C333 211 C343 211 C353 222 C364 222 C374 211 C384 213 C394 213
C334 211 C344 222 --- --- C365 216 C375 211 C385 213 C395 213
--- --- C345 222 C355 222
C356 220 C366 222 C376 211 C386 211 C396 222
--- --- C346 216 --- --- C367 216 C377 211 C387 211 C397 222
C337 222 C347 222 --- --- C368 222 C378 213 C388 211 C398 166
C338 222 C348 216 C359 218 C369 216 C379 213 C389 211 --- ---
C339 222 C349 222 --- --- C370 222 C380 213 C390 211 --- ---
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
--- --- C421 169 C431 214 C441 220 C451 220 C461 220 C471 222
--- --- --- --- C432 214 C442 216 C452 216 --- --- C472 220
--- --- C423 222 C433 214 C443 216 C453 220 --- --- C473 220
--- --- C424 220 C434 214 C444 220 C454 216 C464 222 C474 220
--- --- C425 216 C435 216 C445 220 C455 220 C465 220 C475 220
C416 170 C426 216 C436 220 C446 220 C456 222 C466 216 C476 220
C417 220 C427 217 C437 216 C447 216 C457 220 C467 216 C477 220
--- --- C428 217 C438 216 C448 216 C458 220 C468 222 C478 220
--- --- C429 217 C439 220 C449 220 C459 216 C469 164 C479 216
C420 212 C430 217 C440 220 C450 216 C460 216 C470 164 C480 216
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C481 216 C491 222 C501 216 C511 216 C521 216 C531 160 C541 216
C482 222 C492 216 C502 222 C512 222 C522 222 C532 222 --- ---
C483 216 C493 216 C503 222 C513 222 C523 222 C533 160 C543 222
C484 222 C494 222 C504 216 C514 216 C524 216 C534 222 C544 220
C485 222 C495 222 C505 216 C515 216 C525 216 C535 163 C545 216
C486 216 C496 216 C506 222 C516 222 C526 222 C536 220 --- ---
C487 222 C497 222 C507 216 C517 216 C527 222 C537 216 --- ---
C488 222 C498 222 --- --- C518 216 C528 222 C538 220 C548 222
C489 216 C499 216 C509 222 C519 222 C529 222 C539 216 C549 222
C490 216 C500 222 C510 222 C520 222 C530 222 C540 220 C550 217
FILTER IC
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
FI L100 174 --- --- FI L121 174 FI L131 175 FI L141 174 I C101 3 I C111 223
--- --- --- --- --- --- FI L132 174 FI L142 174 I C102 125 I C112 223
--- --- FI L112 177 FI L123 174 FI L133 174 FI L143 174 I C103 2 I C113 223
--- --- --- --- --- --- FI L134 174 FI L144 174 I C104 1 I C114 223
--- --- --- --- --- --- FI L135 174 FI L145 174 I C105 138 I C115 223
--- --- FI L115 177
FI L116 174 FI L126 174 FI L136 174 FI L146 174 I C106 138 I C116 223
--- --- FI L117 174 --- --- FI L137 174 FI L147 174 I C107 138 I C117 223
FI L107 177 FI L118 174 FI L128 177 FI L138 174 I C108 138 I C118 223
--- --- --- --- FI L129 174 FI L139 174 --- --- I C119 135
FI L109 174 --- --- FI L130 174 FI L140 174 --- --- I C120 130
IC JP
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
I C121 132 I C131 126 JP101 180 JP111 180 JP121 180 --- --- --- ---
I C122 134 I C132 136 JP102 180 JP112 180 JP122 180 JP132 180 --- ---
I C123 127 I C133 137 JP103 178 JP113 180 JP123 180 JP133 179 --- ---
I C124 127 I C134 142 --- --- JP114 180 JP124 180 --- --- --- ---
I C125 139 I C135 135 JP105 180 JP115 180 JP125 180 JP135 180 JP145 180
I C126 131 JP106 180 JP116 180 JP126 180 JP136 180 JP146 178
I C127 128 JP107 180 JP117 180 JP127 180 --- --- --- ---
I C128 133 JP108 180 JP118 180 --- --- --- --- --- ---
I C129 129 JP109 180 JP119 180 --- --- --- --- --- ---
I C130 130 JP110 180 JP120 180 --- --- --- --- --- ---
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R121 183 R131 195 R141 197 R151 187 R171 188 R181 181 R191 185
R122 183 R132 181 R142 197 R152 185 R172 183 R182 181 R192 197
R123 183 R133 181 R143 187 R153 197 R173 183 R183 185 R193 197
R124 184 R134 184 R144 185 R154 197 --- --- R184 197 R194 187
R125 193 R135 184 R145 197 R155 187 R175 200 R185 197 R195 185
R126 195 R136 185 R146 197 R156 185 R176 184 R186 187 R196 197
R127 195 R137 197 R147 187 R157 197 R177 195 R187 185 R197 197
R128 181 R138 197 R148 185 R158 197 R178 195 R188 197 R198 187
R129 181 R139 187 R149 197 R159 187 R179 193 R189 197 R199 209
R130 195 R140 185 R150 197 --- --- R180 195 R190 187 R200 204
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R201 192 R211 181 R221 183 R231 200 R241 193 R251 200 R261 195
R202 198 R212 183 R222 184 R232 194 R242 200 R252 189 R262 193
R203 184 R213 181 --- --- R233 200 R243 200 R253 190 R263 184
R204 184 R214 195 R224 188 R234 200 R244 193 R254 191 --- ---
R205 193 --- --- R225 183 --- --- R245 193 R255 191 R265 183
R206 193 R216 199 R226 183 R236 200 --- --- R256 182 R266 195
R207 193 R217 198 R227 184 --- --- R247 200 R257 191 R267 195
R208 184 R218 198 R228 184 --- --- R248 194 R258 191 R268 193
R209 183 R219 199 R229 184 --- --- R249 200 R259 183 R269 193
R210 181 R220 183 R230 200 R240 193 R250 200 R260 193 R270 191
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R271 183 R281 184 R291 195 R301 193 R311 193 R321 183 R341 184
--- --- R282 183 R292 185 R302 193 R312 193 R322 200 R342 184
--- --- --- --- R293 186 R303 193 R313 193 R323 200 --- ---
R274 183 R284 185 R294 183 R304 193 R314 193 --- --- R344 183
R275 183 --- --- R295 193 R305 193 R315 193 R325 200 R345 195
R276 195 --- --- R296 193 R306 193 R316 193 --- --- --- ---
R277 195 --- --- R297 193 R307 193 R317 193 --- --- R347 184
--- --- --- --- R298 193 R308 193 R318 193 --- --- --- ---
--- --- R289 208 R299 193 R309 193 R319 193 --- --- R349 184
R280 193 R290 204 R300 193 R310 193 R320 183 --- --- --- ---
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
--- --- R361 200 R371 184 R381 181 R391 200 R401 184 R411 196
R352 184 --- --- --- --- R382 181 R392 200 R402 181 R412 205
--- --- R363 200 R373 193 R383 200 R393 200 R403 195 R413 185
--- --- --- --- R374 200 R384 194 R394 200 R404 195 R414 207
--- --- R365 184 R375 184 R385 193 R395 200 R405 195 R415 147
R356 193 R366 184 R376 200 R386 200 R396 200 R406 195 R416 206
--- --- R367 187 R377 194 R387 200 R397 200 R407 195 R417 181
--- --- R368 187 R378 193 R388 200 R398 201 R408 195 R418 189
--- --- R369 200 R379 200 R389 200 R399 201 R409 195 R419 181
R360 200 R370 184 R380 181 R390 181 R400 183 R410 195 R420 181
RESISTOR RN
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R421 185 R431 184 R461 200 --- --- RN101 149 RN111 153 RN121 149
R422 196 --- --- --- --- RN102 155 RN112 156 RN122 149
--- --- --- --- --- --- RN103 155 RN113 156 RN123 149
R424 202 R434 200 --- --- RN104 155 RN114 156 --- ---
R425 203 R455 193
REG --- --- RN105 149 RN115 156 --- ---
SYMBOL INDEX
R426 200 R456 193 NO. NO. --- --- RN106 149 RN116 156 --- ---
R427 184 R457 195 --- --- RN107 153 --- --- --- ---
R428 183 --- --- REG101 140 --- --- RN108 153 RN118 149 RN128 155
R429 183 R459 200 REG102 143 --- --- RN109 153 RN119 149 RN129 155
R430 184 R460 200 REG103 141 RN100 149 RN110 153 RN120 149 --- ---
RN
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
RN131 150 RN141 150 --- --- RN161 156 RN171 155 RN181 149 RN191 155
RN132 150 RN142 150 RN152 156 RN162 156 --- --- RN182 149 RN192 155
RN133 150 RN143 150 RN153 156 RN163 149 RN173 149 RN183 149 RN193 154
RN134 150 --- --- RN154 156 --- --- RN174 149 RN184 149 RN194 154
RN135 150 --- --- RN155 156 --- --- RN175 149 RN185 149 RN195 154
RN136 149 --- --- RN156 156 --- --- RN176 149 --- --- RN196 154
RN137 149 --- --- --- --- --- --- RN177 149 --- --- RN197 150
RN138 148 --- --- RN158 156 RN168 149 --- --- --- --- RN198 154
RN139 150 --- --- RN159 156 RN169 149 RN179 149 --- --- RN199 154
RN140 150 --- --- RN160 156 RN170 155 RN180 149 RN190 155 RN200 154
RN
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
RN201 154 RN211 152 RN221 154 RN231 154 RN241 154 RN251 154 RN261 157
RN202 154 RN212 152 RN222 154 RN232 154 RN242 154 RN252 157 RN262 157
--- --- RN213 152 RN223 154 RN233 154 RN243 154 RN253 157 RN263 157
RN204 154 RN214 152 RN224 154 RN234 154 RN244 154 RN254 157 RN264 150
RN205 150 RN215 152 RN225 154 RN235 154 RN245 154 RN255 157 RN265 150
--- --- RN216 152 RN226 154 RN236 154 RN246 154 RN256 157 RN266 150
RN207 152 RN217 152 RN227 154 RN237 154 RN247 154 RN257 157 RN267 150
RN208 152 RN218 155 RN228 154 RN238 154 RN248 154 RN258 157 RN268 150
RN209 152 RN219 149 RN229 154 RN239 154 RN249 154 RN259 157 --- ---
RN210 152 RN220 154 RN230 154 RN240 154 RN250 154 RN260 157 RN270 156
RN SWITCH TB
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
RN271 156 RN281 156 RN291 151 RN301 150 RN331 155 SW102 115 TB1 114
RN272 156 RN282 156 RN292 151 RN302 149 --- --- SW103 116 TB1 102
RN273 156 RN283 156 RN293 155 RN303 149 RN333 148 TB2 114
RN274 156 RN284 154 RN294 155 RN304 149 RN334 156 TB2 102
RN275 156 RN285 154 RN295 155 RN305 149 RN335 156
RN276 156 RN286 154 RN296 155 RN306 149 RN336 156
RN277 156 RN287 154 RN297 155 RN307 149 RN337 156
RN278 156 RN288 154 RN298 155 RN308 149 RN338 156
RN279 156 RN289 151 RN299 150 --- ---
RN280 156 RN290 151 RN300 150 RN330 155
TP
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO.
TP1 101 TP11 101
TP2 101
TP3 101
TP4 101
TP5 101
TP6 101
TP7 101
TP8 101
TP9 101
TP10 101
Rev. 02/24/2009
Index Q’ty Per Index Q’ty Per
Part No. Description Part No. Description
No. Assembly No. Assembly
206 1654 1401 Resistor - 1.4K Ω ±1% 1/10W 1608 215 1660 2470 Capacitor - 47pF ±5% 50V
207 1654 1800 Resistor:180Ω:±1%:1/10W:1608 216 1660 2471 Capacitor - 470pF - ±5% - 50V
208 1654 4420 Resistor 442Ω ±1% 1/10w 1608 217 1660 4102 Capacitor - 1000pF ±10% 50V
209 1654 4990 Resistor - 499Ω ±1% 1/10W 218 1660 4103 Capacitor - 10000pF - ±10% - 50V
210 1660 0100 Capacitor - 10PF ±0.5pF 50V 219 1660 4222 Capacitor - 2200pF - ±10% - 50V
211 1660 2101 Capacitor - 100pF - ±10% - 50V 220 1660 6103 Capacitor - 10000pF - +80%-20%50V
212 1660 2221 Capacitor - 220pF +80-20% 50V 221 1660 6473 Capacitor - 47000pF +80,-20% 50V
213 1660 2330 Capacitor - 33pF - ±5% - 50V 222 1660 8104 Capacitor - 0.1μF+80-20% 25V
214 1660 2331 Capacitor - 330pF ±5% 50V 223 1907 0107 SDRAM:256M:4MX16X4:133MHZ:G1
BAT CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
BAT1 116 C1 281 --- --- C21 189 C31 187 C41 179 C51 281
BAT1 117 --- --- C12 281 C22 187 C32 187 C42 187 C52 188
--- --- C13 167 C23 275 C33 281 C43 187 C53 188
--- --- C14 171 C24 281 C34 281 C44 281 C54 188
--- --- C15 270 C25 172 C35 187 C45 281 C55 188
--- --- C16 281 C26 270 C36 187 C46 281 C56 188
--- --- C17 281 C27 281 C37 281 C47 187 C57 188
C8 281 C18 281 C28 173 C38 167 C48 187 C58 281
--- --- C19 281 C29 270 C39 167 C49 281 C59 187
--- --- C20 275 C30 281 C40 281 C50 281 C60 281
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C61 187 C71 167 C81 273 C91 281 C101 281 C111 275 C121 277
C62 281 C72 188 C82 277 C92 281 C102 281 C112 281 C122 265
C63 187 C73 188 C83 176 C93 281 C103 174 C113 281 C123 265
C64 187 C74 188 C84 173 C94 281 C104 281 C114 275 --- ---
C65 281 C75 273 C85 167 C95 281 C105 281 C115 179 --- ---
C66 179 C76 275 C86 188 C96 281 C106 281 C116 281 C126 167
C67 281 C77 188 C87 281 C97 281 C107 275 C117 281 C127 275
C68 281 C78 188 C88 275 C98 281 C108 281 --- --- C128 281
--- --- C79 188 C89 281 C99 281 C109 275 --- --- C129 281
--- --- C80 275 C90 281 C100 281 C110 281 --- --- C130 281
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C131 281 C141 268 C151 179 C161 184 C171 179 C181 179 C191 184
C132 187 C142 268 C152 273 C162 184 C172 273 C182 184 C192 184
C133 187 C143 265 C153 184 C163 188 C173 184 C183 273 C193 277
C134 179 C144 281 C154 184 C164 273 C174 184 C184 277 C194 184
C135 270 C145 275 C155 184 C165 273 C175 277 C185 179 C195 179
C136 281 C146 281 C156 184 C166 275 C176 279 C186 184 C196 184
C137 187 C147 275 C157 179 C167 179 C177 184 C187 273 C197 184
C138 187 C148 271 C158 184 C168 273 C178 184 C188 184 C198 277
C139 281 C149 271 C159 277 C169 273 C179 277 C189 188 C199 273
C140 179 C150 281 C160 184 C170 273 C180 184 C190 184 C200 273
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C201 179 C211 277 C221 169 C231 275 --- --- C251 188 C261 270
C202 188 C212 271 C222 275 C232 275 --- --- C252 281 C262 270
C203 188 C213 271 C223 281 C233 281 --- --- C253 277 C263 281
C204 275 C214 271 C224 281 C234 277 --- --- C254 281 C264 188
C205 277 C215 271 C225 275 C235 281 C245 281 C255 281 C265 281
C206 273 C216 169 C226 275 C236 281 C246 281 C256 281 C266 281
C207 273 C217 183 C227 179 C237 281 C247 277 C257 270 C267 281
C208 275 C218 183 C228 281 C238 281 C248 277 C258 270 C268 277
C209 277 C219 169 C229 275 --- --- C249 188 C259 188 C269 277
C210 188 C220 169 C230 275 --- --- C250 281 C260 188 C270 188
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C271 281 C281 275 C291 265 C301 179 C311 277 C321 273 C331 184
C272 188 C282 281 C292 278 C302 281 C312 277 C322 273 C332 277
C273 277 C283 281 C293 278 C303 188 C313 270 C323 277 C333 273
C274 277 C284 275 C294 278 C304 281 C314 188 C324 184 C334 188
C275 277 C285 189 C295 281 C305 281 C315 184 C325 188 C335 184
C276 281 C286 188 C296 278 C306 277 C316 277 C326 273 C336 277
C277 281 C287 188 C297 188 C307 277 C317 273 C327 277 C337 273
C278 277 C288 278 C298 278 C308 277 C318 188 C328 184 C338 273
C279 179 C289 281 C299 278 C309 277 C319 184 C329 188 C339 277
C280 281 C290 265 C300 275 C310 277 C320 277 C330 188 C340 184
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C341 188 C351 177 C361 270 C371 270 C381 277 C391 270 C401 281
C342 273 C352 177 C362 281 C372 281 C382 281 C392 281 C402 277
C343 277 C353 177 C363 270 C373 281 C383 281 C393 270 C403 281
C344 184 C354 182 C364 281 C374 281 C384 277 C394 281 C404 281
C345 188 C355 279 C365 281 C375 281 C385 281 C395 281 C405 281
C346 188 C356 281 C366 281 C376 277 C386 277 C396 281 C406 281
C347 269 C357 281 C367 281 C377 277 C387 277 C397 270 C407 188
C348 269 C358 270 C368 270 C378 277 C388 270 C398 281 C408 188
C349 281 C359 281 C369 270 C379 277 C389 270 C399 270 C409 281
C350 177 C360 281 C370 281 C380 281 C390 281 C400 281 C410 267
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C411 179 C421 281 C431 188 C441 281 C451 281 C461 281 C471 277
C412 179 C422 281 C432 277 C442 275 C452 281 C462 187 C472 188
C413 179 C423 281 C433 275 C443 277 C453 281 C463 187 C473 275
C414 179 C424 275 C434 281 C444 188 C454 281 C464 277 C474 277
C415 281 C425 189 C435 281 C445 275 C455 281 C465 275 C475 188
C416 275 C426 279 C436 281 C446 277 C456 281 C466 188 C476 281
C417 281 C427 279 C437 281 C447 188 C457 281 C467 275 C477 281
C418 275 C428 188 C438 281 C448 281 C458 281 C468 277 C478 281
C419 187 C429 277 C439 281 C449 281 C459 281 C469 188 C479 281
C420 187 C430 275 C440 281 C450 281 C460 281 C470 275 C480 281
DIODE FILTER IC JP
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
D11 128 FIL1 192 IC1 138 IC11 149 IC21 145 JP1 204 JP11 206
D12 128 FIL2 191 IC2 108 IC12 4 IC22 152 JP2 204 JP12 206
D13 130 FIL3 190 IC3 153 IC13 136 IC23 147 --- --- JP13 206
D14 128 IC4 142 IC14 137 IC24 152 --- --- JP14 206
--- --- IC5 3 IC15 150 IC25 141 JP5 206 --- ---
(Socket) 110
D16 131 FUSE IC6 282 IC16 140 IC26 147 --- --- JP16 204
D17 131 SYMBOL INDEX IC7 282 IC17 144 IC27 143 JP7 206 JP17 204
D18 129 NO. NO. IC8 148 IC18 155 IC28 156 --- --- JP18 206
D19 129 IC9 146 IC19 139 JP9 204 JP19 206
FU1 111 IC10 151 IC20 155 JP10 204 --- ---
JP L
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
JP21 206 JP31 206 JP41 206 --- --- --- --- JP71 206 --- ---
JP22 206 --- --- --- --- --- --- JP62 206 JP72 206 L2 197
JP23 206 --- --- --- --- JP53 206 --- --- JP73 206 L3 196
--- --- --- --- JP44 206 JP54 206 --- --- JP74 206 L4 194
JP25 206 JP35 206 --- --- --- --- JP65 206 JP75 206 L5 193
JP26 206 JP36 206 --- --- JP56 206 JP66 206 --- --- L6 193
JP27 206 JP37 206 --- --- JP57 206 JP67 206 JP77 206 L7 193
JP28 204 JP38 206 --- --- JP58 206 JP68 206 JP78 206 L8 193
JP29 204 JP39 206 --- --- JP59 206 JP69 206 L9 193
--- --- JP40 206 --- --- JP60 206 JP70 206 L10 193
L LED OSC Q
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
L11 193 --- --- LED11 134 OSC1 161 Q1 120 Q11 120 Q21 120
L12 193 LED2 134 LED12 134 OSC2 159 --- --- Q12 119 Q22 118
L13 195 LED3 134 LED13 134 OSC3 160 --- --- Q13 118 Q23 118
L14 199 LED4 134 LED14 134 Q4 121 Q14 121 Q24 120
LED5 134 Q5 124 Q15 120 Q25 120
Q RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
Q31 120 Q41 120 Q51 118 Q61 120 R1 211 R11 211 R21 248
Q32 120 Q42 120 Q52 118 Q62 120 R2 211 R12 248 R22 248
Q33 120 --- --- Q53 118 Q63 120 R3 248 R13 248 R23 248
Q34 120 --- --- Q54 118 Q64 120 R4 211 R14 248 R24 248
Q35 120 Q45 120 Q55 118 Q65 123 --- --- R15 248 R25 200
Q36 120 --- --- Q56 120 Q66 126 --- --- R16 248 R26 211
--- --- Q47 118 Q57 120 Q67 126 --- --- R17 209 R27 261
Q38 120 --- --- Q58 120 Q68 123 R8 211 R18 248 R28 231
--- --- Q49 120 Q59 120 Q69 120 R9 211 R19 248 R29 226
Q40 120 Q50 118 Q60 120 R10 240 R20 248 R30 242
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R31 211 R41 248 R51 248 R61 248 R71 248 R81 240 R91 240
R32 215 --- --- R52 211 R62 248 --- --- R82 240 R92 264
R33 215 R43 248 R53 248 R63 248 R73 219 R83 240 R93 264
R34 248 R44 248 --- --- R64 209 --- --- R84 240 R94 264
R35 248 R45 248 --- --- R65 248 R75 211 R85 240 R95 240
R36 248 R46 248 --- --- R66 248 R76 230 R86 240 R96 240
--- --- R47 248 --- --- R67 258 R77 230 R87 240 R97 240
R38 248 R48 248 R58 248 R68 210 R78 230 R88 240 R98 240
R39 248 R49 248 R59 248 R69 259 R79 230 R89 240 R99 264
--- --- --- --- R60 201 R70 232 R80 230 R90 240 R100 264
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R101 240 R111 211 R121 211 R131 230 R141 230 R151 248 R161 248
R102 240 R112 211 --- --- R132 230 R142 248 R152 211 --- ---
R103 235 R113 211 R123 209 R133 230 --- --- R153 230 R163 211
--- --- R114 211 R124 230 R134 230 R144 211 R154 211 R164 211
--- --- R115 211 R125 209 R135 230 R145 248 R155 211 --- ---
R106 240 R116 211 R126 230 R136 211 R146 248 R156 209 --- ---
R107 215 R117 248 R127 230 R137 215 R147 211 R157 240 R167 248
R108 211 R118 248 R128 230 R138 215 R148 248 R158 240 R168 248
R109 211 R119 248 R129 230 R139 215 R149 248 R159 211 R169 248
R110 211 R120 248 R130 230 R140 215 R150 248 --- --- R170 248
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R171 211 R181 211 --- --- --- --- R211 230 R221 251 R231 211
R172 211 R182 211 R192 211 R202 223 R212 230 R222 251 --- ---
R173 215 R183 215 R193 230 R203 223 R213 230 R223 249 R233 230
R174 215 R184 215 R194 240 R204 208 R214 230 R224 249 R234 211
R175 215 R185 215 R195 240 R205 211 R215 230 R225 249 --- ---
R176 215 R186 215 R196 247 R206 248 R216 230 R226 249 R236 248
R177 215 --- --- R197 248 R207 240 R217 230 R227 249 R237 232
R178 215 --- --- R198 248 --- --- R218 230 R228 249 R238 248
R179 240 --- --- R199 248 R209 209 R219 248 R229 249 R239 248
R180 240 --- --- R200 248 R210 230 R220 230 R230 249 R240 211
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R241 254 R251 211 R261 253 R271 209 R281 263 R291 257 R301 263
R242 254 R252 248 R262 253 R272 209 R282 263 R292 257 R302 263
--- --- R253 248 R263 211 R273 209 R283 263 R293 209 R303 225
R244 227 R254 211 R264 210 R274 248 R284 209 R294 209 R304 225
R245 211 --- --- R265 209 R275 219 R285 209 R295 211 R305 225
R246 211 R256 211 R266 209 --- --- --- --- R296 211 R306 225
R247 211 R257 211 R267 209 R277 211 R287 244 R297 211 R307 225
R248 248 R258 211 R268 209 R278 215 R288 237 R298 211 R308 225
R249 248 R259 211 R269 209 R279 263 R289 209 R299 256 R309 225
R250 215 R260 253 R270 209 R280 263 R290 209 R300 256 R310 225
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R311 225 R321 240 R331 211 R341 211 R351 263 R361 263 --- ---
R312 248 R322 240 R332 211 R342 211 R352 263 R362 263 R372 210
R313 248 R323 240 R333 209 R343 241 R353 263 R363 263 --- ---
R314 209 R324 248 R334 211 R344 241 R354 211 R364 222 --- ---
R315 248 R325 230 R335 209 R345 241 R355 263 R365 222 R375 210
R316 240 R326 230 R336 211 R346 241 R356 211 R366 222 R376 248
R317 240 R327 240 R337 241 R347 241 R357 244 R367 222 R377 248
R318 240 R328 240 R338 241 R348 253 R358 263 R368 263 R378 230
R319 219 R329 230 R339 241 R349 253 R359 263 R369 263 R379 240
R320 210 R330 209 R340 241 R350 263 R360 263 R370 210 R380 240
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R381 215 --- --- R401 248 R411 248 R421 211 R430 248 R440 248
R382 248 R392 240 R402 248 R412 211 R422 238 R431 211 R441 248
R383 248 --- --- R403 248 R413 230 R422 211 R432 211 --- ---
R384 211 R394 248 R404 248 R414 211 R423 211 R433 211 R443 240
R385 215 R395 248 R405 211 R415 230 R424 211 R434 248 --- ---
R425 211 R435 225 R445 215
R386 215 --- --- R406 248 R416 230 R446 215
R387 215 R397 211 R407 213 R417 211 R426 248 R436 225 R447 248
R388 215 R398 211 R408 211 R418 211 R427 250 R437 225 R448 215
R389 240 R399 211 R409 211 R419 211 --- --- R438 225 --- ---
R390 240 R400 248 R410 211 R420 211 R429 210 --- --- R450 211
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
--- --- R461 211 R471 211 R481 233 R491 248 R501 215 R511 239
--- --- R462 230 R472 209 R482 232 R492 248 R502 215 R512 239
R453 223 R463 230 R473 209 R483 217 R493 248 R503 215 R513 230
R454 223 R464 248 R474 249 R484 220 R494 211 R504 215 R514 248
R455 223 R465 248 R475 210 R485 220 R495 211 R505 211 R515 248
R456 223 R466 211 R476 210 R486 229 R496 211 R506 211 R516 248
R457 248 R467 209 R477 249 R487 236 R497 224 R507 211 R517 248
R458 211 R468 240 R478 210 R488 228 R498 216 R508 211 R518 230
R459 223 R469 240 R479 212 R489 264 R499 218 R509 239 R519 230
R460 223 R470 211 R480 248 R490 228 R500 218 R510 239 R520 230
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R521 230 R531 215 R541 264 R551 264 R561 264 R571 252 R581 211
R522 230 R532 215 R542 264 R552 264 R562 264 R572 211 --- ---
R523 246 R533 218 R543 264 R553 264 R563 215 --- --- R583 211
R524 245 R534 218 R544 264 R554 240 R564 215 --- --- R584 211
R525 211 R535 240 R545 264 R555 240 R565 215 R575 223 R585 211
R526 243 R536 240 R546 264 R556 240 R566 215 R576 223 R586 211
R527 221 R537 240 R547 264 R557 240 R567 221 --- --- R587 211
R528 209 R538 230 R548 264 R558 240 R568 209 --- --- R588 211
R529 215 R539 230 R549 264 R559 240 R569 218 R579 211 --- ---
R530 215 R540 264 R550 264 R560 264 R570 218 R580 211 --- ---
RESISTOR REG RN
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
--- --- --- --- R611 241 R621 230 R631 261 --- --- RN1 166
--- --- --- --- R612 241 R622 215 R632 231 REG2 157 RN2 166
--- --- --- --- R613 241 R623 211 R633 223 REG3 154 RN3 166
R594 211 --- --- R614 241 R624 215 R634 248 REG4 154 RN4 166
R595 211 --- --- R615 241 R625 211 R635 211 REG5 157 RN5 166
--- --- R606 240 R616 230 R626 255 R636 211 RN6 166
R597 211 R607 240 R617 230 R627 202 R637 211 RN7 166
R598 211 R608 264 R618 230 R628 231 RN8 166
R599 248 R609 264 R619 230 R629 223 RN9 165
R600 211 R610 248 R620 230 R630 203 RN10 165
RN
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
RN11 165 RN21 165 RN31 163 RN41 166 RN51 165 RN61 165 RN71 165
RN12 165 RN22 165 RN32 163 RN42 166 RN52 166 RN62 165 RN72 165
RN13 165 RN23 165 RN33 163 RN43 166 RN53 166 RN63 165 RN73 165
RN14 165 RN24 165 RN34 165 RN44 165 RN54 166 RN64 166 RN74 165
RN15 165 RN25 165 RN35 165 RN45 165 RN55 166 RN65 166 RN75 165
RN16 165 RN26 165 RN36 163 RN46 165 RN56 166 RN66 166 RN76 165
RN17 165 RN27 165 RN37 163 RN47 165 RN57 166 RN67 166 RN77 165
RN18 165 RN28 165 RN38 163 RN48 165 RN58 166 RN68 165 RN78 164
RN19 165 RN29 165 RN39 163 RN49 165 RN59 166 RN69 165 RN79 164
RN20 165 RN30 165 RN40 166 RN50 165 RN60 165 RN70 165 RN80 164
RN SWITCH TB
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
RN81 164 RN91 164 RN101 164 RN111 165 --- --- TB1 101
RN82 164 RN92 164 RN102 164 RN112 165 --- --- TB1 109
RN83 164 RN93 164 RN103 164 RN113 165 --- ---
RN84 164 RN94 164 RN104 164 RN114 165 SW4 115
RN85 164 RN95 164 RN105 164 RN115 165 SW5 113
RN86 164 RN96 164 RN106 164 RN116 165 SW6 114
RN87 164 RN97 164 RN107 164 RN117 165 SW7 112
RN88 164 RN98 164 RN108 164 RN118 165
RN89 164 RN99 164 RN109 164
RN90 164 RN100 164 RN110 164
(CORE:SUPPLY BOARD)
CAPACITOR DIODE DA L
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
--- --- C11 185 C21 280 C31 186 D1 133 DA1 132 L1 198
--- --- C12 180 C22 274 C32 274 D2 133 L2 198
--- --- C13 185 C23 274 C33 266
C4 168 C14 280 --- --- C34 266
--- --- --- --- C25 280 C35 274
JP Q REGISTOR REG
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
JP1 205 Q1 122 Q11 125 R1 162 R11 214 REG1 158
JP2 205 Q2 122 Q12 125 R2 162 R12 214
JP3 205 Q3 122 R3 162 R13 214
JP4 205 Q4 122 R4 162 R14 214
JP5 205 Q5 122 R5 234 R15 262
JP7 205
Q6 122 R6 260
Q7 122 R9 207
Q8 122 R7 214
Q9 125 R8 214
Q10 125 --- ---
6
3 103
4
101
101
2 7
101
1
104
104
5
8
102
102
Rev. 04/04/2005
Index Q’ty Per Index Q’ty Per
Part No. Description Part No. Description
No. Assembly No. Assembly
10
8 9 11
B064/B065/B140/B141/B142/
B143/B163/B228/G126
PARTS INDEX
This section instructs you as to the numbers and names of parts on this machine.
Rev. 2/16/2011
Q’ty Per Page and
Section Name Part No. Description in Service Manual Description in Parts Catalog Assembly Index No.
AE04 0038 Cleaning Web Pressure Roller Cleaning Web Pressure Roller 1 95- 14
(B064/B065)
B140 4182 Cleaning Web Pressure Roller Pressure Roller: Cleaning Felt 1 95- 14
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
AE04 5046 Cleaning Web Cleaning Web (B064/B065) 1 95- 16
B140 4181 Cleaning Web Cleaning Felt Roller Ass'y 1 95- 16
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
FUSING UNIT 1 D062 4192 Bushing Rear Bushing - Oil Supply Bushing 1 97- 40
(B064/B065)
B140 4192 Bushing Inner Back: Oil Supply Bushing 1 95- 40
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
FUSING UNIT 2 AE04 4043 Hot Roller Strippers Hot Roller Stripper (B064/B065) 5 97- 27
FUSING UNIT 2 AE04 4060 Hot Roller Strippers Stripper Pawls 5 97- 27
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
FUSING UNIT 3 (B064/B065) AE03 0017 Hot Roller Bearing Ball Bearing - 35x50x10 2 99- 2
AE01 1087 Hot Roller Hot Roller 1 99- 23
AE03 0018 Pressure Roller Bearing Ball Bearing - 12x28x8 2 99- 26
AE02 0112 Pressure Roller Pressure Roller 1 99- 27
FUSING UNIT 3 AE01 1095 Hot Roller Hot Roller - Mm40 1 103 - 1
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228) AE03 0054 Ball Bearing Ball Bearing - 40x52x7 1 103 - 2
AE02 0182 Pressure Roller Pressure Roller: DIA40 1 103 - 7
AE03 0053 Ball Bearing Ball Bearing - 8x19x6 1 103 - 8
AW10 0096 Thermistor Inner Back Fusing Thermistor 1 103 - 19
AW10 0108 Thermistor Thermistor – Center [TSB#092] 1 103 - 20
FUSING UNIT 4 (B064/B065) AE03 1024 Pressure Cleaning Roller Bearings Bushing - M4x7 2 105 - 9
AE04 2052 Pressure Cleaning Roller Cleaning Roller 1 105 - 10
FUSING UNIT 4 AE03 1026 Bushing Bushing - Oil Supply Roller 1 107 - 8
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228) AE04 2066 Cleaning Roller Fusing Cleaning Roller 1 107 - 10
Parts Index
Page and Page and
Part No. Description Part No. Description
Index No. Index No.
B064 5855 PCB Cover (B064/B065) 129 - 4 B065 1147 Transfer Drive Bracket 125 - 25
B064 6606 Operating Instructions - Copy Chinese 221 - 43 B065 1149 Transfer Drive Joint 125 - 26
B064 6607 Operating Instructions - Copy NA English 221 - 43 B065 1154 Electrode Plate 125 - 6
B064 6608 Operating Instructions - Copy Aa English 221 - 43 B065 1157 Toner Recycling Bracket (B064/B065) 123 - 15
B064 6609 Operating Instructions - Copy Taiwanese 221 - 43 B065 1160 Toner Recycling Tightener 123 - 17
B064 7012 Model Name Plate - Aficio 1060 15 - 12 B065 1162 Fusing Motor Bracket 123 - 22
B064 7015 Model Name Plate- GES 6002 15 - 12 B065 1164 Tightener 123 - 20
B064 7016 Model Name Plate- NSH 6005 15 - 12 B065 1166 Duplex Drive Shaft 123 - 26
B064 7017 Model Name Plate- REX 6008 15 - 12 B065 1167 Duplex Drive Joint 123 - 27
B064 7018 Model Name Plate - Lanier LD060 15 - 12 B065 1168 Fusing Drive Bracket 123 - 11
B064 7019 Model Name Plate - Infotec IS2060 15 - 12 B065 1171 Development Fan Bracket 45 - 9
B064 7206 Operating Instructions - Main Chinese 221 - 43 B065 1172 Development Fan Harness 45 - 18
B064 7207 Operating Instructions - Main NA English 221 - 43 B065 1173 Ips Duct 145 - 24
B064 7208 Operating Instructions - Main Aa English 221 - 43 B065 1175 Entrance IPS Duct 137 - 4
B064 7209 Operating Instructions - Main Taiwanese 221 - 43 B065 1177 Upper Ips Duct 137 - 7
B064 9099 NVRAM - Minus Counter 131 - 33 B065 1178 Fan Bracket - IPS 137 - 2
B065 1070 Upper Front Stay 43 - 15 B065 1180 PCU Duct 139 - 11
B065 1075 Base Cover 149 - 22 B065 1183 Fan Bracket 139 - 2
B065 1077 Right Stay 145 - 19 B065 1184 Entrance PCU Duct 139 - 3
B065 1078 Left Stay 149 - 23 B065 1185 Duct - Charge 145 - 10
B065 1084 Positioning Plate 125 - 20 B065 1188 Duct - Fusing 145 - 7
B065 1091 Left Duct - PCU 147 - 19 B065 1192 Upper Exhaust Duct 137 - 9
B065 1092 Bracket 149 - 13 B065 1193 Lower Exhaust Duct 137 - 10
B065 1093 ADF Bracket 43 - 14 B065 1194 Exhaust Bracket 137 - 8
B065 1094 Duct Clip 147 - 18 B065 1197 Magnet Catch Bracket 149 - 8
B065 1095 Heat Insulation 147 - 20 B065 1198 Duplex Fan Harness 149 - 18
B065 1096 Front Transfer Stay 147 - 3 B065 1200 Bracket:Fan:Duplex 149 - 20
B065 1098 Left Rail 147 - 22 B065 1237 Exhaust Cover Duct 17 - 25
B065 1110 Main Motor (B064/B065) 125 - 19 B065 1243 Operation Panel Inner Cover 17 - 20
B065 1122 Tightener Bracket 125 - 18 B065 1244 Upper Left Cover 17 - 27
B065 1131 Joint 125 - 28 B065 1301 Front Door 15 - 6
B065 1134 Partition Plate 125 - 11 B065 1302 Upper Right Cover 17 - 28
B065 1137 Bracket 125 - 8 B065 1303 LCT Cover 17 - 30
B065 1140 Drum Shaft 125 - 9 B065 1304 Upper Left Cover (B064/B065) 17 - 9
B065 1145 Boss 125 - 12 B065 1305 Upper Rear Cover (B064/B065) 17 - 21
Rev. 3/3/2011
Page and Page and
Part No. Description Part No. Description
Index No. Index No.
B065 4373 Upper Exit Guide Plate 107 - 20 B065 4627 Front Side Plate 115 - 11
B065 4374 Exit Entrance Sensor Bracket 107 - 23 B065 4632 Joint Holder 115 - 19
B065 4378 Driven Decura Roller 107 - 28 B065 4640 Upper Entrance Guide Plate (B064/B065) 115 - 25
B065 4381 Contact Point Shaft 107 - 30 B065 4644 Sensor Bracket 115 - 22
B065 4390 Fusing Exitguide Plate (B064/B065) 97 - 28 B065 4647 Inverter Lever 115 - 4
B065 4397 Release Slider 97 - 15 B065 4648 Lever Cam 113 - 31
B065 4398 Slider Cover 97 - 11 B065 4650 Jogger Motor 117 - 11
B065 4400 Bracket 111 - 15 B065 4655 Driven Reverse Bracket 117 - 25
B065 4413 Exit Gate Pawl 109 - 11 B065 4671 Duplex Lock Arm 113 - 5
B065 4415 Gate Pawl Solenoid 109 - 2 B065 4672 Release Lever Bracket 113 - 8
B065 4421 Pressure Shaft 111 - 9 B065 4673 Release Lever Shaft 113 - 4
B065 4422 Guide Plate Lever 111 - 8 B140 4674 Release Grip 113 - 3
B065 4424 Exit Arm Pad 111 - 7 B065 4675 Duplex Release Bracket 113 - 6
B065 4429 Exit Front Side Plate 111 - 1 B065 4681 Front Jogger Fence 117 - 19
B065 4433 Exit Rear Side Plate 111 - 13 B065 4682 Rear Jogger Fence 117 - 21
B065 4441 Exit Drum Stay 109 - 4 B065 4683 Spring Plate - Rear Jogger Fence 117 - 20
B065 4453 Middle Exit Guide Plate 107 - 29 B065 4692 Front Jogger Fence Slider 121 - 10
B065 4458 Exit Drawer Bracket (B064/B065) 111 - 18 B065 4693 Rear Jogger Fence Slider 121 - 11
B065 4459 Rear Harness Bracket 111 - 11 B065 4694 Jogger Guide Rod 119 - 13
B065 4460 Front Harness Bracket 111 - 10 B065 4696 Jogger Motor Bracket 117 - 10
B065 4470 Support Bracket (B064/B065) 107 - 7 B065 4699 Jogger H.P. Sensor Bracket 121 - 1
B065 4480 Decal - Cover 17 - 7 B065 4710 Upper Transport Guide Plate (B064/B065) 121 - 18
B065 4480 Decal - Cover 221 - 21 B065 4715 Exit Reverse Sensor Bracket 121 - 15
B065 4481 Decal - Exit 95 - 3 B065 4720 Left Duplex Table 117 - 18
B065 4481 Decal - Exit 221 - 22 B065 4725 Right Duplex Bracket 113 - 16
B065 4495 Relay Harness - Guide Plate 107 - 24 B065 4726 Right Guide Table 113 - 14
B065 4496 Relay Harness - Exit 107 - 14 B065 4727 Right Sensor Bracket 113 - 18
B065 4497 Exit Harness (B064/B065) 111 - 17 B065 4728 Spring Plate - Right Table Guide 113 - 13
B065 4499 Exit Detection Harness 149 - 25 B065 4730 Lower Transport Guide Plate 113 - 23
B065 4501 Duplex Unit (B064/B065) 113 - 15 B065 4731 Spring Plate - Driven Roller 113 - 22
B065 4525 Duplex Inner Cover 113 - 1 B065 4733 Duplex Gate Pawl 121 - 4
B065 4531 Guide Plate Lever 113 - 30 B065 4736 Exit Solenoid 121 - 26
B065 4591 Right Duplex Rail 149 - 17 B065 4738 Gate Pawl Cushion 121 - 5
B065 4619 Support Bracket 121 - 25 B065 4745 Reverse Solenoid 117 - 5
B065 4620 Rear Side Plate 115 - 18 B065 4780 Reverse Motor 117 - 1
Rev. 11/05/2010
Page and Page and
Part No. Description Part No. Description
Index No. Index No.
B140 4181 Cleaning Felt Roller Ass'y 95 - 16 B140 4266 Inner Cover:Fusing:EXP:Ass'y 95 - 41
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228) (B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
B140 4182 Pressure Roller:Cleaning Felt 95 - 14 B140 4300 Pressure Tension Spring 109 - 27
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228) B140 4304 Gear - 21/35Z 109 - 19
B140 4187 Cleaning Unit Drive Positioning Plate 95 - 42 B140 4306 Gear - 21/35Z 109 - 18
B140 4188 Drive Bracket Ass'y 95 - 25 B140 4308 Left Reverse Guide Plate Ass'y 111 - 4
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228) (B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
B140 4190 Brake Spring Plate 95 - 24 B140 4311 Upper Exit Guide Plate 149 - 2
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228) (B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
D062 4191 Front Oil Supply Bushing 97 - 9 B140 4312 Left Rise Guide Plate 149 - 6
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228) (B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
B140 4192 Inner Back:Oil Supply Bushing 95 - 40 B140 4313 Exhaust Cover Ass'y 149 - 3
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228) (B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
B140 4193 Cleaning Unit Cover 95 - 13 B140 4317 Gear - SWIVEL ASS'Y 109 - 20
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228) B140 4320 Sensor Feeler 105 - 31
B140 4194 Gear - 40Z 101 - 6 B140 4322 Gear - 21/33Z 109 - 21
B140 4195 Feeler:Oil End Sensor 95 - 38 B140 4324 Stepper Motor Mm42 109 - 25
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228) B140 4325 Drive Bracket Ass'y 109 - 22
B140 4196 Inner Back Thermistor Bracket 101 - 21 B140 4329 Front Drive Bracket Ass'y 109 - 23
B140 4197 Middle Thermistor Bracket 101 - 18 B140 4336 Gear - IDLER WORM GEAR 109 - 24
B140 4198 Fusing Cleaning Roller Bracket 105 - 12 B140 4354 Upper Exhaust Guide Plate 107 - 15
B140 4200 Pressure Cleaning Roller Spring 105 - 9 (B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
B140 4203 Lower Fusing Cover 97 - 3 B140 4458 Exit Drawer Bracket 111 - 18
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228) (B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
B140 4205 Pressure Oil Supply Roller Bracket 105 - 34 B140 4470 Protect Bracket Ass'y 107 - 7
B140 4209 Bracket:Stopper:Ass'y 95 - 11 (B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
B140 4228 Front Lever Ass'y 105 - 3 B140 4474 Heat Insulating Plate Bracket 109 - 26
B140 4229 Rear Lever Ass'y 105 - 23 B140 4497 Harness - Paper Exit Unit Drawer 111 - 173
B140 4234 Upper Fusing Exit Guide Plate 97 - 28 (B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228) B140 4498 Harness - Positioning Sensor 105 - 33
B140 4254 Shaft - Turn 105 - 28 B140 4500 Duplex Unit Ass'y 113 - 15
B140 4256 Pressure Release Eccentric Cam 105 - 29 (B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
B140 4258 Sensor Bracket Ass'y 105 - 32 B140 4640 Upper Entrance Guide Plate Ass'y 115 - 25
B140 4264 Gear - 23Z 105 - 30 (B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
B140 4710 Upper Transport Guide Plate Ass'y 121 - 18
Rev. 11/05/2010
Page and Page and
Part No. Description Part No. Description
Index No. Index No.
AD02 2307 Cover - Rear End Block 83 - 17 AF01 7029 Paper End Fence 59 - 15
AD02 5024 Pick-off Pawl 89 - 4 AF02 0295 Vertical Driven Roller 67 - 20
AD04 1076 Cleaning Roller Cleaning Blade 93 - 1 AF02 0484 Driven Reverse Roller 117 - 24
AD04 1083 Cleaning Blade 89 - 8 AF02 0562 Transport Roller 63 - 24
AD04 2038 Cleaning Brush 87 - 7 AF02 0562 Transport Roller 67 - 5
AD04 3078 Toner Collection Coil 85 - 24 AF02 0564 Connecting Roller 73 - 12
AD04 7025 Exit Seal 93 - 11 AF02 0565 Inverter Roller 109 - 5
AE01 1087 Hot Roller 99 - 23 AF02 0578 Entrance decura Roller (B064/B065) 109 - 13
AE01 1095 Hot Roller - Mm40 101 - 1 AF02 0579 Exit decura Roller (B064/B065) 109 - 12
AE02 0112 Pressure Roller 99 - 27 AF02 0581 Exit Drive Roller 111 - 3
AE02 0145 Pressure Roller - Mm40 101 - 7 AF02 0604 Entrance Decura Roller 109 - 13
AE03 0017 Ball Bearing - 35x50x10 99 - 2 (B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
AE03 0018 Ball Bearing - 12x28x8 99 - 26 AF02 0605 Exit Decura Roller 109 - 12
AE03 0053 Ball Bearing - 8x19x6 101 - 8 (B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
AE03 0054 Ball Bearing - 40x52x7 101 - 2 AF02 1074 Entrance Inverter Roller 115 - 17
AE03 0055 Ball Bearing - 6x15x5 105 - 36 AF02 1075 Duplex Turn Roller 119 - 8
AE03 0056 Ball Bearing - 8x16x5 105 - 11 AF02 1076 Drive Inverter Roller 119 - 11
AE03 1024 Bushing - M4x7 103 - 9 AF02 1077 Driven Transport Roller 119 - 9
AE03 1026 Bushing - Oil Supply Roller 105 - 8 AF02 1078 Left Drive Roller 119 - 12
D062 4226 Bushing - Oil Supply Roller (B064/B065) 97 - 9 AF02 1079 Right Drive Roller 119 - 14
AE03 1036 Bushing - 6mm 95 - 19 AF02 2067 Guide Stopper Roller 113 - 27
AE03 2014 Bushing - 30x35x13.5 99 - 1 AF02 2077 Driven Roller 113 - 21
AE03 2026 Thermal Insulating Bushing 101 - 3 AF02 2105 Roller - Slide Rail 57 - 28
AE04 0038 Cleaning Web Pressure Roller (B064/B065) 95 - 14 AF02 2110 Transport Driven Roller 73 - 19
AE04 2052 Cleaning Roller 103 - 10 AF02 2126 Exit Roller - Driven 107 - 11
AE04 2066 Fusing Cleaning Roller 105 - 10 AF02 2149 Transport Roller 65 - 2
AE04 4043 Hot Roller Stripper (B064/B065) 97 - 27 AF03 0050 Pick-up Roller (B064/B065) 69 - 17
AE04 4060 Stripper Pawls 97 - 27 AF03 0051 Pick-up Roller (B064/B065) 63 - 1
(B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228) AF03 0080 Paper Feed Roller:Pickup 69 - 17
AE04 5046 Cleaning Web (B064/B065) 95 - 16 (B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
AF01 0091 Paper Tray (A4) 59 - 4 AF03 0081 Paper Feed Roller:Pickup 63 - 1
AF01 0092 Paper Tray - LT 59 - 4 (B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228)
AF01 1043 Bottom Plate 59 - 18 AF03 1065 Pare Feed Roller (B064/B065) 63 - 3
AF01 3005 Bottom Plate Pad 59 - 17 AF03 1066 Paper Feed Roller (B064/B065) 69 - 11
AF01 6079 Left Rear Side Fence 59 - 9
D052/D053/D054
PARTS CATALOG
003586MIU
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
PARTS CATALOG
D052/D053/D054
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
D052/D053/D054
PARTS CATALOG
003586MIU
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
All product names, domain names or product illustrations, including desktop images,
used in this document are trademarks, registered trademarks or the property of their
respective companies.
They are used throughout this book in an informational or editorial fashion only and for
the benefit of such companies. No such use, or the use of any trade name, or web
site is intended to convey endorsement or other affiliation with Ricoh products.
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
LEGEND
PRODUCT CODE COMPANY
GESTETNER LANIER RICOH SAVIN
D052 MP 6000 LD260 Aficio MP 6000 8060
D053 MP 7000 LD270 Aficio MP 7000 8070
D054 MP 8000 LD280 Aficio MP 8000 8080
B473/B474/B475 LCT RT43/8½”x14” Paper Size Tray Type 1075/A3/11”x17” Tray Unit Type 1075
B499 Tab Sheet Holder Type 3260
B513 Jogger Unit Type 1075
B531 Punch Unit Type 1075/1090
B660-57/66/67 Z-Folding Unit ZF 4000
B700/B701/B700 II Finisher SR970/SR980/SR4000
B702 Punch Unit Type 3260
B703 Output Jogger Unit Type 3260
B704 Cover Interposer Tray Type 3260
B706 3000-Sheet Finisher SR841
B756 Copy Tray Type 2075
B762 Mail Box CS391
B819/B820 Fax Option Type 7500
D406 Printer Scanner Type 8000
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
DOCUMENTATION HISTORY
REV. NO. DATE COMMENTS
* 04/2008 Original Printing
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
D052/D053/D054
TABLE OF CONTENTS
D052/D053/D054 PARTS LOCATION AND LIST
Location of Unit ...................................................... 2 26.Paper Feed Unit 2 (D052/D053/D054) ............... 64
1.Exterior 1 (D052/D053/D054)............................. 14 27.Vertical Transport (D052/D053/D054) ............... 66
2.Exterior 2 (D052/D053/D054)............................. 16 28.Paper Registration 1 (D052/D053/D054) .......... 68
3.Operation Panel (D052/D053/D054) .................. 18 29.Paper Registration 2 (D052/D053/D054) .......... 70
4.DF Exterior (D052/D053/D054) .......................... 20 30.Paper Registration 3 (D052/D053/D054) .......... 72
5.DF Original Feed 1 (D052/D053/D054).............. 22 31.Toner Hopper Section (D052/D053/D054) ........ 74
6.DF Original Feed 2 (D052/D053/D054).............. 24 32.Toner Supply Unit (D052/D053/D054)............... 76
7.DF Original Transfer 1 (D052/D053/D054)......... 26 33.Development Unit 1 (D052/D053/D054)............ 78
8.DF Original Transfer 2 (D052/D053/D054)......... 28 34.Development Unit 2 (D052/D053/D054)............ 80
9.DF Original Transfer 3 (D052/D053/D054)......... 30 35.PCU 1 (D052/D053/D054)................................. 82
10.DF Original Transfer 4 (D052/D053/D054)........ 32 36.PCU 2 (D052/D053/D054)................................. 84
11.DF Original Exit (D052/D053/D054) .................. 34 37.PCU 3 (D052/D053/D054)................................. 86
12.DF Drive/Electrical 1 (D052/D053/D054) .......... 36 38.PCU 4 (D052/D053/D054)................................. 88
13.DF Drive/Electrical 2 (D052/D053/D054) .......... 38 39.Transfer Belt Unit 1 (D052/D053/D054) ............ 90
14.DF Frame Section (D052/D053/D054) .............. 40 40.Transfer Belt Unit 2 (D052/D053/D054) ............ 92
15.Optics Section 1 (D052/D053/D054) ................. 42 41.Fusing Unit 1 (D052/D053/D054) ...................... 94
16.Optics Section 2 (D052/D053/D054) ................. 44 42.Fusing Unit 2 (D052/D053/D054) ...................... 96
17.Optics Section 3 (D052/D053/D054) ................. 46 43.Fusing Unit 3 (D052/D053/D054) ...................... 98
18.Optics Section 4 (D052/D053/D054) .................. 48 44.Fusing Unit 4 (D052/D053/D054) ..................... 100
19.Laser Unit (D052/D053/D054)........................... 50 45.Paper Exit Section 1 (D052/D053/D054).......... 102
20.Tandem Tray 1 (D052/D053/D054)................... 52 46.Paper Exit Section 2 (D052/D053/D054).......... 104
21.Tandem Tray 2 (D052/D053/D054)................... 54 47.Paper Exit Section 3 (D052/D053/D054).......... 106
22.Tandem Tray 3 (D052/D053/D054)................... 56 48.Duplex Unit 1 (D052/D053/D054)..................... 108
23.Universal Tray (D052/D053/D054) .................... 58 49.Duplex Unit 2 (D052/D053/D054)..................... 110
24.By-pass Feed Tray (D052/D053/D054)............. 60 50.Duplex Unit 3 (D052/D053/D054)..................... 112
25.Paper Feed Unit 1 (D052/D053/D054) .............. 62 51.Duplex Unit 4 (D052/D053/D054)..................... 114
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
B700/B701/B700 II FINISHER SR970/SR980/SR4000 PARTS B702 PUNCH UNIT TYPE 3260 PARTS LOCATION AND
LOCATION AND LIST LIST
1.Exterior (B700/B701)............................................ 2 1.Punch Unit 1 (B702) ............................................. 2
2.Paper Transfer (B700/B701) ................................ 4 2.Punch Unit 2 (B702) ............................................. 4
3.Shift Transfer Section 1 (B700/B701) .................. 6
4.Shift Transfer Section 2 (B700/B701) .................. 8 B702 PUNCH UNIT TYPE 3260 PARTS INDEX
5.Shift Transfer Section 3 (B700/B701) ................. 10 PARTS INDEX .......................................................... 2
6.Staple Transfer Section 1 (B700/B701) .............. 12
7.Staple Transfer Section 2 (B700/B701) .............. 14 B703 OUTPUT JOGGER UNIT TYPE 3260 PARTS LOCATION
8.Staple Tray 1 (B700/B701).................................. 16 AND LIST
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
D052/D053/D054
PARTS LOCATION AND LIST
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
This section instructs you as to the numbers and names of parts on this machine.
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
1. EXTERIOR 1 2. EXTERIOR 2 3. OPERATION PANEL
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
7. DF ORIGINAL TRANSFER 1 8. DF ORIGINAL TRANSFER 2 9. DF ORIGINAL TRANSFER 3
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
13. DF DRIVE/ELECTRICAL 2 14. DF FRAME SECTION 15. OPTICS SECTION 1
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
19. LASER UNIT 20. TANDEM TRAY 1 21. TANDEM TRAY 2
22. TANDEM TRAY 3 23. UNIVERSAL TRAY 24. BY-PASS FEED TRAY
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
25. PAPER FEED UNIT 1 26. PAPER FEED UNIT 2 27. VERTICAL TRANSPORT
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
31. TONER HOPPER SECTION 32. TONER SUPPLY UNIT 33. DEVELOPMENT UNIT 1
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
37. PCU 3 38. PCU 4 39. TRANSFER BELT UNIT 1
40. TRANSFER BELT UNIT 2 41. FUSING UNIT 1 42. FUSING UNIT 2
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
43. FUSING UNIT 3 44. FUSING UNIT 4 45. PAPER EXIT SECTION 1
46. PAPER EXIT SECTION 2 47. PAPER EXIT SECTION 3 48. DUPLEX UNIT 1
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
49. DUPLEX UNIT 2 50. DUPLEX UNIT 3 51. DUPLEX UNIT 4
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
55. TONER COLLECTION 56. ELECTRICAL SECTION 1 57. ELECTRICAL SECTION 2
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
61. ELECTRICAL SECTION 6 62. ELECTRICAL SECTION 7 63. ELECTRICAL SECTION 8
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
67. FRAME SECTION 3 68. FRAME SECTION 4
32
33 40 14
3 13
22 28
37 41
43
30
42
104
34 107
29 39 38 15
36 108
31
108
18
17 101
102
2
4
6 16
102
1
19
5 103 103
20
26
105
25
12 108
102
20 106
7
8
102 108
10 104
105 23
35 21 24
102
27
9
101 104
11
101
37
16 19
18
12
9 20
105 103
101
7 24 25
15 21 102
14 17
106
106
101
13 104 36
101
106 104 26 23
33 22
27
28
38 11 12
10
101
29
6 101
8
101
101
12 101
5 30 32
35
4
101
3 31 101
2
1
33
101 34
36
36 2
36 3
4
4
37
37
9
5 8
6
10 11
7
25
12
26 18
101
102 17
27 21
103 16
28 102 24
29 30 20
30 15
29
14 19
23
101 22
31
101 13
35
32
33
102 101
34
102
102
8
102
9 102
7
102 6
102
102
5
102
11 101
12
1
3
101
2
10
10
4 103
4
4
4
103
3 2
4
5 19
6 18
7 20
102 106
12 13
104
21
10 30
102 17
11 14 108
9 22 29
8 105 103
16
101 108 107
10 28
28
108
23 101
102 25
15
27
24 26
101
103
1
2
21 3
20
19
101
11
102 4
11
5
18 28
6
7
16
8
13
13 12
17 15 5
13
4
101 14
27 22 9
23 13
101
24
26 23 11
25 11 10
103 103
12 105 14
105
106 13 15
101
5 11
9 20 103
6 19
10 16
7 20
104 107
21 17
104 19
22 18
8 23
6 25 24
102 5
4
102 101
3 27 26
2
22
1 103
19
20
21 24
23
101 22
4
3
101
4 106
3
8
25
18
7 8 17
6 9 26 104
5 103
10 16 101
105 101
14
104 15 2
105 102
27
28
11
12 102
107
13
101 103
103
102 102
12
101
3 24
6 4
15
13
104
7
14
11 23
104 101
101 105
5 105
10
9 101
4
16
18
3 17
19 22
2 20
21
101
1 101
101 103
102
102 7
8
101
101 103
20 19
19
101 12
6 11 13
10 14 101
9
101
101
15
101
107 16
104
5
106
4
18
101
2 1
3 17
103
105
24
23 22
1
101 5
4
2 104
104 6 6
7
21
6 6
7 21
6 102 6
7 21
6 8 6
7 9 102 18
21
8 10
17
11 20
8 19
3 18
8
102 25 20 16
12 10 17
14
15
103
103
105 13
107 106
102
4 6
102 5
3
2
102 7
101
1 104
9 8
10
14
103 21
11
101 104
104
12
107
13 16 14
14 20 104
104 22
23 30
104 24
104 29
15 25 9
16 9
103 8 28
27
31 102
105
102
26
14
18 102 107
17 107 19
4 101
101 5 6
101 2
1 37
7
101 37
101
9
8 101
10
19
102 101 18 20
101
11 22
16 20
101 17
104
23
14
101 24
21
104 28 105
12 17 101 35
15 34
101 30
103 25
26
101 27 101
29
108
3
13 33
101 32
101
31 33
106 36 105
107
101
5
105 6
4 102
102
105 105 8
3
7 5
103 9
101 6
105
104
102
103 10
103
101 12
102
11
102 13
15 105
2
1
14
102
14
102
10
102 103 104
18
9 11
103
103
102
13 103
8
8 14
8 103
8
4 15
6 8
102
101 17
8 105 103
5 102
101 105
12 5
5 105
3
105
12 5
105
2
102
1 16
104 102
104
13
10
3 102
109
104 106
7 11
4 108 16 12
8
5 7 14 102 102
15
108 102 105
108
105 17
2 105
109
108
109 109 18
101
17
107
1 108
9
108
24
10 11 12 105
9 103
103 103 16
107
103
1 8 14
103 13 105
3 106
15 29
1
107
109
2 17
110 102 103
103
110 103 5
109
101 103
7 101
104 6
4 18
103 109
103 109 109 20
104 19
30
2 19
102 110
101
5
21
26
7 28 22
103
103 108
27
103 19
23
18 24
103
101 108 23
25
105 103 2
104 102 16 101
5
1
13 18
101 27 101
101
10 102 101 20
101
9 17
4 11 21
101
12 19
8 14
6 101
20
22
103
24
103
23 101 25
26
101
15 7
101
13
37
101
1 105
104
11
111 10 106 102
5 16
7 104 15
104 102 108 102
3
8
14
9 16
12
9 4
1 5 17
13 103
104
4 111
6 104
20 18
7 19
101 105
104 104
104 31
3 34 21
33 105
2 32 31 106
102 32 107
109
15 30 24
16 23
102 104
28 104
102 22
31
31 29
104
107
106 29
17
16 110
108 101 35
102
102 25
104
39
19 104 26
37
103 36
38 27
20
1
15
28 18
27
17
14
24
11 13 23
25
12
10 102
22 21
106
106 105
10 30 20
8 19 105 102
106
7 31
29 32 104
102
102
101
4 102
8 33
16
5
103 107
3 5 101
2 103 9
103
26 6
102
107
35
34
104 8
9 12
104
10 11 13
103
104
103
104
104
6
15
14
5 16
1 102
17
104 101
104 102
101
101 18
104 7
7
104 19 104
20 4
104
2
3
10
35 105 104
9 105
16
12 18 105
7
1 6
2 101 106
8 13 25
103 106
14 107
3 101
7 11
2 105 102 26 103
103 111 17
102 27
13
4 5 101
19
101 20 101 101
101 28
21 24
22 30
13
29
101
23
101
101 36
101 15 104
101 33
32 110
34
109 101
101 107
106
108
31
101
16
2 15
1 8 14 17
3
7 11
10 18
3 103 19
4 9
103 13
12 20
6
103
5 10
6 104
107
31 21
101
104
105
32
104 22
106
23
24
30 102 104 103
10
27 26 25
101
104
103
101 104 29
39 108
42 109 103
28
38 33
41
40 10
103
104 34
37
35
36
101 2
6
104 104
107 105
5 7
101
8 101
4
103 19
101 30
3 9 101
105 101
104 102
27
101 17 26
106 25 28
101 29
101
18 13
12 24
11 16
10 23
101 24
15 21
14 20 22
101
5
4
7
104
104
104
8 20
104 9
19
104 18
104
104 14
101 13 13
102
106 106
12 13
103 11
15
10
104
6 16
104
10 17
2 101 20
4 21
1 3 103 101
30
103 102
102 102
5 D052
102 32
6
7 33
2 9
1
12
29
3 102
4 8 11 28
109 101 104
101 10
10 31
103 13 19 108
102 13
101 101
102 13 27
101 107
102 105
101
18 26
17 25
102
16
22 24
15
14 102
23
106
111 115
7
6 30
113 28
13 106 35 31 113
5 112 32
108
3 8 114 106 115
1 109 115
110 12 112 2
11
108 29
14 105
4
15
9
6 113
111 111 115 28
10 16
14 17
18 102
11 16
112 17 115
104 107 103
111 101
34 19 106
21 27
33
20
22
23
26
115 114 107
112
24
115
24
109
115
2 115
1 25
106
18
1 19
20
21
16 22 25
17 23 24
15 107
27
26
3 33
34 28
35 14 13 105
106
103
12
10 11
102 4 9
105
2 5 104
101 8
101 29
7
101
101
30 31
101 108
6
32 104
105
106
18 104
102 27
106 106 25 6
106 102
25
24 24
1 104 104
7 5
26
5
104
105
3 23
22
105
2 8 21
4 20
19
105
9 12
104 13
10
104
14 15
101
11
103
16
103
17
103
15
103
1 103
16
15
2 103
102
103 14
13
104
6
105 11 12
105
3
4
19
5
17
18
103
101 20
9 21
7 8
102 10
3
5 6
1
101
103 101
3
4
3 5
101
6
102
103
3
101
35.PCU 1 (D052/D053/D054)
101 104
12
2 3 102
101
11
1 14
15
10 28
8
9
5
7 16
102
17
6 104
4
103 18
19
103
21
13
20
22
27
23
24
25
101 26 105
35.PCU 1 (D052/D053/D054)
Index Q’ty Per Index Q’ty Per
Part No. Description Part No. Description
No. Assembly No. Assembly
1 B247 2410 Drum Shaft Knob 1 101 0354 0080N Screw:M4x8
2 B065 3258 Development Drum Stay 1 102 0720 0025E Retaining Ring - M2.5
3 B247 2010 Charge Corona Unit 1 103 0450 3008N Tapping Screw - M3x8
4 B070 2365 Cleaner Motor Cover 1 104 0971 4006A Philips Polycarbonate Screw - M4x6
5 AA08 0147 Front Bushing 1 105 0971 4008A Philips Polycarbonate Screw - M4x8
6 A176 2054 Grounding Plate 1
7 A096 2063 Corona Wire Cleaner 1
8 A096 2062 Wire Cleaner Slider 1
9 A096 2065 Slider Ring 1
10 A176 2061 Screw Shaft 1
11 B247 2295 Cushion - Spacer 1
12 B140 2291 Bushing:Screw Shaft:Rear 1
13 A096 2060 Grid:Charge Corona:N 1
14 AA06 3248 Charge Terminal Spring 1
15 AA06 3249 Grid Terminal Spring 1
16 AD02 2285 Rear End Block 1
17 AD02 2307 Cover - Rear End Block 1
18 A096 2051 Rear Grid Anchor 1
19 B070 2364 Charge Corona Wire 1
20 AA06 2284 Pressure Spring 1
21 AD02 2283 Front End Block 1
22 B234 2123 Cushion - Wire 2
23 AX04 0147 DC Motor:Cleaner:0.5W 1
24 AB01 0087 Gear - 20Z 1
25 AD02 2306 Cover - Front End Block 1
26 A134 2363 Terminal Plate 1
27 A096 2052 Front Grid Anchor 1
28 B140 2292 Case:Charge Corona 1
36.PCU 2 (D052/D053/D054)
1 102
101 102 107
102
8 22
107
7
18
5 102
6 9
102
4
10
3 11
12 103
106
102
21
15 20
14
13
105
104
102 102 16
104 2
101
104
17
104 19
36.PCU 2 (D052/D053/D054)
Index Q’ty Per Index Q’ty Per
Part No. Description Part No. Description
No. Assembly No. Assembly
1 A293 2418 Upper Unit Cover 1 101 0354 0080N Screw:M4x8
2 B065 1957 Shield Glass Cover 1 102 0452 3008N Tapping Screw - M3x8
3 B065 2494 Upper PCU Harness 1 103 0951 3006N Screw - M3x6
4 B234 2270 LED Array 1 104 0451 4008N Tapping Screw:4x8
5 A096 2301 Grounding Plate 1 105 0720 0040E Retaining Ring - M4
6 B247 2271 Electric Potential Sensor 1 106 1105 0534 Clamp
7 B065 2392 Receptacle 1 107 0314 0060N Screw - M4x6
8 B247 2270 PCU Unit - Upper 1
9 B247 3340 Filter:Development 1
10 B065 2426 Pressure Release Lever 1
11 AA06 0891 Spring 1
12 AB01 1461 Toner Recycling Connecting Gear 1
13 AB01 1462 Toner Recycling Gear 1
14 B247 2377 Shaft:Connecting:Toner Recycling 1
15 AA08 2122 Bushing 1
16 B065 2371 Drum Stay 1
17 B246 9510 OPC Drum: MT-C3 1
18 B246 2261 PCU:Lower:NA 1
18 B247 2260 PCU Unit - Lower 1
19 B247 2395 Toner Recycling Ass'y 1
20 AA15 2431 Front Drum Seal 1
21 A294 3572 Rear Drum Seal 1
22 AD04 1140 Cleaning Blade 1
37.PCU 3 (D052/D053/D054)
101
103 6
101
4 5
3
7
1
102
12
102
103 14
8 17
9
2 3
16
13
12 20
102
10 21
104 15 22
18
12
11
104
23
19
18 105
37.PCU 3 (D052/D053/D054)
Index Q’ty Per Index Q’ty Per
Part No. Description Part No. Description
No. Assembly No. Assembly
1 B247 2326 Toner Collection Coil 1 101 0951 3006N Screw - M3x6
2 B247 2322 Agitator:Ass'y 1 102 0452 3008N Tapping Screw - M3x8
3 AA08 2121 Toner Collection Coil Bushing 2 103 0452 3010N Binding Self-Tapping Screw:3x10
4 B065 2428 Agitator Gear 1 104 0720 0040E Retaining Ring - M4
5 B065 2425 Brush Roller Gear 1 105 0951 3008N Screw:Polished Roud:M3x8
6 AA08 2119 Roller Bushing 1
7 B247 2330 Brush Roller:Cleaning 1
8 B247 2366 Shaft:Brush Roller:Front:Ass'y 1
9 AA13 2208 Spacer - M6 1
10 AA08 2101 Bushing - 6x10x6 1
11 AA08 2094 Bushing - Brush Roller 1
12 AA15 3085 Inner Case Seal 2
13 AB01 1460 Idler Gear 1
14 B065 2427 Cam - Blade 1
15 AA15 3088 Cleaning Entrance Seal - 3x345x2 1
16 B247 2353 Bracket:Swivel:Blade:Ass'y 1
17 AB01 1459 Toner Collection Coil Gear 1
18 B140 2421 Pre-Transfer Lamp Harness Plate 1
19 B140 2413 Entrance Transfer Stay Ass'y 1
20 AB01 7612 Gear 1
21 B140 2382 Pre-Transfer Lamp Case Ass'y 1
22 B234 2270 LED Array 1
23 5206 2684 Shoulder Screw - M3 1
38.PCU 4 (D052/D053/D054)
102
1
14
5 3
5 101
12
4 8
101 103 27
103 101
13 18
3 7 26 28 29
15 6
4
103 8
10
102
9
2
25
11
101
16
17
24
21
104
19
18 20
23
22
102 103
38.PCU 4 (D052/D053/D054)
Index Q’ty Per Index Q’ty Per
Part No. Description Part No. Description
No. Assembly No. Assembly
1 B065 2336 Pickoff Pawl:Drum:Ass'y 1 101 0951 3008N Screw:Polished Roud:M3x8
2 B065 2358 Bracket Grounding Bracket 1 102 0452 3008N Tapping Screw - M3x8
3 AA06 0892 Pick-off Pawl Spring 2 103 0452 3010N Binding Self-Tapping Screw:3x10
4 AD02 5024 Pick-off Pawl 2 104 0951 3006N Screw - M3x6
5 AA14 3523 Shoulder Screw - M3 2
6 AA14 3544 Screw - M3 1
7 AB01 7611 Pick-off Pawl Cam 1
8 AA06 3576 Spring 1
9 AA13 2208 Spacer - M6 1
10 AA06 3610 Spring - 4060MN 1
11 B065 2316 Front Blade Seal 1
12 B247 2314 Bracket:Blade:Ass'y 1
13 B065 2317 Rear Blade Seal 1
14 AA08 2120 Bushing 1
15 B065 2386 Middle PCU Casing 1
16 B065 2389 Bracket:Brush Roller 1
17 B247 2342 Shaft:Pickoff Pawl:Swivel 1
18 AB01 1459 Toner Collection Coil Gear 2
19 AA08 2101 Bushing - 6x10x6 1
20 B247 2497 Harness:PCU:Lower 1
21 B234 2279 Density Sensor P 1
22 B065 2364 Pick-off Pawl Positioning Plate 1
23 B065 2361 Entrance Seal Holder 1
24 B065 2362 Cleaning Entrance Seal 1
25 B065 2381 Grounding Plate 1
26 B247 2344 Bracket:Idler:Pickoff Pawl:Ass'y 1
27 AB01 1460 Idler Gear 1
28 AA08 2121 Toner Collection Coil Bushing 1
29 B065 2369 Grounding Plate - Entrance Seal 1
8
103
22 7 104
6
5 105
101
16
9 15
4
3
102
1 2
106
12 13
105 20 17
18
101 19
11
10
101 12
21
14
101
101
101 2
101
1 5
6
4 9 10 25
101
101
3 8
2 11
7
12 104
24
23
102
22
105
13
14
15
26
14
15 27
103 102 29
16
17
102
18
21
19
20 106
101 28
109
2 1
4
3
101
8
108
106
108
109 16 8
101
106
17
6 109 103
5 19
102 108 108 20 104
20 103 39
20 19
22 10
20 18
108
108 19
23 20
108 24 21 11
26 30 14
25 12
32 105
27 107 104
108
13
29 33
104 37
108
28 36 7
107 35 10
9
34 38 19
103 15 31
10 101
11
12
103 15 19
14
13 20 102
21
18
14
12 7
22
23 101 103
1
18
17
16
102
3
101 4
10
101 6 101
9 101 2
24
5
103
101
14 104 105
102 21 17
102 104 104
31 105 19 104 30
102 104 17 28
26 20 104 29
11 12 104
18
102
26 103
104
9 103 13 104 4
31
16 33
15 104
103 108
25
32 107
104
22 5
6
3
2
1 109
106
24
23
103
101
8
7
2
3
5 27
8
101
108 7 104
102 21
101 105
20 106
6 9 22
101
104
8 23 4
12
101 24
15 102
10 16 101
107
9 102 1
17 29
102
25 107 11
8
103
14
13
107
108
102
102 5 18
104
19
101 28
3 101
4 11
104 102 101
29
30
27 32
31 26
104 33
2
1 101
34
104 22 102
104 21
12 18 17
10 103
13 103
11
9 20 23
14 15
10
24
105 13
9 19
106 27 25
106 103 26
102
102
28 101
18 101
21 30
17
16 25 101
108
108 26 31
106
107 29
4
5 101 8
7
101
101
108 108
6 101
3
1 2 107
102
6 102
3 102 17
3
16
5
102
17
7 10 3
8
9 11
7
8
12
4 13
101
101
101
101
26
3 106
102 15
3 25
102
14
109 1 110
24 17
10 105
12 18
107 13
2 108 105
19 110
3 105 105
107 106
23 20
106
22
16
111
6 21 106
7 15
14
5 105
4
102 11
105
109 8
108 112
109
105 9 103
105 101
101
103
104
105
105
5 102
105 102 102
4 6
10
7 8
9
15
3
11
102 105
102
12
2
13
14
1 102
101
9
102
102
101
16
101
23
28 25 17
17 104
19
25 20 18
26
27 24
30 29 102 22
103
17 104 21
104
102
108 108 103 21
107
9 20
28 101 19
103 102
1 5 10
106
4
6
106
2 13 18
7 22
104
8
3 23
104
6 15 16
105 104
13
7 14 104
24
106 23 104
9 12
103
10 27
17 104
102
106
11
25
26
108 103
3
109 108 20
109 4 19
1 21
104
2
109 109
18
106
5 23
104 7
11 22
24
104 23
109 105
22 101
106 101
102
17
109
107
10 25
109
109
109 9
104 13 17
12 13
8
109
6 16
14 15
101 2
103 3 10
2
3
10
103 2
101 3
8
2
3
9
101 11
103 103
1 12
101
13
4
3 9
102 101
3
14
5
3
6 102
15
3
7
101 24 108
26 110
5 101 105 108
4 101 108
110 105
101 27
25
101 109
6 101
101 108
104 22
102
21 101
106
7 101 23
12 107
8 105
101
20
9 19
103
104 28
11 101 104
14 104
104 104
10 104
13
105
15
17 12
16 101
101
3
101 14
104
18 101
2 1
101
104
1
7
104 104
6
102
5
101
4
3 107
104
24 8
2
104
14
13
101 107
103 12
D054
101 11
104
101 104 19
10
106 104
9
107 16 104
22
104 23
104
21
15 105 106
17 20
107
18
108
29
28
102 27
4 5 113
103
1 101
3 101
2
101
106
101
8 9
106
101
101
19
7
105
101
105 113
11 112
104 101
6 101
13 112
20
101
10 12 101
14 107 101 26
109 25
101
30 18
108 21 111
108 16
110 107 101
24
17 23
15 22
42 31 40
24
14 31
38
1
12
36
2
101 39 7
3
103 23
4 102
26
11
4
5
6
10
9
8 37 31
35
16 34
32
15 18
14 33 30
103
19
101 29 28 27
13
12 20
101 25 26 41
21
103
17 101 22
104
104 4
105
1 101
104
101 3
101 2 101
105 104
103
102
106
101 101
102
7
5 101
102
101
4
6 15
101
3 101
1 17
5
102
101 2
3 7
106
4
101 104
103
102
8
106
9
10 105
12
103 16
11 107 106
101 13
101
101
14
108 101
3 101
101
101
2
1 101
101
4 101
9
5
6 8
101
101
2
101
101
15
4 101
101 10
7 12 101
11 101 101
101
101
101
13
11
101
101
14
101 101
101
101
101 101
2
101 101
3
101 1
4
5
101 6
7
101
103 17
101
16
8
104
101
18
19
101
102
13
11 101
101 105
15
9
101 10
106
12
14
101
107
101 101
102
2 104
1
102 103
101
1
102
101 4
25
7 104
3 8
106
9
5 11 21
10
105
107
105 11
107 12 20 107
107
106 106
15 22 106
18
106
13 107
106
106 106
25
106
14 107
108 6
24 106
23 106
16 107 19
17 106
102 24
108
101 2 9
101
3 11
23
101
101
1
112 101
103
5
20 4 101
107
101
101
3
110
1
101 6
104
14
101 19
104 101 12
102 101
105
103
2 102 101
7
101
22 13 101
8 111
101 9
101
15
101
101
111
109
17 101
16 101
108 10 101
18
101
106 101 21
11 101
14
102
7
102
1 5 15
2 102
102
3 4
101
102
102
6
102
102
102
104
102
8 15
102 16 103
13
10 9 102
16
102
14
11 102
103
17
12 18
102
102
1
107 2
102
105
8
109
108
11
107 109
102 3 105
111
5 4
103 110
102
6
102 108
104 102
12
12
102 108
102
13
7
10 102
16
102
101
17
102
15
9 14 18
102
20 21 22
19 107
23
18 101 101 101
101
17
15
102
103
106
16
11
103
104
10
25
101
13
101
101
9 8
12 101
3 10 7
101 101
105 104
2 6
5 101 101
24 101
105
14 101 4
1 101
101 8 101
101
101
15
107 10 9 13
14
11
13 11 101
105
12
106
12
106 17 105 13
107 102
3
5
2
101
4
6
102
103
105
106
102
12
1 8
102 102
10
104
102 102
102
11
102 13
14
102
102
104
104 106 15 104
16
3
104
103 104
4 11
2
104
7 9 7
9
104 8 9 8
10
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C101 135 C111 135 --- --- C131 135 C141 135 --- --- C161 156
C102 129 C112 133 C122 135 C132 135 C142 133 C152 135 C162 135
C103 137 C113 135 C123 133 C133 135 C143 135 C153 133 C163 136
C104 129 C114 133 C124 135 C134 133 C144 133 C154 135 C164 133
C105 135 C115 132 C125 133 C135 135 C145 135 C155 135 C165 135
C106 135 C116 135 C126 133 C136 135 C146 130 C156 132 C166 135
C107 135 C117 135 C127 133 C137 133 C147 135 C157 133 C167 135
C108 135 C118 133 C128 133 C138 135 C148 135 C158 133 C168 135
C109 133 C119 140 C129 135 C139 135 C149 135 C159 131 C169 138
C110 135 C120 134 C130 130 C140 135 C150 135 C160 131
OSC RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
OSC101 126 R101 150 --- --- --- --- R131 155 R141 150 R151 147
R102 148 R112 154 R122 147 R132 150 R142 153 R152 147
R103 148 R113 154 R123 153 R133 155 R143 150 R153 147
R104 148 R114 150 R124 153 R134 153 R144 153 R154 147
R105 150 --- --- R125 149 R135 149 --- --- R155 151
Q --- --- --- --- --- --- R136 150 --- --- R156 150
R107 152 R117 150 --- --- R137 154 R147 147 R157 150
SYMBOL INDEX R108 149 R118 154 R128 150 R138 149 R148 147 --- ---
NO. NO. --- --- R119 154 R129 149 R139 150 R149 147 R159 150
Q101 109 --- --- R120 148 R130 155 --- --- R150 147 --- ---
RESISTOR REG RN
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
--- --- R171 150 R181 147 --- --- REG101 125 RN101 143 --- ---
R162 150 R172 149 R182 147 R192 149 RN102 143 RN112 127
R163 150 --- --- R183 147 R193 150 RN103 145 --- ---
--- --- --- --- R184 147 R194 150 RN104 145 --- ---
--- --- --- --- R185 154 R195 150 RN105 145 --- ---
--- --- --- --- R186 154 R196 154 RN106 142 RN116 142
--- --- R177 147 --- --- R197 149 RN107 143 RN117 142
R168 149 R178 147 R188 149 R198 153 RN108 142 --- ---
R169 150 R179 147 --- --- RN109 142 RN119 127
R170 149 R180 147 R190 149 --- --- RN120 128
RN
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO.
RN121 127 RN131 144
RN122 142 RN132 144
RN123 142 RN133 144
RN124 143 RN134 143
RN125 143 RN135 143
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C1 211 C11 211 C21 223 C31 223 C41 213 C51 215 C61 221
C2 221 C12 211 C22 178 C32 221 C42 211 C52 211 C62 217
C3 221 C13 211 --- --- C33 223 C43 166 C53 211 C63 223
C4 167 C14 211 C24 213 C34 217 C44 223 C54 218 C64 217
C5 211 C15 211 C25 215 C35 217 C45 223 C55 223 C65 221
C6 211 C16 211 C26 215 C36 221 C46 169 C56 223 C66 223
C7 211 C17 223 C27 221 C37 223 C47 223 C57 218 C67 220
C8 211 --- --- C28 217 C38 217 C48 218 C58 217 C68 221
C9 211 C19 223 C29 223 C39 223 C49 218 C59 223 C69 211
C10 211 C20 223 C30 221 C40 217 C50 215 C60 217 C70 221
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C71 221 C101 167 C111 164 C121 221 C131 221 C141 217 C151 221
C72 221 C102 161 C112 217 C122 217 C132 217 C142 164 C152 217
C73 223 C103 162 C113 221 C123 164 C133 164 C143 164 C153 217
--- --- C104 223 C114 164 C124 221 C134 160 C144 217 C154 221
--- --- C105 164 C115 217 C125 217 C135 217 C145 221 C155 223
C76 223 C106 217 C116 221 C126 164 C136 223 C146 156 C156 217
--- --- C107 221 C117 164 C127 162 C137 223 C147 221 C157 221
--- --- C108 164 C118 217 C128 223 C138 217 C148 217 C158 223
--- --- C109 217 C119 221 C129 161 C139 160 C149 223 C159 217
--- --- C110 221 C120 156 C130 167 C140 221 C150 223 C160 221
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C161 223 C171 223 C181 223 C191 221 C201 221 C211 217 C221 217
C162 223 C172 223 C182 223 C192 221 C202 221 C212 217 C222 217
C163 217 C173 217 C183 223 --- --- C203 217 C213 221 C223 221
C164 217 C174 217 C184 223 --- --- C204 217 C214 217 C224 217
C165 223 C175 223 C185 223 --- --- C205 221 C215 221 C225 221
C166 223 C176 217 C186 164 --- --- C206 164 C216 221 C226 221
C167 223 C177 221 C187 223 --- --- C207 217 C217 217 C227 217
C168 223 C178 223 C188 217 C198 223 C208 221 C218 217 C228 217
C169 223 C179 217 C189 221 C199 221 C209 223 C219 223 C229 223
C170 223 C180 221 C190 221 C200 217 C210 223 C220 223 C230 223
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C231 217 C261 210 C271 156 C281 217 --- --- C301 160 C311 217
C232 217 C262 160 --- --- C282 164 C292 221 C302 223 C312 160
C253 161 C263 160 C273 221 --- --- C293 217 --- --- C313 221
C254 162 C264 160 C274 217 --- --- C294 164 C304 223 C314 223
C255 160 C265 160 C275 164 --- --- C295 162 C305 154 C315 223
C256 160 --- --- C276 162 C286 164 C296 223 C306 223 C316 217
C257 156 --- --- C277 223 C287 217 --- --- C307 223 C317 160
C258 216 --- --- C278 161 C288 221 --- --- C308 217 C318 223
C259 216 --- --- C279 167 --- --- C299 223 C309 160 C319 217
C260 216 C270 223 C280 221 --- --- C300 217 C310 223 --- ---
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C321 223 --- --- C351 223 C361 223 --- --- C381 214 --- ---
C322 217 --- --- C352 217 C362 155 --- --- C382 214 C392 214
C323 160 --- --- --- --- C363 217 --- --- C383 214 C393 214
C324 223 --- --- --- --- C364 223 --- --- C384 214 C394 214
C325 217 C345 223 --- --- C365 217 --- --- C385 214 C395 214
--- --- C346 217 --- --- C366 223 --- --- --- --- C396 223
--- --- C347 223 --- --- C367 217 --- --- --- --- C397 223
--- --- C348 217 --- --- C368 223 C378 214 --- --- --- ---
--- --- C349 223 C359 219 C369 217 C379 214 --- --- --- ---
--- --- C350 217 C360 155 C370 223 C380 214 --- --- --- ---
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
--- --- C421 211 --- --- C441 221 C461 221 C471 223 C481 217
--- --- --- --- --- --- C442 217 --- --- C472 221 C482 223
--- --- C423 223 --- --- --- --- --- --- C473 221 C483 217
--- --- C424 221 --- --- --- --- C464 223 C474 221 C484 223
--- --- C425 217 --- --- C455 221 C465 221 C475 221 C485 223
C416 164 C426 217 --- --- C456 223 C466 217 --- --- C486 217
C417 221 --- --- C437 217 C457 221 C467 217 --- --- C487 223
--- --- --- --- C438 217 C458 221 C468 223 --- --- C488 223
--- --- --- --- C439 221 C459 217 C469 160 C479 217 C489 217
C420 212 --- --- C440 221 C460 217 C470 160 C480 217 C490 217
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C491 223 C501 217 C511 217 C521 217 C531 156 --- --- C551 157
C492 217 C502 223 C512 223 C522 223 C532 223 --- --- C552 222
C493 217 C503 223 C513 223 C523 223 C533 156 C543 223 C553 221
C494 223 C504 217 C514 217 C524 217 C534 223 C544 221 --- ---
C495 223 C505 217 C515 217 C525 217 C535 159 C545 217 C555 158
C496 217 C506 223 C516 223 C526 223 --- --- --- --- C556 223
C497 223 C507 217 C517 217 C527 223 --- --- --- --- C557 164
C498 223 C508 217 C518 217 C528 223 --- --- --- --- C558 165
C499 217 C509 223 C519 223 C529 223 --- --- C549 223 C559 212
C500 223 C510 223 C520 223 C530 223 --- --- C550 218 C560 168
CAPACITOR CONNECTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C561 155 C641 221 C901 223 C911 223 C921 223 C931 163 CN340 109
C562 223 C642 221 C902 223 C912 223 C922 223 C932 163 CN341 106
C623 210 --- --- C903 223 C913 223 C923 223 C933 163 CN342 105
C624 210 --- --- C904 223 C914 223 C924 223 CN343 108
C625 210 --- --- C905 223 C915 223 C925 223 CN344 104
--- ---
C626 221 --- --- C906 223 --- --- C926 163 CN346 102
--- --- --- --- C907 223 --- --- C927 163 CN347 103
--- --- --- --- C908 223 --- --- C928 163 CN348 101
--- --- --- --- C909 223 --- --- C929 163 --- ---
--- --- C900 223 C910 223 C920 223 C930 163 --- ---
FIL6 170 --- --- --- --- FIL126 170 FIL136 170
FIL7 173 --- --- FIL107 174 --- --- FIL137 170
FIL8 173 --- --- --- --- FIL128 174 FIL138 170
FIL9 173 --- --- FIL109 170 FIL129 170 FIL139 170
FIL10 173 FIL100 170 --- --- FIL130 170 FIL140 170
FIL IC SW JP
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
FIL141 170 IC1 138 IC101 3 IC111 224 IC121 127 IC131 134 JP1 177
FIL142 170 IC2 124 IC102 120 IC112 224 IC122 127 IC132 129 JP2 177
FIL143 170 IC3 122 IC103 2 IC113 224 IC123 121 IC133 130 --- ---
FIL144 170 IC4 126 IC104 1 IC114 224 IC124 121 IC134 136 --- ---
FIL145 170 IC5 125 IC105 133 IC115 224 IC125 140 IC135 132 --- ---
FIL146 170 IC6 131 IC106 133 IC116 224 --- --- --- ---
FIL147 170 --- --- IC107 133 IC117 224 --- --- --- ---
--- --- IC108 133 IC118 224 --- --- --- ---
--- --- --- --- IC119 128 IC129 123 --- ---
--- --- --- --- IC120 124 --- --- --- ---
JP L LED
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
JP101 177 JP112 177 JP122 177 --- --- --- --- L1 172 LED101 118
JP102 177 JP113 177 JP123 177 --- --- --- --- LED102 119
JP103 175 JP114 177 JP124 177 --- --- --- --- LED103 119
--- --- JP115 177 JP125 177 JP135 177 LED104 118
JP105 177 JP136 177 JP146 175
JP106 177 JP116 177 JP126 177 --- --- --- ---
JP107 177 JP117 177 --- --- --- --- JP158 177
JP108 177 JP118 177 --- --- --- ---
JP109 177 JP119 177 --- --- --- ---
JP110 177 JP120 177 --- --- --- ---
JP111 177 JP121 177 --- --- --- ---
OSC Q RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
OSC1 141 Q1 113 R1 177 R11 200 R21 196 R31 182 --- ---
--- --- Q2 111 R2 177 R12 200 R22 209 R32 191 --- ---
--- --- Q3 114 R3 177 R13 200 R23 182 R33 198 R43 201
--- --- Q4 114 R4 181 R14 182 R24 182 R34 182 R44 177
--- --- Q5 112 R5 177 R15 196 R25 196 R35 181 R45 182
OSC101 143 --- --- R16 196 R26 204 R36 192 R46 193
OSC102 142 R7 176 R17 192 R27 198 R37 196 R47 193
R8 200 R18 196 R28 192 R38 196 R48 193
R9 200 R19 176 R29 182 R39 177 R49 193
R10 200 R20 182 R30 182 R40 192 R50 177
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R51 196 R61 180 --- --- R81 200 R91 180 R101 192 R111 182
R52 196 R62 180 R72 182 R82 200 --- --- --- --- R112 181
--- --- --- --- R73 196 R83 200 --- --- --- --- R113 181
--- --- R64 196 R74 181 R84 182 --- --- R104 186 --- ---
R55 177 R65 177 R75 181 R85 189 --- --- --- --- R115 182
--- --- --- --- R76 200 R86 189 R96 189 R106 200 --- ---
R57 184 --- --- R77 200 --- --- --- --- R107 186 R117 182
--- --- --- --- R78 200 --- --- --- --- R108 182 --- ---
R59 180 R69 182 R79 200 --- --- --- --- R109 182 --- ---
R60 180 R70 182 R80 200 R90 180 R100 183 R110 182 R120 186
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R121 181 R131 196 R141 199 R151 185 --- --- --- --- R181 179
R122 181 R132 179 R142 199 R152 183 R162 200 --- --- R182 179
R123 181 R133 179 R143 185 R153 199 R163 182 --- --- R183 183
R124 182 R134 182 R144 183 R154 199 R164 181 --- --- R184 199
R125 192 R135 182 R145 199 R155 185 R165 181 --- --- R185 199
R126 196 R136 183 R146 199 R156 183 R166 182 --- --- R186 185
R127 196 R137 199 R147 185 R157 199 R167 182 --- --- R187 183
R128 179 R138 199 R148 183 R158 199 R168 182 --- --- R188 199
R129 179 R139 185 R149 199 R159 185 --- --- R179 192 R189 199
R130 196 R140 183 R150 199 --- --- --- --- R180 196 R190 185
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R191 183 --- --- R211 179 R221 181 R231 200 R241 200 --- ---
R192 199 --- --- R212 181 --- --- R232 195 --- --- R252 187
R193 199 --- --- R213 179 --- --- R233 200 --- --- R253 188
R194 185 --- --- --- --- R224 186 R234 200 R244 189 R254 189
R195 183 --- --- --- --- R225 181 --- --- R245 200 R255 189
R196 199 --- --- R216 198 R226 181 R236 200 --- --- --- ---
R197 199 --- --- R217 198 R227 182 --- --- R247 194 R257 189
R198 185 --- --- R218 198 R228 182 --- --- R248 195 R258 195
--- --- R209 181 R219 198 R229 182 --- --- --- --- R259 181
--- --- R210 179 R220 181 R230 200 R240 189 --- --- R260 192
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R261 196 R271 181 --- --- R291 190 R301 192 R311 192 R321 181
R262 192 --- --- --- --- --- --- R302 192 R312 192 R322 200
R263 182 --- --- --- --- --- --- R303 192 R313 192 R323 200
--- --- --- --- R284 183 --- --- R304 192 R314 192 --- ---
R265 181 R275 181 --- --- R295 192 R305 192 R315 192 R325 200
--- --- R276 196 --- --- R296 192 R306 192 R316 192 --- ---
--- --- R277 196 --- --- R297 192 R307 192 R317 192 --- ---
R268 192 --- --- --- --- R298 192 R308 192 R318 192 --- ---
R269 192 --- --- R289 208 R299 192 R309 192 R319 192 --- ---
R270 195 --- --- R290 204 R300 192 R310 192 R320 181 --- ---
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R341 182 --- --- R361 192 R371 182 R381 179 R391 200 R401 182
R342 182 R352 182 --- --- --- --- R382 179 R392 200 R402 179
--- --- --- --- R363 200 R373 192 R383 200 R393 200 --- ---
R344 181 --- --- --- --- R374 200 R384 195 --- --- --- ---
R345 196 --- --- --- --- R375 182 R385 192 R395 200 --- ---
--- --- R356 192 --- --- R376 200 R386 200 R396 200 R406 196
R347 182 --- --- R367 185 R377 195 R387 200 R397 200 --- ---
--- --- --- --- R368 185 R378 192 R388 200 --- --- R408 196
R349 182 --- --- R369 195 R379 200 R389 200 --- --- R409 196
--- --- R360 200 R370 182 R380 179 R390 179 R400 181 R410 196
RESISTOR REG RN
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R411 197 R421 183 R431 182 REG101 135 RN1 146 RN11 151 RN21 152
--- --- R422 197 --- --- REG102 139 RN2 146 RN12 151 RN22 152
R413 183 --- --- --- --- REG103 137 RN3 146 RN13 152 RN23 146
R414 207 R424 202 R434 200 RN4 152 RN14 152 RN24 152
R415 144 R425 203 R455 192 RN5 146 RN15 152 RN25 152
R416 206 R426 200 R456 192 RN6 146 RN16 152 RN26 146
R417 179 --- --- R457 196 RN7 146 RN17 152 RN27 146
R418 187 R428 181 --- --- RN8 146 RN18 152 RN28 146
R419 179 --- --- R459 200 RN9 152 RN19 152 RN29 146
R420 179 R430 182 R460 200 RN10 152 RN20 152 RN30 146
RN
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
RN31 146 RN101 146 RN111 149 RN121 146 RN131 147 RN141 147 --- ---
RN32 146 RN102 151 RN112 152 RN122 146 RN132 147 RN142 147 --- ---
RN33 146 RN103 151 RN113 152 --- --- RN133 147 RN143 147 RN173 146
RN34 146 RN104 151 RN114 152 --- --- RN134 147 --- --- RN174 146
RN35 150 --- --- RN115 152 --- --- RN135 147 --- --- RN175 146
RN36 150 --- --- RN116 152 --- --- RN136 146 --- --- --- ---
RN37 150 RN107 150 --- --- --- --- RN137 146 --- --- --- ---
RN38 150 RN108 150 RN118 146 RN128 151 RN138 145 RN168 146 --- ---
--- --- RN109 150 RN119 146 RN129 151 RN139 147 RN169 146 --- ---
RN100 146 RN110 150 RN120 146 --- --- RN140 147 --- --- RN180 146
RN
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
RN181 146 RN191 151 RN201 150 RN211 149 RN221 150 RN231 150 RN241 150
RN182 146 RN192 151 RN202 150 RN212 149 RN222 150 RN232 150 RN242 150
RN183 146 RN193 150 --- --- RN213 149 RN223 150 RN233 150 RN243 150
RN184 146 RN194 150 RN204 150 RN214 149 RN224 150 RN234 150 RN244 150
--- --- RN195 150 --- --- RN215 149 RN225 150 RN235 150 RN245 150
--- --- RN196 150 --- --- RN216 149 RN226 150 RN236 150 RN246 150
--- --- RN197 147 RN207 149 RN217 149 RN227 150 RN237 150 RN247 150
--- --- RN198 150 RN208 149 RN218 151 RN228 150 RN238 150 RN248 150
--- --- RN199 150 RN209 149 RN219 146 RN229 150 RN239 150 RN249 150
RN190 151 RN200 150 RN210 149 RN220 150 RN230 150 RN240 150 RN250 150
RN
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
RN251 150 RN261 153 RN271 152 RN281 152 RN291 148 RN301 147 RN331 151
RN252 153 RN262 153 RN272 152 RN282 152 RN292 148 RN302 146 --- ---
RN253 153 RN263 153 RN273 152 RN283 152 RN293 151 RN303 146 RN333 145
RN254 153 RN264 147 RN274 152 RN284 150 RN294 151 --- --- RN334 152
RN255 153 RN265 147 --- --- RN285 150 RN295 151 --- --- RN335 152
RN256 153 RN266 147 --- --- RN286 150 RN296 151 --- --- RN336 152
RN257 153 RN267 147 --- --- RN287 150 RN297 151 --- --- RN337 152
RN258 153 RN268 147 --- --- RN288 150 RN298 151 --- --- RN338 152
RN259 153 --- --- --- --- RN289 148 RN299 147 --- --- --- ---
RN260 153 RN270 152 RN280 152 RN290 148 RN300 147 RN330 151 --- ---
RN SW
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO.
--- --- SW1 110
RN412 205
BAT CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
BAT1 114 --- --- C11 193 C21 199 C31 176 C41 199 C51 187
C2 197 C12 199 --- --- C32 175 C42 185 C52 187
C3 168 C13 199 C23 185 C33 199 C43 169 C53 187
C4 189 C14 199 C24 187 C34 199 C44 193 C54 198
C5 189 C15 199 C25 177 C35 187 C45 184 C55 186
C6 193 C16 199 C26 185 C36 169 C46 185 C56 199
C7 199 C17 199 C27 180 C37 185 C47 199 C57 197
C8 199 C18 193 C28 189 C38 199 C48 193 C58 197
C9 168 C19 193 C29 189 C39 207 C49 169 C59 197
C10 189 C20 197 C30 199 C40 183 C50 187 C60 199
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C61 199 C71 187 C81 187 C91 192 C101 187 C111 199 C121 171
C62 184 C72 187 C82 187 C92 190 C102 187 C112 199 C122 187
C63 187 C73 187 C83 187 C93 187 C103 187 C113 197 C123 169
C64 187 C74 187 C84 187 --- --- C104 187 C114 170 C124 169
C65 187 C75 197 C85 189 C95 187 C105 187 C115 199 C125 169
C66 196 C76 187 C86 199 C96 197 C106 187 C116 199 C126 169
C67 190 C77 187 --- --- C97 200 C107 200 C117 170 C127 169
--- --- C78 187 C88 189 C98 193 C108 197 C118 187 C128 169
C69 187 C79 187 C89 199 C99 193 C109 197 C119 187 C129 169
C70 187 C80 187 C90 170 C100 193 C110 197 --- --- C130 169
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C131 182 C141 187 C151 180 C161 174 C171 185 C181 187 C191 199
C132 182 C142 187 C152 195 C162 199 C172 196 C182 197 C192 199
C133 171 C143 179 C153 182 C163 199 C173 196 C183 187 C193 188
C134 171 C144 197 C154 182 --- --- C174 207 C184 199 C194 187
C135 203 C145 199 C155 185 C165 187 C175 169 C185 199 C195 187
C136 180 C146 197 C156 185 --- --- C176 199 C186 199 C196 187
C137 169 C147 199 C157 185 C167 185 C177 185 C187 199 C197 187
C138 169 C148 199 C158 199 C168 199 C178 196 C188 199 C198 187
C139 169 C149 197 C159 199 C169 169 C179 187 C189 199 C199 171
C140 187 C150 180 C160 174 C170 193 C180 197 C190 199 C200 199
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C201 185 C211 185 C221 205 --- --- C241 205 C251 199 C262 310
C202 185 C212 185 C222 205 C232 173 --- --- C252 189 C263 185
C203 187 --- --- C223 200 --- --- --- --- --- --- C264 187
C204 187 C214 187 --- --- --- --- C244 193 --- --- C265 185
C205 171 C215 187 --- --- C235 193 C245 205 C255 199
C256 199 C266 185
C206 199 C216 187 C226 200 C236 193 --- --- C257 199 --- ---
C207 185 C217 187 C227 169 C237 195 C247 197 C258 199 C268 206
C208 185 C218 198 C228 190 C238 195 C248 197 C259 185 C268 197
C209 171 C219 168 C229 205 --- --- C249 197 C260 202 --- ---
C210 199 C220 205 C230 169 --- --- C250 197 C261 185 C270 169
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C271 187 C281 172 C291 172 C301 187 --- --- C321 187 C331 187
C272 187 C282 172 C292 187 C302 169 C312 185 C322 187 C332 187
C273 197 C283 187 C293 172 C303 187 C313 199 C323 187 C333 187
C274 187 C284 197 C294 187 C304 187 C314 187 C324 187 C334 187
C275 187 C285 187 C295 187 C305 169 C315 187 C325 187 C335 187
C276 197 C286 172 C296 197 C306 197 C316 185 --- --- C336 187
C277 187 C287 172 C297 187 C307 195 C317 185 --- --- C337 172
C278 187 C288 187 C298 187 C308 194 C318 199 C328 193 C338 172
C279 197 C289 187 C299 187 C309 179 C319 199 C329 207 C339 172
C280 187 C290 197 C300 197 C310 181 C320 199 C330 187 C340 172
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C341 172 C351 172 C361 172 C371 187 --- --- C391 169 C401 199
C342 172 C352 187 C362 187 C372 169 C382 199 C392 187 C402 199
C343 187 C353 172 C363 187 --- --- C383 199 C393 197 C403 199
C344 172 C354 187 C364 187 --- --- C384 197 C394 187 C404 199
C345 172 C355 172 C365 187 C375 197 C385 197 C395 169 C405 171
C346 187 C356 172 C366 187 C376 197 C386 187 C396 193 C406 171
C347 197 C357 172 C367 187 C377 199 C387 169 C397 193 C407 199
C348 187 C358 172 --- --- C378 199 C388 187 C398 187 C408 197
C349 197 C359 172 C369 187 --- --- C389 187 C399 187 C409 197
C350 172 C360 172 C370 187 --- --- C390 187 C400 199 C410 171
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C411 199 C421 187 C431 187 C441 187 C451 187 C461 197 C471 187
C412 199 C422 197 C432 187 C442 187 C452 201 C462 197 C472 187
C413 171 C423 187 C433 187 C443 187 C453 201 C463 199 C473 187
C414 199 C424 187 C434 187 C444 187 C454 201 --- --- C474 187
C415 199 C425 197 C435 187 C445 197 C455 187 C465 197 C475 187
C416 197 C426 187 C436 197 C446 187 C456 187 C466 187 C476 187
C417 197 C427 199 C437 197 C447 187 C457 187 C467 197 C477 187
C418 197 C428 199 C438 187 C448 187 C458 187 C468 187 C478 187
C419 197 C429 187 C439 187 C449 187 C459 187 C469 187 C479 187
C420 187 C430 187 C440 197 C450 187 C460 187 C470 187 C480 199
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C481 187 C491 187 --- --- C511 179 C521 187 C531 187 C541 201
C482 171 C492 199 C502 197 C512 187 C522 187 C532 201 C542 184
C483 187 C493 187 C503 197 C513 187 C523 197 C533 197 C543 187
C484 187 C494 199 C504 199 C514 187 C524 197 C534 187 C544 187
C485 197 C495 187 C505 199 C515 187 C525 201 C535 187 C545 187
C486 187 C496 197 C506 190 C516 179 C526 187 C536 187 C546 187
--- --- C497 187 C507 197 C517 187 C527 187 C537 187 C547 187
C488 187 C498 197 --- --- C518 187 C528 187 C538 187 C548 184
C489 187 C499 187 C509 187 C519 187 C529 187 C539 187 --- ---
C490 178 C500 187 C510 201 C520 187 C530 187 C540 201 C550 187
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C551 199 C561 187 C571 199 C581 187 C591 187 C601 178 C611 187
C552 187 C562 187 C572 169 C582 191 C592 178 C602 187 C612 199
C553 187 C563 187 C573 178 C583 187 C593 187 C603 187 C613 199
C554 187 C564 187 C574 187 C584 187 C594 187 C604 169 C614 199
C555 187 C565 187 C575 187 C585 197 --- --- --- --- C615 187
C556 187 --- --- C576 178 C586 200 C596 187 C606 187 C616 199
C557 187 C567 187 C577 187 --- --- C597 187 C607 201 C617 199
C558 187 C568 187 C578 187 C588 187 C598 187 C608 199 C618 187
C559 187 C569 187 C579 178 C589 187 C599 187 C609 199 C619 187
C560 187 C570 199 C580 178 C590 187 C600 197 C610 199 C620 201
CAPACITOR CONNECTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C621 187 C631 169 C641 199 C651 199 C661 200 C671 170 CN520 102
C622 187 C632 199 C642 197 C652 198 --- --- C672 170 CN521 102
C623 187 C633 185 C643 197 C653 199 C663 187 C673 170 CN522 104
C624 200 --- --- C644 197 C654 198 --- --- C674 204 CN523 104
C625 187 C635 193 C645 197 C655 199 --- --- C675 204 CN524 104
CN525 105
C626 187 C636 169 C646 197 C656 198 C666 187 CN526 107
--- --- C637 199 C647 197 C657 187 --- --- CN527 103
--- --- C638 185 C648 198 C658 197 --- --- CN528 108
C629 199 C639 199 C649 199 C659 197 --- --- CN530 106
C630 193 C640 198 C650 198 C660 197 --- --- CN532 101
DIODE FIL FU IC
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
D1 133 D11 133 FIL1 209 FU1 109 --- --- IC11 139 IC21 154
D2 133 --- --- --- --- IC2 155 --- --- IC22 140
D3 130 D13 135 FIL3 209 IC3 157 IC13 156 IC23 151
D4 134 --- --- --- --- IC4 155 IC14 158 IC24 158
D5 134 D15 135 FIL5 211 IC5 145 IC15 139 IC25 156
--- ---
D6 134 --- --- IC6 142 --- --- IC26 152
D7 134 D18 131 IC7 143 IC17 2 IC27 145
D8 134 IC8 138 IC18 150 IC28 145
D9 132 IC9 143 IC19 141 IC29 1
D10 133 IC10 141 IC20 145 --- ---
IC JP L LED OSC
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
IC31 160 IC41 148 JP1 219 --- --- L1 210 LED1 137 OSC1 161
IC32 138 IC42 140 JP2 219 JP12 257 L2 212 LED2 137 OSC2 163
IC33 149 IC43 144 JP3 219 JP13 219 L3 210 LED3 137 OSC3 162
IC34 147 IC44 144 JP4 219 JP14 219 L4 213 LED4 137
IC35 149 IC45 140 JP5 257 JP15 219 L5 214 LED5 137
IC36 146 IC46 159 JP6 257 JP16 219 L6 208 LED6 137
--- --- IC47 159 JP7 257 --- --- LED7 137
--- --- IC48 158 JP8 257 JP18 257 LED8 137
--- --- JP9 257 LED9 137
--- --- JP10 257 LED10 136
Q RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
Q1 128 Q11 129 Q21 121 Q31 126 --- --- --- --- R11 257
Q2 119 --- --- Q22 121 --- --- --- --- --- --- R12 224
Q3 119 Q13 123 Q23 118 --- --- Q44 118 R3 246 --- ---
Q4 122 Q14 126 Q24 117 --- --- Q45 115 --- --- R14 239
Q5 121 Q15 127 Q25 127 Q35 126 R5 239 R15 224
--- --- Q46 118
Q6 118 Q16 125 Q26 126 Q37 118 Q47 129 R6 239 R16 250
Q7 118 Q17 120 Q27 127 --- --- R7 267 R17 223
Q8 118 --- --- Q28 124 Q39 115 R8 258 R18 224
Q9 121 --- --- Q29 124 --- --- R9 246 R19 224
Q10 116 Q20 116 Q30 127 --- --- R10 246 R20 224
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
--- --- R31 255 R41 257 R51 257 R61 255 R71 239 R81 239
--- --- R32 239 R42 224 R52 257 R62 255 R72 239 R82 224
R23 224 R33 224 R43 224 R53 257 R63 255 R73 239 R83 224
R24 246 R34 239 --- --- R54 255 R64 255 --- --- R84 224
R25 224 R35 255 R45 254 R55 239 --- --- R75 221 R85 224
R26 255 R36 224 R46 239 R56 239 R66 221 R76 239 R86 224
R27 246 R37 255 R47 224 R57 239 --- --- --- --- R87 224
R28 224 R38 226 R48 257 R58 239 R68 221 R78 221 --- ---
R29 224 R39 226 R49 257 R59 255 R69 239 R79 224 R89 257
R30 255 R40 255 R50 257 R60 255 R70 239 R80 224 --- ---
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R91 224 R101 255 R111 255 R121 224 R131 239 R141 221 R150 241
R92 246 R102 255 R112 255 R122 224 --- --- R142 224 R151 234
--- --- R103 223 R113 224 R123 224 --- --- R143 221 R152 234
--- --- R104 246 R114 249 R124 239 R134 224 R144 257 R153 234
R95 255 --- --- R115 249 R125 224 --- --- R145 221 R154 234
R155 244
R96 255 R106 255 R116 249 R126 239 R136 224 R146 234 R156 244
R97 255 R107 236 R117 224 R127 260 R137 224 R147 234 R157 221
R98 255 R108 255 --- --- R128 257 R138 221 R148 234 R158 221
R99 255 R109 255 R119 224 R129 239 --- --- R149 234 R159 224
R100 255 R110 255 R120 224 R130 239 R140 224 R150 234 R160 224
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R161 224 R171 222 R181 224 --- --- R201 224 R211 257 R221 257
R162 224 R172 223 R182 224 R192 257 R202 224 R212 224 R222 224
R163 246 R173 223 R183 224 R193 239 R203 224 R213 224 R223 277
R164 246 R174 224 R184 223 R194 239 R204 224 R214 224 R224 262
R165 239 R175 223 R185 224 --- --- R205 234 R215 224 R225 299
R166 239 R176 223 --- --- --- --- R206 234 R216 221 R226 261
R167 239 R177 223 R187 224 --- --- R207 234 R217 221 R227 229
R168 239 R178 220 R188 224 --- --- R208 234 R218 221 R228 230
R169 239 R179 220 R189 225 --- --- R209 234 R219 257 R229 223
R170 224 R180 224 --- --- R200 224 R210 257 R220 257 R230 223
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R231 290 R241 290 R251 224 --- --- R271 222 R281 237 R291 224
R232 303 R242 284 --- --- --- --- R272 239 R282 237 R292 222
R233 290 R243 297 R253 257 --- --- --- --- R283 237 R293 222
R234 297 --- --- R254 257 --- --- --- --- R284 275 --- ---
R235 297 R245 257 R255 225 --- --- R275 275 R285 275 R295 224
R236 297 R246 284 R256 225 --- --- R276 237 --- --- --- ---
R237 297 R247 255 R257 225 --- --- R277 237 --- --- --- ---
R238 297 R248 284 R258 224 --- --- R278 237 --- --- R298 222
R239 284 R249 224 R259 222 --- --- R279 237 --- --- R299 222
R240 284 R250 273 R260 224 --- --- R280 237 --- --- --- ---
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
--- --- R311 224 R321 291 R331 254 R341 230 R351 224 R361 224
--- --- --- --- R322 302 R332 248 R342 242 --- --- R362 224
--- --- R313 254 R323 284 R333 251 R343 242 R353 246 R363 224
R304 218 R314 254 R324 254 R334 299 R344 238 R354 255 R364 224
R305 227 R315 257 R325 254 R335 238 R345 238 R355 257 R365 224
R306 225 R316 257 R326 254 R336 235 R346 299 R356 257 R366 224
R307 231 R317 239 R327 254 R337 247 R347 256 R357 259 R367 234
R308 232 R318 239 R328 254 R338 229 R348 256 R358 270 R368 234
R309 222 --- --- R329 254 R339 235 R349 224 R359 271 R369 234
R310 290 R320 302 R330 254 R340 224 --- --- --- --- R370 234
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R371 234 R381 224 R391 224 R401 309 R411 223 R421 307 R431 234
R372 234 R382 280 R392 224 R402 268 R412 223 R422 307 R432 221
R373 234 R383 224 R393 224 R403 229 R413 223 R423 248 R433 221
R374 234 R384 224 R394 224 R404 229 R414 272 R424 224 R434 246
R375 234 R385 224 R395 221 R405 263 R415 272 R425 224 --- ---
R376 234 R386 224 R396 221 R406 309 R416 291 R426 224 R436 221
R377 224 R387 224 R397 221 R407 268 R417 305 R427 224 R437 221
R378 224 R388 224 R398 279 R408 223 R418 305 R428 224 R438 221
R379 224 R389 224 R399 283 R409 230 R419 240 R429 234 R439 265
R380 224 R390 224 R400 220 R410 230 R420 240 R430 234 R440 287
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R441 224 R451 234 R461 224 R471 299 R481 284 R491 255 R501 249
R442 224 R452 234 --- --- R472 224 R482 309 --- --- R502 253
--- --- R453 234 R463 227 R473 224 R483 268 R493 255 R503 253
R444 224 R454 246 R464 246 R474 224 R484 257 --- --- R504 253
R445 224 R455 224 R465 246 R475 224 R485 278 R495 255 R505 253
R446 224 R456 275 R466 222 R476 223 R486 306 --- --- R506 239
R447 224 R457 225 R467 222 R477 291 R487 221 R497 255 R507 253
--- --- R458 223 R468 246 R478 284 R488 221 --- --- R508 239
R449 221 R459 221 R469 246 R479 302 R489 221 R499 255 R509 255
R450 234 R460 224 R470 222 R480 302 --- --- --- --- R510 253
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R511 255 R521 257 R531 255 R541 301 R551 282 R561 224 R571 255
R512 255 R522 286 R532 255 R542 268 R552 257 R562 224 R572 258
R513 255 R523 282 R533 255 R543 300 R553 276 R563 224 R573 264
R514 255 R524 222 R534 255 R544 258 R554 292 R564 224 R574 246
R515 255 R525 285 R535 255 R545 308 R555 282 R565 224 R575 282
R516 249 R526 295 R536 275 R546 294 R556 221 R566 224 R576 255
R517 239 R527 266 R537 224 R547 308 R557 221 R567 223 R577 282
--- --- R528 224 R538 224 R548 258 R558 221 R568 223 --- ---
R519 282 R529 255 R539 305 --- --- R559 221 R569 224 R579 246
R520 257 --- --- R540 255 R550 296 R560 221 R570 255 R580 223
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R581 239 R601 239 --- --- R631 221 R641 259 R651 281 R661 239
R582 224 R602 239 --- --- R632 221 R642 293 R652 288 R662 239
R583 223 R603 239 --- --- R633 221 R643 259 R653 288 --- ---
R584 255 R604 258 R624 215 R634 221 R644 259 R654 298 --- ---
R585 255 R605 257 R625 217 R635 221 R645 259 R655 304 --- ---
--- --- R606 257 R626 218 R636 221 R646 269 R656 304 R666 239
--- --- R607 224 R627 221 --- --- R647 269 R657 216 R667 239
--- --- --- --- R628 221 R638 224 R648 259 R658 239 R668 239
R599 239 R619 233 R629 221 --- --- R649 289 R659 239 R669 239
R600 224 R620 233 R630 221 R640 224 R650 274 R660 239 R670 239
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R671 239 R681 239 R691 255 R701 239 R711 224 --- --- --- ---
R672 239 R682 239 R692 239 R702 239 R712 224 R722 257 --- ---
R673 239 R683 257 R693 243 R703 239 --- --- --- --- --- ---
R674 239 --- --- R694 252 R704 224 --- --- R724 257 --- ---
R675 239 R685 239 R695 255 R705 239 --- --- R725 221 --- ---
R676 239 R686 239 R696 224 R705 224 R716 224 R726 221 --- ---
R677 239 R687 239 R697 224 --- --- --- --- R727 221 --- ---
R678 239 R688 239 R698 239 --- --- R718 257 R728 221 R738 224
R679 239 R689 239 R699 239 R709 221 --- --- R729 221 R739 224
R680 239 R690 255 R700 239 R710 224 --- --- --- --- --- ---
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R741 224 R751 255 R761 257 R771 225 --- --- R791 221 --- ---
R742 224 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- R792 221 --- ---
R743 257 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- R793 221 R803 224
R744 235 --- --- --- --- R774 221 --- --- R794 221 R804 224
R745 235 R755 255 R765 220 R775 221 R785 239 R795 224 R805 224
R746 245 R756 255 R766 220 --- --- --- --- R796 224 --- ---
R747 257 R757 255 R767 220 --- --- --- --- --- --- R807 220
R748 235 --- --- R768 225 --- --- R788 239 --- --- R808 224
R749 235 R759 224 --- --- R779 228 R789 234 --- --- R809 224
R750 245 R760 224 --- --- --- --- R790 234 --- --- R810 224
RESISTOR REG RN SW
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R811 224 REG1 153 RN1 165 RN11 167 RN21 166 RN31 167 SW1 113
R812 223 RN2 165 RN12 167 RN22 166 RN32 164 SW2 111
R813 223 RN3 165 RN13 165 RN23 166 RN33 164 SW3 112
RN4 165 RN14 165 RN24 166 SW4 110
RN5 165 RN15 165 RN25 166 SW5 110
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
1 2 4 6
WARNING
3 5 7
8 9 10 11
12 13
14 15 16 17
18 19
21
19
20
22 23
24 25 26
26
27 29 31
1 2 3 4
>PS<
30
32 33 35
34 36
37 38 39
40
41
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
42 43
Attenzione Atencion
>PS< >PS<
44
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
1 2 3 4
5 6 7
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
D052/D053/D054
PARTS INDEX
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
This section instructs you as to the numbers and names of parts on this machine.
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
CÓPIA CONTROLADA
Parts Index
Page and Page and
Part No. Description Part No. Description
Index No. Index No.
D052 7012 Sheet:Model Name Plate:D052:RIC 15 - 25 D054 7032 Sheet:Model Name Plate:D054:SAV 15 - 25
D052 7015 Sheet:Model Name Plate:D052:GES:EU 15 - 25 D054 7033 Sheet:Model Name Plate:D054:GES:NA 15 - 25
D052 7016 Sheet:Model Name Plate:D052:NSA 15 - 25 D054 7034 Sheet:Model Name Plate:D054:LAN:NA 15 - 26
D052 7017 Sheet:Model Name Plate:D052:REX 15 - 25 D054 7319 CD-ROM:Manual1:AA (-29) 15 - 22
D052 7019 Sheet:Model Name Plate:D052:INF 15 - 25 D054 7320 CD-ROM:Manual2:AA (-29) 15 - 22
D052 7028 Sheet:Model Name Plate:D052:LAN EU 15 - 25
D052 7032 Sheet:Model Name Plate:D052:SAV 15 - 25
D052 7033 Sheet:Model Name Plate:D052:GES:NA 15 - 25
D052 7034 Sheet:Model Name Plate:D052:LAN:NA 15 - 25
D052 7255 Manual:Copy_REF:AA (-29) 15 - 32
D052 7453 Manual:TROUBLESHOOT:AA (-29) 15 - 33
D053 7012 Sheet:Model Name Plate:D053:RIC 15 - 25
D053 7015 Sheet:Model Name Plate:D053:GES:EU 15 - 25
D053 7016 Sheet:Model Name Plate:D053:NSA 15 - 25
D053 7017 Sheet:Model Name Plate:D053:REX 15 - 25
D053 7019 Sheet:Model Name Plate:D053:INF 15 - 25
D053 7028 Sheet:Model Name Plate:D053:LAN:EU 15 - 25
D053 7032 Sheet:Model Name Plate:D053:SAV 15 - 25
D053 7033 Sheet:Model Name Plate:D053:GES:NA 15 - 25
D053 7034 Sheet:Model Name Plate:D053:LAN:NA 15 - 25
D054 1039 Heat Sink:Stepper Motor:Registration 119 - 24
D054 1132 Bracket:Stepper Motor 119 - 4
D054 1852 Imaging Unit 51 - 3
D054 2752 Bracket:Stepper Motor:MM42 71 - 28
D054 2759 Heat Sink:Stepper Motor:Connecting 71 - 32
D054 5122 PCB:BCU:Service 125 - 2
D054 5122 PCB:BCU:Service 153 - *
D054 5128 PCB:IOB 125 - 3
D054 5320 PCB:Sync Detector 51 - 23
D054 7012 Sheet:Model Name Plate:D054:RIC 15 - 25
D054 7015 Sheet:Model Name Plate:D054:GES:EU 15 - 25
D054 7016 Sheet:Model Name Plate:D054:NSA 15 - 25
D054 7017 Sheet:Model Name Plate:D054:REX 15 - 25
D054 7019 Sheet:Model Name Plate:D054:INF 15 - 25
D054 7028 Sheet:Model Name Plate:D054:LAN:EU 15 - 26
002729MIU
It is the reader's responsibility when discussing the information contained
within this document to maintain a level of confidentiality that is in the best
interest of Ricoh Corporation and its member companies.
All product names, domain names or product illustrations, including desktop images,
used in this document are trademarks, registered trademarks or the property of their
respective companies.
They are used throughout this book in an informational or editorial fashion only and for
the benefit of such companies. No such use, or the use of any trade name, or web
site is intended to convey endorsement or other affiliation with Ricoh products.
B700/B701/B700 II FINISHER SR970/SR980/SR4000 PARTS B702 PUNCH UNIT TYPE 3260 PARTS LOCATION AND
LOCATION AND LIST LIST
1.Exterior (B700/B701)............................................ 2 1.Punch Unit 1 (B702) ............................................. 2
2.Paper Transfer (B700/B701) ................................ 4 2.Punch Unit 2 (B702) ............................................. 4
3.Shift Transfer Section 1 (B700/B701) .................. 6
4.Shift Transfer Section 2 (B700/B701) .................. 8 B702 PUNCH UNIT TYPE 3260 PARTS INDEX
5.Shift Transfer Section 3 (B700/B701) ................. 10 PARTS INDEX .......................................................... 2
6.Staple Transfer Section 1 (B700/B701) .............. 12
7.Staple Transfer Section 2 (B700/B701) .............. 14 B703 OUTPUT JOGGER UNIT TYPE 3260 PARTS LOCATION
8.Staple Tray 1 (B700/B701).................................. 16 AND LIST
9.Staple Tray 2 (B700/B701).................................. 18 1.Output Jogger Unit (B703) ................................... 2
B703 OUTPUT JOGGER UNIT TYPE 3260 PARTS INDEX 14.PAPER EXIT SECTION 1 (B706)...................... 32
PARTS INDEX ......................................................... 2 15.PAPER EXIT SECTION 2 (B706)...................... 34
16.PAPER EXIT SECTION 3 (B706)...................... 36
B704 COVER INTERPOSER TRAY TYPE 3260 PARTS 17.PAPER EXIT SECTION 4 (B706)...................... 38
LOCATION AND LIST 18.DRIVE SECTION (B706)................................... 40
1.Exterior (B704) .................................................... 2 19.ELECTRICAL SECTION (B706)........................ 42
2.Original Feed 1 (B704) ........................................ 4 20.FRAME SECTION 1 (B706) .............................. 44
3.Original Feed 2 (B704) ........................................ 6 21.FRAME SECTION 2 (B706) .............................. 46
4.Original Feed 3 (B704) ........................................ 8 22.DECAL AND DOCUMENT (B706) .................... 48
5.Original Transfer (B704) ..................................... 10
6.Drive And Electrical (B704) ................................ 12 B706 3000-SHEET FINISHER SR841 PARTS INDEX
PARTS INDEX.......................................................... 2
B704 COVER INTERPOSER TRAY TYPE 3260 PARTS
INDEX B756 COPY TRAY TYPE 2075 PARTS LOCATION AND
PARTS INDEX ......................................................... 2 LIST
1.Copy Tray (B756) ................................................ 2
B706 3000-SHEET FINISHER SR841 PARTS LOCATION
AND LIST B756 COPY TRAY TYPE 2075 PARTS INDEX
LOCATION OF UNIT ............................................... 2 PARTS INDEX.......................................................... 2
1.EXTERIOR (B706) .............................................. 6
2.STAPLE TRAY 1 (B706) ..................................... 8 B762 MAIL BOX CS391 PARTS LOCATION AND LIST
3.STAPLE TRAY 2 (B706) .................................... 10 1.Exterior (B762)..................................................... 2
4.STAPLE TRAY 3 (B706) .................................... 12 2.Paper Exit 1 (B762) ............................................. 4
5.STAPLE TRAY 4 (B706) .................................... 14 3.Paper Exit 2 (B762) ............................................. 6
6.STAPLE TRAY 5 (B706) .................................... 16 4.Paper Exit 3 (B762) ............................................. 8
7.STAPLER UNIT (B706) ...................................... 18
8.STAPLE TRANSPORT 1 (B706)........................ 20 B762 MAIL BOX CS391 PARTS INDEX
9.STAPLE TRANSPORT 2 (B706)........................ 22 PARTS INDEX.......................................................... 2
10.STAPLE TRANSPORT 3 (B706)....................... 24
11.STAPLE TRANSPORT 4 (B706)....................... 26
12.TRANSPORT SECTION 1 (B706) .................... 28
13.TRANSPORT SECTION 2 (B706) .................... 30
B246/B248/B249/B250/B252/B253
PARTS LOCATION AND LIST
This section instructs you as to the numbers and names of parts on this machine.
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
1. EXTERIOR 1 2. EXTERIOR 2 3. OPERATION PANEL
22. TANDEM TRAY 3 23. UNIVERSAL TRAY 24. BY-PASS FEED TRAY
40. TRANSFER BELT UNIT 2 41. FUSING UNIT 1 42. FUSING UNIT 2
46. PAPER EXIT SECTION 2 47. PAPER EXIT SECTION 3 48. DUPLEX UNIT 1
14
29
3 22 30 13
32
33
38
36
39
104
108 31 107
28 15
40 37 104
104
41 18
34
17 101
102
2
4
6 16
102
1
19
5 103 103
20
26
105
25
12 104
102
20 106
7
8
102 104
10 104
105 23
35 21 24
102
27
9
101 104
11
101
37
16 19
18
12
9 101 20
105 103
7 24 25
15 102
14 17
106
106
101
13 104 36
101 21
104 26 23
22
106 33
28
11 12
10
101
29
6 101
8
101
101
12 101
5 30 32
35
4
101
3 31 101
2
1
33
101 34
2
3
1 4
4
9 36
5
8
6
10 11
7
25
12
101 26 18
102 17
103 27 21
16
28 102 24
29 30 20
30 15
29
14 19
23
101 22
31
101 13
35
32
33
102 101
34
102
102
8
102
9 102
7
102 6
102
102
5
102
11 101
12
1
3
101
2
10
10
4 102
4
4
4
102
3 2
4
5 19
6 18
7 20
102
12 13 106
104
21
10 30
102 17
11 14 108
9 22 29
8 105 109
16
101 108 107
10 28
28
108
23 101
103 25
15
27
24 26
101
24
26 23 11
25 11 10
106 13 15
101
5 11
9 20 103
6 19
10 16
7 20
104 107
21 17
104 19
22 18
8 23
6 25 24
102 5
4
102 101
3 27 26
2
22
1 103
19
20
21 24
23
101 22
4
3
101
4 106
3
8
25
18
7 8 17
6 9 26 104
5 103
10 16
101
105
101
2
104
14
105 15
101
11 12
102 13
101 103
103
102 102
12
101
3 24
6 4
15
13
104
7
14
11 23
104 101
101 105
5 105
10
9 101
4
16
18
3 17
19 22
2 20
21
101
1 101
101
103
102
102 7
8
101
101 103
20 19
19
101 12
6 11 13
10 14 101
9
101
101
15
101
107 16
104
5
106
4
18
101
2 1
3 17
103
105
24
23 22
1
101 5
4
2 104
104 6 6
7
21
6 6
7 21
6 102 6
7 21
6 8 6
7 9 102 18
21
8 10
17
11 20
8 19
3 18
8
102 25 20 16
12 10 17
14
15
103
103
105 13
107 106
102
4 6
102 5
3
2
102 7
101
1 104
9 8
10
14
103 21
11
101 104
104
12
107
13 16 14
14 20 104
104 22
23 30
104 24
104 29
15 25 9
16 9
103 8 28
27
31 102
105
102
26
14
18 102 106
17 107 19
4 101
101 5 6
101 2
1 37
7
101 37
101
9
8 101
10
19
102 101 18 20
101
11 22
16 20
101
17
104
23
14
101 24
21
104 28
12 17 101 35
15 34
101 30
103 25
26
101 107 27 101
103 29
3
13 33
101 32
101
31 33
106 36 105
107
101
5
105 6
4 102
102
105 105 8
3
7 5
103 9
101 6
105
104
102
103 10
103
101 12
102
11
102 13
15 105
2
1
14
102
14
102
8 8 106
103
4 15 18
6 8
105
101 17
8 104 106
5 105
101 104
12 5
5 104
3
101
12 5
101
2
102
1 16
104 107
104 104 103 103
4 6
103 19
103
104
13
104
10
3 102
102
104 106
7 11
108 8 16 12
5 7 14 102 102
15
108 102 105
108
102
105 17
2 105
102
108
102 102 18
101
17
1 108
9
108
24
10 11 12 105
9 103
103 103 16
107
103
1 8 14
103 13 105
3 106
15 29
1
107
109
2 17
110 102 103
103
110 5
103
109
101 103
101
104 6 7
4 18
103
103 20
104 19
30
2 19
102 110
101
5
21
26
7 28 22
103
103 108
27
103 19
23
18 24
103
101 108 23
25
105 103 2
104 102 16 101
5
1
13 18
101 27 101
101
10 102 101 20
101
9 17
4 11 21
101
12 19
8 14
6 101
20
22
103
24
103
23 101 25
26
101
15 7
101
13
37
101
1 105
104
11
111 10 106 102
5 16
7 104 15
104 102 108 102
3
8
14
9
12 16
9 4
1 5 17
13 103
104
4 111
6 104
104 20 18
7 19
101 105
31 104
104
3 34 21
33 105
2 32 31 106
102 32 107
109
15 30 24
16 23
102 104
28 104
102 22
31
31 29
104
107
106
29
17
16 110
108 101 35
102
102 25
104
39
19 104 26
37
103 36
38 27
20
1
15
28 18
27
17
14
24
13 23
11 25
12
10 102
22 21
106
106 105
10 30 20
19 105 102
106
7 31
29 32 104
102
102
101
4 102
8 33
16
5
103 107
3 5 101
2 103 9
103
26 6
101
107
35
34
104 8
9 12
104
10 11 13
103
104
103
104
104
6
15
14
5 16
1 102
17
104 101
104 102
101
101 18
104 7
7
104 19 104
20 4
104
2
3
10
35 105 104
9 105
16
12 18 105
7
1 6
2 101 106
8 13 25
106
14 107
3 101
7 11
2 105 102 26 103
103 111 17
102 27
13
4 5 101
19
20 101 101
101
101 28
21 24
22 30
13
29
101
23
101
101 36
101 15 104
101 33
32 110
34
109 101
101 107
106
108
31
101
16
2 15
1 8 14 17
3
7 11
10 18
3 103 19
4 9
103 13
12 20
6
103
5 10
6 104
107
31 21
101
104
105
32
104 22
106
23
24
30 102 104 103
10
27 26 25
101
104
102
101 104 29
39 108
42 101 103
28
38 33
41
40 10
103
104 34
37
35
36
101 2
6
104 104
107 105
5 7
101
8 101
4
103 19
101 30
3 9 101
105 101
104 102
27
101 17 26
106 28
101 25
29
101
18 13
12 24
11 16
10 23
101 24
15 21
14 20 22
101
5
4
7
104
104
104
8 20
104 9
19
104 18
104
104 14
101 13 13
102
106 106
12 13
103 11
15
10
104
6 16
104
10 17
2 101 20
4 21
1 3 103 101
30
103 102
102
5 102
6 102
7
2 9
1
12
29
3 8 102
4 11 28
109 101 104
101 10
10 31
103 13 19 108
102 13
101 101
102 27
13
101 107
102 105
101
18 26
17 25
102
16
22 24
15
14 102
23
106
111 115
7
6 30
113 28
13 35 31 113
5 112 32
108
3 8 115
114 115
112 1 109
110 12 2
11
29
14 105
4
15
9
6 113
111 111 115 28
10 16
14 17
18 102
11 16
112 17 115
104 107 103
111 101
34 19
21 27
33
20
22
23
26
115 114 107
112
24
115
24
109
115
2 115
1 25
106
18
1 19
20
21
16 22 25
17 23 24
15 107
27
26
3 33
34 28
35 14 13 105
106
103
12
10 11
102 4 9
105
2 5 104
101 8
101 29
7
101
101
30 31
101 108
6
32 104
105
108
18 104
106 27
108 108 25 6
108 102
25
24 24
1 104 103
7 5
26
5
104
105
3 23
22
105
2 8 21
4 20
19
105
9 12
104 13
10
104
14 15
101
11
107
16
107
17
107
15
103
1 103
16
15
2 103
102
103 14
13
104
6
105 11 12
105
3
4
19
5
17
18
103
101
20
9 20
7 8
102 10
3
5 6
1
101
103 101
3
4
3 5
101
6
102
103
3
101
101 105
12
2 102
3
14
101 11 15
1 28
10
8
9 16
5
7 17
102
6 105
4
103 18
19
103
21
13
20
22
27
23
24
25
101 26 104
1 102
101 102 107
102
8 22
107
7
18
5 102
6 9
102
4
10
3 11
12 103
106
102
21
15 20
14
13
105
104
102 102 16
104 2
101
104
17
104 19
102
103 6
101
4 5
3
7
1
102
25 102
103 14
8 17
9
2 3
16
13
25 20
102
10 15 21
104 22
18
12
11
104
23
19
24 105
102
1
14
5 3
5 101
12
4 8
101 103 27
103 102
13 18
3 7 26 28 29
15 6
4
103 30
10
102
9
2
25
11
105
16
17
24
21
104
19
18 20
23
22
102 103
8
103
7 104
6
5 105
14
101
16
9 15
4
3
102
1 2
106
12 13
105 20 17
18
101 19
11
10
101 12
21
22
101
101
101 2
101
1 5
6
4 9 10 25
101
101
3 8
11
2 7
12 101
24
23
102
22
102
13
14
15
26
14
15 27
103 102
16
17
102
18
21
19
20
101
109
2 1
4
3
101
8
108
106
108
109 16 8
101
106
17
6 109 103
5 19
102 108 108 20 104
20 103 39
20 19
22 10
20 18
108
108 19
23 20
108 24 21 11
26 30 14
25 12
32 105
27 107 104
108
13
29 33
104 37
108
28 7
107 36
35 10
9
34 38 19
103 15 31
10 101
11
12
103 15 19
14
13 20 102
21
18
14
12 7
22
23 101 103
24
18
17
16
102
3
101 4
10
101 6 101
9 101 2
5
103
101 1
14 104 105
102 21 17
102 104 104
31 105 19
104 30
102 104 17 34
26 20 104 29
11 12 104
18
102
9 103
104
103 13 104 4
26 31
16 33
15 104
103 108
25
32 107
104
22 5
6
3
2
1 109
106
24
23
103
101
8
7
2 27
3
5
28 8
101
108 7 104
102 21
101 105
20 106
6 9 22
101
104
8 23 4
12
101 24
15 104
10 16 101
107
9 102 1
17 29
102
25 107 11
8
103
14
13
107
108
102
102 5 18
104
19
101 28
3 101
4 11
104 102 101
29
30
27 32
31 26
104 33
2
1 101
34
104 22 102
104 21
12 18 17
10 103
13 103
11
9 20 23
14 15
10
24
105 13
9 19
106 27 25
106 103 26
102
102
28 101
18 101
21 30
17
16 25 101
108
108 26 31
106
107 29
4
5 101 8
7
101
101
108 108
6 101
3
1 2 107
102
6 102
3 102 17
3
16
5
102
17
7 10 3
8
9 11
7
8
12
4 13
101
101
101
101
26
3 106
102 15
3 25
102
14
109 1 110
107 17
10 105
12 18
110 13
2 108 105
19 110
3 105 105
110 106
23 20
106
22
16
111
6 21 106
7 15
14
5 105
4 109
102 11
105
109 8
108 112
109
105 9 103
105 101
101
103
104
105
105
5 102
105 102 102
4 6
10
7 8
9
15
3
11
102 105
102
12
2
13
14
1 102
101
9
102
102
101
16
101
23
28
25 17
17 104
19
25 20 18
26
27 24
30 29 102 22
103
17 104 21
104
102
108 108 103 21
107
9 20
28 101 19
103 102
1 5 10
106
4
6
106
2 13 18
7 22
104
8
3 23
104
6 15 16
105 104
13
7 14 104
24
106 23 104
9
103 12
10 27
17 104
102
106
11
25
26
108 103
3
109 108 20
109 4 19
1 21
104
2
109 109
18
106
5 23
104 7
11 22
24
104 23
109 105
22 101
106 101
102
17
109
107
10 25
109
109
109 9
104 13 17
12 13
8
109
6 16
14 15
101 2
103 3 10
2
3
10
103 2
101 3
8
2
3
9
101 11
103 103
1 12
101
13
4
3 9
102 101
3
14
5
3
6 102
3
7
101 24 108
26 105
5 101 105 108
4 101 108
110 105
101 27
25
101 109
6 101
101 108
104 22
102
21 101
106
7 101 23
12 107
8 105
101
20
9 19
103
104 28
11 101 104
14
104 104
10 104
13
105
15
17 12
16 101
101
3
101 14
104
18 101
2 1
101
104
1 7
104
6
104 102
5
101
4
3 107
104
2
8
104
14
13
101 107
101 103 12
101 11 104 19
104
10 104
106 104
9 16
107 22
104 23
104
21
15 105 106
17 20
107
18
108
29
28
102 27
4 5 113
103
1 101
3 101
2
101
114
101
8 9
114
101
101
19
7
105
101
105 113
11 112
104 101
6 101
13 112
20
101
10 12 101
14 107 101 26
109 25
101
106 18
108 21 111
108 16
110 107 101
24
17 23
15 22
42
31 40
24
14 31
38
1
12
36
2
101 39 7
3
103 23
4 102
26
11
4
5
6
10
9
8 37 31
35
16 34
32
15 18
14 33 30
103
19
101 29 28 27
13
12 20
41
101 25 26
21
103
17 101 22
104
104 4
105
1 101
104
101 3
101 2 101
105 104
103
107
106
101 101
102
7
5 101
102
101
4
6 15
101
3 101
1 17
5
102
101 2
3 7
106
4
101 104
103
102
8
106
9
10 105
12
103 16
11 107 106
101 13
101
101
14
108 101
3 101
101
101
2
1 101
101
4 101
9
5
6 8
101
101
2
101
15
101
4 101
101 10
7 12 101
11 101 101
101
101
101
13
11
101
101
14
101 101
101
101
101 101
2
101 101
3
101 1
4
5
101 6
7
101
103 17
101
16
8
104
101
18
19
101
102
13
11 101
101 105
15
9
101 10
12
14
101
101 101
102
2 104
1
102 103
101
1
102
101 4
25
7 104
3 8
106
9
5 11 21
10
105
107
105 11
107 12 20 107
107
106 106
15 22 106
18
106
13 107
106
106 106
25
106
14 107
108 6
24 106
23 106
16 107 19
17 106
102 24
108
101 2 9
101
3 11
23
101
101
1
104
101
5
101
103 107 19
101
3 101 101
107
1
101
6
4
14 101 12
105 101
102
104
2 103
102
7
17
8 101
101
9 101
101
15 101
101 18
101 20
101 101
109
101
101
16
10 101
108
106 101 13
11 101
19
102
102
1 5 20
102 2
102
3 4
105
102
102
6
102
102
102
102
108
8
102 15 103
9 13 16
10 102
102
11
107 14
102
17 102 18
12 102
1
107 2
102
105
8
103
108
11
107 109
102 3 105
111
5 4
103 110
102
6
102 108
104 102
12
12
102 108
102
13
7
10 102
16
102
101
17
102
15
9 14 18
102
20 21 22
19 107
23
18 101 101 101
101
17
15
102
103
106
16
11
103
104
10
101
13
101
101
9 8
12 101
3 10 7
101
101
104
2 6
5 101 101
24 101
105
14 101 4
1 101
103
108 101 101
1 101
108
22
109
101 24 101
101 8 101
101
101
15
107 10 9
13
14
11
13 11 101
105
12
106
12
106 17 105 13
102 102
3
5
2
101
4
6
102
103
105
106
15 7
102
12
1 8
102 102
10
104
102 102
102
11
102 13
14
102
102
104
104 106 15 104
16
3
104
103 104
4 11
2
104
7 9 7
9
104 8 9 8
10
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C101 135 C111 135 --- --- C131 135 C141 135 --- --- C161 156
C102 129 C112 133 C122 135 C132 135 C142 133 C152 135 C162 135
C103 137 C113 135 C123 133 C133 135 C143 135 C153 133 C163 136
C104 129 C114 133 C124 135 C134 133 C144 133 C154 135 C164 133
C105 135 C115 132 C125 133 C135 135 C145 135 C155 135 C165 135
C106 135 C116 135 C126 133 C136 135 C146 130 C156 132 C166 135
C107 135 C117 135 C127 133 C137 133 C147 135 C157 133 C167 135
C108 135 C118 133 C128 133 C138 135 C148 135 C158 133 C168 135
C109 133 C119 140 C129 135 C139 135 C149 135 C159 131 C169 138
C110 135 C120 134 C130 130 C140 135 C150 135 C160 131
OSC RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
OSC101 126 R101 150 --- --- --- --- R131 155 R141 150 R151 147
R102 148 R112 154 R122 147 R132 150 R142 153 R152 147
R103 148 R113 154 R123 153 R133 155 R143 150 R153 147
R104 148 R114 150 R124 153 R134 153 R144 153 R154 147
R105 150 --- --- R125 149 R135 149 --- --- R155 151
Q --- --- --- --- --- --- R136 150 --- --- R156 150
R107 152 R117 150 --- --- R137 154 R147 147 R157 150
SYMBOL INDEX R108 149 R118 154 R128 150 R138 149 R148 147 --- ---
NO. NO.
--- --- R119 154 R129 149 R139 150 R149 147 R159 150
Q101 109 --- --- R120 148 R130 155 --- --- R150 147 --- ---
RESISTOR REG RN
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
--- --- R171 150 R181 147 --- --- REG101 125 RN101 143 --- ---
R162 150 R172 149 R182 147 R192 149 RN102 143 RN112 127
R163 150 --- --- R183 147 R193 150 RN103 145 --- ---
--- --- --- --- R184 147 R194 150 RN104 145 --- ---
--- --- --- --- R185 154 R195 150 RN105 145 --- ---
--- --- --- --- R186 154 R196 154 RN106 142 RN116 142
--- --- R177 147 --- --- R197 149 RN107 143 RN117 142
R168 149 R178 147 R188 149 R198 153 RN108 142 --- ---
R169 150 R179 147 --- --- RN109 142 RN119 127
R170 149 R180 147 R190 149 --- --- RN120 128
RN
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO.
RN121 127 RN131 144
RN122 142 RN132 144
RN123 142 RN133 144
RN124 143 RN134 143
RN125 143 RN135 143
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C1 211 C11 211 C21 223 C31 223 C41 213 C51 215 C61 221
C2 221 C12 211 C22 178 C32 221 C42 211 C52 211 C62 217
C3 221 C13 211 --- --- C33 223 C43 166 C53 211 C63 223
C4 167 C14 211 C24 213 C34 217 C44 223 C54 218 C64 217
C5 211 C15 211 C25 215 C35 217 C45 223 C55 223 C65 221
C6 211 C16 211 C26 215 C36 221 C46 169 C56 223 C66 223
C7 211 C17 223 C27 221 C37 223 C47 223 C57 218 C67 220
C8 211 --- --- C28 217 C38 217 C48 218 C58 217 C68 221
C9 211 C19 223 C29 223 C39 223 C49 218 C59 223 C69 211
C10 211 C20 223 C30 221 C40 217 C50 215 C60 217 C70 221
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C71 221 C101 167 C111 164 C121 221 C131 221 C141 217 C151 221
C72 221 C102 161 C112 217 C122 217 C132 217 C142 164 C152 217
C73 223 C103 162 C113 221 C123 164 C133 164 C143 164 C153 217
--- --- C104 223 C114 164 C124 221 C134 160 C144 217 C154 221
--- --- C105 164 C115 217 C125 217 C135 217 C145 221 C155 223
C76 223 C106 217 C116 221 C126 164 C136 223 C146 156 C156 217
--- --- C107 221 C117 164 C127 162 C137 223 C147 221 C157 221
--- --- C108 164 C118 217 C128 223 C138 217 C148 217 C158 223
--- --- C109 217 C119 221 C129 161 C139 160 C149 223 C159 217
--- --- C110 221 C120 156 C130 167 C140 221 C150 223 C160 221
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C161 223 C171 223 C181 223 C191 221 C201 221 C211 217 C221 217
C162 223 C172 223 C182 223 C192 221 C202 221 C212 217 C222 217
C163 217 C173 217 C183 223 --- --- C203 217 C213 221 C223 221
C164 217 C174 217 C184 223 --- --- C204 217 C214 217 C224 217
C165 223 C175 223 C185 223 --- --- C205 221 C215 221 C225 221
C166 223 C176 217 C186 164 --- --- C206 164 C216 221 C226 221
C167 223 C177 221 C187 223 --- --- C207 217 C217 217 C227 217
C168 223 C178 223 C188 217 C198 223 C208 221 C218 217 C228 217
C169 223 C179 217 C189 221 C199 221 C209 223 C219 223 C229 223
C170 223 C180 221 C190 221 C200 217 C210 223 C220 223 C230 223
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C231 217 C261 210 C271 156 C281 217 --- --- C301 160 C311 217
C232 217 C262 160 --- --- C282 164 C292 221 C302 223 C312 160
C253 161 C263 160 C273 221 --- --- C293 217 --- --- C313 221
C254 162 C264 160 C274 217 --- --- C294 164 C304 223 C314 223
C255 160 C265 160 C275 164 --- --- C295 162 C305 154 C315 223
C256 160 --- --- C276 162 C286 164 C296 223 C306 223 C316 217
C257 156 --- --- C277 223 C287 217 --- --- C307 223 C317 160
C258 216 --- --- C278 161 C288 221 --- --- C308 217 C318 223
C259 216 --- --- C279 167 --- --- C299 223 C309 160 C319 217
C260 216 C270 223 C280 221 --- --- C300 217 C310 223 --- ---
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C321 223 --- --- C351 223 C361 223 --- --- C381 214 --- ---
C322 217 --- --- C352 217 C362 155 --- --- C382 214 C392 214
C323 160 --- --- --- --- C363 217 --- --- C383 214 C393 214
C324 223 --- --- --- --- C364 223 --- --- C384 214 C394 214
C325 217 C345 223 --- --- C365 217 --- --- C385 214 C395 214
--- --- C346 217 --- --- C366 223 --- --- --- --- C396 223
--- --- C347 223 --- --- C367 217 --- --- --- --- C397 223
--- --- C348 217 --- --- C368 223 C378 214 --- --- --- ---
--- --- C349 223 C359 219 C369 217 C379 214 --- --- --- ---
--- --- C350 217 C360 155 C370 223 C380 214 --- --- --- ---
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
--- --- C421 211 --- --- C441 221 C461 221 C471 223 C481 217
--- --- --- --- --- --- C442 217 --- --- C472 221 C482 223
--- --- C423 223 --- --- --- --- --- --- C473 221 C483 217
--- --- C424 221 --- --- --- --- C464 223 C474 221 C484 223
--- --- C425 217 --- --- C455 221 C465 221 C475 221 C485 223
C416 164 C426 217 --- --- C456 223 C466 217 --- --- C486 217
C417 221 --- --- C437 217 C457 221 C467 217 --- --- C487 223
--- --- --- --- C438 217 C458 221 C468 223 --- --- C488 223
--- --- --- --- C439 221 C459 217 C469 160 C479 217 C489 217
C420 212 --- --- C440 221 C460 217 C470 160 C480 217 C490 217
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C491 223 C501 217 C511 217 C521 217 C531 156 --- --- C551 157
C492 217 C502 223 C512 223 C522 223 C532 223 --- --- C552 222
C493 217 C503 223 C513 223 C523 223 C533 156 C543 223 C553 221
C494 223 C504 217 C514 217 C524 217 C534 223 C544 221 --- ---
C495 223 C505 217 C515 217 C525 217 C535 159 C545 217 C555 158
C496 217 C506 223 C516 223 C526 223 --- --- --- --- C556 223
C497 223 C507 217 C517 217 C527 223 --- --- --- --- C557 164
C498 223 C508 217 C518 217 C528 223 --- --- --- --- C558 165
C499 217 C509 223 C519 223 C529 223 --- --- C549 223 C559 212
C500 223 C510 223 C520 223 C530 223 --- --- C550 218 C560 168
CAPACITOR CONNECTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C561 155 C641 221 C901 223 C911 223 C921 223 C931 163 CN340 109
C562 223 C642 221 C902 223 C912 223 C922 223 C932 163 CN341 106
C623 210 --- --- C903 223 C913 223 C923 223 C933 163 CN342 105
C624 210 --- --- C904 223 C914 223 C924 223 CN343 108
C625 210 --- --- C905 223 C915 223 C925 223 CN344 104
--- ---
C626 221 --- --- C906 223 --- --- C926 163 CN346 102
--- --- --- --- C907 223 --- --- C927 163 CN347 103
--- --- --- --- C908 223 --- --- C928 163 CN348 101
--- --- --- --- C909 223 --- --- C929 163 --- ---
--- --- C900 223 C910 223 C920 223 C930 163 --- ---
FIL IC SW JP
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
FI L141 170 I C1 138 I C101 3 I C111 224 I C121 127 I C131 134 J P1 177
FI L142 170 I C2 124 I C102 120 I C112 224 I C122 127 I C132 129 J P2 177
FI L143 170 I C3 122 I C103 2 I C113 224 I C123 121 I C133 130 --- ---
FI L144 170 I C4 126 I C104 1 I C114 224 I C124 121 I C134 136 --- ---
FI L145 170 I C5 125 I C105 133 I C115 224 I C125 140 I C135 132 --- ---
FI L146 170 I C6 131 I C106 133 I C116 224 --- --- --- ---
FI L147 170 --- --- I C107 133 I C117 224 --- --- --- ---
--- --- I C108 133 I C118 224 --- --- --- ---
--- --- --- --- I C119 128 I C129 123 --- ---
--- --- --- --- I C120 124 --- --- --- ---
JP L LED
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
J P101 177 J P112 177 J P122 177 --- --- --- --- L1 172 LED101 118
J P102 177 J P113 177 J P123 177 --- --- --- --- LED102 119
J P103 175 J P114 177 J P124 177 --- --- --- --- LED103 119
--- --- J P115 177 J P125 177 J P135 177 LED104 118
J P105 177 J P136 177 J P146 175
J P106 177 J P116 177 J P126 177 --- --- --- ---
J P107 177 J P117 177 --- --- --- --- J P158 177
J P108 177 J P118 177 --- --- --- ---
J P109 177 J P119 177 --- --- --- ---
J P110 177 J P120 177 --- --- --- ---
J P111 177 J P121 177 --- --- --- ---
OSC Q RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
OSC1 141 Q1 113 R1 177 R11 200 R21 196 R31 182 --- ---
--- --- Q2 111 R2 177 R12 200 R22 209 R32 191 --- ---
--- --- Q3 114 R3 177 R13 200 R23 182 R33 198 R43 201
--- --- Q4 114 R4 181 R14 182 R24 182 R34 182 R44 177
--- --- Q5 112 R5 177 R15 196 R25 196 R35 181 R45 182
OSC101 143 --- --- R16 196 R26 204 R36 192 R46 193
OSC102 142 R7 176 R17 192 R27 198 R37 196 R47 193
R8 200 R18 196 R28 192 R38 196 R48 193
R9 200 R19 176 R29 182 R39 177 R49 193
R10 200 R20 182 R30 182 R40 192 R50 177
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R51 196 R61 180 --- --- R81 200 R91 180 R101 192 R111 182
R52 196 R62 180 R72 182 R82 200 --- --- --- --- R112 181
--- --- --- --- R73 196 R83 200 --- --- --- --- R113 181
--- --- R64 196 R74 181 R84 182 --- --- R104 186 --- ---
R55 177 R65 177 R75 181 R85 189 --- --- --- --- R115 182
--- --- --- --- R76 200 R86 189 R96 189 R106 200 --- ---
R57 184 --- --- R77 200 --- --- --- --- R107 186 R117 182
--- --- --- --- R78 200 --- --- --- --- R108 182 --- ---
R59 180 R69 182 R79 200 --- --- --- --- R109 182 --- ---
R60 180 R70 182 R80 200 R90 180 R100 183 R110 182 R120 186
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R121 181 R131 196 R141 199 R151 185 --- --- --- --- R181 179
R122 181 R132 179 R142 199 R152 183 R162 200 --- --- R182 179
R123 181 R133 179 R143 185 R153 199 R163 182 --- --- R183 183
R124 182 R134 182 R144 183 R154 199 R164 181 --- --- R184 199
R125 192 R135 182 R145 199 R155 185 R165 181 --- --- R185 199
R126 196 R136 183 R146 199 R156 183 R166 182 --- --- R186 185
R127 196 R137 199 R147 185 R157 199 R167 182 --- --- R187 183
R128 179 R138 199 R148 183 R158 199 R168 182 --- --- R188 199
R129 179 R139 185 R149 199 R159 185 --- --- R179 192 R189 199
R130 196 R140 183 R150 199 --- --- --- --- R180 196 R190 185
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R191 183 --- --- R211 179 R221 181 R231 200 R241 200 --- ---
R192 199 --- --- R212 181 --- --- R232 195 --- --- R252 187
R193 199 --- --- R213 179 --- --- R233 200 --- --- R253 188
R194 185 --- --- --- --- R224 186 R234 200 R244 189 R254 189
R195 183 --- --- --- --- R225 181 --- --- R245 200 R255 189
R196 199 --- --- R216 198 R226 181 R236 200 --- --- --- ---
R197 199 --- --- R217 198 R227 182 --- --- R247 194 R257 189
R198 185 --- --- R218 198 R228 182 --- --- R248 195 R258 195
--- --- R209 181 R219 198 R229 182 --- --- --- --- R259 181
--- --- R210 179 R220 181 R230 200 R240 189 --- --- R260 192
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R261 196 R271 181 --- --- R291 190 R301 192 R311 192 R321 181
R262 192 --- --- --- --- --- --- R302 192 R312 192 R322 200
R263 182 --- --- --- --- --- --- R303 192 R313 192 R323 200
--- --- --- --- R284 183 --- --- R304 192 R314 192 --- ---
R265 181 R275 181 --- --- R295 192 R305 192 R315 192 R325 200
--- --- R276 196 --- --- R296 192 R306 192 R316 192 --- ---
--- --- R277 196 --- --- R297 192 R307 192 R317 192 --- ---
R268 192 --- --- --- --- R298 192 R308 192 R318 192 --- ---
R269 192 --- --- R289 208 R299 192 R309 192 R319 192 --- ---
R270 195 --- --- R290 204 R300 192 R310 192 R320 181 --- ---
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R341 182 --- --- R361 192 R371 182 R381 179 R391 200 R401 182
R342 182 R352 182 --- --- --- --- R382 179 R392 200 R402 179
--- --- --- --- R363 200 R373 192 R383 200 R393 200 --- ---
R344 181 --- --- --- --- R374 200 R384 195 --- --- --- ---
R345 196 --- --- --- --- R375 182 R385 192 R395 200 --- ---
--- --- R356 192 --- --- R376 200 R386 200 R396 200 R406 196
R347 182 --- --- R367 185 R377 195 R387 200 R397 200 --- ---
--- --- --- --- R368 185 R378 192 R388 200 --- --- R408 196
R349 182 --- --- R369 195 R379 200 R389 200 --- --- R409 196
--- --- R360 200 R370 182 R380 179 R390 179 R400 181 R410 196
RESISTOR REG RN
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R411 197 R421 183 R431 182 REG101 135 RN1 146 RN11 151 RN21 152
--- --- R422 197 --- --- REG102 139 RN2 146 RN12 151 RN22 152
R413 183 --- --- --- --- REG103 137 RN3 146 RN13 152 RN23 146
R414 207 R424 202 R434 200 RN4 152 RN14 152 RN24 152
R415 144 R425 203 R455 192 RN5 146 RN15 152 RN25 152
R416 206 R426 200 R456 192 RN6 146 RN16 152 RN26 146
R417 179 --- --- R457 196 RN7 146 RN17 152 RN27 146
R418 187 R428 181 --- --- RN8 146 RN18 152 RN28 146
R419 179 --- --- R459 200 RN9 152 RN19 152 RN29 146
R420 179 R430 182 R460 200 RN10 152 RN20 152 RN30 146
RN
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
RN31 146 RN101 146 RN111 149 RN121 146 RN131 147 RN141 147 --- ---
RN32 146 RN102 151 RN112 152 RN122 146 RN132 147 RN142 147 --- ---
RN33 146 RN103 151 RN113 152 --- --- RN133 147 RN143 147 RN173 146
RN34 146 RN104 151 RN114 152 --- --- RN134 147 --- --- RN174 146
RN35 150 --- --- RN115 152 --- --- RN135 147 --- --- RN175 146
RN36 150 --- --- RN116 152 --- --- RN136 146 --- --- --- ---
RN37 150 RN107 150 --- --- --- --- RN137 146 --- --- --- ---
RN38 150 RN108 150 RN118 146 RN128 151 RN138 145 RN168 146 --- ---
--- --- RN109 150 RN119 146 RN129 151 RN139 147 RN169 146 --- ---
RN100 146 RN110 150 RN120 146 --- --- RN140 147 --- --- RN180 146
RN
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
RN181 146 RN191 151 RN201 150 RN211 149 RN221 150 RN231 150 RN241 150
RN182 146 RN192 151 RN202 150 RN212 149 RN222 150 RN232 150 RN242 150
RN183 146 RN193 150 --- --- RN213 149 RN223 150 RN233 150 RN243 150
RN184 146 RN194 150 RN204 150 RN214 149 RN224 150 RN234 150 RN244 150
--- --- RN195 150 --- --- RN215 149 RN225 150 RN235 150 RN245 150
--- --- RN196 150 --- --- RN216 149 RN226 150 RN236 150 RN246 150
--- --- RN197 147 RN207 149 RN217 149 RN227 150 RN237 150 RN247 150
--- --- RN198 150 RN208 149 RN218 151 RN228 150 RN238 150 RN248 150
--- --- RN199 150 RN209 149 RN219 146 RN229 150 RN239 150 RN249 150
RN190 151 RN200 150 RN210 149 RN220 150 RN230 150 RN240 150 RN250 150
RN
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
RN251 150 RN261 153 RN271 152 RN281 152 RN291 148 RN301 147 RN331 151
RN252 153 RN262 153 RN272 152 RN282 152 RN292 148 RN302 146 --- ---
RN253 153 RN263 153 RN273 152 RN283 152 RN293 151 RN303 146 RN333 145
RN254 153 RN264 147 RN274 152 RN284 150 RN294 151 --- --- RN334 152
RN255 153 RN265 147 --- --- RN285 150 RN295 151 --- --- RN335 152
RN256 153 RN266 147 --- --- RN286 150 RN296 151 --- --- RN336 152
RN257 153 RN267 147 --- --- RN287 150 RN297 151 --- --- RN337 152
RN258 153 RN268 147 --- --- RN288 150 RN298 151 --- --- RN338 152
RN259 153 --- --- --- --- RN289 148 RN299 147 --- --- --- ---
RN260 153 RN270 152 RN280 152 RN290 148 RN300 147 RN330 151 --- ---
RN SW
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO.
--- --- SW1 110
RN412 205
BAT CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
BAT1 114 --- --- C11 193 C21 199 C31 176 C41 199 C51 187
C2 197 C12 199 --- --- C32 175 C42 185 C52 187
C3 168 C13 199 C23 185 C33 199 C43 169 C53 187
C4 189 C14 199 C24 187 C34 199 C44 193 C54 198
C5 189 C15 199 C25 177 C35 187 C45 184 C55 186
C6 193 C16 199 C26 185 C36 169 C46 185 C56 199
C7 199 C17 199 C27 180 C37 185 C47 199 C57 197
C8 199 C18 193 C28 189 C38 199 C48 193 C58 197
C9 168 C19 193 C29 189 C39 207 C49 169 C59 197
C10 189 C20 197 C30 199 C40 183 C50 187 C60 199
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C61 199 C71 187 C81 187 C91 192 C101 187 C111 199 C121 171
C62 184 C72 187 C82 187 C92 190 C102 187 C112 199 C122 187
C63 187 C73 187 C83 187 C93 187 C103 187 C113 197 C123 169
C64 187 C74 187 C84 187 --- --- C104 187 C114 170 C124 169
C65 187 C75 197 C85 189 C95 187 C105 187 C115 199 C125 169
C66 196 C76 187 C86 199 C96 197 C106 187 C116 199 C126 169
C67 190 C77 187 --- --- C97 200 C107 200 C117 170 C127 169
--- --- C78 187 C88 189 C98 193 C108 197 C118 187 C128 169
C69 187 C79 187 C89 199 C99 193 C109 197 C119 187 C129 169
C70 187 C80 187 C90 170 C100 193 C110 197 --- --- C130 169
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C131 182 C141 187 C151 180 C161 174 C171 185 C181 187 C191 199
C132 182 C142 187 C152 195 C162 199 C172 196 C182 197 C192 199
C133 171 C143 179 C153 182 C163 199 C173 196 C183 187 C193 188
C134 171 C144 197 C154 182 --- --- C174 207 C184 199 C194 187
C135 203 C145 199 C155 185 C165 187 C175 169 C185 199 C195 187
C136 180 C146 197 C156 185 --- --- C176 199 C186 199 C196 187
C137 169 C147 199 C157 185 C167 185 C177 185 C187 199 C197 187
C138 169 C148 199 C158 199 C168 199 C178 196 C188 199 C198 187
C139 169 C149 197 C159 199 C169 169 C179 187 C189 199 C199 171
C140 187 C150 180 C160 174 C170 193 C180 197 C190 199 C200 199
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C201 185 C211 185 C221 205 --- --- C241 205 C251 199 C262 310
C202 185 C212 185 C222 205 C232 173 --- --- C252 189 C263 185
C203 187 --- --- C223 200 --- --- --- --- --- --- C264 187
C204 187 C214 187 --- --- --- --- C244 193 --- --- C265 185
C205 171 C215 187 --- --- C235 193 C245 205 C255 199
C256 199 C266 185
C206 199 C216 187 C226 200 C236 193 --- --- C257 199 --- ---
C207 185 C217 187 C227 169 C237 195 C247 197 C258 199 C268 206
C208 185 C218 198 C228 190 C238 195 C248 197 C259 185 C268 197
C209 171 C219 168 C229 205 --- --- C249 197 C260 202 --- ---
C210 199 C220 205 C230 169 --- --- C250 197 C261 185 C270 169
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C271 187 C281 172 C291 172 C301 187 --- --- C321 187 C331 187
C272 187 C282 172 C292 187 C302 169 C312 185 C322 187 C332 187
C273 197 C283 187 C293 172 C303 187 C313 199 C323 187 C333 187
C274 187 C284 197 C294 187 C304 187 C314 187 C324 187 C334 187
C275 187 C285 187 C295 187 C305 169 C315 187 C325 187 C335 187
C276 197 C286 172 C296 197 C306 197 C316 185 --- --- C336 187
C277 187 C287 172 C297 187 C307 195 C317 185 --- --- C337 172
C278 187 C288 187 C298 187 C308 194 C318 199 C328 193 C338 172
C279 197 C289 187 C299 187 C309 179 C319 199 C329 207 C339 172
C280 187 C290 197 C300 197 C310 181 C320 199 C330 187 C340 172
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C341 172 C351 172 C361 172 C371 187 --- --- C391 169 C401 199
C342 172 C352 187 C362 187 C372 169 C382 199 C392 187 C402 199
C343 187 C353 172 C363 187 --- --- C383 199 C393 197 C403 199
C344 172 C354 187 C364 187 --- --- C384 197 C394 187 C404 199
C345 172 C355 172 C365 187 C375 197 C385 197 C395 169 C405 171
C346 187 C356 172 C366 187 C376 197 C386 187 C396 193 C406 171
C347 197 C357 172 C367 187 C377 199 C387 169 C397 193 C407 199
C348 187 C358 172 --- --- C378 199 C388 187 C398 187 C408 197
C349 197 C359 172 C369 187 --- --- C389 187 C399 187 C409 197
C350 172 C360 172 C370 187 --- --- C390 187 C400 199 C410 171
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C411 199 C421 187 C431 187 C441 187 C451 187 C461 197 C471 187
C412 199 C422 197 C432 187 C442 187 C452 201 C462 197 C472 187
C413 171 C423 187 C433 187 C443 187 C453 201 C463 199 C473 187
C414 199 C424 187 C434 187 C444 187 C454 201 --- --- C474 187
C415 199 C425 197 C435 187 C445 197 C455 187 C465 197 C475 187
C416 197 C426 187 C436 197 C446 187 C456 187 C466 187 C476 187
C417 197 C427 199 C437 197 C447 187 C457 187 C467 197 C477 187
C418 197 C428 199 C438 187 C448 187 C458 187 C468 187 C478 187
C419 197 C429 187 C439 187 C449 187 C459 187 C469 187 C479 187
C420 187 C430 187 C440 197 C450 187 C460 187 C470 187 C480 199
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C481 187 C491 187 --- --- C511 179 C521 187 C531 187 C541 201
C482 171 C492 199 C502 197 C512 187 C522 187 C532 201 C542 184
C483 187 C493 187 C503 197 C513 187 C523 197 C533 197 C543 187
C484 187 C494 199 C504 199 C514 187 C524 197 C534 187 C544 187
C485 197 C495 187 C505 199 C515 187 C525 201 C535 187 C545 187
C486 187 C496 197 C506 190 C516 179 C526 187 C536 187 C546 187
--- --- C497 187 C507 197 C517 187 C527 187 C537 187 C547 187
C488 187 C498 197 --- --- C518 187 C528 187 C538 187 C548 184
C489 187 C499 187 C509 187 C519 187 C529 187 C539 187 --- ---
C490 178 C500 187 C510 201 C520 187 C530 187 C540 201 C550 187
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C551 199 C561 187 C571 199 C581 187 C591 187 C601 178 C611 187
C552 187 C562 187 C572 169 C582 191 C592 178 C602 187 C612 199
C553 187 C563 187 C573 178 C583 187 C593 187 C603 187 C613 199
C554 187 C564 187 C574 187 C584 187 C594 187 C604 169 C614 199
C555 187 C565 187 C575 187 C585 197 --- --- --- --- C615 187
C556 187 --- --- C576 178 C586 200 C596 187 C606 187 C616 199
C557 187 C567 187 C577 187 --- --- C597 187 C607 201 C617 199
C558 187 C568 187 C578 187 C588 187 C598 187 C608 199 C618 187
C559 187 C569 187 C579 178 C589 187 C599 187 C609 199 C619 187
C560 187 C570 199 C580 178 C590 187 C600 197 C610 199 C620 201
CAPACITOR CONNECTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
C621 187 C631 169 C641 199 C651 199 C661 200 C671 170 CN520 102
C622 187 C632 199 C642 197 C652 198 --- --- C672 170 CN521 102
C623 187 C633 185 C643 197 C653 199 C663 187 C673 170 CN522 104
C624 200 --- --- C644 197 C654 198 --- --- C674 204 CN523 104
C625 187 C635 193 C645 197 C655 199 --- --- C675 204 CN524 104
CN525 105
C626 187 C636 169 C646 197 C656 198 C666 187 CN526 107
--- --- C637 199 C647 197 C657 187 --- --- CN527 103
--- --- C638 185 C648 198 C658 197 --- --- CN528 108
C629 199 C639 199 C649 199 C659 197 --- --- CN530 106
C630 193 C640 198 C650 198 C660 197 --- --- CN532 101
DIODE FIL FU IC
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
D1 133 D11 133 FI L1 209 FU1 109 --- --- I C11 139 I C21 154
D2 133 --- --- --- --- I C2 155 --- --- I C22 140
D3 130 D13 135 FI L3 209 I C3 157 I C13 156 I C23 151
D4 134 --- --- --- --- I C4 155 I C14 158 I C24 158
D5 134 D15 135 FI L5 211 I C5 145 I C15 139 I C25 156
--- ---
D6 134 --- --- I C6 142 --- --- I C26 152
D7 134 D18 131 I C7 143 I C17 2 I C27 145
D8 134 I C8 138 I C18 150 I C28 145
D9 132 I C9 143 I C19 141 I C29 1
D10 133 I C10 141 I C20 145 --- ---
IC JP L LED OSC
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
I C31 160 I C41 148 J P1 219 --- --- L1 210 LED1 137 OSC1 161
I C32 138 I C42 140 J P2 219 J P12 257 L2 212 LED2 137 OSC2 163
I C33 149 I C43 144 J P3 219 J P13 219 L3 210 LED3 137 OSC3 162
I C34 147 I C44 144 J P4 219 J P14 219 L4 213 LED4 137
I C35 149 I C45 140 J P5 257 J P15 219 L5 214 LED5 137
I C36 146 I C46 159 J P6 257 J P16 219 L6 208 LED6 137
--- --- I C47 159 J P7 257 --- --- LED7 137
--- --- I C48 158 J P8 257 J P18 257 LED8 137
--- --- J P9 257 LED9 137
--- --- J P10 257 LED10 136
Q RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
Q1 128 Q11 129 Q21 121 Q31 126 --- --- --- --- R11 257
Q2 119 --- --- Q22 121 --- --- --- --- --- --- R12 224
Q3 119 Q13 123 Q23 118 --- --- Q44 118 R3 246 --- ---
Q4 122 Q14 126 Q24 117 --- --- Q45 115 --- --- R14 239
Q5 121 Q15 127 Q25 127 Q35 126 R5 239 R15 224
--- --- Q46 118
Q6 118 Q16 125 Q26 126 Q37 118 Q47 129 R6 239 R16 250
Q7 118 Q17 120 Q27 127 --- --- R7 267 R17 223
Q8 118 --- --- Q28 124 Q39 115 R8 258 R18 224
Q9 121 --- --- Q29 124 --- --- R9 246 R19 224
Q10 116 Q20 116 Q30 127 --- --- R10 246 R20 224
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
--- --- R31 255 R41 257 R51 257 R61 255 R71 239 R81 239
--- --- R32 239 R42 224 R52 257 R62 255 R72 239 R82 224
R23 224 R33 224 R43 224 R53 257 R63 255 R73 239 R83 224
R24 246 R34 239 --- --- R54 255 R64 255 --- --- R84 224
R25 224 R35 255 R45 254 R55 239 --- --- R75 221 R85 224
R26 255 R36 224 R46 239 R56 239 R66 221 R76 239 R86 224
R27 246 R37 255 R47 224 R57 239 --- --- --- --- R87 224
R28 224 R38 226 R48 257 R58 239 R68 221 R78 221 --- ---
R29 224 R39 226 R49 257 R59 255 R69 239 R79 224 R89 257
R30 255 R40 255 R50 257 R60 255 R70 239 R80 224 --- ---
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R91 224 R101 255 R111 255 R121 224 R131 239 R141 221 R150 241
R92 246 R102 255 R112 255 R122 224 --- --- R142 224 R151 234
--- --- R103 223 R113 224 R123 224 --- --- R143 221 R152 234
--- --- R104 246 R114 249 R124 239 R134 224 R144 257 R153 234
R95 255 --- --- R115 249 R125 224 --- --- R145 221 R154 234
R155 244
R96 255 R106 255 R116 249 R126 239 R136 224 R146 234 R156 244
R97 255 R107 236 R117 224 R127 260 R137 224 R147 234 R157 221
R98 255 R108 255 --- --- R128 257 R138 221 R148 234 R158 221
R99 255 R109 255 R119 224 R129 239 --- --- R149 234 R159 224
R100 255 R110 255 R120 224 R130 239 R140 224 R150 234 R160 224
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R161 224 R171 222 R181 224 --- --- R201 224 R211 257 R221 257
R162 224 R172 223 R182 224 R192 257 R202 224 R212 224 R222 224
R163 246 R173 223 R183 224 R193 239 R203 224 R213 224 R223 277
R164 246 R174 224 R184 223 R194 239 R204 224 R214 224 R224 262
R165 239 R175 223 R185 224 --- --- R205 234 R215 224 R225 299
R166 239 R176 223 --- --- --- --- R206 234 R216 221 R226 261
R167 239 R177 223 R187 224 --- --- R207 234 R217 221 R227 229
R168 239 R178 220 R188 224 --- --- R208 234 R218 221 R228 230
R169 239 R179 220 R189 225 --- --- R209 234 R219 257 R229 223
R170 224 R180 224 --- --- R200 224 R210 257 R220 257 R230 223
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R231 290 R241 290 R251 224 --- --- R271 222 R281 237 R291 224
R232 303 R242 284 --- --- --- --- R272 239 R282 237 R292 222
R233 290 R243 297 R253 257 --- --- --- --- R283 237 R293 222
R234 297 --- --- R254 257 --- --- --- --- R284 275 --- ---
R235 297 R245 257 R255 225 --- --- R275 275 R285 275 R295 224
R236 297 R246 284 R256 225 --- --- R276 237 --- --- --- ---
R237 297 R247 255 R257 225 --- --- R277 237 --- --- --- ---
R238 297 R248 284 R258 224 --- --- R278 237 --- --- R298 222
R239 284 R249 224 R259 222 --- --- R279 237 --- --- R299 222
R240 284 R250 273 R260 224 --- --- R280 237 --- --- --- ---
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
--- --- R311 224 R321 291 R331 254 R341 230 R351 224 R361 224
--- --- --- --- R322 302 R332 248 R342 242 --- --- R362 224
--- --- R313 254 R323 284 R333 251 R343 242 R353 246 R363 224
R304 218 R314 254 R324 254 R334 299 R344 238 R354 255 R364 224
R305 227 R315 257 R325 254 R335 238 R345 238 R355 257 R365 224
R306 225 R316 257 R326 254 R336 235 R346 299 R356 257 R366 224
R307 231 R317 239 R327 254 R337 247 R347 256 R357 259 R367 234
R308 232 R318 239 R328 254 R338 229 R348 256 R358 270 R368 234
R309 222 --- --- R329 254 R339 235 R349 224 R359 271 R369 234
R310 290 R320 302 R330 254 R340 224 --- --- --- --- R370 234
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R371 234 R381 224 R391 224 R401 309 R411 223 R421 307 R431 234
R372 234 R382 280 R392 224 R402 268 R412 223 R422 307 R432 221
R373 234 R383 224 R393 224 R403 229 R413 223 R423 248 R433 221
R374 234 R384 224 R394 224 R404 229 R414 272 R424 224 R434 246
R375 234 R385 224 R395 221 R405 263 R415 272 R425 224 --- ---
R376 234 R386 224 R396 221 R406 309 R416 291 R426 224 R436 221
R377 224 R387 224 R397 221 R407 268 R417 305 R427 224 R437 221
R378 224 R388 224 R398 279 R408 223 R418 305 R428 224 R438 221
R379 224 R389 224 R399 283 R409 230 R419 240 R429 234 R439 265
R380 224 R390 224 R400 220 R410 230 R420 240 R430 234 R440 287
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R441 224 R451 234 R461 224 R471 299 R481 284 R491 255 R501 249
R442 224 R452 234 --- --- R472 224 R482 309 --- --- R502 253
--- --- R453 234 R463 227 R473 224 R483 268 R493 255 R503 253
R444 224 R454 246 R464 246 R474 224 R484 257 --- --- R504 253
R445 224 R455 224 R465 246 R475 224 R485 278 R495 255 R505 253
R446 224 R456 275 R466 222 R476 223 R486 306 --- --- R506 239
R447 224 R457 225 R467 222 R477 291 R487 221 R497 255 R507 253
--- --- R458 223 R468 246 R478 284 R488 221 --- --- R508 239
R449 221 R459 221 R469 246 R479 302 R489 221 R499 255 R509 255
R450 234 R460 224 R470 222 R480 302 --- --- --- --- R510 253
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R511 255 R521 257 R531 255 R541 301 R551 282 R561 224 R571 255
R512 255 R522 286 R532 255 R542 268 R552 257 R562 224 R572 258
R513 255 R523 282 R533 255 R543 300 R553 276 R563 224 R573 264
R514 255 R524 222 R534 255 R544 258 R554 292 R564 224 R574 246
R515 255 R525 285 R535 255 R545 308 R555 282 R565 224 R575 282
R516 249 R526 295 R536 275 R546 294 R556 221 R566 224 R576 255
R517 239 R527 266 R537 224 R547 308 R557 221 R567 223 R577 282
--- --- R528 224 R538 224 R548 258 R558 221 R568 223 --- ---
R519 282 R529 255 R539 305 --- --- R559 221 R569 224 R579 246
R520 257 --- --- R540 255 R550 296 R560 221 R570 255 R580 223
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R581 239 R601 239 --- --- R631 221 R641 259 R651 281 R661 239
R582 224 R602 239 --- --- R632 221 R642 293 R652 288 R662 239
R583 223 R603 239 --- --- R633 221 R643 259 R653 288 --- ---
R584 255 R604 258 R624 215 R634 221 R644 259 R654 298 --- ---
R585 255 R605 257 R625 217 R635 221 R645 259 R655 304 --- ---
--- --- R606 257 R626 218 R636 221 R646 269 R656 304 R666 239
--- --- R607 224 R627 221 --- --- R647 269 R657 216 R667 239
--- --- --- --- R628 221 R638 224 R648 259 R658 239 R668 239
R599 239 R619 233 R629 221 --- --- R649 289 R659 239 R669 239
R600 224 R620 233 R630 221 R640 224 R650 274 R660 239 R670 239
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R671 239 R681 239 R691 255 R701 239 R711 224 --- --- --- ---
R672 239 R682 239 R692 239 R702 239 R712 224 R722 257 --- ---
R673 239 R683 257 R693 243 R703 239 --- --- --- --- --- ---
R674 239 --- --- R694 252 R704 224 --- --- R724 257 --- ---
R675 239 R685 239 R695 255 R705 239 --- --- R725 221 --- ---
R676 239 R686 239 R696 224 R705 224 R716 224 R726 221 --- ---
R677 239 R687 239 R697 224 --- --- --- --- R727 221 --- ---
R678 239 R688 239 R698 239 --- --- R718 257 R728 221 R738 224
R679 239 R689 239 R699 239 R709 221 --- --- R729 221 R739 224
R680 239 R690 255 R700 239 R710 224 --- --- --- --- --- ---
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R741 224 R751 255 R761 257 R771 225 --- --- R791 221 --- ---
R742 224 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- R792 221 --- ---
R743 257 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- R793 221 R803 224
R744 235 --- --- --- --- R774 221 --- --- R794 221 R804 224
R745 235 R755 255 R765 220 R775 221 R785 239 R795 224 R805 224
R746 245 R756 255 R766 220 --- --- --- --- R796 224 --- ---
R747 257 R757 255 R767 220 --- --- --- --- --- --- R807 220
R748 235 --- --- R768 225 --- --- R788 239 --- --- R808 224
R749 235 R759 224 --- --- R779 228 R789 234 --- --- R809 224
R750 245 R760 224 --- --- --- --- R790 234 --- --- R810 224
RESISTOR REG RN SW
SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX SYMBOL INDEX
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO.
R811 224 REG1 153 RN1 165 RN11 167 RN21 166 RN31 167 SW1 113
R812 223 RN2 165 RN12 167 RN22 166 RN32 164 SW2 111
R813 223 RN3 165 RN13 165 RN23 166 RN33 164 SW3 112
RN4 165 RN14 165 RN24 166 SW4 110
RN5 165 RN15 165 RN25 166 SW5 110
1 2 4 6
3 5 7
8 9 10 11
1 2 3 4
>PS<
12 13
14 15
16 17
18 19 20 21 22
WARNING
23 24 25 27
26 28
29 31 32
30
33
34 35 36
37 38 39
40 43
Attention
>PS<
41 44
Attention
42
M8
Motor [24] 24V -1 -6
634
CN738
5 2 8 8 -5 24V -1 10 [s24] 24VS
[24®24/0] B -2 22 -3
6 1 9 9 -6 24V N.C. CN171
[24®24/0] -B -3 11 -4
N.C.
SW3
1 6 6 6 -7 A 24VS [24] -1 1
[24] 24V -4 23 -2
T15 (2A) [24] 24V
CN731
2 5 5 5 -8 -A -2 2
CN728
[2®24/0] A -5 12 -5 PGND [0]
3 4 4 4 -9 B T16 (2B) [s24] 24VS -3 3
M-10 (1/3)
Duplex Transport [2®24/0] -A -6 24 +5V [5]
4 3 12 12 -10 -B -4 4
M9
Motor GND [0]
A
[24] 24V
CN772
A
5 2 11 11 -11 ON [t5] -5 5
[24®24/0] B
M5
CN631
[2®24/0] -B CN172
B-21 (1/3) Lock -7 7
Drum Motor
CN142 1 2 -1 [24] 24V
1 6 -1 2 1 -2 Clock -8 8
635
[24®0/24] -B [0] GND 9
2 5 -2 3 -3
PCB10
[24] 24V-INT [5]5V
3 4 -3 2 -4
Registration [24®0/24] B [5]5V -9 1
893
4 3 -4 1 -5 24VS [24]
[24®0/24] A
M10
Motor GND -10 2
CN624
5 2 -5 PGND [0]
[24] 24V-INT -11 3
6 1 -6 CN140 CN164 +5V [5]
[24®0/24] -A -12 4
B-8 (2/3)
1 6 -7 -1 GND [0]
[24] 24V-INT -1 -13 5
CN632
698 CN263 3 4 -9 -3 -3 Lock [t5]
Lower Relay [24®0/24] -A [s24] 24VS -15 7
4 3 -10 -4 -4 Clock
M24
Motor [24] 24V INT [0] GND 8
CN625
Fusing/Exit Motor
5 2 -11 -5 -5
[24®0/24] B [5] 5V 9
6 1 -12 -6
[24®0/24] -B [5] 5V
-13 -7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
N.C. [0] GND
-8
[s24] 24VS CN163
-B1
-B2
-B3
-B4
-B5
-B6
-B7
-B8
-B9
-A1
-A2
-A3
-A4
-A5
-A6
-A7
-A8
-A9
-1 1
-B11
-A11
-B10
-A10
CN693 24VS [24]
CN141
PGND [0] -2 2
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
+5V [5] -3 3
GND [0] -4 4
-5 5
-B9
-B8
-B7
-B6
-B5
-B4
-B3
-B2
-B1
-A9
-A8
-A7
-A6
-A5
-A4
-A3
-A2
-A1
ON [t5]
M7
-B11
-A11
-B10
-A10
CN219
-22
-21
-20
-19
-18
-17
-16
-15
-14
-13
-12
-11
-10
CN201
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN225
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN221
-6 6
CN633
Development Motor
5V
B
-2 -8 8
N.C
N.C
Clock
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
[5]5V
[5]5V
TOUT
-3 9
PFC: TxD
PFC: TxD
CN222 CN166
-A1 -A15
-A2 -A14
-A3 -A13 CN161
[0]GND
[0] GND
[24] 24V Key Card
Key Card Set
[5] 5V Key Card
[5] 5V Key Card
[5] 5V Key Card
[5] 5V Key Card
[5] 5V Key Card
[5] 5V Key Card
[5] 5V Key Card
[5] 5V Key Card
3
-A8 -A8 -12 [-12]
ON [t5] -4 4
-A9 -A7 PGND [0]
Lock [t5] -5 5
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
-A10 -A6
CN119
-11
-20
-19
-18
-17
-16
-15
-14
-13
-12
-10
Clock 24V [24] -6
-A11 -A5 6
[0] GND 24V [24]
CN218
-7 7
-A12 -A4 [12] 12V PGND [0] -8 8
-A13 -A3 [12] +12V PGND [0] -9
CN215 -A14 -A2 [0] GND 5V [5] -10
1 4 -A1 -A15 -A1 [3.3] 3.3V SGND [0]
[24] 24V -11
2 3 -A2 -B1 -B15 DFSCAN
[t24] ON
PSU
M13
[s5] XLAMPGT
CN679
4 1 -A4 -B3 -B13 ADF: TXD
H-13 (2/3)
678
FIN: TXD 2
C
[t24] ON CN162
C
1 2 1 4 -A7 -B6 -B10 FIN: RXD 3
Development Unit [24] 24V 24V [24]
2 1 2 3 -A8 -B7 -B9 LCT: TXD -1 4
Cooling Fan 1 [t24] 24V [24]
1 2 3 2 -A9 -B8 -B8 LCT: RXD -2 5
[24] 24V PGND [0]
CN677
Development Unit 2 1 4 1 -A10 -B9 -B7
676 675
681
M17
[t24] Clock 24V [24] -6 9
6 -B3 -B13 -B3 [0] GND -7 10
FB: Grid PGND [0]
C 5 -B4 -B14 -B2 [24] 24V -8 11
T1 PWM: Grid 3.3V [3.3]
4 -B5 -B15 -B1 -9 12
[t5] Leak: Charge
Charge P.P. 3 -B6 CN165
PWM: Grid
PP1
CN601
G 2 -B7 CN209 8 -A1
T2 [0] PGND N.C.
1 -B8 -A1 7 -A2
[24] 24V-INT N.C. (GND) LCT: RXD
3 -B9 -A2 10 6 -A3
[0] GND Thermistor (Center) N.C.
Toner Collection Motor 2 -B10 -A3 11 5 -A4
[0/5]
682
S5 1 -B11 Thermistor (Center): GND LCT: TXD
Sensor [5] 5V -A4 12 4 -A5
Fusing Exit Sensor CN637 LCT: 5V
-A5 13 3 -A6
10 -1 Fusing Exit Sensor: GND LCT: 5V
1 10 -B1 14(22) 2 -A7
Fusing Set LCT: GND
CN610